CENTRE FOR EXCELLENCE IN

HOMEOPATHY

CONTINUING HOMEOPATHIC MEDICAL EDUCATION

SERVICES

QUARTERLY HOMEOPATHIC DIGEST

VOL. XIX, 2002

Lead me from Untruth to Truth

Lead me from Darkness to Light

Lead me from Death to Immortality

Adyaya I Brahmana 3 Mantra 28

(This service is only for private circulation. Part I of the journal lists the Current literature in Homeopathy drawn

from the well-known homeopathic journals published world-over - India, England, Germany, France, Belgium,

Brazil, USA, etc., discipline-wise, with brief abstracts/extracts. Readers may refer to the original articles for

detailed study. The full names and addresses of the journals covered by this compilation are given at the end.)

Compilation, translation, publication by

Dr.K.S.Srinivasan,

1253, 66th Street,

Korattur,

Chennai - 600 080, India.

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

INDEX

S.No Topic Page. No.

1 QHD, VOL. XIX, 1 & 2, 2002 3

2 QHD, VOL. XIX, 3 & 4, 2002 102

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

1. QHD, VOL. XIX, 1 & 2, 2002

Part I. – Current Literature Listing

_____________________________________________________________________________________________

Part I of the journal lists the current literature in Homeopathy drawn from the well-known homeopathic journals

published world-over – India, England, Germany, France, Brazil, USA, etc. , - displine-wise, with brief

abstracts/extracts. Readers may refer to the original articles for detailed study. The full names and addresses of the

journals covered by this compilation are given at the end of Part I. Part II contains essays/articles /extracts of more

importance, while Part III carries Book Reviews, etc.

1. PHILOSOPHY

1. The Principles of Homeopathic Philosophy

OSAWA Barbara (SIM, 1/2001)

This article gives some interesting glimpses into the

depths of our principles. All the topics are greatly

expanded and explained in greater detail in the following

well known classics on Homeopathic philosophy

1. J.T. Kent, Lectures on Homeopathic

Philosophy

2. H.A.Roberts, Principles and Art of Cure by

Homeopathy

3. S.Close, The Genius of Homoeopathy

4. C.M.Boger, Studies in the philosophy of

Healing

5. G.Boericke, A compendium of the Principles

of Homeopathy.

All Organon references in this article are from

Boericke’s translation of the sixth edition.

2. Acute or Constitutional?

CROCE A J (HT, 21, 2/2001)

The author discusses about the conditions like

acute, constitutional, and their corresponding

meanings in allopathy where they see them as acute and

chronic.

When a patient comes in with what seems like an

acute illness. Many times what they really need is a

redosing of their constitutional remedy. For example, a

patient who was under constitutional care had severely

infected bunion, a acute condition and attributed to a

physical cause and upon looking at it without asking any

questions, one would think of remedies like Belladonna,

Lachesis, Vipera or Apis. But there were no new key

notes or physical general symptoms and there were no

concomitant symptoms. Found a rubric that described

the infection and contained the patient’s constitutional

remedy.

In some acute illnesses the constitutional remedy

itself may be the acute only. However even repeat

of a constitutional remedy does not move an acute

illnesses towards resolution. example: Some

infectious diseases, severe mental or emotional

shock, or in physical injury. The Vital Force is still

the source of the symptoms – it is still expressing its

mistunement in the image of the ailment – but the

mistunement has shifted just far enough that it does

not respond the remedy to which it responded in the

past. Now a different remedy is needed, one that

covers the entire current symptom picture in order to

address the Vital Force in its current condition. If

this is a true acute, the person will most likely return

to his previous state after it is resolved, and his

constitutional remedy will remain the same as it was

before.

“Acute and constitutional are more complicated

than they seem at first glance, but they become

clearer with an understanding of disease as a deep-

seated mistunement that expresses itself in

symptoms. Our health really is not a series of

isolated episodes of “health” and “illness” but a

continuous expression of our deepest level of

existence and individuality, our Vital Force.

3. Similars, Stimulants, and Cure

LUNSTROTH John (HT, 21, 3/2001)

The author has wonderfully explained the

mechanism of cure in Homeopathy. He has made

clear that the use of the word “stimulant” to describe

Homeopathic action blurs the distinction between

Homeopathy and allopathy and clarifies nothing.

If Homeopathy allows itself to be distinguished

simply by the use of immaterial medicines, then it is

abandoning the standard of Homeopathy, the law of

Similars. But what does it tell someone when they ask

how Homeopathy works to say that

1. Homeopathy stimulate the immnune system,

or

2. Homeopathy stimulates the natural healing

power of the body?

Do remedies “Stimulate” the immune system?

The first phrase is misleading. There are atleast

nine systems in living organisms, not just one, that are

generally recognised by medical science: the endocrine,

neurological, digestive, immune, musculo/skeletal,

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

cardio-vascular, urogenital, respiratory and lymphatic

systems, and remedies given Homeopathically cure in

all of them. In addition to this, remedies are well

known to have contradictory symptoms, and for good

reason. The same remedy may in one case cause an

increase in fucntion of a system, and in another case

cause a decrease in function in the same system. In

fact, it is well known that remedies can cause

contradictory symptoms in the same case. Thus, to say

the remedy given homoepathically stimulates the

immune system is meaningless. It does not convey

what is unique to Homeopathy, nor does it reference

the breath and depth of its curative power. It makes it

sound as though Homeopathy is a therapeutic science

of stimulants.

Do remedies “Stimulate” the Vital Force?

The second statement, that the remedy given

Homeopathically stimulates the body’s healing powers

(the Vital Force) to overcome the disease, also has its

problems. HAHNEMANN, in introduction to the

Organon written for the fourth edition (1829), and

retained for the 5

th

and 6

th

editions, and in the

aphorisms themselves, soundly and explicitly rejects

the view that the Vital Force can remove the disease.

He labels as allopathic, all therapeutics based on aiding,

stimulating, altering or imitating the Vital Force to

remove the disease. (§ 52). (All § references are to the

sixth edition of the Organon)

Much confusion has been caused in this area by

HAHNEMANN’s attempt to explain why using the law

of similars is better than using the law of contraries to

pick medicines (§ 52 – 69). His explanation depends

on what he calls the secondary action of the Vital

Force. This secondary action supposed to be a reaction

by the Vital Force to the remedy. He says both the

secondary action causes symptoms and that it is

curative. He offers no explanation of how it is

supposed to be curative. These aphosisms were written

early and fall in the class of aphorisms that were

removed or revised (in fact, in practice or by custom),

but not modified in the Organon. So at first glance

there is stimulation model found in the Organon that

has been used as a basis for the statement that the

remedy cures by stimulating the Vital Force.

There are five insurmountable problems though,

with reliance on these aphorisms for the stimulation

model:

1. There is no significant reaction by the Vital Force

to the Homeopathic quantity (§ 66, 114), which

is a primary reason it is better than an allopathic

remedy;

2. The Vital Force cannot heal itself of a natural

disease (Introduction, § 22);

3. The natural disease eradicated by the remedial

disease (§ 45) – the Vital Force plays no role in

this; and

4. The remedial disease fades on its own (§ 29, 148)

– the Vital Force plays no role in this.

5. The entire action/reaction (primary/secondary

action) explanation of symptoms is not reflected

in the symptoms recorded in the materia medica.

The explanation that the remedy stimulates the

body’s healing power is as meaningless as the

statement that is stimulates the immune system. It

does not convey information about the way the

remedy given Homeopathically works, about the

Homeopathic cure. These explanations, of remedy

as stimulant to the immune system or Vital Force,

have been easy to use because, well, they are easy to

conceptualize. But they are not, in fact,

Homeopathic explanations. They are age old

explanations coming down from HIPPOCRATES,

through GALEN and others, based on the apriori

assumption that it is the Vital Force, the “body’s

natural healing power,” that is the real healer. They

are allopathic explanations of the mechanism of cure.

A logical train of thought concerning the

mechanism of cure, we must start with the application

of the similia in remedy choice, and then look for an

explanation of how it works based on the symptom

similarity. HAHNEMANN provides us with that in

Aphorism 45 and elsewhere.

§ 45: “…two diseases, differing, it is true, in kind but

very similar in their phenomena and effects and in the

sufferings and symptoms they severally produce,

invariably annihiliate one another whenever they meet

together in the organism; the stronger disease namely,

annihiliates the weaker, and for this simple reason,

because the stronger morbific power when it invades

the system, by reason of its similarity of action involves

precisely the same part of the organism that were

previously affected by the weaker morbid irritation,

which, consequently can no longer act on these parts,

but is extinguished. …The life principle henceforth is

affected only and this but temporarily by the new,

similar but stronger morbific potency.”

HAHNEMANN says that substances cause

diseases. When a substance that causes a certain

symptom picture (the remedial disease) is given to a

living organism with a very similar symptom picture

(the natural disease), then the remdial disease occuppies

the same place as the natural disease. Since two things

cannot occupy the same place at the same time, and the

remedial disease is a little stronger, the natural disease

is eradicated or annihiliated. The remedial disease then

fades (§ 29). Only after the natural disease is removed

by the remedial disease, and the remedial disease fades,

is theVital Force freed to regulate the body. This is

how the law of similars works. This is the defining

explanation of Homeopathy and it should always be

kept in mind when explaining Homeopathy to the

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

uninitiated. It provides the elegance and uniqueness of

Homeopathy. It is the essence of similia.

5. Notes on the Mental and Emotional

Symptoms

PITT Richard (SIM, XIV, 2/2001)

This article, based on a lecture given to

Homeopathic students, explores some issues related to

our use of mental and emotional symptoms in

prescribing. Practical aspects of how to use mental

symptoms are discussed, as well as the potential pitfalls

of over emphasizing them.

Begins with a summary of the process of case

taking, and considers at which point one should explore

the patient’s psychological condition.

Case analysis, particularly the mental symptom

analysis is discussed.

When analyzing mental symptoms, distinguish

between what is normal for the person, and what is

abnormal and causing suffering.

Comments on the Significance of the

emotional/mental state.

The functions of the intellect and the symptoms

of the intellectual level are summarised.

Functions of Intellect:.

a. Perception of the environment – This includes

sensory perception and that of discrimination

and interpretation.

b. Formulation of ideas, thoughts, concepts,

systems.

c. Discrimination – the freedom of choice indicates

the ability to distinguish between right and

wrong.

d. Action – volition in the direction of choice.

Symptoms of Intellectual level:

e. Aberations of perception and disturbances of

formulation: hallucination, illusions, delusions,

ideas, thoughts, confession etc.

f. Disturbances of memory.

g. Disturbances of discrimination and volition:

confusion, indecision, impulses – destructive,

suicidal, homicidal, guilt complexes, etc.

At the highest level of evolution the intellect

controls the emotions, allowing full discrimination,

self-knowledge and other higher attributes to be

realized. DHAWALE distinguishes between Eastern

thinking that seeks to control the emotions, and

Western thinking that generally allows for much freer

expression of these qualities. A balance between

unhealthy suppression and inappropriate expression

is obviously the healthiest state.

Understanding what is truly important on the

mental level requires us to create an accurate

hierarchical model. The criteria can be used:

• How intense is the symptom for the person?

• How much does it limit the person in their life?

Intense anger is much more serious than simple

irritability; suicidal grief is more important than

intense anger. A hierarchical model and also in a

form that is specific for each person.

• How much do the symptoms maintain a level of

delusion in the person of their true state? How

aware is the patient? The scale ranges from a

gross level of delusion, to very subtle levels,

when we treat someone to refine their

psychological evolution. Considerable

compensation of avoidance of the fundamental

state may reflect a greater lack of integration and

self-awareness. Such cases can be very difficult

to treat.

• Are the symptoms predominantly emotional or

intellectual in nature? If the symptoms are

intense (see a. above) and mostly affect the

intellectual level, the condition is that much

more serious.

• How antagonistic are the symptoms to social

well-being? Here, we are talking of more intense

and serious conditions: suicidal states, violent

destructive impulses, and severe difficulties with

socialization and maintaining basic relationships

with others.

• How are the miasms involved in the case? An

integration of miasmatic knowledge can help in

determining the hierarchy, e.g., the knowledge

that the case has a strong syphilitic component

can help in assessing the prognosis, as well as in

remedy choice, and puts the individual

symptoms into a larger perspective.

When dealing with mental/emotional states,

distinguish between direct expressions of the

emotional state, and those that are suppressed

or compensated.

Often, suppression of an emotional state may bring

on a physical condition. This may occur over a period

of time and could be seen as restlessness, pain in

various parts of the body, stomach ulcer, Crohn’s

disease, Arthritis, Asthma, Multiple Sclerosis, Cancer,

and other syndromes. The intensity and depth of

pathology that develops depends on various factors.

II. MATERIA MEDICA

1. Tuberculinum

TARKAS P I & KULKARNI Ajit (NJH, 5,

2/2000)

The peculiar features of the remedy, tissues

affected by it and the select particulars with relationship

of the remedy are discussed.

2. Hippozaenium

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

CREASY Sheilagh, GRIMMER, CHOUDHURI

(SIM, XIV, 1/2001)

Each author has given his/her own account of this

remedy. The common element found in their

descriptions is that the remedy is useful in Lung

diseases and Cancerous conditions. A Nosode prepared

from Bacillus Malleni, the microorganism of Glanders.

Proved by Garth WILKINSON.

3. Viola odorata

TAYLOR Will (SIM, XIV, 1/2001)

Viola odorata was proved, in tincture of the

whole plant in flower, by STAPF, GROSS, and

HAHNEMANN, and published in STAPF’s Archives.

It is considered as “small remedy” due to our neglect in

having studied them sufficiently. The pathogenesis of

Viola odorata strongly suggests that this remedy is an

important antitubercular remedy, and can play an

important role in treating many of the disease

expressions we see that result from latent or suppressed

tubercular disease. Illustrated by few cases.

Case 1: A 13 year-old boy had chronic recurrent

sinusitis. Had past history of ear infections,

frequent epusides of strep-throat, and his tonsils and

adenoids were removed. Following this he

developed severe headaches, occasionally lasting

upto 10 days. Diagnosed to have classical migraine

and was given Amitryptilline and Imatrex.

Underwent Sinus surgery which had not given any

benefit. Conventional treatment did not improve his

condition.

Pressing pain in malar bones. Pain head

extended to cervical region. Very acute sense of

smell even with sinus infections. Desires meat.

Viola odorata 30 in aqueous solution: two pellets in

eight ounces of distilled water; succuss six times

before each dose; take a half teaspoon once, three

doses within the first two weeks helped greatly.

Case 2: A 20-month-old boy had chronic ear

infections. Was on Keflex and was suggested either

long-term antibiotics, or tubes, after a short-term

antibiotic trial. Had ten ear infections and twice had

tubes. Complaints started after vaccination.

Restlessness, “desire for travel” and obstinacy,

the desire for extremes (spicy), and the

lymphadenopathy suggested tubercular

characterisitics. Viola odorata improved.

Case 3: A 14 year-old girl presented acute pertussis.

Cough aggravated during daytime, not able to speak.

Several episodes of retching to vomiting a day; much

phlegm in vomit. Corallium rubrum reduced the

phlegm but the cough remained same. Cough

daytime only, long lasting spells, dry short violent

cough with much dyspnoea lead to Viola odrata.

Viola odorata 30 in water relieved.

4. Pyrus communis

Arzneimittelselselbsterfahrung mit der

Sauerbirne (Pyrus communis – Drug Proving)

SCHMUTZER, Ulrike (DH, 19/1999)

Drugs of the Rosaceae family are listed. This is

followed by a detailed drug proving of Pyrus

communis.

In November 1997 with 11 provers. Trituration

of the entire plant done upto C4 from which C30

dilution potency was made and taken.

In February 1999 with 10 Provers and a suckling

baby. Trituration of the bud upto C3 and then C30

dilution potency and taken. C200 made with the root,

leaf and fruit.

Mind, Head – Foot Schema and lastly a brief

collection of the ‘rare’ symptoms.

5. Piper methysticum

EICHLER Wolfgang, MOSER Barbara,

SCHILD Gerhard (DH, 19/1999)

This is a Proving carried out in 1988 of Piper

methysticum was brought from South Pacific island.

The dry powder from the wood and root of Kava-kava

was used and potency by hand succussion was made

upto C30. Six provers (2 women and 4 men) took part.

The symptoms obtainable from sources already

there are given briefly, after which the proving data in

detail in Schema form.

At the end a small number of ‘peculiar’

symptoms are listed. Some of them already in the

earlier source books, repertory, have been confirmed in

this proving, e.g. “Vertigo better on closing the eyes”

reported by a prover, in this Proving is seen in a small

rubric in the repertory with two marks. New, valuable

symptoms have also been obtained.

6. Kalium sulphuricum

Arzneimittelselbsterfahrung (A Proving of

Kalium sulphuricum) FLICK Reinhard,

ABRAHAMIAN Heidemarie (DH, 19/1999)

13 Provers, 12 women and 1 man took part in the

Provings carried out in 1997, in C12 and C30 potencies.

One group took 3X while the other 2X, until symptoms

appeared.

Until now there has been no ‘proving’ of Kalium

sulphuricum’. ALLEN’s Encyclopaedia contains only

18 toxicological symptoms.

Based on the 11 case reports published by

SCHLEGELMANN and WESSELHÖFT according to

the indications given by SCHÜSSLER, HERING in the

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

Guiding Symptoms, has given six pages of clinically

verified symptoms most of which contain catarrhal

symptoms and two cases of cured Epithelioma. What

KENT has given in his Materia Medica is a synthetic

picture constructed out of two components which was

much criticised in those days. These were uncertain

symptoms.

The present ‘proving’ presented here is therefore

the first proving of this medicine.

7. Ranunculaceae. Die Familie der

Hahnenfußgerwächse (The Family

Ranunculaceae)

DIEZ Susanne, DREXLER, Leopold, SCHMID

Bernhard, ZILLER Hans (DH, 19/1999)

The authors have taken up for consideration all

the plants in the Ranunculaeceae family used in

homeopathic therapeutics abd have drawn the common

‘theme’ among them.

The plants considered are:

1. Hepatica triloba

2. Pulsatilla pratensis

3. Caltha palustris. Trituration methodicals

are discussed.

4. Nigella sativa; a proving with 7 women and

2 men.

5. Paeonia; a proving with 6 women and one

man.

Another proving with 5 women and 13 men.

The trituration methodicals and the substance

triturated in both the provings are discussed.

Three cases out of which one is from Jan

SCHOLTEN are also discussed.

6. Ranunculus bulbosus: begins with case

reports. A proving of Ranunculus bulbosus

with 6 women provers. This is followed

by a case report.

7. Clematis erecta: This is a remedy proved by

HAHNEMANN himself and may be seen in

his Chronic Diseases.

8. Aconitum napellus: Drug picture is given.

The ‘themes’ of Ranunculacea are given.

8. Die Darmnosoden (The Bowel Nosodes)

RANDERIA, J. P. (ZKH, 45, 2/2001)

An increasing number of diseases are attributed to

the “immunodeficiency syndrome”. The gastro-

intestinal system is the largest immune system. If the

intestinal wall is damaged, there will be leaking spots

which lead to the leaking intestinal syndrome. As a

result, the healthy intestinal flora can be transformed

into pathogenic organism. The intestinal Nosodes,

which are produced from pathogenic organisms, are a

great help in the treatment of individual patient. The

clinical drug picture of bacillus Sycococcus (Syc-co.)

is described.

The main feature of Syc-co. is irritability. The

symptoms are composed from the catarrhal

eliminations from the mucous membranes.

Appearance: The patient is always anaemic,

with puffed face, thick and flabby with dull look,

with twitching of facial muscles and blinkings of the

eyelids.

Mind: The mental symptoms are very

impressive – with nervous stresses and much

irritability. Mischievous children with fear of

darkness and being alone.

This reminds of a “Lycopodium child”. It is

intelligent, with sharp, penetrating glance as also lean

face and throat.

A “Gärtner child” full of fear, the child suffers

from undernourishment, is thin and underdeveloped

and also intellectually very lively and intelligent.

The “Dysenteriae child” is nervously tense,

oversensitive, has a pale face and easily reddens, suffers

from presentiments and from explosive-like vomiting

due to fever cramps.

Head: Recurring headaches in children must

make us think of this Nososde before it develops into

symptoms of meningeal irritation. Syc-co. is obtained

from organisms which are closely related to

Meningococci. Headache during sleep.

Respiratory: An irritation of the respiratory

passage leads to nose and bronchial catarrh, humid

Asthma and crampy cough at 0200 hours mornings,

which became worse during change of weather and

humidity and is better at sea side (Medorrhinum).

Throat: Swelling of tonsils and polyps with

enlargement of cervical glands.

Urogenital system: The urogenital tract has

many symptoms mainly of acute states. Acute and

chronic irritative states, Bed-wetting, Vulvo-vaginitis,

Slapingitis, Leucorrhoea, also Fig warts. Likewise

kidneys with typical Albuminuria.

Digestive system: Irritation of the digestive

canal with diarrhoea, loose offensive smelling stool

which is worse mornings and after eating, mucous

from the rectum, peri-anal warts.

Locomotion organs: Acute rheumatic disease of

the joints. Worse in rest and during beginning of

movement, cold and dampness. Better by warmth and

movement (Rhus-t). Pains in the soles of the feet, as if

was walking on cobbled pavement.

Skin: Cysts, Warts, and blisters on the tongue, in

the angle of the mouth and in other muco-cutaneous

areas. In many cases after prescription of Syc-co. a

pox like eruption appeared. Cracks in the fingertips

and heels. Illnesses of foot and mouth.

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

Modalities: Aggravation from cold and

dampness, amelioration from warmth, continued

movement, at the sea.

Complementary: Ant-t., Bac., Ferr., Lyc., Nit-

ac., Nat-s., Rhus-t., Thuj.

A Case: 7 year-old girl. Ranula. Cyst under the

tongue as large as a marble, left sided, since atleast 3

months. A physician in the USA recommended an

operation but the parents did not agree and consulted a

Homeopath who gave Apis mellifica 30, 200, Sulphur

200 without any relief. The cyst became larger.

She consulted over telephone: The cyst was

painless, but the child had difficulty in eating.

Mental: irritable, hot-tempered, very rebellious, neat

and tidy, cleaned her room always, fear of darkness,

wanted night lamp on in her room. Not easily weepy,

but was sensitive to music. Affectionate and liked to

be cuddled. Felt chilly especially during nights.

Much vaccinations given.

Thuja C6 for 3 weeks without any change. Syc-

co. C30 4 December 1999, and on 9 December within

5 days a thick, white discharge came out and then the

cyst disappeared.

9. Lachesis mutus

TAYLOR Will (HT, 21, 3/2001)

The author says that the pathogenesis of

Lachesis seems to be the simillimum for the entire

tragedy of Shakespear’s Julius caeser. He has

repertorised the entire play in which all of the

selected rubrics indicate Lachesis.

Following this he has given a small note about

the snake, its habitats etc. Some of the physical and

general charcteristics of the remedy is enlisted.

10. A Reading of Bamboo (Extract from the

Seminar to Czech Homeopathic Society in

March 2000)

Nick CHURCHILL (HOM., 78/2000)

Bambusa arundinacea:

Sphere of action :

Neck Gall bladder

Back

Extremities - particularly left knee

Sciatic nerve, Nose, Throat, URT.

Digestive tract, Sleep.

Left side

Generalities

Many of the symptoms are < in Morning on waking.

Strong > by hot bath and rest.

Strong < from cold & damp.

Chilly remedy.

Characteristic quality of pains is that they are

wandering or wave like pains coming in waves.

Radiating pains. Symptom of lump appearing in

quite a few different parts of the body.

- Curious feeling as if water was lapping against his

internal organs.

Head: Headaches may well be referred pain or due

somehow to the problems in the back and spine;

Pressing pain; Band around the head; < physical

exertion and cold wind and bending head forward.

>from pressing the head with hands.

Eyes: Feel as though they are being pressed or

pulled into head, pressed from outside or pulled from

inside.

Nose: Cold and Flu. Sneezing, blocked nose, watery

discharge, burning in the nostrils. Feeling as if

tickled by a feather; Frequent sneezing and itching of

the nose; nose block alternating sides; dryness and

numbness of nose; strong sensitivity to smells.

Face: Flushes of heat and redness; skin feels dry and

tight, and one prover said that his skin felt very thin.

Mouth: Full of saliva; as if it was running out when

he talked. Soreness of oral mucosa and the tongue.

Feeling as the tongue was burnt. Foul taste in mouth.

Throat: Great deal of roughness and soreness in

throat. Difficulty in swallowing, having to clear his

throat a lot. The mucous is difficult to hawk up.

Marked > from hot drinks. Wave of pressure coming

from abdomen to throat.

Stomach: Insatiable hunger or hunger with no

appetite. Strong aversion to fat and also to beer and

an < from beer and wine. Lot of nausea. Desire for

wine, cheese, for spicy food; to smoke. Desire for

stimulants in general.

Abdomen: Lot of wind. ‘Feeling as though a big

bubble in the navel was moving around. ‘Couldn’t

bear the pressure of her waistband’. Pains > by hot

water bottle. Tenderness in gall bladder region and

bilious complaints.

Diarrhoea, coming out ‘like a fire hydrant, like a

gush of water’. An imperative urge. Bad smelling

flatulence & constipation. Stool – Greasy and fatty.

Chest: Stitching, burning pain and stiffness; a

dragging in heart region and a feeling of lump near

the sternum.

Sleep: Sleeplessness, restlessness, tossing and

turning. Seems to wake between 3.30 and 4.30 a.m.

Dreams: are strongly about water. Particularly about

disasters with water, floods of water, accidents.

Neck, Back and Extremities.

Great stiffness of neck. Very difficult to turn the

neck. There is tension and stiffness in the back and

neck. The muscles have seized up and this is worse

from damp, cold weather and from being out doors.

The stiffness and tension can radiate into arms.

Cramping aching and dragging pains. They tend to

radiate downwards into extremities – down the arm

into the hands or down the legs to the knees.

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

All these pains are better for rest and for heat.

There is a weakness of hand, difficulty in

writing. There are problems all down the back, all the

way to the buttocks and lumbar and sacral region. A

knotted feeling.

Back symptoms have a lesser > from coughing

and defecation, though it’s not as marked.

A feeling of burning along the spine and the heat

comes in waves. Numbness and tingling starting in

the back and spreading down into the extremities. A

feeling of right hand thicker than the left. Strong

feeling of weakness and heaviness of limbs. Icy cold

hands and feet. An extreme feeling of coldness

starting from the shoulders and radiating downwards.

Burning in the soles of feet. Feeling of heat in

the feet although she was objectively cold.

Clumsiness and awkwardness.

Dropping things and bumping into things when

walking.

Twitching in the extremities, swelling of ankles

Feeling of foreign body in shoe.

Itching in various parts of legs, also in groin, the

top of the legs and the shoulders at the top of the

arms. Strong symptoms of sciatica.

Painful electric currents running down the sciatic

nerve to the hollow of the knee. So intense that the

body trembles & shivers.

Concomitant: At the sametime, a feeling of coldness

in her face and nausea, which led to a state of

complete collapse and had to be helped into bed.

Could hardly walk in the morning walking

stooped, bent over.

Weakness from the hip down to the knee as if

beaten.

Pains are < motion and > pressure.

Pains come in around 7 a.m. < 7-9 p.m.

Concomittant: Sudden sharp stitching pains in

different parts of extremities. Especially in the knee

or foot, but also fingers, arms, forearms and also in

legs.

Pains also as if dislocated or beaten or like from

over exertion.

Mind

Depression; Apathy; Restlessness; Despair; Anxiety

Depressed with no real interest in life. Don’t want to

go out, want to be left alone.

Depression with strong fear of poverty.

Depression with a feeling that the prover would never

get well again.

Depressed when there is no work.

Helpless feeling, tearful, depressed black despair

Anxiety about future but in its financial aspects.

Anxiety about not being able to deal with what is in

store for me over the heart few years.

Sadness with weeping.

Feels deserted by their spouses.

General feeling of betrayal and desertion.

Desire for close relation but a problem with it at the

same time.

‘I find too much closeness in the relationship

suffocating’. Separation between emotion and

intellect.

This seems to be a deeper aspect of the mental state.

A sense of not having any emotional attachment

to certain things. It is as if there is something

missing.

I couldn’t careless about anything. All I could

do was laze about in bed. Don’t want to get up.

Great deal of irritability

Nothing pleases me

Constantly arguing about trivial things.

Everything seems too noisy for me.

Irritability in company

Sluggishness in thinking

Confusion of mind

Difficult concentration

Cannot even remember friends’ names’

Utterly forgetful - Spelling mistkes of various kinds

Totally incapable of concentration

Feel as if there is no separation between the dream

world and real world

A strong sense that life was going by and theyhad not

fulfilled what they wanted to do.

Discontented with my condition, totally dissatisfied

with myself.

One male prover shaved off the beard he had for 30

years. He even shaved the hair under his armpits. So

he must have been feeling pretty bad.

My brain is entirely empty and hollow. I meditated

in the morning which made me very sad and cry a lot

because my will is subject to higher forces.

Despair at night that death will separate me from my

children. Grief and rejection when thinking about

past life.

Clinical : Rheumatism, Gout

Comp: Rhus-t., Eupat-perf in flu. better for cold

drinks.

Themes: Wanting peace and quiet; closing down, a

lack of activity; Feeling of depression and

dissatisfaction; Remedy for people in evening of life.

Situation: Old age retirement; Romantic jealously

and erotic dreams; Reconcilation and coming

together.

11. Ambra grisea

Edward Shalts, MD (NEJH, VOL.10, 1/2001)

The remedy is studied in the light of Paul

HERSCU’s ‘Cycles and Segments’ manner. The

author has drawn copious from the well-known

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

Materia Medicas – HAHNEMANN to

VITHOULKAS – and the Repertories. Two cases

are presented.

The ‘scheme’ is given as below:

Generalities:

Although the majority of authors, including

Vithoulkas , talk about being prematurely old,

emaciated, etc. I have never seen in my, certainly

limited, practice.

But I saw people who are worn out, tired.

Frequently suffering from vertigo with hypertension,

headaches or colitis.

One can see various kinds of nervous discharges:

twitches and jerks.

Aggravation: Morning, from five to nine a.m.,

presence of others, music, springtime. Warm milk

aggravates. Complaints aggravated by presence of

other people in the room.

Amelioration: cold drinks, cold water. The

weakness is better after having a dinner.

Perspiration: one sided perspiration, numbness

in different parts of the body.

Vertigo: Ambra grisea is almost a specific

remedy for the nondescript dizziness in old people

(Vithoulkas). The vertigo worse after sleeping.

Head: A famous keynote: “heat of the head while

listening to music”. Headache in the morning after

sleep. Dryness and falling out of hair. Numerous

pains. Trembling sensation in the head after talking.

Eye: Dimness of vision.

Ear: Hearing is diminished without underlying

pathology.

Nose: Copious epistaxis. Frequently in a.m.

while still lying in bed.

Face: Convulsions, spasms of lips. Twitchings,

tinglings.

Mouth: Ranula (sublingual cysts). Nodosities

under the tongue.

Throat: Sensation as if of plug in the throat with

difficulty swallowing.

Stomach: Emptiness at the pit of the stomach

after stool, better lying down. Heartburn after milk.

Indigestion after warm drinks. Desire for salt is

increased (Vithoulkas). Pain at midnight, worse

lying on abdomen.

Abdomen: Sensation of coldness, sometimes on

one side only. Perspiration on abdomen and thighs

during exercise. Colitis is one of the most common

pathologies encountered in Ambra grisea

(Vithoulkas).

Rectum: Constipation during pregnancy.

Haemorrhage from anus during stool. Itching of the

anus.

Urinary organs: A famous “can not pass urine

in front of others.” Voluptuous itching. Brown

sediment in urine or bloody urine with red sediment.

Increased urination at night.

Male genitalia: Can present with intense

masturbation and violent morning erections, but

frequently unable to maintain erections during actual

sex (when they have to “perform” with another

person).

Female genitalia: Very high sex drive,

nymphomania, but resort to masturbation. In

interpersonal sexual situations frequently loose the

Desire. Metorrhagia after exertion, spotting ,

between menses, at every little accident.

Chest: Music aggravates cough and asthma. Can

have an asthmatic attack after eructations

(embarrassment, remember). Prone to palpitations.

Palpitations when listening to music, when walking

.

Heaviness with numbness in upper limbs. Cramps

In thighs, in calves or feet at night.

Sleep: Sleeplessness after a conversation, from

Business, from excitement. Older people who

Can not sleep from sad thoughts (Natrum muria

Ticum)

.

Fever: Chill is better by eating. Chill of single parts.

Creeping chill after stool.

In the open air.

Back: Stiffness in back from rising from a seat;

After sitting. Pain from music.

Extremities: Numbness and pains. Pain as if

Sprained. Heaviness and paralytic weakness

Skin: Anesthesia in the morning on waking

12. The Widow Spider Lactrodectus tredecimguttans

tredecimguttans

Cal texts, as well as homeopathic materia medica,

traces the source of the remedy to the mediterranean

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

widow spider Lactrodectus tredecimguttus, thus

warranting a re-evalution of pharmacological

preparation.

III. THERAPEUTICS

1. My Early Experiences in TB

JYOTHI U (NJH, 5/2000)

18 year-old girl had frequent attacks of fever and

weakness. Diagnosed to have Typhoid Fever

and treated with allopathic medicines, yet the fever

continues. Fever 100-101°F frequently since 4-5

months. Fever continues for 6-7 days , feels better for

2-3 days and then again fever for 6-7 days. Generalised

weakness and no interest to work and studies during

fever. Past history of frequent colds and cough. Family

history of Tuberculosis. Tuberculinum 10M/2 doses.

After a week there was small orange sized swelling on

both sides ofneck. Both cervial nodes enlarged for the

first time. After few months the enlargement subsided

and attacks of fever.

(The author is doubtful whether the appearance of

the cervical glands is a good sign or this is a medicinal

aggravation or the potency is too high)

2. A Case of Koch’s Abdomen

SHAH P M & SHEETAL (NJH, 5/2000)

An article which deals with the Tuberculosis of

Abdomen. Abdominal Tuberculosis is generally a

disease of the adult population, occurs more often in

females, with equal frequency in rural and urban

population.

The ileocaecal region is involved in nearly half to

two thirds of cases, colon and jejunum also being

frequently involved. Approximately two thirds of cases

are “primary” without evidence of any active or inactive

pulmonary lesion.

Common clinical features and physical signs are

discussed.

56 year-old woman had chronic diarrhoea with

weight loss. Barium meal study showed changes of

malabsortion pattern in small bowels extending up to

the terminal ileum, secondary to Koch’s infection.

Distal colon is inflamed and tender appendix. Took

AKT treatment, yet the complaints persisted. An

irritable, impulsive, reserved and Sentimental person.

Had fear of death. Perspiration scanty. Burning pain in

anus before stool. Natrum muriaticum selected based

on these symptoms and was given in 200 for few days

followed by M which did not produce the expected

response. Tuberculinum was given as intercurrent

remedy and it helped.

1. Tuberculous Pericardial Effusion

CHIMTHANAWALA Adil (NJH, 5, 2/2000)

32 year-old male was diagnosed to have Pulmonary

Tuberculosis. Had fever with chills, night sweats, and

scanty thirst. Pain in chest – stabbing, radiating to the

front, worse with each breath. Dyspnoea worse while

ascending stairs with palpitations. AKT started but

within 2 weeks after starting developed erythematous,

macular, itchy rash on both the lower extremities and

trunk. Steroids and anti-histamins did not relieve. On

stopping the treatment the rash subsided after 10 days.

On further investigation he was diagnosed to have

Tuberculous Pericardial Effusion and restarted AKT.

This was the time when the patient was brought to

Homeopathy.

Had fever worse in the evening. Left pulmonary

effusion. Slight burning and increase of urination. Thirst

less. Loose stools before going to bed and after tea.

Pulsatilla 200/tds for 10 days and Pulsatilla M/3 doses

with Avena sativa Q. Fever ameliorated but there was

dyspnoea and cough with left Pleural effusion and

Pulmonary effusion. Kali iodatum 30 for 3 days

followed by 200/3 doses.

Aurum metallicum M was given based on the

totality of symptoms: Chilly, generally aggravated after

cold and winter season. Capable of doing much hard

work. Rigid on himself but soft on others. Feeling of

self-condemnation, worthlessness, loathing of life,

dreams of robbers, palpitations, past history of ottorrhea

and strong sense of duty.

Tuberculinum has been as the indicated nosode on

the basis of pathological changes and family history of

Ulcerative colitis and Hemiplegia.

2. Approach to Treating TB Cases

JAIN C B & JAIN BIPIN (NJH, 5, 2/2000)

Case 1: 29 year-old female had low grade fever and

cough with white expectoration. Felt weak, thirstless

and bitter taste in the mouth. Gelsemium 200 4 hourly

for 2 days. X-ray showed mild infiltration in both

apices. Gelsemium was continued for another 4 days.

But the tissue level disease was progressing which was

showed by the infiltration cavity. Chilly patient. Desire

for salty food and aversion to spicy food and sweets.

Dreams of black snake and friend commiting suicide in

front of him, playing cricket and someone behind him,

trying to catch him, all doors closed. Anxiety about the

family. Kali carbonicum 30 repeated doses helped in

resolving the cavity with fibro-nodular shadows with

calcifications at left lung apex.

Case 2: A young boy of 21 years had fever with mild

chest pain, right sided pleural effusion and fibro-nodualr

infiltration. X-ray showed an early tubercular lesion.

Arsenicum album 200 was selected based on the toality

followed by Silicea 200/2 doses in few weeks cleared

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

everything. Case 3: 25 year-old had

respiratory complaints of cold, stringy white

expectoration, sticking in throat. Breathing difficult.

Complaints aggravated during winter and cold season.

Distension of abdomen with pain shifting all over

abdomen. Continuous dull pain, nausea and

regurgitation. Stool unsatisfactory, usually before going

out. Skin affection in buttocks. Tall, thin, dark

complexion, long eyelashes. Craves highly seasoned

food. Tongue clean, moist imprints present. The

totality pointed towards Phosphorus and given in 30

potency followed by 200 with careful monitoring and

the patient improved.

Case 4: 48 year-old man presented with chill, fever,

weakness and haemoptysis. Diagnosed to have

Pneumonia. Quiet and nervous person fever without

thirst, weakness and painless diarrohea concomittant to

the respiratory complaints. Phosphoricum acidum

200/4 hourly which helped the presenting phase. On

further analysis it is found that the patient has sinusitis

and dyspesia since 15 years. Skin involved since 2 –3

years. The pain of marital disharmony is lasting ever

since he is married. Sentimental, anxious and weak

person can’t resist or can’t fight back, but a hard

working individual, sticking to his commitments. Hot

thermal state and recent shift to chilly with pnemonia

episode, sticky, stringy discharges skin summer

aggravation. All these symptoms lead to prescribe Kali

bichromicum. Kali bichromicum 30, 200 were given for

over a period of 5 – 6 months but symptoms persisted

despite treatment. Hence the patient was put under

placebo for about two months and all his complaints

settled.

3. Hepar sulph – How I Perceive

KHAN L M (NJH, 5/2000)

18 year-old girl extremely fair with fine delicate

skin, brown eyes and hair had breathlessness and dry

cough with wheezing. Had sneezings since many years.

Worse morning, dust, smole, odor etc. Suffocation

aggravation in the evening and cannot cover the face.

Breathlessness worse night, 10 pm, spring, dust, smoke,

perfumes etc. Amelioration sitting bent forward.

Desires sour, butter, fatty food, rice and roasted chicken.

Aversion to milk and sweets. Frightening dreams.

Perspiration especially around lips. Tongue red tipped,

clean edges, white coated. Likes freaking out, fear of

dark, of being alone, of animals, gets scared very easily,

mercurial temperament, shouts easily when annoyed

and then cools down quickly. Hurried and wants

everything quickly and instantly. When hungry cannot

wait for food. Wants to do everything fast. Hepar

sulphur LM/tds helped.

Following the case there is discussion with regard

to the selection of the remedy. Differentiation between

the mind of Arsenicum album and Hepar sulphuricum

are also discussed.

4. Cases of Ambra grisea

KASI VISWANATHAN (NJH, 5/2000)

The introduction in this article discusses the various

ways to study a remedy.

Case 1: 32 year-old male was diagnosed to have

Crohn’s disease at the age of 15. Had a bowel resection

immediately. Presently he presented with acute

exacerbation of the same problem. Had abdominal pain.

Loss of weight, bleeding stool, enormous flatulence

with rumbling and 4-5 stools per day. Ailments from

embarrassment, mental, business, cares and worries, bad

news etc. Timid, bashful. Angered easily and throws

things. Fear of poverty and thoughts persistent.

Complaints from change of whether. Unable to pass

stools in presence of others. On repertorisation the

remedies which came up were: Sulphur, China,

Lycopodium, Silicea and Ambra grisea.

Silicea, Sulphur, China and Lycopodium was

prescribed on the basis of the symptoms and responded

fairly well. After an year he got worse and was

hospitalized and underwent colostomy. Lost both

grandparents shortly after.

Still he had some disease in his bowel and so tye

reversal of colostomy was delayed. Angered with

himself for having this disease. He was in debt and this

embarrased him much. Ambra grisea was prescribed in

30 and later raised to 50C, at periodical intervals which

relieved.

Case 2: A young boy had constipation at 9 months.

While he responded well for other complaints to

Calcarea and Belladonna his constipation persisted

even after years. Bowel movement were only once or

twice in a week. Gets cross and embarrassed if he gets

stool at school as classmates tease and talk about it.

Restless but determined. Ambra grisea 30 for 3 days

relieved.

Later he had convulsions and responded to Cuprum

metallicum. His bowel problems re-surfaced with

sweating around anus and Ambra grisea 200/2 doses a

week relieved.

Case 3: 53 year-old woman had menopausal complaints

and responded well to Natrum muriaticum in a range of

potencies but was not cured of her constipation and

rhinitis.

Heat flushes worse during night. Obstruction of the

nose with thick discharge. Obstruction ameliorated in

open air. Bowels constipated. Weeping, tearful when

alone, grief. Fear of poverty and failure. Anxiety about

the conscience. Ailments from business failure and

embarrassment. Her mother died when she was quite

young, her daughter, who was mentally and physically

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

handicapped, died at a very young age of 3, her father

died a year later, death of close friends daughter brought

back these black memories. Ambra grisea 30 cleared

her bowel symptoms and nasal block.

Case 4: 55 year-old female had constipation with

bloody stools. Cortisones and enema relieved

temporarily. 3-4 episodes of mucus discharge from

rectum with flatus and later blood. Chronic leucoplakia

on the roof of her mouth since many years. Shy,

extremely sympathetic, cannot hurt or criticize anyone.

Fastidious. Domineering husband and got divorced

after some years. Apart from an unsuccessful marriage,

she had many emotional upsets like her mother died of

stroke and father came to live with her. One of her son

had serious behavioral problems and committed suicide

in one of the rehabilitation centre. During her sons

illness she met a man who became close to her but this

relation broke after the son’s death. Though Natrum

muriaticum and Ambra grisea seemed to be indicated

Ambra grisea tipped the scale and it had been given in

200 and it was repeated 2 or 3 times and it helped.

Case 5: 35 year-old man had breathlessness which got

worse while reading, relaxing or generally being idle

and when he encounters any unknown person.

Reserved conscientious man who takes his work

seriously. Had financial loss and worry. Fear of

poverty, anxiety when thinking about it. His mental and

physical symptoms are well addressed by Ambra grisea

and it was given in M and later 10M which relieved.

Case 6: A 65 year-old lady had breathlessness, worse

while climbing, on walking, when tense and in strong

odours. Also had arthritis, spondylosis and flatulence.

After the death of her mother she developed anxiety

state and was tense whenever she goes out, to

condolences, approaching persons etc. Her complaints

caused embarrassment to her. Loquacious changing

from one subject to another, forgetful, weakness of

memory and confusion persisted. Ambra grisea M,

single relieved.

5. Potency and its Implication

LOBO Anita (NJH, 6/2000)

Different views on selection of potency by the

pioneers like Stuart CLOSE, W I PIERCE, N

PUDDEPHAT, Garth BOERICKE, Constatine

HERING, Elizabeth W HUBBARD. The Degree of

susceptibility is also discussed followed by an

illustration of a case.

31 year-old lady had redness of face, pimples,

greasing and secretion. Complaints worse in sun,

amelioration in cold wether. Associated with this there

is dandruff with itching. Craves mutton, chicken, fish.

Aversion to vegetables. Increased perspiration in face

and scalp. Irritable, anxious, brooding, doesn’t share

with others. Unremembered dreams. Natrum

muriaticum selected based on above symptoms and

given in 200 potency on alternate days for 2 weeks.

Complaints slightly better but persisted and hence

Natrum muriaticum M given. Amelioration followed by

recurrence. Repetition of the same remedy in same

potency. Slight improvement with certain symptoms

persisting. Potency is increased to 10M and good

improvement followed.

6. The Potency Issue

JAIN R (NJH, 6/2000)

In this article the author has put forward the

observations with regard to the selection of potency

after treating 20,000 cases in the span of 20 years using

different potencies on the basis of PERIODIC TABLE.

Preparation of potencies in different scales are

discussed and the comparison between Decimal,

Centesimal and 50 Millesimal scales are given in tabular

column. Also the author has highlighted certain spheres

like Speed of action, Depth of action, Duration of action

and Repetition of doses etc. Rules for repetition of

doses, indications and contra-indications for the high,

medium and low potencies are laid down. Application

of potency in acute and chronic diseases are discussed at

the end.

7. High Potency Disease

DIGBY Berkeley (NJH, 54, 6/2000)

A very brief article on certain mental and emotional

disorders and their treatment with high potency.

The author says that Schizophrenia and severe

mental illnesses does not respond well to Homeopathic

treatment unless we use the appropriate methods.

Mental pathology should be regarded in the same way

as physical pathology. If a disease is deep and

entrenched in the physical, we can give repeated doses

of remedies in low or middle potencies to slowly

reverse the pathology. Similarly mind and emotions

may have scars and irreversible lesions, which need life

long prescriptions.

Children usually need few repetitions for

miraculous changes of their emotional state. It all

depends on how deep the ‘disease groove’ is.

A female with manic and murderous state needed

daily dose Stramonium in high potency for several

months after which the state of Pulsatilla emerged and

one dose of Pulsatilla 10M daily for about 18 months

helped.

The author has also mentioned some similar cases

where repetition of remedies in high potency helped.

8. Potency dilemma: Tailoring the Prescription to

Patient

KULKARNI A B (NJH, 6/2000)

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

In this article the components of potency selection,

guidelines for potency selection, When to use high

potency, medium potency and low potency and

Comments on the use of LM scale of potencies are all

discussed.

9. Das Abenteuer Addeszenz – Eine Annäherung in

Anlehnung an Jacqueline Barbancey (The

Adventure of Adolescence – an approach on the

lines of Jacqueline Barbancey)

HALLER Bernadette, LASSACHER Martina (DH,

19/1999)

This article is with reference to the Social and

Home environment of the Western Europe and North

America only.

The environment at the turn of the 20

th

Century and

at the end of the Century is discussed. Unlike the earlier

Century puberty has now come on about 20 months

earlier, and statistically quicker growth in stature.

Today many children – at least in the urban and semi-

urban ares – spend much of their time of their early

years in Kindergarten, Schools, Nurseries, most often

upto ten hours daily, while their time with their family

is hardly two to three hours, and the week ends are also

abridged. Mme BARBANCEY is very much concerned

with this state of affairs and its effect on the

adolescence. She works not only in elite circumstances

but also in a much wider area with growing boys and

girls. She herself has three children.

The Adolescence is divided into three phases:

1. the para-adolescent phase (“puberty

adolescence”) which is impressed more on the

physical changes

2. the true phase of adolescence in which the

family bondages are to be loosened and find

other dear and objects of interests are found.

3. The post-adolescence phase in which young

person has found a stable identity which

expresses a coherent personality and encloses

sexual orientation.

What is meant by Adolescence: the risks and

possible Homeopathic aids? Is the next Chapter. In this

transition from childhood to adolescence the individual

thinks that everything is possible. Mme.

BARBANCEY lists briefly the areas of sickness and

Homeopathic healing, as follows:

1. Disturbances of the intellectual sphere:

a) Let up from school “16 year-olds”

b) Disturbances of flow of thought

c) Constraining disturbances

2. Troubles from the physical and sexuality areas

a) Dysmorphi phobias

b) Neurotic narcissism

3. Thymic disturbances

a) Disgrunted syndrome

b) Panic attacks

c) Depressive states

4. Disturbances of Personality

a) Delirious attacks

b) Disassociative pathologies or Psychotic breakdown

c) Clinical states

5. Disturbances of Social behaviour

a) Aggressiveness and Criminality

b) Marginalisation (run away, homelessness,

prostitution)

Each of the above are further discussed in detail

and cases illustrated.

An educative article.

10. Weitere Nosoden für die Praxis (More Nosodes for

the Practice)

PTOK, M. (AHZ, 246, 1/2001)

Nosodes have been in use since HAHNEMANN’s

days. The Homeopathic Materia Medica has a treasury

of many Nosodes, some of them not ‘proved’ but found

to be of great value in therapeutics.

The author gives further Nosodes with their clinical

indications in brief.

1. Actionobacillus actinomycetemcomitans:

Gum ulcer, pain teeth worse by cold as well as by

warmth.

2. Actinomyces israeli:

Gum ulcer

Streptococcal dermatosis.

3. Aerobacter aerogenes:

Nightly cough between 0.30 and 2.00 hours,

tightness and also hoarseness.

4. Arachidon acid

Ring pain around the chest in Encephalomyelitis,

also partly pain as of constriction by a steel

armor

5. Bacillus thuringiensis:

Irritable bowel with urge for stool with

excitement

Non stop cough between 2 and 4 hours.

6. Bronchopneumonia bovinum:

Mild cough; from inspiration worse, in cold

better, without expectoration, every change of air

Aggravates with headache, worse lying.

7. Campylobacter:

Pressure in stomach with burning in throat, worse

on waking, sensation of stomach status with loud

noises and pains in left upper abdomen, burning

tongue, stomach pains, pressure aggravates.

Knee pain left, worse by movement.

Waking 4 – 5 hours.

8. Cladosporium:

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

Eczema on finger, partly blisterlike, palpitation

only during daytime, Acne face, copper coloured

Eczema on the arm.

9. Clostridium cadaveris:

Nausea for over a week with vomiting before it,

sour taste in mouth.

10. Clostridium difficile:

Since years recurring loose, bright colored stool,

With intolerance of vegetables, also yellowish-

diarrhoeic stools since years with severe craving

for sweets.

Abdominal pain left side, near the umbilicus,

warmth and lying on the abdomen ameliorates as

also pressure.

11. Clostridium innocuum:

Thin-pappy, dark colored stool

12. Clostridium paraputrificum:

Diarrhoea 2 – 5 times a day, watery-dark.

13. Clostridium tentium:

Offensive flatus with bright stool.

14. Corallium album:

Throat pain with lump feeling, expectoration

bright-yellow.

15. Geotrichum candidum:

Eczema of finger under the ring and also the

whole finger,

Hoarseness and dry mucous membranes of the

throat with radiating to the upper throat

sometime.

16. Haemopinus pedalis:

Hepatitis with increase of Bilirubin to 3.4mg%

17. Immunoglobulin M:

Nasal flow with itching eyes, obstructed nasal

breathing and snorting.

18. Oestrogen/Gestagen combination:

Acne on face of adolescents.

5 weeks of non stop bleeding in a 13 year-old girl

19. Pityriasis:

Skin around the mouth is cracked, bloody spot.

20. Rhinotracheitis bovinum:

Infection with temporal headaches, expectoration

clear-glassy, with pain of the thigh in a child

along with thirst for large gulps, cough between

9 – 10 hours with clearing of throat while talking,

Expectoration yellowish-green, clumpy, salty.

21. Rickettsia MS:

Smelling of lymphnodes of the axilla

22. Salmonella typhymurium:

Stool half brown – pappy.

23. Salmonella virchow:

Stool at first formed, then flowy, bright-yellow.

24. Stomatitis vesicularis:

Apthae of mouth in Aplastic Anaemia,

Apthae of uvula and vagina in a child.

25. Trypanosoma evansi:

Swelling of the lymphnodes of the groin in a

child

Buckling of the knee while walking in

Encephalomyelitis

Stuttering in exertion of concentration,

Prickling of the hands, arms , knee electric-like

in the same patient.

26. Uncaria tormentosa:

Herpes below the palate, Eczema of the hands,

recurring inflammatory in both mammae in a

nursing mother.

Swelling of the lymphnodes, both the cervical as

also the inguinal

Crooked neck in a child

Increased efficiency in a child

27. Yersinia enterocolica:

Pressure in the upper abdomen with fullness

feeling

Cramps of the stomach as from a fist, loss of

appetite in the mornings.

13. Dario SPINEDI: der Gemütszustand als Hilfe bei

der Arzneimittel findung nach Paragraph 211 und

212 des “Organon”; ein Interview geführt von

Christoph THOMAS am 13.10.2000 (Dario

SPINEDI: The mental state as an aid to the remedy

choice in accordance with paragraphs 211 and 212

of the “Organon”: an Interview held by von

Christoph THOMAS on 13 Oct 2000) (ZKH, 45,

1/2001)

For about a decade or so Dr Rajan SANKARAN

has been teaching the importance of the mental state

which is apart from the mental and emotional

symptoms, for the choice of the Homeopathic remedy.

The source for this are the paragraphs 211 and 212.

There has been much discussion on this.

In this interview Dr SPINEDI distinguishes the

‘mental state’ from the mental ‘symptoms’. A systemic

study of the Homeopathic Materia Medica with

reference to mental symptoms in accordance with the

ideas of Rajan SANKARAN and Carl Gustav JUNG

helps to comprehend the archetypal mental basic forms

and the specific state of mind of the remedies. This can

help significantly, to make a differential diagnosis in the

individual patient between several possible

Homeopathic remedies. The significance of dreams for

comprehending the state of mind is shown. Experience

in the case of the in-patient treatment of patients

suffering from Cancer and open questions for further

Homeopathic research are discussed.

14. 1. Erfahrungen mit der Sehgal Methode

(Experiences with the Sehgal-method)

SECKENDORFF, E.v. (AHZ, 246, 2/2001)

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

2. Objektivität und Subjectivität in der

Homöopathie am Beispiel der Sehgal Methode

(Objectivity and Subjectivity in Homeopathy with

examples of the Sehgal-method)

LANG, G. (AHZ, 246, 2/2001)

Both these articles are on the practical application

of the SEHGAL-method in which only the mental

symptoms alone are used in diagnosing the

Homeopathic remedy. In the first article the analogue

way in which the Mind chapter of the Repertory is used

is explained. For this the two rubrics ‘Fear of

extravagance’ and Desire to be carried fast’ are detailed

as examples. Several cases also have been given.

In the second article the importance of subjectivity

of patient as well as in practice of Homeopathy.

15. Langzeituerlauf chronischer Erkraukungen unter

Homöopathischer Behandlung: Eine prospektive

outcome – studie über zwei Jahre (Longterm course

of chronic diseases under Homeopathic treatment:

a prospective outcome-study over a period of two

years)

FREI, H. (ZKH, 45, 2/2001)

Following an earlier study on evaluation of the

different ranking symptoms by HAHNEMANN,

BOENNINGHAUSEN, HERING and KENT, a

predominantly paediatric cohort (ZKH, 43, 4/1999), 50

patients were followed up perspectively over a period of

two years. The purpose of this study was to find answer

to the following:

1. What extent of amelioration of a chronic disease is

to be expected in a cohort of patients under

Homeopathic treatment after 2, 12 and 24 months?

2. How high is the drop out rate?

3. Satisfaction of the patients/parents at the end of the

treatment.

4. How much time is required for the Homeopathic

physician and how many medicaments are required

to obtain the amelioration?

5. How many additional acute diseases occur in the

cohort?

Methods: This group was treated exclusively according

to the ranking of symptoms by HAHNEMANN and the

working method of BOENNINGHAUSEN, so that the

results could be compared with other methods if

wanted.

The ranking of the symptoms by HAHNEMANN is

in the following order:

1. Peculiar, queer, unusual Symptoms (§153)

2. Mental Symptoms (§ 210)

3. Modalities (§ 133)

4. Gynaecologic Symptoms (§ 94)

5. Symptoms of inner (Vital) Organs (Chronic

Diseases)

6. Symptoms of Physical (Chronic Diseases)

In a periodic analysis of the outcome the parents

had to rate the progress of the healing process of the

main illness in percentage.

Results:

1. The outcome-analysis of the group (without drop-

outs) yielded after two months an amelioration of

52%, after 12 months 78% and after 24 months

93%.

2. The drop-out rate after 12 months was 10%, after

24 months 16%.

3. In the end evaluation of satisfaction – 64% of

patients/parents reported to be very much satisfied,

18% were satisfied, and 2% were moderately

satisfied. The remaining 16% were drop-outs.

4. The mean duration of treatment was 13.9 months.

The mean consultation time required for a patient in

two years was 165 minutes. They received an

average of four different Homeopathic remedies in

a total of 7.4 applications, of which 4.5 were single

doses of high potencies and 2.9 were Q (50

millesimal) potencies.

5. An average of 1.6 acute diseases interrupted the

treatment of the chronic disease during the

observed time.

Conclusion: BOENNINGHAUSEN’s working method

reveals itself as a time-saving and efficient therapy with

very satisfactory results.

16. A Dental or Surgical Appointment… Can

Homeopathy Help?

HOOVER Todd (HT, 20, 4/2000)

The effect of Homeopathic remedies in managing

the discomforts associated with dental and surgical

procedures are discussed. Many people experience

significant anxiety when anticipating a trip to the

dentist. The four most useful remedies for this type of

anticipatory anxiety are Calcarea carbonica, Arsenicum

album, Gelsemium, and Argentum nitricum.

After the dental or other procedure, the most

common complaint is pain. Arnica for bruising and

soreness of the area involved, Hypericum perforatum

for nerve type of pains are more indicated.

17. Routine Caulophyllum in Pregnancy?

TAYLOR Will (HT, 20, 4/2000)

In this article the author explains about some

ridiculous things done with Homeopathically prepared

remedies in labor and birth when not prescribed on

Homeopathic indications – routine alternation of

Caulophyllum 200 and Cimicifuga 200 during labor,

routine administration of Lac caninum after birth to

“prevent engorgement,” routine administration of

Aconite M to the newborn “for birth trauma.” Most

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

strong constitutions – folks of high vitality/low

moderate sensitivity – can endure this silliness without

problem (and without benefit). It’s the more unusual

patient, of high sensitivity and /or low vitality – the one

you’d worry about anyway - who can get into trouble.

A mother/infant pair who who both presented with a

Cimicifuga proving (after the routine above), and the

cases have been difficult to treat.

Remedies commonly seen indicated in

dysfunctional pre-labor are: Caulophyllum, Cimicifuga,

Mitchella repens, Pulsatilla, Sepia, Ipecacuanha, and

many more.

18. Simple Solutions for Common Complaints

DOOLEY Timothy (HT, 21, 2/2001)

The author discusses some of the remedies for flu

and in particular about Anas barbariae hepatis et cordis

extractum. It is Homeopathic preparation of an extract

of the liver and heart of a Duck. [Ducks are known to

be carriers of flu viruses]. Its proprietary names are

Oscillococcinum

®

or Flu solution

TM

.

In Anas barbariae there are no characterisitic

symptoms known. It is prescribed on the common

symptoms which almost everyone with the flu will have

such as aching, fever, headache, stiffness, shivers,

cough, runny nose etc.

Inspite of lack of symptom specificity, most of the

time Anas Barbariae helps the patients with flu. But

not everyone. Anas barbariae is sold in “unit dose”

vials. A small number (3-5) of the little pellets under

the tongue or in water, 15 minutes to 2 hours depending

on the patients response.

Few other remedies for flu with their characteristic

indications are given.

19. A Child with Hepatitis

WOLF M M (HT, 21, 3/2001)

3 year-old ETHAN had hepatitis. Blond with blue

sclera, full of energy and had terrible temper tantrums.

Defiant, opiniated, didn’t like wearing shoes or going to

bed. Very moody and awakes with irrtability. Very

smart and orderly. Desires ice cream, chocolate, eggs,

chicken, peanut, butter, yoghurt, fruit, bacon, macroni

and cheese. Tuberculinum 200. After a week had

normal liver profile. Two weeks after stopping

interferon which was given when he was under

conventional treatment, blood tests revealed the

presence of antibodies – indicates the cure of hepatitis.

Later he received Belladonna 200 for he was

breaking and tearing things apart, slapping and hitting.

20. “Concomitant Symptoms” – How Important Are

They?

CROCE A J (HT, 21, 3/2001)

A very brief article which discusses about the

importance of concomitants, Dictionary meaning of the

word is given.

The concomitant can individualize a patient.

Strange, rare and peculiar (SRP) symptoms can be a

concomitant sometime; and the concomitant form the

complete totality.

The real purpose of paying attention to

concomittant symptom is, to understand the totality of

the disease, the entire picture by which the mistuned

Vital Force describes its state. When we put

concomitant symptoms into their proper context, they

help to complete the unique and unmistakeable overall

picture of the patient.

21. Help for restless Leg Syndrome

DOOLEY Timothy (HT, 21, 3/2001)

This article gives an account of Restless leg

syndrome, its probable causes and its treatment.

A disorder in which the patient feels an urge to

move the legs, due to an uncomfortable sensation in the

legs as crawling, or creeping. The known causes

outlined in the Journal American Family Physician are

uraemia, iron deficiency, pregnancy and drug side

effects.

Various treatment which helped are:

Physical: massage, important exercise, spinal

manipulation, yoga postures, acupuncture.

Nutritional: Supplements of specific minerals,

avoidance of food which aggravate the problem.

Herbal: Nutritional, oriental, cleansing, and organ

specific remedies.

Homeopathy:

By considering the whole patients instead just the

single symptom or disorder, an individual treatment

which acts by stimulating the body to heal the

underlying disorder.

Few important remedies are mentioned with

characteristic features: Arsenicum album, Causticum,

Ferrum metallicum, Lycopodium, Magnesium

carbonicum, Rhus toxicodendron, Tarentula hispanica

and Zincum metallicum.

22. A Case of Chronic Rhinitis and Bronchitis

CREASY Sheilagh (SIM, XIV, 1/2001)

A 13 year-old boy had catarrh especially on one

side or the other. Greenish, offensive and thick

discharge. The catarrh went down to the chest and

caused rattling followed by cough. Aggravation in the

morning. Had family history of Tuberculosis and

respiratory problem.

Rebellious, hated to be restricted, and a loner. A lot

of acne on the face and chest. Profuse night sweats.

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

Lycopodium 30, Sulphur 30, 200, M, Tuberculinum 30

and 200, Kali bichromicum 30 and 200 given with no

improvement.

From Kent’s Repertory: “Nose; discharge, one side:

Calcarea sulphuricum, Hippozaeninum, crossed with

“Nose; discharge green, thick”, “Chest, expectoration,

copious,” “Chest; inflammation, lungs,” “Chest

rattling,” and “Mind; company, aversion to” only brings

down to Hippozaeninum. Started with 6x and gradually

ascended to 10M. Then Tuberculinum M and 10M

helped.

23. The Genus Epidemicus Remedies

LITTLE David (SIM, XIV, 1/2001)

In this article the author explains briefly about

group anamnesis for diseases of common cause and

similar symptoms which affect a homogeneous group.

Best examples of group anamnesis can be found in “The

Cure and Prevention of Scarlet Fever,” in

Hahnemann’s Lesser writings and “Typhoid Fever

and High Potencies” in BOENNINGHAUSEN’s

Lesser writings.

The purpose of the genus epidemicus is not to find

one single remedy. It is to find a homogeneous group of

remedies which will cover the disease in most

constitutions. See “Typhoid and High Potencies:”

“Although a greater number of cases with their

symptoms were reflected in Bryonia alba, and found in

this their remedy, there were yet many other persons

who either at once or in the course of their disease

required also other remedies such as Pulsatilla, Rhus

toxicodendron, Nux vomica, Kali carbonicum,

Arsenicum album, Phosphoricum acidum, Belladonna,

Hyoscyamus, Muriatic acid, Taraxacum and where the

relation was defective, Sulphur and Carbo-vegetabilis.

The group genus case offers the Homeopath more

information about the nature of a disease and its

symptomatology that can be found in any pathology

book. Unknown to many modern Homeopaths, the

group anamnesis may be used to treat virulent miasms,

endemic environmental and nutritional disorders, and

toxic diseases presenting a strong urinary syndrome.

When Homeopaths construct a group anamnesis, they

are forming the basis for a specific repertorium amd

materia medica of the target disease. Then the group

anamnesis can be used as therapeutic guide for finding

both curative and prophylactic remedies.

[This work, and related titles like “Prophylaxis in

Homeopathy,” are part of the extensive classical

Homeopathic library to be found on David LITTLE’s

website: www.simillimum.com]

24. A Case of Uterine Fibroid

POPEN Y.P. (SIM, XIV, 1/2001)

A 38 year-old female. Fibroid tumours after the

loss of a loved one who got married to another woman

who was ten years older than her. Felt humiliated,

ashamed, angry, desperate and rejected. Suicidal

thoughts persisted. Anxious and felt lonely.

Workaholic, perfectionist, high level of

achievement, hard to get into the relationship. Absence

of nurturing and love in childhood. High expectations

of her from family, parents fighting with each other,

threat of divorce. Fear of heights, of falling, of not

being accepted. Alcoholism in the family. Hot.

Constipated, retains fluid.

Repertorization brought Aurum muriaticum in the

first place and Natrum muriaticum in the third place.

Repertorization by small remedies brought Aurum

muriaticum natronatum in the fifth place. Aurum

muriaticum natronatum LM 1, succuss the bottle five

times. Stir one teaspoon of the remedy in four ounces

of water. To take one teaspoon swish and swallow once

in 3 days. Took the remedy for about a month which

helped.

25. Pemphigus Vulgaris

MIGLANI Anjali (SIM, XIV, 1/2001)

A female aged 39 had recurrent aphthae.

Antibiotics and antiseptic mouthwash did not relieve.

Hb: 9.2gm%; TLC: 11,500 cu.mm.; DLC:

P54L39B2E5; VDRL: negative. Throat swab for

Cornyebacterium diptheriae: negative. Tzank test:

Positive. Nikolsky’s sign: positive. Large flacid bullae

bilaterally, grayish black in colour, started on left side

and then on right side. Lateral borders of tongue black.

Pain and burning in mouth. Salivation increased and

breath offensive. Kali chloricum 6C, three times daily

for seven days relieved acute symptoms.

A lean, thin built female, hot patient. Premenstrual

syndrome – better by flow. Sweat increased in axilla

and offensive. Desired farinaceous foods. Sleep

disturbed because of dreams. Dreams of being tortured

or murdered; of some conspiracy against her. Smart,

outgoing person. Increased sexual desire. Lachesis

200, 2 doses followed by M after 15 days relieved.

26. Potenzierte Karzinogene im der homöopathischen

Krebsbehandlung (Potentized Carcinogens in

Homeopathic Cancer Therapy)

FRIEDRICH, V. (ZKH, 45, 2/2001)

Potentized carcinogens like Arsenicum album,

Carbo animalis or Petroleum have all been

established well in Homeopathic treatment of Cancer.

While their selection is always based upon the symptom

similarity obtained by Provings and the clinically

verified characteristic symptoms and their fitting with

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

the patient’s characteristic symptoms, the remedies are

chosen on any specific carcinogenic quality.

In the BHJ 89/2000 H.MONTFORT’s proposals for

the therapeutic application of specific Carcinogens, has

been published.

The author obtained two Carcinogenes,

Benzoanthracene D11 and Fluorenilacetamide D15

from MONTFORT and used it in 4 cases of Mamma

carcinoma. Nevertheless all the four Mamma

Carcinoma patients expired even with Chemotherapy.

It is argued that in these cases the peculiar

symptoms indicating the appropriate Homeopathic

remedies are not manifest.

27. Absencen – Silicea (Epileptic seizures – Silicea)

RICHTER, O., HADULLA, M. (ZKH, 45, 2/2001)

A six-year old girl with epilepsy. The parents did

not want anti-epileptic medication, and

Sought Homeopathic treatment.

Single dose of Silicea XM gave an aggravation

initially and then improvement set in. There was

however a mild recurrence and the child was now given

Silicea Q potency. There was improvement as was

evidenced by the EEG.

28. Herpes come as recidivans

(Chronic corneal Herpes)

KLUNKER,W.(ZKH, 45, 2/2001)

40 year-old woman with recurring attacks of herpes

opthalmins since 14 years ending in corneal opacity. A

transplant of cornea was proposed, but it would be

possible only if the herpes does not recur. The patient

therefore consulted Homeopathy.

The totality pointed to Natrum muriaticum

The ‘Minimum symptoms of maximum value’

adopted by Sir John WEIR was appplied in this case.

Natrum muriaticum in 30, 200, M with

intervening dose of Herpes 30 was given and she was

free from the recurring corneal Herpes.

28. Die parenterale Ameisensäme therapie – ein

medikamentöses Therapieverfahreb der

kanoplementaneMedizin (Parenteral

Administration of Formic Acid in Alternative

Medicine)

HELMSTÄDTER Axel (Med GG, 20/2001)

Treatment of rheumatic and other diseases through

immersion in an anthill is reported in

General Folk Medicine. In the first half of the 20

th

Century, the physicians Edward and Egon krull (1842

– 1914 and 1879 – 1936, respectively) as well as

Albrecht Reuter (1863-1937) recommended injections

of diluted Formic acid to treat tuberculosis, Gout,

Arthritis, Renal disorders and other complaints.

Between 1930 and 1960, more than 15 different

commercial preparations were marketed, and Egon

Krull invented a drug series called “Myamekan”.

Formic acid inhalations were recommended by

Sigmund von Kapff (1864-1946) at a time when the

acid was rarely used in Homeopathy. In the 1950s the

injection of Formic acid was regarded as one of the

most important procedures in alternative medicine.

30. All that Gliters

KHAMBATTA Sherezade (HH, 25, 1/2000)

A short summary of two important polychrests salt

of gold are given

Aurum muriaticum natronatrum.

- Feels rejected by someone he depends on

emotionally.

- Forsaken feeling – because of relative lack

of love in childhood.

- Fear of failure and doubt their own ability

- To escape from emotional turmoil they

desire excitement and thrill – bunger

jumping, fast driving etc.

- Too dypendent and crave attention and

important physical symptoms affections are

also listed out.

Aurum sulphuratum..

- Lack of love during childhood leads to a

feeling of abandonment.

- Have a tremendous need to feel loved and

hence very easily feel unappreciated.

- Very ambitious.

- They are leaders, dictatorial and proud and

are very bad losers.

- Egoistic to the point of haughty. See

themselves as a savious and often go and tell

people how they should lead their lives.

Thus the lack of love perceived in childhood

results in excessive need in adults for

fame,recognition and appreciation, so that his sense

of worth is confirmed.

Important physical generals are listed.

31. A Fussy child.

BHAGAT Yamini (HH, 21, 1/2000)

A 4 year-old girl had recurrent upper respiratory

infections during summer and on exposure to sun. X-

ray showed marked congestion in both iliac regions

and left base. Obstinate, head strong child, curious,

restless and fastidious. Likes to travel and attention

seeking always. Very fussy to eat. Desires

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

cheese++, bananas ++, and cucumbers. Very

sensitive to ryprimands premature decay of teeth with

cavities in them. Over a period of 5 years months she

received 5 doses of Sulphur 200 and the acutes were

met with Coccus cacti 200, M on and off.

32. A case of Breast Abscess

SONI J. Girish (HH, 21, 1/2000)

A 20 year-old girl had pain in left breast with

redness and swelling. Pricking and stinging <

touch, jar, Slightest motion and hot fermentation. On

examination it appeared dark-bluish red. Tarentula

cubensis 200 was repeated with very little

improvement. Then the constitutional remedy

Phosphorus also did very little. Now the pain is

“current-like pain”, with bluish-red appearance and

the upper quadrant indicated Phytolacca. Phytolacca

was given in increasing potency (30, 200, M) in

repeated doses for 2 days. But the pain increased,

with throbbing pain in right temple, fever and

burning present. Belladonna 10M followed by 50M

made the abscess to open and discharged copious

amount of pus.

Then calcarea sulphuricum 200 for discharge of

abscess along with Calcarea sulphuricum 6x for

hastening the healing. Dressing done with Echinacea

Q.

33. A case of Insomnia and Decreased Libido.

SHAH R.Naini (HH, 21, 1/2000)

A 30 year old male had psychological problem

manifested in the form of insomnia.

Sleeplessness due to constant thoughts. Very shy,

reserved person, not mixing and not making new

friends. Had lack of self -confidence, low self-

esteem, indecisive, fear of failure and post-pones his

works. Refused to get married as he had no sexual

desire. Felt he was so ugly looking, no girl would

get attracted towards him. Baryta carbonicum was

given for a period of 6 months which helped him in

all ways.

Other drugs which have low self-esteeem like

Ambra grasia, Lac caninum, Bambusa

arundinasea,Geraninum met etc. are discussed.

34. A case of Apis mellifica

JAIN Ajay (HH, 21, 1/2000)

27 year-old female had cervical spondylosis.

Neck movement painful and restricted. Pain

radiating till the tip of fingers alongwith numbness.

Very cheerful, talkative, constantly cracking jokes

and laughing. Never expresses her sufferings to

anyone. Her mother-in-law is a dogmatic, sarcastri

physically obesive and her husband also used to

abuse her physically, often drunk and has muthrill

extra marital affairs. She made fun of these things

while narrating. Rubrics were: Cheerful, gaiety,

mirth, simulates helarity while, she feels wretched.

Laughing, misfortune at, Affability, Laughing,

serious matters over. Ailments from grief. Apis

mellifica come out. Apis mellifica M relieved.

35. Temper Tantrums

SUCHAK Dimple (HH, 21, 1/2000)

. 5½year-old boy, refused to go to school after

holidays. On forming, start crying, cling to his

mother, stamps feet, cries loudly. Sprite etc. Very

talkative, restless, boosting and imagines himself to

be a big man like super man or spider man etc. Lives

in his own world and lacks concentration. Has the

habit of waving his hand in the air and numbling.

Fear of darkness, ghosts, horror movies, of robbers,

fear of water, fear of injections etc. Started from

loud noises sleeps with eyes half open. Stramonium

M repeated one after 2 months; improved.

36. A case of Aterio-venom Malformation

producing coma and left-sided Hemiplegia

MASTER, F.J., DABU, F.B. (HH, 21, 1/2000)

A middle aged women became unconscious and

fell in the toilet which caused head injury. Admitted

in the hospital and treated without much

improvement. CT scan showed a right sided

paraganglionic and tharamie haemorrhage which

extended into Ventricular systems Carotid angiogram

showed a midline AVM in the posterior thalamic

area being fed mainly by the base and partly by both

carotids. C.S.F. examination showed presence of

blood. Globulin ++++.

Deeply unconscious, not responding to painful

stimuli, convergent squint, pupils constricted,

Central neurogenic hyperventilation type of

respiration, involuntary movement of both upper

extremities, febrile, a contused lacerated wound

observed on the forehead, violent hiccoughs.

1. Arnica 10M by inhalation method was repeated.

Her life situation was good from childhood. But

her marriage was cancelled due to parental disputes.

A moody person and avoids social functions. Prefers

to stay alone. Had breast trouble during menses,

constipated had craving for indigestible things and

aversion to meat.

While she was under Arnica 10M she developed

severe chills. Cold perspiration all over the body.

Eye turned upward. Face deathy pale. Passed

yellowish green loose motions. Pulse feeble and

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

slow. Went in peripheral circulatory failure.

Veratrum album 50M by inhalation every 15 minutes

later every 3 hours. Showed signs of improvement

by evening.

The anti-convulsive drugs, anti-diothis and

Decadron are stopped and was given Hyoscyamus

10M, by inhalation every 2 hours based on strong

history of grief, resentment towards relations, deep

unconsciousness, left sided paralysis, constricted

pupils, cerebral haemorrhage, squint, violent

hiccoughs, paralysis on one side and involuntary

movements on the other, head injury, aversion to

company. Showed signs of improvement and hence

Hyoscyamus 50M, 6 times a day for a week.

A repeat scan showed hydrocephalus with

ventricular dilatation. Right lateral ventricle is full of

blood.

Bothrops 200, four times a day for a week was

given purely on pathological basis of cerebral

haemorrage and aphasia.

As there was improvement Bothrops M, and 10M

was continued for a fortnight.

Patient developed conciousness, overfed

commands, answered intelligently. But had

intermittent drowsiness. Calcarea flouricum was

selected based on history of ailments from

disappointed love, craving for indigestible things,

aversion to meat, breast symptoms during menses,

vascular malformation in the brain, cerebral

haemorrhage etc.

Calcarea flouricum 30, 200, M, 10M was given at

necessary intervals for more than 2 years which

helped remarkably.

37. ‘Only Connected’: A Case

HOHNSTON Linda (HOM, 78/2000)

This is a very interesting case of 10 year-old

woman, housewife and artist with asthma. Her long

case history revealed that she grew up in a most

unusual and insidiously abusive household. Brother

Schizophrenic, mother institutionalized and receiving

shock treatments for depression father an odd blend

of sadistic cruelty and religious fervor. She felt she

had no privacy had no identity, felt disconnected into

pieces.

Baptisia M put her on the road to recovery.

38. Homeopathy in Cancer Care

E.THOMPSON & S.KASSAB (BHJ, 89, 2/2000)

The number of people using Complementary and

Alternative Medicine (CAM) for the treatment of

Cancer is increasing. The reasons are complex.

Patients feel that there is more that can be done to

return them to full health after treatments, to prolong

life or even to cure despite a poor prognosis.

In some respects, this innate feeling that healing is

possible is a wonderfully optimistic aspect of human

nature. Working in the cancer field we see patients

who are misled both by conventional and

complementary approaches. Highly toxic chemo-

therapeutic regimes that leave the patient debilitated

with progressive disease, gentler approaches given

with misplaced optimism which leave a family

unprepared for death.

Many of us prescribing Homeopathy in the cancer

setting can recount anecdotes of remarkable

responses when the constitutional similimum was

prescribed. Our experience suggests that when the

remedy most closely resembles the symptom picture,

more reliable responses are seen.

The increased confidence and dialogue with

colleagues may be due in part to an realistic approach

to the role of Homeopathy in cancer management.

The area of symptom management is one where

Homeopathy may offer a gentler approach to

alleviate symptoms. For the effects of radiotherapy

on skin, Radium bromide is more commonly used in

Britain. Cantharis & Fluoric acid are suggested by

Grimmer.

39. Inter rater reliability of symptom repertorisation: a

progmatic empirical study.

A.J. VICKERS, R.A. van HASELEN, L. PANG

& S. BERKOVITZ (BHJ, 89, 4/2000)

The objective is to determine the extent to which

two Homeopaths agree on whether

symptoms reported by patients in a proving are

possibly associated with Mercurius solubilis.

During consultations, a Homeopath tries to

match a Homeopathic medicine to the overall picture

of symptoms described by the patient. Part of this

process may involve thinking about certain

symptoms and deciding whether these indicate a

particular medicine. Conceptually this is analogous

to conventional diagnosis. There has been little

research on Homeopathic diagnosis to evaluate

whether different Homeopaths prescribe the same

medication when given similar information. The

only study published presents a low agreement

which suggests a poor reliability of Homeopathic

diagnosis.

The proving included 104 healthy subjects aged

18-65 who were unfamiliar with Homeopathy. Each

day they completed a questionnaire asking whether

they had experienced any one of ten predefined

symptoms on a checklist. Five of these were typical

mercury symptoms and five were not.

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

The study Homeopaths worked independently

and blind to allocation and with no specific advice or

decision rules.

Results: Initially there was only moderate

interrates agreement of 70.2% between the two study

Homeopaths, because of some disagreements. After

resolving these misunderstanding the agreement

increased to 76.5%

The main reason given by the study homeopths

for their disagreements was their use of different

sources of data.

40. Reflections on a Research Project into Glue Ear

FIXSEN Alison (HOM, 78/2000)

This article is about a pilot study on the

effectiveness of Homeopathy and standard care in

the treatment of glue ear, which took place between

1996-8.

Glue Ear is a chronic illness affecting a high

proportion of children in the Western world Richard

MOSCOWITZ is quoted “Otitis media has become

the commonest paediatric diagnosis made by

physicians who care for children in the United States,

its annual budget reaching two billion dollars in

1982”. About 5% of children aged two to four years

are likely to have a bilateral hearing loss due to Otitis

media with effusion (Glue Ear) for more than three

months, and many cases may go undiagnosed.

Antibiotic is the common treatment followed by

surgery.

Many first episodes of Otitis media could be

traced to DPT, MMR or other vaccines.

Further detailed study of the treatment in vogue

and advantages of Homeopathic treatment are

discussed.

41. The Fallacies of Families

ADAMS Peter (HOM, 78/2000)

“In Homeopathy, as in any discipline, new ideas

come and go. Each one adds something,

but equally each one can become a fashion and we

can let it go to our heads. We can become over

zealous in prescribing by the latest ideas, forgetting

the indispensable guidance of the solid and

dependable principles that have been built up since

the beginning of Homeopathy. We can get over

excited about the latest thing and lose contact with

common sense.

The limitation of thinking in terms of families is

that it excludes other possible remedies from our

consideration, and it is not ‘clear and unprejudiced

observation’. It can work to reinforce our prejudices.

42. Case of Elaps Corrollinus

Dr. A.S. MANN (JH., Vol.5, 1/2001)

Lady aged 42 years consulted for problem of fear

that whenever she is alone, she has the fear thatsome

thieves/robbers will come in house.

Rubric: Delusion rowdies (disorderly) persons

would break in if she were alone.

Elaps corrollinus was given and she no longer

had those fears.

43. Homeopathic Posology

DR. KOPPIKAR (NJH, 1/2001)

Next to the selection of the right remedy, no

problem so plagues the Homeopath as the

selection of the right potency- its repetition and dose.

For best results, we must use the full range of

potencies from mother tincture to the highest ones.

18 cases by eminent Homeopaths are presented and

discussed to illustrate this.

The author concludes that higher potency for

primary effects and larger doses than which are given

usually for the secondary effects, has always

succeeded in his hands.

44. HIV Counselling: Its nature & purpose

Compiled by Dr.RAJNI K.GWALANI & DR.

CAROL D’SOUZA. (NJH, 5/2001)

In counselling , two people, not related to each

other, meet to resolve a crisis, solve a

problems or make decisions involving highly

personal and intimate matters. The counsellor must

find the correct balance between detachment and

closeness.

The two general objectives are

1. to provide psychological and social support to

those already affected and

2. to prevent HIV infection by changing life styles

and life style behaviour.

Counselling is one of the principle means of helping

people understand why they resist changing their

behaviour and to promote and sustain the

behavioural changes needed to prevent transmission.

Four stages of counselling

1. Forming rapport and gaining the client’s trust

2. Definition and understanding of roles,

boundaries and needs.

3. Process of ongoing, supportive counselling.

4. Closure or ending the counselling relationship

Pre-test Counselling should

• Determine what the person understands

about HIV & AIDS

• Provide factual information as needed

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

• Discuss potential implications of a positive

and negative test result.

• Explain and obtain informed consent.

• Review the test procedure.

• Assess the person’s ability to cope with

positive result.

• Establish a relationship as a basis for post-

test counselling.

Post test counselling after a positive result

should

• Ensure that the person understands what it

means with the positive test result.

• Discuss how they feel about being infected.

• Provide support to help the person deal with

these feelings

• Discuss their plans for the immediate future

• Schedule appointments for medical

evaluation and follow-up counselling.

• Counsel partner(s) if possible.

45. A case of Kali iodide.

MAYUR, H.TOLAT (NJH, 6/2001)

A month old infant, started crying during and

after stool for 2-3 days. Careful examination of anus

found a small fissure. On referring Phatak’s repertory

p.13 there was a rubric, Anus fissure, infants in: Kali-

iod. (only remedy) and was given 30c tds. for 2 days.

He stopped crying and the fissure healed completely.

A case of Radium bromatum: A 18 year old

Parsi girl with pimples on her face for 2 years, with

oily face, had aversion to ice-cream & sweet. In

Synthetic Repertory, vol.2: Food, Ice-cream aversion

to on p.249, only Radium bromatum was given.

After Radium bromatum 30c tds for 3 days, there was

not a single pimple on her face.

46. Die Lieblingsfarbe und die Handschrift als Mittel

zum Finder des Simillimum

(The favourite colour and the handwriting as a

means for finding the Simillimum)

PTOK, M. (AHZ, 246, 3/2001)

The favourite color and handwriting are doubtless

characteristics of every person. The foundation of

Homeopathy is on the postulates of the individual’s

symptoms, constitution and reaction for finding the

simillimum and the handwriting and the favourite

color come up for consideration.

With systematic and intensive work

Dr.H.V.MÜLLER (1921-2000) found this

relationship of 300 Homeopathic remedies. He has

published many cases in the journals to support this.

In this article, dedicated to the memory of

Dr.MÜLLER who passed away on 23 October 2000,

the author presents a case of Basedow’s disease in a

female in which Opium was the curative remedy.

The indication was confirmed by the favourite color

bright yellow and the handwriting.

47. An encounter with a Moose.

Carleen JOHNSON (NEJH, VOL., 10, 1/2001)

Tom, 48 year old had a head on collision with an

adult moose; was unconscious and bleeding

when found. He regained consciousness and became

belligerent and it took four men to restrain him

enough to put him into the helicopter where he was

sedated and transported to the closest trauma unit.

Multiple facial fractures and neurosurgeon said that it

was the worst head trauma case he had ever seen.

When first seen in the Intensive Care Unit he was

motionless. The machines had taken over all bodily

functions. Arnica 200 was put in his armpit and

moistened with some water, as tubes prevented

access to mouth. The arm immediately twitched,

subsequently squeezing of the monitor for his pulse.

I was silently encouraged with his response and

suggested his wife to give another dose that night.

Fluid was being drained from his brain every hour. 2

days after another dose Arnica 200 given and

watched as the ICP decreased. Then Arnica 1M was

given and the numbers continued to come down. The

frequency of draining decreased.

Next day Arnica10M was given and then the

Homeopathic treatment was discontinued. He did

not come out of coma.

Two days after, he was anasthetised for the

operations needed to repair facial fractures, wire his

jaw and examine his eyes.

There were encouraging signs a week after this.

His eyes were opening, his legs and arms were

moving even though he was sedated.

Next day, he was waking up with a trachetomy

and his mouth wired, communication was difficult.

He was able to mouth names and motion enough that

the medical staff knew that he recognised his family

and understood commands. He was able to stand and

take a few small steps.

Eight days after, again Homeopathic treatment.

Now he was attentive but orientation was off. The

total confusion implied that everything had still to be

reorganised. Helleborus 200.

Quick progress with his rehabilitation team.

Mentally, he accomplished all tasks put before him.

He was discharged 15 days later with the hospital

staff claiming that he was a miracle. He continued

with different out patient therapies for brief periods

of time. He never regained complete hearing in his

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

right ear other than not remembering the accident he

suffered no loss in memory or in his cognitive

abilities.

48. Back to Life

Susan SLESINGER (NEJH, VOL.10, 1/2001)

A nine-day old infant was diagnosed with urinary

tract infection. He was unresponsive, did

not move, and could not be awakened. Fever 104.8º

F. Bad smelling urine. He screamed every 45

minutes at night. His face was bright red and nothing

would calm him down; neither interested nor

comforted by nursing. Had several rounds of

antibiotics and was released.

Relapse at 2 months. Pale skin with dry and

flaking rash all over his face oozing yellow

discharge. Dry chapped lips. Skin was cold to touch

though it was quite warm in the house. His legs

seemed to shake. Complaints as before and the

stream was slow and dribbling. There was a spot of

blood in his diaper.

Leucocyte levels were high and evidence of

protein blood and mucous in urine. Started easily in

sleep and scream uncontrollably.

He was unresponsive to pinches Opium 200 was

prescribed on the keynotes of ‘painlessness of painful

things’ and the rest of symptoms.

He immediately fell asleep, woke up a few hours

later and started shaking for a few minutes. Once it

stopped he wanted to nurse. His urine became clear.

The bad smell went away alongwith the high

leukocyte and protein in the urine levels.

One month later he had mild relapse. The

remedy was repeated and everything resolved pretty

quickly.

49. Awakening

Ann RAVEN, R.N. (NEJH, VOL. 10, 1/2001)

Six year old boy was unconscious due to cerebral

swelling from an accident and had fractured

his tibia and fibula and was on heavy sedation.

Arnica 10M had no effect.

He was thrashing about bed, violently , moving

everything constantly, clenched fists, no eye

movement. Violent physical disturbance

excacerbated when he was touched. Face pale with

red blotches.

Rubric Mind, rage, renewed by touch:

Belladonna, Lachesis, Opium, Stramonium.

CLARKE: on Opium: Involuntary movement of

head and arms with fists closed. Excessive irritability

of voluntary muscles and diminished irritability of all

others.

Plan: Opium 1M at half hrly intervals – 3 doses.

The second day, marked reduction of muscle

spasm and his eyes focussed on mother for the first

time since accident.

Pupils reacted to light.

A week later Opium 10M. He was now

responding to speech and verbal stimuli. Sound

sleep. Fist clenching lessened.

Three days later Opium 50M.

He recovered gradually. Opium 1M to 50M

assisted from coma to alert awakened state in ten

days.

50. A quick case of colic.

Michelle ROSE (NEJH, VOL. 10, 1/2001)

A two month old child had been uncomfortable

and crying in colicky pain for weeks. She

would squint even under relatively low lighting. She

seemed to wince at the slightest things. She would

become very irritable during nursing especially when

interrupted by her siblings.

- Digestive upset

- Sensitivity to light and stimulation

- Irritability from interruption of nursing

(work).

One dose of Nux vomica 200c and within a few

hours, she was fine. The next day, for the first time

in weeks, she did not scream during a diaper change.

A few weeks later she started to slip back into an

irritable, uncomfortable state. She was given a

second dose of Nux vomica 200c and was fine again.

51. A one sided case.

Jonice OWEN (NEJH, VOL.10, 1/2001)

31 year old, in her 30

th

week of her first

pregnancy had swelling of feet of two week duration.

She had no apparent difficulties with the pregnancy.

In kent’s repertory, under EXTREMITIES,

SWELLING, FOOT[oedematous] pregnancy two

remedies Merc-c and Zinc were given. Based on

limited ‘sum of symptoms” available to me,

Mercurius 30c was given and the feet returned to

normal.

52. Timing is everything.

ALEXANDRA RICCIO

(NEJH, VOL.10, 1/2001)

In the field of physiology, there is a mechanism in the

body known as the biological timing system. The

most widely studied rhythm is the circadian rhythm.

Understanding of this is highly relevant and

applicable to our patients and cases.

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

People who work late into the night or do shift

work, experience a higher degree and occurrence of

illness, because of the disruption of the circadian

sleep-wake cycle.

The term ‘chronotherapy’ is now used in

medicine for treatment of certain diseases and

conditions at the most effective time of the day.

53. 1. A case of Multiple Sclerosis

MARCHAND Jonathan (NEJH, 10, 1/2001)

2. Progressing Multiple Sclerosis

SHEPHERD Birgit (NEJH, 10, 1/2001)

In the first article the case of 53 year-old woman

with Multiple Sclerosis (MS) under conventional

treatment (Steroids and Interferon). She was given

Conium maculatum, as she continued the

conventional medicine and naturopathic assistance.

The patient improves and holding her own. How

much of this improvement is due to Homeopathy

and the ongoing Betaferon use!

In the second which seems to be a more advanced

MS in which too Conium maculatum gave palliation.

In both the cases the authors used paul

HERSCU’s ‘Cycles and Segments’ technique of Case

analysis.

[We have a 45 year-old woman with MS who is

on conventional treatment since years. She has also

been taking Homeopathic treatment whenever she

has more distressing symptoms. Unfortunately

patients do not venture to take only Homeopathic

treatment. For evaluation of progress we need the

cooperation of the ‘Specialists’ which we do not get.

-- K.S.S.]

53. The Homeopathic Treatment of Macular

Degeneration

KONDROT Edward (NEJH, 10, 1/2001)

The author writes of his experience in treating,

‘Age Related Macular Degeneration’ (ARMD).

The disease is discussed briefly. Three cases in

which clear improvement came on with

Homeopathic treatment are reported.

54. The efficacy and safety of a homeopathic gel in

the treatment of acute low back pain: a

multicentre, randomised, double-blind

comparative clinical trial

C.STAM, M.S.BONNET & R.A. van

HASELEN (BHJ, 90, 1/2001)

The aim of this study was to investigate whether

the Homeopathic gel spiroflor SRL gel (SRL) is

equally effective and better tolerated than cremor

capsici compositus FNA (CCC) in patients with acute

low back pain.

The composition of the gel is:

Symphytum officinale tincture

For external use (10g)

Rhus toxicodendron tincture

For external use (5g)

Ledum palustre tincture

For external use (5g)

Aqua Hamamelidis

Oleum Pini pumillionis

Carbopol 980

Triethanolamine

Sodiumedetate.

The study concluded that SRL and CCC are

equally effective in the treatment of acute low back

pain, however SRL has a better safety profile.

55. Clinical verification of symptom pictures of

Homeopathic medicines.

S.FAYETON, M.van WASSENHOVEN (BHJ,

90, 1/2000)

Purpose is data collection for clinical verification

of Homeopathic proving and a collection of clinical

symptoms, which have not been observed in

Homeopathic pathogenetic trials (HPT)

Phase I - Collection of the existing knowledge

of one Homeopathic medicine

Phase II - Clinical data collection

Phase III - Analysis of data

Finally a new presentation of the remedy under

analysis will be proposed to the Homeopathic

community.

56. Cushing Disease: a new approach to therapy in

equine and canine patients.

M.ELLIOTT (BHJ, 90, 1/2001)

The aim of this study was to define whether a

standardised approach, using Homeopathically

prepared remedies, was a valid system of therapy for

this disease and if so, whether results were repeatable

between species.

41 cases were selected of which 18 were dogs

and 23 were horses.

Many horses were diagnosed on hirsuitism and

blood glucose alone while 12 of the 18 dogs were

confirmed on ACTH stimulation test. Cases have

been monitored over periods ranging from 2 months

to 6years.

Each case was given a combination of ACTH and

Quercus rubor in 30c potency dosage was twice

daily.

Clinical responses were assessed as excellent

when clinical symptoms appeared to resolve

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

completely, poor when some symptoms remained

even if the animal appeared to improve in health and

a failure if there was no response at all.

80% of cases responded excellently in achieving

remission from clinical symptoms, four cases

responded only poorly and four cases failed to

respond at all.

IV. REPERTORY

1. Mittel verwechslungen und Fehleintragungen im

Repertorium

(Medicine confusions and erroreous entries in

the Repertories)

ANDERSCH-HARTNER, P. (ZKH, 45, 2/2001)

Confusion of Carb-ac. – Carb-an. Fever,

evenings, in bed, after lying down

in bed: Carb-ac. (K.1279,CR, 2304).

Source search in EN, GS,: negative.

Carb-an.: “evening 9 o’clock chill entire body; then

after lying down, heat in which he sleeps, however

waking often with thirst; towards morning

perspiration” (Chronic Diseases, Symptom No.713,

from Hartlaub and Trinks).

“evening 9 o’clock, chill entire body which passes off

on lying down followed by heat in which he sleeps,

however wakes up often with thirst; towards

morning, perspiration” (Hartlanb and Trinks, p.1014,

Symptom No.248).

Confusion of Com. And Con.

Extremities, twitching, littlefinger: Com. (KR.1217,

CR. 2032).

Com.: Source search in EN and GS negative.

Con.: “Twitching of the muscles of the ball of the

left little finger” (EN.Vol. 3, p.541, Symptom

No.967)

Erroneous entries of Con.:

Lead, numbness, sensation as if, after eating:: Con.,

(K.107, CR.397)

Source verification:

Con. “Drawing in the head with the brain asleep,

which is diminished after eating” (CD Symptom

No.92). The rubric may also be corrected in the

Repertory as “amel. after eating”.

Nose, Odours, animals in the back part of the nose:

Con. (K.341, CR.781)

Source verification:

Con.: “A kind of smell of tar in the back part of the

nose which he also seems to taste” (The

Symptom No.204 in Chronic Diseases Vol.III p.185

– in original is: “Eine Art Theer-geruch hinten in der

Nase, den er auch zu schmecken wähnt.” “Theer-

geruch” tar smell has been mistakenly taken in as

“Thiere-geruch” animal smell. In the DUDGEON

translation in English it is rightly given as ….. A sort

of smell of tar ….” – KSS). The sub rubric in the KR

should be struck off. Similarly in the GS the

symptom “Boring in nostrils; smell of animals in the

back part of the nose” is wrong.

Confusion of Cod. and Con.:

Face, color, pale, morning : Cod. (K.360, CR. 794.

CR gives Cod. as well as Con. As from

HAHNEMANN)

Cod.: Source, verification in the EN as well as in the

GS – negative: Con. CD: “Much paleness of the face,

in the morning” Symptom No.208.

Cod. may be corrected as Con.

Confusion of Cor-r. – Cori-r.: Fear, suffering of:

Cor-r. (source Kent), Cori-r.(source EN) (SR. Vol. I,

p.525, CR.p.202. K.47.

Fear, pain of: Cori-r. (SR I, p.516, CR.199. SR gives

EN as the source).

Source verification:

Cori-r.: Source verification under “Fear of suffering”

in EN negative.

Source positive under :Fear of pain” (EN, Vol.XII,

p.445).

In EN Vol.3 and 10 there is no confirmation of Cori-

r.

Cor-r.: “Complaining very much of pain, he curses

and escapes away from pain (Stapf’s Archiv, Vol.I,

Symptom No.89.)

“Very complaining; he dreads and worries about the

pains” (EN, Vol.3. Symptom No.1. p.561, Source

ATTOMYR in Stapf’s Archiv)

GS.: “Peevish and ill-humored, very complaining;

scolds and swears at the pains” (GS, Vol.IV, p.457)

An error in the EN Index, is Cori-r instead of Cor-r.,

from the EN this error has been carried over ith

SR and CR. Therefore the Cori-r. should be struck off

from the Rubrics “Fear of suffering” and “Fear of

pain”.

Erroneous entry Cor-r.

Sleep, falling asleep, while standing: Cor-r. (SR. III,

p.44 (CR p.2232, K.1245)

Sources:

EN: “Very great sleepiness and irresistable desire to

sleep, so that she fell asleep standing (EN, Vol. III,

p.563 – as source ATTOMYR is given)

STAPF’s Archiv/AMP. Cor-r. from ATTOMYR.

“Very great sleepiness and irresistable disposition to

sleep, that she could sleep standing” (Stapf’s Archiv,

Vol.I, p.825. Symptom No.80).

GS: “Very sleepy; falls asleep while standing” (GS,

Vol. IV. p.460)

Due to an erroneous translation a ‘sleepiness’ has

been rendered as ‘falling asleep’. This has to be

struck off.

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

Some corrections to the Materia Medica: Carb-ac.

: In the Materia Medica of CLARKE, under ‘upper

limbs’ a carbolic acid symptom is given as follows:

“Unable to raise right arm”. Verification of the

source, GS, shows that the entry by CLARKE is

wrong GS says: “Severe rheumatic pains in right

shoulder, feeling as though it would be impossible to

raise arm, but when effort was made, it aggravated

pain but very little ØRheumatism” (GS. III, p.390)

“Pains in right shoulder without suffering from

moving arm (GS, III, p.390). What has been given in

the CLARKE is an as-if-symptom, the prover could

raise the arm.

Con.: In GS, Vol.IV, p.435 chapter ‘Temperature’ is

given: “open air: …, hot spots on back of head

>”(i.e.amel.)

This is in accordance with the symptom GS, p.410

“Scorching on top of head; hot spots on top of head,

> by going out into open air, and by cold water” (i.e.

amel).

As against this in p.435 GS under: “Temperature”:

“Cold water; hot spots on back of head < …” (i.e.

agg.). A corresponding is not available in the

Materia Medica Pura and CD and EN. The correct

modality should therefore be – p.435 “Cold water:

hot spots on back of head >” (i.e. amel.). May be

corrected in individual copies of GS

V. PHARMACOLOGY

1. Potency: What it is and what it means

CROCE A J (HT, 20, 4/2000)

The article clearly explains how the potency –

centesimal and decimal is being made. Today,

Homeopathic pharmaceutical companies produce

potentized remedies under FDA supervision and

according to the Homeopathic Pharmacopoeia of

the United States, which sets the standards for their

manufacture. Some Homeopathic pharmacies employ

machinery and some still create remedies by hand as

HAHNEMANN did, but the process of serial dilution

and succussion remains the same.

The process of potentization is compared with

distillation. Sometimes the analogy of

electricity or resonance are used to explain its action,

that the remedy works by “conveying a charge” to the

patient or by matching the patient’s “resonance

frequency.” Partly because of this analogy,

Homeopathy has come to be known as “energy

medicine.”

Ever since DESCARTES, Western culture

accepted the idea of dualism, that mind and body – or

spirit and matter – are two separate things, that they

operate by different rules and mechanisms and that

they have entirely different properties. By this

reasoning, it seems preposterous that a non-material

entity such as a potentized remedy could have any

effect on the material body. How can a medicine with

no detectable molecules of anything but water cause

swelling to recede, bleeding to stop, high blood

pressure to come down, and depression to vanish?

And yet these experiences and others like them are

common place in Homeopathy.

They happen because the potentized remedy

speaks the same language as the Vital Force. Instead

of acting directly on the material body as material

medicines do, potentized medicines stimulate the Vital

Force to create material results. Measurable changes

such as normalized white cell count, improved

hormone levels, and shrinking cysts may follow the

administration of a remedy, but not because the

remedy has produced them directly. The remedy

addresses the Vital Force, which is the power that

animates the whole organism and which is more

“material” than the remedy itself.

1. Samuel Hahnemanns “mysteriöse Q –potenzen

(Samuel Hahnemann’s mysterious Q-potencies)

KUNKLE Luise (Med GG, 20/2001)

This paper deals with the so-called “mysterious”

Q-potencies, the dilution of a substance according to

particular augmentation methods, dating back to

Samuel Hahnemann, the founder of Homeopathy.

Hahnemann’s method consists of a step by step

dilution of substances. Until 1837 he only used the C-

potency (dilution on the basis 1:100); beginning in

1837-8, he experimented with the Q-potency, or

quinquagenimillesimal scale. (Potency on this scale is

denoted by 0/1, 0/2, 0/5, 0/10, etc. and generically

referred to as ‘LM’ potencies). The new method was

only documented decades after Hahnemann’s death,

but without explicit references to his techniques of

notation. This is the reason why the Q-potency is still

a mystery in Hahnemann’s Case books. This article

examines the hidden references to the notations

referring to the Q-potency and presents preliminary

results.

2. Nux vomica 30 prepared with and without

succussion shows antialcoholic effect on toads

and distinctive molecular association

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

NC SUKUL, R.DUTTA, A. SUKUL, &

S.P. SINHABABU (BHJ, 90, 2/2001)

Adult toads, Bufo melanostictus, were

administered Nux vomica (Nux v) 30 prepared with

and without succussion on the tongue. The drug was

mixed with sterile distilled water at the rate 0.05 ml/ml

water and given orally 0.05 ml/individual. The control

consisted of blank ethanol solution. Seeds of

Strychnos nuxvomica were ground and extracted with

90% ethanol in the laboratory. Nux v 30 was prepared

by successive dilution and succussion in 30 steps, Nux

v 30 was prepared by successive dilution only. Four

hours after treatment, toads were given 25% ethanol

i.p. at 8g/kg body weight. The duration of ethanol

induced sleep time was recorded for each toad. Both

Nux v 30 u significantly reduced ethanol induced sleep

time in toads as compared to their respective controls.

Electronic, infrared and nuclear magnetic

resonance spectra of Nux v 30, Nux v 30 u and their

diluent medium (90% ethanol) show marked

differences from each other. These dilutions and

ethanol 30 and ehtanol 30u show marked differences

from each other with respect to spin-lattice relaxation

time (T

1

) and chemical shift. The difference has been

attributed to the variation in intra and inter-molecular

association of ethanol and water.

Conclusion: Succussion is not an essential factor

in producing an effective Homeopathic potency like

Nux v 30.

The ethanol-water mixture has the capability to

imbibe some specific properties of drug molecules or

particles during the process of dynamization. It can

also produce specific biological effects.

VI. VETERINARY

1. A Case Of Heartworm Infection

JENSEN Wendy (HT, 20, 4/2000)

KATIE, a 7 year-old dog showed positive for

heartworm antigen in spite of heartworm preventive

medication.

Heartworm is a parasite, carried by mosquitoes,

that matures in a dog’s bloodstream into a long, thin

worm which lives in the heart. If the infection is small

(1 – 3 worms), then the dog might not have symptoms.

If there are a large number of worms, the dog usually

presents with heart failure symptoms (coughing, heart

murmur, exercise intolerance, etc.)

KATIE had two grand mal seizures and frequent

periods of ataxia. Fearful of people in dark clothes.

Echocardiogram showed small pulmonary artery

changes consistent with heartworm disease, along

with increased right-sided pressure. Elevated total

protein consisting of beta and gammaglobulins, mild

neutropenia, and increased lymphocytes. Nux vomica

30 given based on her history of diarrhoea with

dietery indiscretion, cystitis, and trembling with

ataxia. Along with that a course of black walnut

tincture, two drops twice a day, and 500 mg of

vitamin C once a day, which kills heartworms.

Heartworms negative within a month.

Continued to have occasional diarrhoea attacks,

straining after stool, diarrhoea at the end of a normal

stool, and occasional flatus. Thirsty. Fear of people in

dark clothes. Calcarea carbonicum, Phosphorus,

Sulphur, Silica, Arsenicum album and Lycopodium

all offered little or only temporary relief.

Argentum nitricum 200 administered, no further

diarrhoea attacks.

2. A Limping Horse

WALDECK Nancy (HT, 21, 3/2001)

NAKON was limping badly and painful to bear

any weight on the left front leg. Though Ruta and

Bryonia were considered, Ruta was given because

motion doesn’t hurt her much. Ruta 30/3 doses on

first day, 2 doses on 2

nd

day and a dose on the third

day relieved.

VII. EDUCATION

1. Den Horizont erweitern (To extend the

Horizon)

SWAYNE, J. (AHZ, 246, 3/2001)

In the U.K. and elsewhere any introduction

which medical studies receive to Homeopathic

medicine is likely to be in the form of a ‘special

study module’, usually optional, ancillary to the core

curriculum. This paper argues that Homeopathy has

a more fundamentally important contribution to make

to the core curriculum of medical education, and that

we should make the case for this in our dialogue with

universities and medical schools. [In India

Homeopathy is taught in Medical colleges

exclusively leading to Homeopathic Medical Degree

= KSS]

VIII. RESEARCH

1. Evidenz statt Scholastik (Evidence instead of

Scholastics)

WISCHNER, M. (AHZ, 246, 1/2001)

In Homeopathy data are obtained mainly from

two sources: On the one hand the study of the

writings of HAHNEMANN or his pupils (the

scholastic procedure), on the other hand in the light

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

of one’s own experience or the experience of a

teacher. The epistemological concept of experience

is naive. In clinical trials there is always the

implication of statistical assumption. Therefore in

Homeopathy clinical trials should be strived for. [It

is possible to collect much clinical evidences if

practitioners report cases properly in an international

homeopathic journal of high standard. Case reports

must withstand unprejudiced scrutiny. It is by such

collection of cured cases that HERING could publish

his 10 volumes of Guiding Symptoms.

BÖNNINGHAUSEN has advised that one should

wait for two years if not more as follow-up before

reporting cure of a case. We feel that now-a-days that

most cases will fail this criteria. How much can one

therefore take it as a sure cure due to the

homeopathic prescription? = KSS.]

2. Wirksamkeitnachweis in der Homöopathie

(Proving the Efficacy of Homeopathy)

GLASBRENNER, M., GEBHARDT, K–H.,

KRON, M., GAUS, W. (AHZ, 246, /2001)

The authors argue that ‘controlled randomized

trials’ are necessary for proving the efficacy of

Homeopathy. Since many homeopaths believe that

controlled randomised trials impair the success of

homeopathic therapy a design is proposed that is

able to investigate this statement. Next to controlled

randomised trials, some more study designs suitable

for research in clinical Homeopathy are presented

and the validity of their results is discussed. These

studies are, in order of their value:

• Controlled randomised study

• Change-to-open-label design

• Cohort study with randomisation option.

• Controlled not randomised study

• Observations Study

• Single cases analysis

The results of these studies are less valid

compared to controlled randomised trials, but still

more valid than the information of case reports which

are often used in Homeopathy. [For decades several

homeopaths have been trying to ‘prove’ to the

‘scientific’ world the efficacy of Homeopathy. We

can never satisfy them, since it is not possible to

produce the proofs in the manner they want. Like the

‘Flat Earth Society’ people they do not want to see

the evidence available in the day-to-day lives =

KSS.]

3. More trials, Fever placebos, please

M.E.DEAN (BHJ, 89, 4/2000)

The argument that randomized placebo –

controlled trials of Homeopathy might usefully

be replaced

by observational studies, audit and quality of life

(QOL) assessment is considered.

The assessment of QOL is desirable in clinical

evaluation as it helps the Homeopaths to quantify

something that they have used intuitively for 200 y as

an index of progress of treatment in chronic illness.

Placebos have been oversold in clinical research

and are simply unethical in many contexts. In

protracted trials patients cannot be denied a different

treatment known to be effective just to suit the

interests of the researchers.

A randomised three – armed trial with the

inclusion of standard treatment will raise the

information value of trial and such findings are

relevant whether the evaluation concerns

Homeopathy vs placebo, adverse effects, QOL, or

costs.

Randomized pragmatic trials, incorporating

patient preferences where possible, are a way of

satisfying scientific and Homeopathic claims to

knowledge without compromising the values of

either.

4. On the investigation of Homeopathic potencies

using low resolution NMR T

2

relaxation times:

an experimental and critical survey of the work

of Roland Conte et al.

LR MILGROM, KR.KING, J. LEE and A.S.

PINKUS (BHJ, 90, 1/2001)

They have attempted to reproduce differences in

low resolution nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) T

2

Spin-spin relaxation nuclear times between

Homeopathically potentised and unpotentised Nitric

acid(nit-ac) solutions previously reported by Conte,

et al. Using similar instrumentation and experimental

protocols, they have shown that it is likely that

Conte’s original results are attributable to

experimental artifact iriginating in the glassware used

for the manufacture of the NMR tubes.

5. Nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) studies of

Homeopathic solutions

S. AABEL, S. FOSSHEIM and F.RISE (BHJ,

90, 1/2001)

The efficacy of Homeopathy is controversial.

Nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) has been used to

study Homeopathic solutions, showing provocative

results. We examined the reproducibility of one of

the all of the allegedly positive studies.

1

H NMR spectra were recorded for Sulphur D

4

,

diluted and succussed up to D30 (called

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

potentization) at two different frequencies (300 and

500 MHz). The Sulphur solution had been

potentiated according to Homeopathic principles

with deionized water and alcohol. Water proton T

1

relaxation measurements were performed also at 20

MH

z

for the different potentiated Sulphur solutions.

Furthermore, the Homeopathic remedy Betula alba

30c (birch pollen extract) and appropriate control

solution (deionized water, unsuccussed solutions and

placebo globules) were measured analogously, both

with frequencies giving spectra and T

1

relaxometry.

The Sulphur remedies showed identical one

dimensional proton spectra (

1

H NMR) at 300 and 500

MH

Z ,

regardless of dilution/succussion stage, from

D

4

to D

30.

Furthermore, Betula 30c as a potentiated

solution and its controls (ethanol dilutions and Betula

diluted but not succussed) showed identical spectra.

Nor were there any statistically significant

differences in longitudinal (T

1

) relaxation times

between deionized water and Sulphur D10 to D30

preparations. The shorter T

1

of the Sulphur D4

preparation could be ascribed to the higher

microviscosity within the sample matrix caused by

the high concentration of dissolved material. Also,

the T

1

values of the Betula alba 30c preparation (in

globular form) and control placebo globules were

identical.

In conclusion, published results from NMR

research on Homeopathy indicating differences

between Homeopathic solutions and control samples

could not be reproduced.

Similar studies have been reported in Journal of

American Institute of Homeopathy 1966; 59(263-

280) and 1968; 61(197-211).

6. Homeopathic Secretin in autism: a clinical pilot

study

T.W. ROBINSON (BHJ, 90, 2/2001)

Secretin is a duodenal enzyme. Homeopathic

secretin produces symptoms similar to that of

autism.

A pilot study was undertaken with weekly

assessment for 12 weeks by patient’s care workers.

Statistical analysis suggested a worsening in the

autistic symptoms during treatment. Discussion with

the care workers revealed changes and some

improvements that were not recordable on the

scoring system like.

One patient who had frequent outbursts preceded

by ‘signing’. This was less severe and shorter

lasting outbursts with a shorter recovery phase.

One was more communicative, vocal and

demanding while taking Secretin.

One was more relaxed and calm, certainly less

agitated during treatment.

One became more flexible in her verbal usage

and thought content with greater social imagination

and less integrity.

One had the most dramatic response to secretin of

all patients in the study. He was more

communicative with more spontaneous speech,

occasional complete sentences, human and lauthter.

Less rigid thinking.

These responses were unexpected, unexplained

by outside factors and never previously observed in

the patients.

IX. HISTORY

1. Die Wiener Homöopathie 1842 – 1849. Einer

Dissertation Vierter Teil (Homeopathy in

Vienna 1842 – 1849 A dissertation – Part Four)

PETRY Hannelore (DH, 19/1999)

In this essay are discussed: FLEISCHMANN’s

report about Homeopathic hospital in Gumpendorf –

the tremendous success in the treatment of the

Cholera epidemic of 1836 which FLEISCHMANN

reported in the Austrian Journal for Homeopathy;

while FLEISCHMANN lost only 1/3 of his Cholera

cases; the other doctor who treated allopathically lost

almost half. When report was sent to the

Government, the ban on self-dispensation was

removed. Gumpendorf was the Centre for

Homeopathic Studies in Austria. The number of

patients in the hospital increased, more hospitals and

chain came on, Journal founded, etc. The treatment

of Typhus, Pneumonio’s etc are also discussed.

In the next chapter the arguments about the

doses low-high potencies – are discussed. SEGIN

seems to be the first Homeopath to use the

microscope in 1838 in ascertaining the medicine

content in the potencies. There were successfully

treated cases reported in the Journal both with the

high and low potencies.

Next Chapter is on the ‘Itch’; there was much

discussed, about the itch mite whether it is a ‘local’

ailment, whether the suppression of the ‘itch’ would

lead to severe internal ailments etc. The ‘Psora’ also

comes into consideration. These were in the 1840s

Austria.

2. Erinnerung an Adolph zur Lippe (In memory of

Adolph LIPPE) RIEDEL, A. and ROHWER, J.

(AHZ, 246, 1/2001)

The importance of Adolph LIPPE and his

literary legacy has mostly fallen into oblivion and is

almost unknown, to the modern Homeopaths. André

SAINE is preparing the collected writings of

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

LIPPE.Exemplary for LIPPE’s work are the lecture

“Illustration of the Homeopathic Principles –

Eupatorium perfoliatum in Intermittent Fever” and

the article “Contra Dr. SCHÜSSLERS Theory of the

12 Tissue-Remedies”, as a testimony of his

engagement for pure Homeopathy.

3. Krankheit und Heilung nach dem Alten

Testament

(Disease and Treatment in the Old Testament)

KAISER, Otto (MedGG, 20/2001)

Throughout the Ancient Near East, supernatural

forces were considered the cause of illness, and

Treatments were based on a collaboration between

seers, doctors and exorcists. On the other hand, the

health care system reflected in the Old Testament is

remarkably different – replacing the various mystics

with a single doctor, often a Levitical singer who also

prayed for the sick.

This development is rooted in the fundamental

monotheism postulated in Deuteronomy, and the

prohibition of every kind of mantic or magic practice

other than Jahwistic prophecy. The Old Testament

reflects a change in the basic conceptualization of

illness: rather than an expression of divine wrath, it is

seen as the outcome of human sin. Certain

theological problems arose from this ideology,

including the need to explain the infant and child

mortality that was so common during this period.

Such questions were partly answered centuries later,

by the Hellenistic belief in an after-life. Yet the

Greek period brought with it another set of questions,

such as whether a patient should consult a doctor or

only pray to the Lord. In the early part of the second

century, Ben Sira offered an answer which has been

normative for religious people up to the present day –

to consult the one without neglecting the other.

4. ‘J’ai ver une femme publique’. Sexuality,

Venereal Disease and Homeopathy in

Nineteenth-century Ghent: The Tale of the

Patient

van BAAL, Anne Hilda (MedGG, 20/2001)

Using the casebooks of the Ghent Homeopathic

physician Gustave van den Berghe (born

Zwevegem,1836; died Ghent, 1902), this essay

reconstructs patients’ experience with sexuality and

venereal disease during the late 19

th

Century. Van

den Berghe’s records are uncharacteristic in that they

do not translate the patient’s descriptions into

medical terms. The Casebooks therefore represent an

opportunity to hear about the disease and its social

context in the patient’s own words. Reading these

case reports carefully, we can begin to understand not

only what it meant to suffer from Venereal disease,

but also what motivated people to seek Homeopathy

in general and this healer in particular.

5. Die Bedentung der Fragmenta de viribus

medicamentorum in Hahnemannes früher

Praxis anhand einer Patientengeschichte aus den

Krankenjournalen

(The importance of the Fragmenta de viribus

medicamentorum in Hahnemann’s early

Practice on the basis of his Case Registers)

WETTEMANN Marion (Med GG, 20/2001)

Published in two volumes in 1805 – Materia

Medica, Vol. I and an Index to the Materia Medica,

Repertory Vol.II – Hahnemann’s Latin work

Fragmenta de viribus Medicamentorum is the first

Materia Medica in the history of Homeopathy. This

article examines Hahnemann’s use of his own

published works in his early medical practice, by

focussing on a single patient file from the medical

case books.

6. Homeopathy in the USA

P. THOMAS (BHJ, 90, 2/2001)

Homeopathy was introduced in to the USA by

Hans Burch Gram in 1825. It developed largely

through immigration of German Homeopaths. The

first Homeopathic medical college was established

in Allentown, PA in 1835. The American Institute of

Homeopathy (AIH) was founded in 1844. The

American Medical association was founded in 1847

and pursued policies hostile to Homeopathy from the

outset. Eclectic medicine was widespread in

nineteenth century medicine, one of the greatest

Homeopaths, JT Kent had originally been an

eclectic. The International Hahnemannian

Association split from the AIH in 1880. The Flexner

Report of 1910 resulted in many Homeopathic

medical colleges being closed down. Homeopathy

in the USA was in steep decline from the 1920s to

the 1960s but has had a strong recovery since the

1970s.

X. GENERAL

1. Homeopatia em unidade básica de sañde (UBS):

Um espaçopossivel (Homeopathy in a Basic

Health Center: A possible place)

NETO Gil Moreira (RH, 66, 1/2001)

This study describes the results of the

Homeopathic service accomplished by the

researcher in the period November 1994 and

December 1996 in a Basic Health Center, the School

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

Health Center “Geraldo Paula Sonza”, localised in an

urban area of a great metropolis, São Paulo. During

this period, 165 had at least one medicla consult, with

a total of 635 consults. The clinical study was

accomplished with a group of clients that had at least

3 medical consults,bringing up to a total of 532

consults.

Quantitative and qualitative methodologies were

used. The quantitative data were attained through the

Clinical Homeopathic File Card used in the service.

The quantitative data, though of quiz “half

structured” applied in a intentional sample of 9

fellows.

The data show a predominace of the female sex

with 66%, the edge until 19 years old with 45.8%.

According the indications, 54.3% of them were done

servants of the CS and FSP. The reasons of more

claims were relative to respiratory system complaints

with 33%, and general and non specific disorders

with 25.5% both adding to 58.5%. The more

frequent diagnosis was related to respiratory system

ailments with 47.8%, general problems and

nonspecific disorders with 10.6%, and mental

disturbance with 10.6%, bring up to a total 79.7%.

Clinical resolution was achieved with a low

number of deliverance to other services (1 to each 41

medical consults accomplished). The costs of

implantation, of medicine and laboratories are

adequate to the socio-economic reality of the

Country.

The more used medicines were the

“Polychrests”, obtained through repertorization, and

with one medicine only each time.

The reasons that for the clients to choose this

UBS were localisation, economic and trust in the

doctor and in the service. The opinion about the

treatment was positive and associated with the theme

trust.

The clients perceived that Homeopathic

medicine has an integral and holistic view of the

human beings.

In relation to the allopathic medicine it is

different, the medicines are different, the

consultations are different, and there is a bigger

dialogue between the medical doctor and the client.

The result of the treatment was felt not only in a

better health, but in changing behavior and more

consciousness about their own cure process.

2. A homeopatia sob a ötica dos novos paradigmas

da ciëncia: Revisão biliográfica (Homeopathy

under the new paradigms of Science: A review)

BONAMIN, Profa. Dra. Leoni Villano (RH, 66,

1/2001)

Homeopathic remedies are prepared by serial

dilutions of certain substances – or ultradilutions –

which, sometimes, exceed the critical concentration

of 10

-23

(Avagadro’s number). It means the presence

of just one molecule of the solute into the solvent.

The very small probability of finding active

principles inside some Homeopathic preparations

gives room to controversy to this therapeutic method

about its efficacy. Would the curative action of the

Homeopathic medicine only a placebo effect?

Recently, several experiemental studies showing

biological effects (not placebo-related) from

Homeopathic remedies have been published.

However, just the presentation of such results do not

minimize the main difficulty in accepting it as

scientific: the incompatibility between them and the

philosophical basis of Science represented by the

Cartesian-mechanistic paradigm. Herein is proposed

some non-mechanistic theoretical proportions of the

contemporaneous science (i.e. Chaos theory and

Complex System theory) applied to the

comprehension of homoepathic phenomen, allowing

a new clinical and scientific view about the validity

of these remedies or not. We conclude that, under

the highlight of the new scientific theories, the use

and efficacy of Homeopathic preparations in medical

practice becomes plausible and scientifically

acceptable.

3. O medicamento homeopático nos serviços de

Saride (The Homeopathic medicine in health

services)

CÉSAR Amarilys De Toledo (RH, 66, 1/2001)

The aim of this study is to investigate and to

describe experiments of medicine supplies to

health care

services, to offer subsidies to the formulation of

politics, preventing possible difficulties that may

prejudice the implantation or the maintenance of the

Homeopathic medical care in these services, and to

provide elements to develop the implantation of

Homeopathy, by means offering proposals for the

medicine, that make it easier and more possible the

development of the programmes. Test study was

developed which showed a wide diversity of

prescriptions. Other services, with distinct

characteristics were selected and studied for the

frequency and presentation of Homeopathic

medicines, by means of visits, interviews, copy of

prescriptions and analysis of clinical files. The

fitness of Homeopathy for the requirement to the

inclusion of the remedies in an essential remedy list

was discussed, as aspects that became more difficult

in implementations. It was concluded that

Homeopathy fills the necessary standards for its

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

adoption by the public system; the supplying of the

Homeopathic remedy should be financed by a

collective disbursement, from a stock, establishment

of a local pharmacy, or settled by correction, near to

the service; it is possible to determine a basic relation

with a limited number of medicines, with defined

potency, scales, pharmaceutical form and posology to

attend several pathologies, including the chronic

ones; available information coming from well

elaborated clinical files are an important tool for

research; the comprovation of clinical efficacy must

be improved.

3. Fragebogen zur Psychoanamnese

(Questionnaire for Psychoanamnesis)

SPINEDI, D. (ZKH, 45, 1/2001)

A model questionnaire form used by the author

in the Homeopathic ward of Clinica St. Croce,

Orselina/Tessin, is presented. This questionnaire is

to draw the psychoanamnesis portrait. The author

presents it as a small extension and supplement to

KENT’s Interrogations.

1. How are you with reference to Company and

being alone? Do you know of loneliness or

feeling of solitude?

2. What do you do when you are sad or have a

problem?

3. Does it happen that you are sad? Is that a

sadness without any reason, which comes from

within or is it bound with any situations?

4. What was the most painful, the most sad and

the most happiest in your life?

5. Do you weep or not? In which situations?

What effect does weeping have upon you?

6. When do you laugh? In what situations?

7. What effect does consolation and devotion, and

physical touch have upon you? How would you

react to consolation? From whom?

8. Sympathy? Please give some examples from

your life. Is it rather sympathy or worry?

9. How is homesickness with you, with the pangs

of separation?

10. What wishes would you have, if you had a

Magic Wand for use? As much wishes as you

would like

to.

11. Do you have characterisitic traits in you which

you would like to be got over? Or are they a

part of your character and you are contented with

them? What are the situations when you feel

most unwell?

12. Do you become jealous or you have never

experienced that emotion? Against whom do

you get jealousy, against your partner, against

friends, against the family? With reference to

properties of others? How is the jealousy

expressed?

13. When do you become angry? How do you

express rage and anger? By curse, strike, throw

things away, wish to kill? Or do you hold the

anger within yourself?

14. How do you bear contradiction? Are you

inclined intuitively the contradiction coming out

of your abdomen? Do you criticise others or

have reproaches? In which situations?

15. Have you experienced hatred or revenge

feelings? Can you forgive quickly, how is it

with grudge, reconciliation? Who among you

two, your partner or you decide to first make

partner or you decide to first make peace when

there is a quarrel between you?

16. How is your religious perception? Religious

practice, Prayer, Confession? Sexuality and

Religion What is your opinion about the next

world?

17. What do you feel about need for harmony? How

is your relationship with your partner, with your

family, neighbours, colleagues in your work

place? With your fellowmen in general? How is

your relationship with your mother and father?

How is your connection with animals?

18. How is your connection with your body? Have

you special perceptions or feelings, with

reference to your body, which are peculiar to

you?

19. As a child or later did you have any kind of

fear/anxiety? For example,

• Fear of being alone

• In darkness

• Of robbers

• Of others, of the children, of the family,

• Something may happen to your near ones ?

• Of sharp objects,

• Of animals,

• Of walking in the open air,

• Of future

• Of death

• Of disease, etc.

20. How is your sense of orderliness and your need

to wash yourself?

21. How is your connection with money?

22. How are you with your job? Do you have desire

for honour? How is your sense of

responsibility? Are there situations when you

felt competition?

23. Is there situations when you feel uncertain or

wanting in self confidence? What situations?

24. How is your tempo while walking, while

working,while eating?

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

25. Some people think sometimes that they would

better go out of this world, better die. What do

you think of such thoughts? In which situations?

26. What dreams occur to you? What dreams have

impressed you much? What were your feelings

experienced in your dreams? What do you think

of these dreams? Is there any connection to

reality?

27. How are you with music and dance? For which

music are you very sensitive specially? What

emotions do music arouse in you?

5. The Unbearable Heaviness of Imponderabilia:

Connfessions of a confused Conference goer

WRIGHT Peter (SIM, XIV, 1/2001)

The author makes comments about the flash and

dazzle that is been carried out in the conferences

conducted by HANP (Homeopathic Academy of

Naturopathic Physicians) and requests them to

improve on and work more closely so that these

things will be eliminated.

The more confusing things as said by him are:

information overload (too many stories,

concepts, people)

sensory deprivation of a sort (too many hours

sitting still in a room).

Infinite expansion of the scope of materia

medica study.

With regard to Case presentation he suggests that

a case would be presented by the prescriber, perhaps

followed by a bit of extra discussion of the person’s

story or diagnosis to provide some additional context.

The cardinal points of the case might be selected,

through a group discussion, and more discussion

follows to pick characteristic repertory rubrics. The

group members are then asked to choose a remedy

for the patient.

This is not the only good way to share cases and

learn from each other at conferences, but it is often

stimulating, and at best can lead to a liberating sense

of transparency about the process. Even if one

doesn’t “pick the right remedy,” there is a chance to

get inside the clinical reasoning of other

Homeopaths in a way which is often highly

instructive. The differential diagnosis among the

remdies proposed by audience members often

provides revealing contrasts and connections between

remedies. The exchange remains grounded in an

actual case, and in data from repertories and other

widely accepted texts.

6. One Should Aim To Be a Detective

Interview with CREASY Sheilagh (SIM, XIV,

1/2001)

Sheilagh’s grandmother was a Homeopath who

brought her family in the same way and that is how

she happened to become a Homeopath.

Her initial teachers were the books, the original

sources, particularly the Philadelphians, and the

Organon. Later she read by correspondence under

Noel PUDDEPHATT – a student of Dr. CLARKE.

She travelled to different countries and happened to

see various diseases in each country which helped in

improving her.

According to her the most challenging thing in

clinical practice is unraveling of the case

miasmatically. In Homeopathy one should not aim

to become a healer but should aim to be a detective.

It becomes a bit metaphysical if he tries to becomea

healer. Recognising the individuals Vital Force is the

most important shown by their statements and

reactions to situations.

While distinguishing cure and recovery she says,

whether we are trained or not, we can assist in

recovery. But cure means going back to the

hereditary weakness, to the origins of the illness of

the patient, back to the fundamental cause. With

cure, in time you achieve balance, mental, emotional

and physical balance.

Gives a brief description about the small

remedies and polychrests, also about the acute and

chronic state. The small remedies help in acute

attacks and the polychrests are ones to treat the

constitution. While advising to students, she asks to

read the ones that are polychrests, the ones that are

very constitutional.

Her idea of learning a remedy is to focus on the

fundamental, maintaining and exciting causes for

each remedy, not on the mentals. This she explains

with reference to aphorism 5 and 7 of the Organon.

With regard to potency, she says that there are

no fixed rules but we have certain guidelines. In

deep pathology, we should use a potency that we are

able to control. She advocates that LM potency

would be a suitable one for deep pathology.

Her comment on HERING’s law of cure is that

she doesn’t agree with the disappearance of

symptoms from above downwards. The shortest

distance may not be up or down, it could be from one

system to another. For Eg.: If a person has

something in his intestine and a discharge comes

higher up in the throat.

The reverse order of appearance of symptoms is

more logical for her.

She says that the relationship of remedies is very

important whlie learning a remedy and illustrates

certain examples for it.

Dismissing miasm as pure theory and

speculation is deplorable, it speaks of ignorance. As

there is no exact translation for it, it can be expressed

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

as “inherited constitutional predisposition”,

“tendency toward weakness” etc.

Other modalities that can be used alongside

Homeopathy are Massage, Shiatsu, Cranial sacral

work and if they are neck problems due to

mechanical injury such as working in computer and

riding in vehicle etc., can be done with chiropractor

or osteopath.

While discussing about Psychotherapy, she says

we’ve gone off the rails on this… She includes, in

the Organon there are six places where

HAHNEMANN warns of interpretations, and

metaphysical speculations.

According to her, therapists are who work on

exciting cause or maintaining cause and they have no

way to work on the fundamental cause.

Coffee and mint doesn’t have any antidotal

effect. There is no medicinal value left after

insecticide sprays, roasting, vaccum packing etc.

Her view about HIV is that HIV-related illness is

progression.. years of supression, sinus problems,

hepatitis all the treatments for suppressing the

immune system, ends up with HIV.

For her the most disturbing thing in

Homeopathy today is the number of books produced

by people, who are theorizing with very little

practical experience.

Anthroposophy and Swedenborgian philosophy

doesn’t have any relation to Homeopathy.

7. The Dangers of Homeopathy

MOWER A Linda (SIM, XIV, 1/2001)

A very brief article where the author has wittingly

expressed the after effects of reading Organon, at the

same time also stressed the importance of reading the

Organon once a year. As she read it many times she

says that she started proving it and she named it as

Organonium.

Proving of Organonium

Organonium first starts in the Extremities:

Fingers, dial, wanting to, Homeopathic bookstores,

to order the Dudgeon, Boericke, Kunzli, Wesselhoft,

O’Reilly or even the Joseph Reves editions of

Organon.

Organonium is a tri-miasmatic and needs to be

repeated often. It is very deep remedy and the Vital

Force gladly takes many years to express the full

symptom picture. Only 294 symptoms have been

documented. There is no way to antidote

Organonium but reading Chronic Diseases seems to

provide some amelioration.

Modalities: Worse, not reading the Organon, trying

to do cases WITHOUT a foundation of

philosophy. Better getting excited about

HAHNEMANN; reading the Organon; joining

NASH, NCH, writing articles for Homeopathic

magazines and paragraph 9 “ …so that our

indwelling, reason-gifted mind can freely employ this

living, healthy instrument for the higher purposes of

our existence.”

8. Homeopathy and General practice: an Urban

perspective

R.PERRY & C. DOWRICK (BHJ, 89, 1/2000)

The objectives were to ascertain the use of and

attitudes towards Homeopathy amongst GPs

working in a socio-economically deprived urban area

such as Liverpool.

The study involved Homeopathy among 8

common complementary therapies (acupuncture,

aromotherapy chiropractic hypnotherapy, medical

herbalism, osteopathy and reflexology).

Results: 56% of the respondents had either

treated referred or recommended complementary

therapy and 28% of them have been involved with

Homeopathy in some form. (48.7% reported the

efficacy of Homeopathy).

9. Animal experiments and the British

Homeopathic Journal.

P.FISHER (BHJ, 89, 1/2000)

The use of animals in experiments in

Homeopathy is controversial. The policy of B.H.J.

for some years has been to publish experiments

involving animals when: the importance of the

Scientific question and the lack of an alternative

method justifies it; and high standards of animal

welfare, which are among the strictest in the world,

have been observed. One thing is certain: we will not

make progress on this cententious issue unless it is

discussed. So the Editorial Committee welcomes the

views of the readers.

10. An Interview with Paul HERSCU

CHURCHILL Nick (HOM, 78/2000)

In this Interview Paul HERSCU discusses

about his idea of ‘cycles and segments’ in regard to

case analysis and remedy selection; he also discusses

the general ‘teachings’ of Homeopathy.

[Paul HERSCU was Editor of the New England

Journal of Homeopathy which has suddenly been

wound up half-way during 2001! = KSS.]

11. Biolumanetics and Classical Homeopathy

WANSBORUGH Charles (HOM, 78/ 2000)

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

Luminator is a machine designed by Patrick

RICHARDS to ‘balance air temperatures for efficient

heat energy management. Accidentally it was found

that the Luminator not only created a uniform

temperature gradient but unexpectedly seemed to

improve the health of those individuals working in its

environment. Over a period of 18 years RICHARDS

found that the Luminator had created an unusual

electro magnetic field whose main effects, de

deduced were not easily explained using present

scientific paradigms. This electromagnetic field

seemed to isolate individuals from those of a normal

environment, creating a type of ‘work field’. Nobody

has been able to explain this phenomena

scientifically. Photographs taken in the altered field

produced anomalous images. It was observed that

photographs of people suffering health challenges

were vague and distorted; photographs of healthy

people were clear and crisp. A correct prescription

changed the photographic image to that of a clear

picture, which always restored vitality and health to

that individual.

A research centre treating patients using

Homeopathy and Patrick RICHARD’s ‘chelated

medicines’ has been set up at The Centre for

Bioliminal Homeopathy, 133, Disraeti Road, Putney,

London SW 15 2DZ. Clinic Phone No. 0208 870

1808 Patrick RICHARDS’ Website: http://

www.biolumanetics.net

12. Strontium bromatum – Anzneistudie über Van

BEETHOVEN (Study of Strontium bromatum with

reference to van BEETHOVEN)

MÜLLER, H.V. (AHZ, 245, 6/2000)

Dr.H.V.MÜLLER studies in detail the life,

character etc. of the famous musical genius

Ludwig van BEETHOVEN(1770-1827) and

concludes that the constitutional medicine of van

BEETHOVAN is Strontium bromatum

Dr. Ekkehard DAHM writes in the ‘Letters’

(AHZ, 246, 3/2001) that analysis of the hair

revealed that BEETHOVEN died of Lead

intoxication (Plumbum ) amd there was no hint of

use of Quicksilver (Mercurius) for Syphilis.

Dr.DAHM therefore raises the valid argument

whether the fixing of well known personalities into

certain remedy pictures are right. Only a cure with

a remedy can be the proof whether our speculative

discussions are correct and has legitimacy.

He also questions the corrections of attempting

to delimit 1500 medicines to 15 colors.

The Editor comments (since Dr.MÜLLER had

since expired) that certain well-known authors

have written similarly into ‘typing’ certain

historical personalities into certain homeopathic

remedies; it is only ofdidactic value and helps to

‘build’ the remedy picture.

[‘Typing’ the remedies is not ‘Hahnemannian’.

May be one would have ‘succeeded’ in some cases,

but it can never be the rule. The ‘individual’ with

his/her peculiar, strange ‘altered symptom’ – (altered

from his/her previous healthy state) – this alone is

‘Hahnemannian’. Many of us might have found our

own short cuts; we must use them with much

circumspection and not ‘as a rule’. We must be

careful not to be lured. = K.S.S.]

13. On the Scientific status of Homeopathy

S.S. CHIBENI (BHJ, 90, 2/2001)

Critics of Homeopathy often claim that it is

non-scientific. By offering adequate tools for the

analysis of the foundations, structure and

implications of scientific theories, philosophy of

science can help to clarify this medical controversy.

However, Homeopathy has not yet attracted the

attention of philosophers of science to any noticeable

extent. Among the many topics to which philosophy

of science could contribute, this paper selects two,

not only for their intrinsic importance, but also

because they are essential for any fruitful discussion

of the rest. It is shown, first, that in Homeopathy, as

developed by HAHNEMANN, two related, but

distinct theoretical levels can be identified. Then it is

indicated that at least one of them—the

phenomenological level—can be seen as embodying

a largely autonomous research programme, on which

homeopathic medical practice can rest. Finally, it is

argued that this programme displays the basic

theoretical and methodological traits of a genuine

science, according to an influential contemporary

approach in philosophy of science. Some

misunderstandings involved in the debate are pointed

out.

XI. BOOKS

1. Johanniskraut, (St. John’s wort), KAUL, R.

187 S., 38 Tab., geb., wissenschaftliche

Verlagsgesellschaft mbH, Stuttgart 2000, DM 58, -

review by WOLF (German) (AHZ, 246, 1/2001):

“The book is further in the last series of Handbook

for Physicians, Pharmacists and other natural

scientists” with the theme of St. John’s wort and

contains adequate reference material on Botany,

substance, quality control, Pharmacology,

Toxicology and clinical application.

….New pharmacological and clinical researchers

have corroborated the fact, that Hyperforin a good

part of antidepressive action is contained in St.

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

John’s wort…… That from the homeopathic view

Hypericum is for example an excellent medicine in

injuries of body parts rich in sensible nerve ends, has

not been mentioned....."

2. Mandragora officinarum, MÜLLER, K. J.,

HgS., Eigenverlag Karl-Josef Müller,

Zweibrücken 2000, DM 19, 95. (German) review

FERKMANN-NITSCHILE (AHZ, 246, 1/2001): “In

the course of his annual contribution to collection of

Clinical material, which Karl-Joseph MÜLLER has

been regularly publishing since 1993, this volume on

Mandragora officinalis has been published.

MÜLLER presents five well documented cases. The

words of the patients are presented verbatim, their

state is not summarised but a total anamnesis is

presented, as also sufficient follow up visits. The

course runs to several years…. On the basis of the

cases and their course a drug picture crystalizes with

clear symptoms which is depicted at the end of the

book. ….One of the main themes of Mandragora is

being “between life and death.” …The cases

presented by MÜLLER contains rich material for the

Homeopaths. Here the good and experienced

Homeopaths thoughts are transparent….”

3. Homöopathie für Frauenàrzte (Homeopathy

for Gynaecologists and Obstetricians),

RICHTER, H., HAIDVOGL, M., 120 S.,

brosch., Hippokrates, Stuttgart 2000, DM 49,

90. (German) review WOLF (AHZ, 246,

1/2001): “The book fulfills the undoubted need

for a homeopath on Gynaecology and

Obstetritics not available in Homeopathy, and

also the well observed indications in the gravid,

in childbed and in gynaecological diseases.

Brief and succint handling of Hyperemesis, Pre-

eclampsia, Mastitis, Nursing problems,

Climacteric ailments and many others fill the

book…… The chapter on

4.

5. Carcinoma therapy is appropriately directed….

The 120 page book comes from the pen of a

student of Prof. DORSCI. It has high practical

value…”

4. Alfons Stiegele – Ein Leben für die

Homöopathie (Alfons STIEGELE – A Life for

Homeopathy), PATSCHENKO, B., 176 S., geb.,

Verlag Grundlagen und Praxis, Leer 2000, DM

38, - (German) review GEBHARDT/APPEL (AHZ,

246, 2/2001): “ The author is Russian. He details,

first, the significance of Homeopathy in our times

and also its rise in Russia. Then follows the

biography of STIEGELE and the times of

STIEGELE and his family. He discusses thoroughly

the differences and problems between the so-called

classical and clinical Homeopathy which

STIEGELE represented…. The book contains

unfortunately many printing errors…. The book of

course contains interesting citations about

STIEGELE and the personalities of his times as also

important biographied informations…”

5. Homöopathie für Apotheker und Ärzte –

Wirkungsprofile homöopathische Arzneimittel

(Homeopathy for Pharmacists and Physicians –

Action profile of Homeopathic medicines),

WIESANAUER, W., I.Ergänzungslieferung, Dt.

Apotheker Verlag, Stutgart 1998, DM 98, -

(German) review WOLF (AHZ, 246, 2/2001): “ The

Ringbook in two volumes is – as the title says – is

mainly for the Pharmacists and secondly for the

interested Physicians who do not apply constitutional

Homeopathy but for those who apply an indication

directed Homeopathy… The Ringbook is

recommended for every Pharmacist as a standard

work in Homeopathy.”

6. Thematic Repertory and Materia Medica of the

Mind Symptoms, MIRILLI, J.A.; 1138 S.

paperback, IRHIS, Leidschendam 1998, NLG 180.

– review APPEL (AHZ, 246, 2/2001): “ Considering

the continuously growing number of homeopathic

medicines it is becoming more and more difficult to

comprehend the genius of the remedy. The

relationship of Materia Medica knowledge and

repertory rubrics are in inverse ratio and the spread of

computers taking on more additions of rubrics

obstructs the view of the whole. Further more, the

alphabetic order of rubics and the splitting of

different synonyms with different weightage makes it

more difficult to grasp. However that is not to

undervalue the attempts of the Brazilian Homeopath

José Antonio MIRRILLI DE OLIVERA to take up

mental symptoms of 300 theme complexes in

different themes with implied rubrics and the relevant

medicines….”

7. Die Homöopathie und ihre religïosen Gegner

– In Blickwinkel medizinischen Wissens und

Christlichen Glaubens (Homeopathy and its

religious opponents – in the view of medical

knowledge and Christian faith),

KLEINSCHMIDT, K., FRICK, H., 2 Aufl., 126 S.,

brosch., Ernst Franz Verlag, Metzingen 1999, DM

15, 80. (German) review APPELL (AHZ, 246,

3/2001): In the first part Karl KLENSCHMIDT

discusses the grasp of Homeopathy by religious

circle particularly those influenced by piety…. In

the second part of the book Hermann FRICK

discusses with reference to the works of

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

HAHNEMANN and makes clear the rational basis of

Homeopathy. ….The well written book with much

interesting contents is suited to weaken the

arguments of religious zealots…”

8. Der Fligenpilz, Traumkult, Märchenzauber,

Mythemausch (The fly agaric, dream worship,

fable charm, mythical ecstacy), BAUER, W.,

KLAPP, E., ROSENBOHM, A. (Hrsg.): 208 S.,

geb., AT Verlag, Aanau 2000, DM 49, 90 –

(German) review by APPELL (AHZ, 246, 3/2001):

“There are many ways of studying the Materia

Medica, grasp the genius of a medicine. Not the

most difficult is it by study of the history of a plant,

an animal, a mineral through its myth and impressive

forms in cult, folk beliefs, and draw inspiration from

these. For example is this book on Agaricus

muscarius, the fly agaric …Inspiration from Authors

like Lewis CAROLL, H. G. WELLS and Gustan

MEYRINK among others have drawn…”

9. Documenta Homeopathica Band 19, 337.,

geb., Verlag Wilhelm Mandrich, Wien. 1999, DM.

98, - (German) review by APPELL (AHZ, 246,

3/2001): “Vol. 19 of the much readable Documenta

Homeopathica begins with the fourth in the series

of an almost endless dissertation by H. PETRY on

the history of Homeopathy in Vienna. …In a

valuable article “The Adventure of Adolescence” B.

WALLER and M. LASSACHER discuss the

problems and disturbances arising in physical and

sexuality of adolescents, and the possible

Homeopathic intervention according to Jacquline

BARBANCEY….. On medicinal provings artiles by

U. SCHMUTZER, W. EICHLER, B. MÖSER and G.

SCHILD, follow. The proving Kalium sulphuricum

and the Provings of many drugs in the Ranunculaceae

competes this valuable book…”

10. Homöopathische Miasmen: Die Psora.

Einlern – und Praxisbuch (Homeopathic miasms:

Psora, Book for learning and Practice), GIENOW,

P. 220 S. geb., Sonntag Verlag, Stuttgart 2000,

DM 69,80 (German) review by MICHELS (AHZ,

246, 3/2001): “To the many books on miasms that

have been coming, the author adds one. He follows

the teachings of HAHNEMANN and ALLEN… The

book has been written in an absorbing manner; with

many examples. GIENOW points how miasmatic

states change. …..There is a bibliography which

seems to be rather insufficient.”

11. Arzneimittlelehre. Heilung von Kraukheiten

in modernen Lebeussthrationen. Neue

homöopathische Arzneien I. (Materia Medica.

Cure of diseases in the modern life situations.

New Homeopathic remedies I), EBERLE,H.,

RITZER, F., 402 S., geb., Müller and Steinicke,

Mùncehn 1999, DM 118, - (German) review by

APPELL (AHZ, 246, 3/2001): “ New Homeopathic

medicines for “Cure of diseases in modern life

situations” promises Materia Medica by EBERLE

and RITZER of symptoms collection, essential

basics, mythological references and cases of

Uranium metallicum, Plutonium, Excrementum

caninum, Aqua hochstein, Scorpio europaeum and

Placenta, are presented. The symptoms come from

Provings of the appropriate substances with C200. In

the mental region a core characteristic is revealed

which leads to clinical prescription, out of which

again basic rules, typology and leading symptoms as

selected clinical confirmations, have been deduced.

…..The significance of contemporary history and life

situation is preferred by the authors in respect of

these remedies, which are “with their peculiar

symptoms became important path markers in a

jungle”, whereby “the smaller medicine is only a

special variant of the greater Theme”! By these

criterion the authors justify the prescriptions of a

large number of medicines, which otherwise will not

be understood. For example Uranium metallicum

with 217 documented cases, 87 cures, Excrementum

caninum with 273 documented cases with 118

cures….”

12. Nature and Human Personality:

Homeopathic Archetypes by Catherine

COULTER. Quality Medical Publishing, Inc.:

St.Louis, MO, 2000, softback, 210 pages, $ 22.50.

ISBN 1 – 57626 – 117 – 4. Reviewed by WINSTON

Julian (HT, 21, 2/2001): “In her latest work,

Catherine R. COULTER has done an impossible task

and has abridged her “portraits” of 12 of the most

common remedies she has written about in her 3 –

volume Portraits of Homoepathic Medicines. These

condensations retain the essential flavor of her

previous works including her magnificient narrative

style and the use of literary and historic figures to

bring the remedies to life.”

The remedies covered in this work are:

Phosphorus, Calcarea, Lycopodium, Sepia, Sulphur,

Pulsatilla, Arsenicum, Lachesis, Silica, Nux vomica.,

Natrum muriaticum, and Thuja.

The book could be very useful as a guide, but

the information within should not be taken as whole

cloth – a well taken case, referenced to materia

medica study is of primary importance, and the

information in this book is but a piece of the larger

puzzle – but perhaps the piece, in some cases, that

may complete it.

13. The International Dictionary of

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

Homeopathy, Jeremy SWAYNE, Editor.

ChurchillLivingstone: London, 2000, hardback,

251 pages, $ 29.95. ISBN 0-443-06009-6.

Reviewed by WINSTON Julian (HT, 21, 2/2001):

“This small, pocket-sized book has ben assembled by

an international team of Homeopaths. It is the

outgrowth of an effort on the part of the

Homeopathic Medicine Research Group (HMRG),

an expert group supported by the European

Commision. The dictionary was just one of the

Commision’s efforts to lay a solid foundation for

their inquiry into Homeopathy. The definitions have

been arrived at by a panel of experts, including

Homeopaths from most of the European countries,

and an international editorial committee. The

purpose of the book is to define the conceptual

framework of Homeopathy, and by doing so, allow

for precision in discussing the subject.”

14. Integrated Homeopathic Repertory.

Dr.Jugal Kishore. Kishore cards publications, 86,

Golf Links, New Delhi. Price Rs.450. 585 pages.

Review by T.K.Kasi Viswanathan. (NJH, 1/2001).

Dr.Kishore says that the need for the integrated

repertory arose because Kent’s Repertory as well as

BOENNINGHAUSEN’s Therapeutic Pocket Book

are not complete. In compiling this repertory he

sought to rectify the shortcomings and drew

extensively on his clinical practice. Original sources

have been consulted while correcting some rubrics

and remedies.

The repertory is in 2 columns and with good

font and space between rubrics for additions and

comments of the practitioner if any. The printing is

easy on the eye and 3 gradations of remedies are

maintained. The get up is good and binding solid and

size comfortable to handle.

15, The Heritage of Homeopathic Literature, An

abbreviated Bibliography and Commentary, by

Julian WINSTON, great auk Publishing, Box 51-

156, Tawa, Wellington, New Zealand ISBN # 0-

473-07996-8 review Richard MOSKOWITZ

(NEJH, 10, 1/2001) : “Julian Winston is to be

thanked and commended yet again for taking such

pains to compile this monumental bibliography of

our Homeopathic literature, which spans its entire

history from Hahnemann to the present. …..Our

Homeopathic literature is thus no mere repository of

information, but also the communal efforts of flawed

human writers to approach the Divine, such that each

book, even one that is no longer used, becomes a

kind of historical monument to the Word, which if

not quite immutable at least doesn’t change every

year or two, as the concepts and methods of modern

“scientific” medicine are explicitly designed to do.

…..a bibliography for today must also and above all

be useful, not only to students and practitioners, who

bear the responsibility of applying the words to their

Hahnemannian task of curing and healing the sick.

…we are all most deeply indebted to Julian, who in

addition to his many other talents is a splendid

archivist, scholar, and librarian, in that his

omnivorous appetite for all things Homeopathic

extends not only to hunting, gathering, preparing, and

serving up all this stuff, but also to tasting,

devouring, and digesting it for our benefit, quite

possibly even more than his own. While he stops

well short of including every last domestic manual,

for example, there are more than enough here to

satisfy every conceivable taste, and he’s earned my

thanks for leaving the rest out.

The result is a leisurely guided tour down the

main highways and through many forgotten back

alleys of our literature, according to the inclinations

of his fancy, the mature likes and dislikes of a

conoisseur, and his own unashamedly personal

opinions about everything and everyone you can

think of, as well as quite a few you will discover for

the first time. The travelogue is a perfect companion

piece to The Faces of Homeopathy, his equally

idiosyncratic ramble through our history, and it

deserves to be savored just as he wrote it, with each

section in more or less chronological order, as well as

by sampling assorted titbits, as in a book of

reference. ….the bibliography proper is divided into

fifteen sections (The Organon, Materia Medica,

Repertory, Therapeutics, etc.), plus three appendices

(all books arranged by date, by author, and

Woodbury’s “five-foot shelf” of indispensable books,

published in 1931). I can’t begin to enumerate even

a small fraction of the wonderful snippets, tangents,

anecdotes, and curmudgeonly rants contained in

these pages. But I’ll mention a few surprises that

caught my eye and made me want to read them, in

some cases for the first time.

Several were in the section on Therapeutics, that

neglected and despised bastard child of pure

Homeopathy and pathological diagnosis, which still

does useful service in many more cases than most

purists would care to admit. The crowning

achievement of a long and illustrious career, Jahr’s

Therapeutic Guide, also known as Forty Years’

Practice, was the digest of his clinical experience,

and contains a lot of useful information that is still

relevant today. It is the mature and perfected version

of his earlier Clinical Guide (1850), used by Mary

Baker Eddy, the founder of Christian Science, who

was quite a skillful prescriber and had Homeopathic

physicians visit her, by the back door of course, when

she herself was ill. …In the Philosophy section, A

New Synthesis, by Guy Beckley Stearns and Edgar

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

Evia (1942), was a cutting-edge essay into

Homeopathic research that prophesied and actually

began the development of kinesiology, made original

contributions to radionics, and dared to sketch out a

philosophy of these still esoteric frontiers of

Homeopathy at a time when such matters were a lot

further beyond the pale of respectable science even

than they are today. I’ve already bitten off a lot more

than I’ll most likely be able to chew, and these are

only the beginning.

….Though they may infuriate some, his

broadsides against Sankaran and other “illuminists”

are often witty, always thought – provoking, and do

make some attempt to give credit where it is due.

But don’t expect a neutral, detached attitude. He’s

passionate about Homeopathy, he has a point of

view, and isn’t afraid to play favorites and advocate

for what he believes. That is precisely what makes

this collection so valuable. Like any good librarian,

he has included virtually everything of importance;

like every discerning critic, he displays our subject

through the medium of his own sensibility, and in

doing so he reveals us to ourselves.

When all is said and done, I suppose that my

friend and colleague was right to the extent that the

new software does in fact contain the best of the old

volumes, such that the originals are best preserved

and stored for posterity in some museum where those

of us who simply like the look and feel of them can

kvell to our hearts’ content. The obvious bridge for

keeping the old world of bound volumes connected

with the new world of computer software would be

the modern research library, equipped with the most

up-to-date technology, and a well-trained

professional staff to locate, reprint, and reproduce

selected items from the literature for the benefit of

scholars and practitioners alike, so the Word may

continue to be made flesh as of old. If we ever get

our act together to create such an institution, Julian

should logically be its first librarian. …”

16. The Homeopathy Workshop. Trevor COOK.

The Crowood Press Ltd., Marlborough,

Wiltshire, United Kingdom; 2000. Price: £14.99,

ISBN 1 86126 2469. Reviewed by T.GIBBS.

(BHJ, 90, 1/2001) The book begins with logical

progression from the history and origins of

Homeopathy, through to the basic principles and

philosophies supporting the subject. The next

chapter describes the sources and preparation of

Homeopathic remedies. The application of

Homeopathy takes up the next few chapters. Each

chapter ends with a self-assessment questionnaire.

Unlike author’s previous books, this one will

remain on the shelves of the bookshop, and not in the

libraries of Homeopaths.

XII. NEWS & NOTES

I. ICR Symposia – September 2000, Reported by

THAKKAR D N (NJH, 5/2000): “Six cases

circulated in advance and worked out by many.”

Case 1: 46 year-old man pain in at lower angle of

scapula along with hypertension and past history of

IHD. He had breaking of relations, shades of ego,

sexual desire, massive suppression of emotions,

impulsiveness, verbosity, grief and religiosity.

Lachesis and Natrum muriaticum came to the picture

but Lachesis was selected based on these symptoms

of: Hot patient, concomitant of heat in body and

location of heart. After 4 months backache relieved

and the blood pressure remained stable even after

withdrawal of Allopathic drugs.

Case 2: 29 year-old man had asthma. Wept while

narrating the situation at home. “I love my parents…

wife is deadly against it. …I want someone to

mediate in these conditions so as to maintain peace”.

Performance, image conciousness and anxiety led to

Calcarea silicata which gave very good result.

Case 3: 44 year-old female had respiratory

complaints along with a concomitant symptom of a

sensation as if ball in abdomen. Husband taunts her

for getting less dowry from her father and also had

trauma of leaving her 2 month-old baby in relatives

house as she was working. Sepia emerged and

helped.

Case 4: 10 year-old girl had epileptic attacks after

first birthday. Cries even if somebody praises her.

Sensitive, sentimental, aversion to sweet, chilly,

paralysis of knee. Shade of sadness, likes to dance,

make-up. Causticum was given. Posology and

withdrawal of anti-epileptics discussed well.

Case 5: A stubborn lady had acidity and rheumatoid

arthritis. Very obstinate and will not listen to

anybody. Dominative husband. Had frustration,

bitterness and vexation as they did not have child and

when her husband accepted for adoption it was too

late. Natrum muriaticum given with no improvement

and in view of rheumatoid arthritis Calcarea

fluoricum given with good improvement.

II. Seminar, Arefa Trust, October 2000. Reported

by SYED A (NJH, 5/2000): Dr Farokh MASTER

spoke on Constitutional prescribing. Illustrative

cases are given.

Case 1: A child had convulsions and opisthotonus

after head injury. Worse from emotional excitement

and touch. Cicuta covered the aetiology and the

modality.

Case 2: A middle aged man had recurrent malaria

and the first episode started after an anger episode.

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

He has the habit of taking afternoon nap and if

disturbed in between he becomes irritated. During

this instanace, wife woke him and got violent angry

but soon repented for it as it was to inform him about

an important matter from his partner. Anger

followed by repentence: Lyssin, Nux vomica,

Sulphur. Sulphur relieved.

Case 3: A patient had childhood deafness after

suppressed eruptions. The eruptions were similar to

that of Mezereum, which cured.

Case 4: Patient had past history of recurrent

tonsillitis for which he was operated. Had a right

sided tonsils enlarged, worse from change of

weather, amelioration from cold drinks. Phytolacca

relieved.

Case 5: 24 year-old male had vertigo, tinnitus, worse

morning, turning head with cervical stiffness. Eyes

red, anxious. Craves fish. Eats fast. Cannot pass

urine in front of others. Had bottled up anger since

childhood, hence isolated himself from society.

Dreams of home, fatherland, death of mother,

embarrassment, shameful events. Muriaticum

acidum relieved.

Case 6: 25 year-old man had irritable bowel

syndrome with 3 – 4 foul smelling stools, flatus,

alternate constipation and diarrohea. Pustular acne

type eruptions on face and backache. Anxiety, lack

of self-confidence, mild, reserved. History of

embarrassment during his college days. Ambra

grisea 200 relieved.

Case 7: A female aged 46 had chronic abdominal

complaint. Cramps in abdominal region with

distended abdomen, amelioration pressure and

passing flatus. Had change of job and found herself

idle in the new environment due to less work load.

Stannum metallicum helped.

Case 8: A 48 year-old female had Cancer of ovary,

with constipation, heaviness of epigastrium, dizziness

worse from getting up from bed, motion. Angered

easily, talks of business constantly. Very hard

working. Desires soft rice and liquid food. Had past

history of chest pain while coughing. Tongue coated

white and dry mouth. Bryonia album helped.

Case 9: A psoriatic patient developed fever and

inspite of the anti-biotics the fever and constipation

persisted. Did not want to move. Tongue coated

white. X ray showed patchy pneumonitis. Bryonia

200 relieved.

Case 10: A patient with breathlessness and feeling of

coldness in the head, with numbness in the arms with

pricking sensation and the B P 200/100. Agaricus

muscarius relieved.

Case 11: A male patient with anxiety and chronic

laryngitis. Loquacious. Wants to earn more and for

that can lie, cheat. Ambitious, optimistic. Desires

salty, sour, ice. Veratrum album helped.

Case 12: A 40 year-old male had allergic rhinitis,

chronic otitis media of the right ear with pustular

discharge and fever. Complaints worse from

exertion, amelioration rest. Sleeps only after 3 a.m.

Constipated offensive odour of the body. Premature

ejaculation and constant thoughts of sex. Developed

a guilt feeling after he sweared on Holy Quaran to

prove himself otherwise when he had a fight with his

brother-in-law. Developed delirium – tears his

clothes, talks to himself, bites his nails and cannot

trust anybody. Angry and violent, irritable, abusive

and threatens to commit suicide. Fear of black dog,

dark and murder. Very jealous and possesive about

his wife. Loquacious and constantly talks on

different topics. Dreams of killing, quarrels, fight,

snake. Desires sweet, fish, meat, brinjal. Aversion to

milk, fruits, spinach. Stramonium M and 10M in

infrequent dose relieved.

Case 13: A male of 32 years had pelviureteric

obstruction and the pain goes from left to right

kidney. Acidity, heartburn worse from tobacco,

bhang. Craves tobacco and bhang. Infection

progressed to kidneys from sexual abuse – had been

to prostitutes. Anxiety about health and disease.

Cannot sleep alone, suspicious, fear of ghost, dark, of

being attacked. Cannabis indica gave good results.

III. Homeopathic Malaria Prophylaxis appears

ineffective by DELAUNAY, P. et al: A 40 year-old

woman who could bear the conventional Malaria

prophylaxis, took according to the advice of a

Homeopath, Ledum 5CH (Boiron) daily and Malaria

officianalis 4CH (Schmidt Nagel) as a single dose

before her journey. On return she had fever 30°C

and consulted her Homeopath. Blood smear did not

show any Malarial content. She took therefore,

Homeopathic medicines with Vitamins and few days

later antibiotic teatment was begun. Ten days later

after the first consultation her condition became

worse. The temperature rose to 41°C, the

haemoglobin sank and Thrombocytes were low. In

hospital a bacterial injection was first considered, but

not Malaria. Four days later because of neurological

symptoms she was in intensive care. In blood smear

Plasmodium was observed. Because of breakdown

of many organs she was in intensive care for two

months. The authors say that Homeopathic

prophylaxis was ineffective and recommended

tourists to take conventional medicines (BMJ, 221

(2000) 1288) (AHZ, 246, 1/2001)

IV. Is a Homeopathic “Immunotherapy”

effective? A double-blind placebo controlled study

with the isopathic medicine Betula C30 in patients

with Birch pollen allergy by AABEL, S.,

LAERTUM, E., DOLVIK, S., DJUPESLAND, P.:

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

The efficacy of the Homeopathic medicine Betula

C30 versus Placebo (N=34) was proved with Birch

pollen allergy. Tablets were given during the Birch-

pollen season. Between both groups during the first

and last May period there was no statistical

difference, while during the period 8 16 May in the

Group Betula C30, less and not so many symptoms

came up. However there was high primary

aggravation in these verum group. Betula C30

should be proved further during the pollen season.

(AHZ, 246, 1/2001)

In the Obstetric ward of the hospital at Lainz,

results of 100 women who were treated

Homeopathically was compared with a group 100

women who were in the same Obstetric ward. The

result pointed out the significant difference in favour

of Homeopathy group (BMJ, 89 (2000) – 161 – 168)

(M.ZORZIE et al in Homöopathie in Öbsterreich,

11, 4/2000, in AHZ, 246, 2/2001)

V.An International Research and Documentation

Institute for Homeopathy, The European

Institute for Homeopathy (In Hom) is to be

founded in Coethen for deepening the scientific basis

for Homeopathy, for sifting and take advantage of

the knowledge and research results of 200 years, for

further research of known and new Homeopathic

medicines, for scientific processing of Homeopathic

practice, for linking practice, theory and teaching.

The Institute will be managed by scientific

physicians of the German Association of

Homeopathic Physicians (DZVhA) and the Austrian

Society for Homeopathic Medicine (ÖGHM). The

Institute will be constructed partwise. Beginning

with Friedrich DELLMOUR, a complete catalogue of

homeopathic medicines, a Pharmacology-Data Bank

and electronic documentation of all publications in

Homeopathy, with the cooperation, of course, of the

existing libraries and national and international

Institutes.

Coethen is the place where HAHNEMANN

lived longest and is ideal in every way for the

Institute.

For financing the Institute the “Homeopathic

Foundation of the German Central Association of

Homeopathic Physicians with Chair in Coethen” has

been established. (AHZ, 246, 2/2001)

VI Report from Budapest of the 55

th

Liga

Congress by BLEUL (AHZ, 246, 3/2001):

Budapest alone is reason good enough for making the

Journey. The scientific programmes of the Liga

every year is a good overview of all activity in all

Lands which promotes Homeopathy. On History,

Pharmacy, new drug provings, Clinical studies,

Cases, methods, Institutions. The Liga meetings are

also the right place and time to hold the

subcommittees of the European committee for

Homeopathy. And most important old and new

members from all over the world meet each other,

activists for Homeopathy.

Some extracts:

Jeremy SWAYNE (U. K.)

Widening the horizon: The contribution of

Homeopathy to the undergraduate curriculum: A

precise view of an important lecture for the training

of all physicians. All medical students must know:

thorough case picture; the understanding of disease

and illness, particularly about chronic diseases; the

multifactorial aetiology; self-regulation instead of

manipulation; the patient as individaul and as Whole.

Wolfgang SPRINGER (Germany)

Main features of Calcarea silicata, was depicted

with clarity and brief video cases. In the nature

Calcarea silicata comes as Gyrolith or Wollastonit.

Externally slim stature. Sensitive to cold, also heat

and humidity could aggravate. Further

characteristics: ailments from suppression of sweat

and draft. Would not like to be spoken to, answers

reluctantly, fears to be touched, doubtful of his

recovery. Discouraged, full of fears, without

ambition, irresolute, peevish, hasty, laughs or weeps

in all occasions. Anxiety about his family, his health,

money matters. Sad for no reason. Suicidal

disposition, thinks of falling through the window.

Excessive fantasy. Talks with the dead, has a

particular and intimate bonding with them. Dreams

of sick people, sickness, corpses, death, murder.

Clinical: recurring infections, hay fever, severe acne

with pustules and comedones, cold bluish skin.

Swellings of face and lymph glands. Hyperactive

bronchial system. Crohn’s diseases, Ulcers of Vulva,

Vagina, Arthrosis of finger joints, Atheroma, large,

hard warts.

Freidrich DELLMAR (Austria)

Homeopathic pharmacy today. The speaker has

been working with the knowledge and facts of source

and extraction of our drug, the absurdities and lack of

knowledge and exhorts revision of nomenclature and

rules of manufacturing. Immensely relevant for our

daily practice.

Examples of vagueness: Petroleum was purified

(rectified) by HAHNEMANN and used, the Indian

Pharmacopaeia writes as raw Petrol (Petroleum

crudum) which is to be purified with Sulphuric acid,

the USA – Pharmacopaeia denominates Kerosene as

Petroleum. The Radar, Commission D, and

Synthesis mention Medus as the north atlantic

Aurelia aurita, the US – pharmacopaeia gives it as the

Portuguese Physalia physalis. [We already know that

whereas it was Bryonia alba that was proved, it is

actually Bryonia dioica that is sold – ref. Peter

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

BARTHEL in British Homeopathic Journal., that

Sanicula aqua source has been permanently sealed

(personal communication of Peter BARTHEL) and

that the Helios Pharmacy was supplying Sanicula

europaea – a plant remedy – instead of Sanicula

aqua. Who regulates? = KSS]

Cees BASS (Netherlands)

Themes of remedies as diagnostic tools in

Homeopathy: An epidemiological approach to

sensitivity and specificity. A fundamental and

precise experimentation of the Principles of

progressive practice and observation of cases.

The questions about the Homeopathic

researchers are: Is a Homeopathic prescription

exact? How can we better our work? What signifies

Science for us? What are our diagnostic instruments?

In what circumstances can the outcome of the

treatment foretold?

Cees BASS is the imitator of the Delphi –

Project, a collection of structured cases which will be

started on a broader basis from the next year.

David SPENCE (Great Britain)

Outcome assessment Study: A study of

Observation of the Bristo Homeopathic Hospital

which points out with statistical method an

outstanding efficacy of Homeopathic treatment.

Since the autumn 1997 every patient of the

clinic has been reckoned in this open study, their

ailment measured in a 7 – point – scale and the

therapy success is evaluated after taking into account

the later consultations. It shows a very impressive

amelioration in almost all the diseases undertaken in

all age group.

Sonja AEVERMANN (Germany)

Apis mellifica: What can we learn from it? Case

report of a Sterility after ammniocentesis and

convincing exposition of the remedy picture with

unusual aspects.

Dario SPINEDI (Switzerland)

Cancer treatment in Homeopathy: The founder

and Head of the Homeopathic Clinic Santa Croce in

Tessin spoke impressively of some Cancer patients

who had been “treated out” by the dominant school

but subsequently recovered with Homeopathic

treatment.

Evangelos ZAFIRION (Greece)

Japanese National Pathology: Its similarity to

Aurum metallicum. Interesting from an exotic

perspective. Peculiarities of the Japanese culture

were shown and compared with symptoms of Aurum.

Typical of Japan (and for Homeopathic

medicine Aurum) were indicated: The stress of

material values, of honor and reliability; the high

value for suicide, for which there are many

conceptions (Harakiri when honour is lost, Kamikaze

in war, Jakosinzu which is suicide of an entire

family, Sisi as suicide of Lovers); the suppression of

feeling (for “I Love You” there is no equivalent

Japanese expression), the great significance of art of

war and vindication, gardens from stones, empty

living room, streets without names, no life in the

inner towns, etc. Didactically not a poor method, but

clinically irrelevant.

Dietmar PAYRHUBER (Austria).

Life themes as a leading Element in Case

Aanalysis – according to Jan SCHOLTEN’s method

– Video presentation. 4 cases – Muriaticum acidum,

Cuprum metallicum, Beryllium, Osmium – were

detailed in terms of their psychic dynamics, the

remedies were arrived at on Jan SCHOLTEN’s

method of Element and Group Analysis and

prescribed with apparent success. A presentation that

can be followed, however, certain questions remain.

Patrick Maximilian JENNY (Germany).

The New Repertory with Clinical confirmation.

A computer programme which the author prepared

according to the teaching of George VITHOULKAS.

Cases can be fed into the Internet for documenting

verified symptoms. A good beginning with much

relevance for discussion and further development.

Another report by ZEEDEN, H.: The Plenum

Lecture by MASTER from Bombay was outstanding.

His lively and clear diction, empathetic picturisation

and good understandable choice of words were all

enjoyable. One could experience a live

Homeopathic Materia Medica.

Sanjeev GARS from India with excellent

documentation about Hepatitis. It was a very

impressive documentation, lucid and easily

understandable.

Christoph THOMAS presented a Colitis case

which reflected the difficulty in long-term follow up.

The paediatrician Herbert PEEIFFER

demonstrated in large frame work Children drawings

through which he could arrive at the pathologies.

Sexual pathology was discussed and Bufo rana was

prescribed. The next drawing by the child showed a

normalisation tendency in many respects. A creative

lecture.

Jacques MILEMANN (France) spoke on Vipera

Berus and Bungarus fasciatus with excellent pictures

and lively words.

Tatjana TIMOFEVA spoke on Curdlipid C6 a

fat preparation. It is useful in vascular diseases of

brain. An interesting and careful proving and clinical

testing was also demonstrated. The presentation of

this new remedy was a bright point of this Liga

Congress.

JENNY presented four interesting cases from her

rehabilitation Clinic. All patients could be helped.

In a difficult case of Tinnitus long term success was

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

demonstrated. (AHZ, 246, 3/2001).

VII. The 4

th

Annual Southwest Conference in

Classical Homeopathy, an NCH Regional

Conference,was held at the Southwest College of

Naturopathic Medicine, Tempe, AZ, October 2 –

3, 1999. (HT, 20, 4/2000): Three programm tracks

were presented: Introductory, Intermediate, and

Advanced. The theme for the Advanced program

was “The Mammal Remedies,” focusing on those

Homeopathic remedies derived from mammal

sources, and it included presentations on Lac

caninum, Lac felinum, Lac humanum, Moschus, Lac

defloratum, and Sanguis soricis.

Dr. Todd ROWE presented six mammal

remedies – Castor equi, Castoreum, Cervus

campestris, Fel tauri, Lac caprinum, Mephites -

stressing their keynote symptoms.

Paul MITTMAN presented a lecture on Lac

caninum. He has highlighted some of the important

symptoms of the remedy. Mental symptoms include

very low self-esteem; feeling put down and walked

upon, lack of self-confidence, absent-minded,

confused and forgetful, rages, mistakes in writings,

forgetfulness, learning/attention defecit disorders,

fear of spiders and snakes. A keynote symptom is

not being afraid of the dark.

Craves salt, pepper, and whiskey; aversion to

sweets. Several symptoms of Otitis media, pain

occurs at night and cause the child to cry and scream.

A remedy for Mastitis, Fibrocystic breasts, and

Dysmenorrhoea. Sore throats occur with menses,

pre-menstrual mastalgia.

VIII. A New Method for Finding the Simillimum,

a special seminar presented by Paul HERSCU on

June 19 – 20, 1999, at the NCH Summer School in

Baltimore. (HT, 20, 4/2000): Paul HERSCU has

described his method for finding the simillimum. He

refers to the “cycle” as the following process: The

Vital Force of an individual is stressed. The Vital

Force reacts (strains) to correct the imbalance. The

strain shows itself as signs and symptoms, and the

signs and symptoms grow stronger as the Vital Force

over compensates. Then the body tries to correct the

over compensation to maintain balance, and the

person is brought back to near where he/she started.

However, each time around this loop she/he returns

less and less healthy, and the cylce becomes a

downward spiral. This cycle is the disease, and it

keeps repeating itself over and over.

He has described how he evaluates each case

with the help of Cycles and Segments.

IX. Master Italian Homeopath Massimo

MANGIALAVORI, Featured speaker at NCH

conference, Boston, April 19 – 24. Report by

WARKENTIN D K (HT, 21, 2/2001): The article

rather being a report of the Seminar speaks much

about Massimo’s earlier seminars which gave a

revelation to the author. From his seminars the

author had learnt a great deal about remedies from

spiders, snakes, Umbelliferae, Loganaceae,

Liliaflorae, Compositae, Arsenicums, Sulphurs,

Natrums and Sea creatures.

Further few points about remedies and materia

medica.

1. People respond to a range of remedies.

Prescribing the exact “Simillimum” is rare

because many thousands of substances haven’t

been studied yet, but it is not necessary as we

can still help our patients with “Similar”

prescriptions.

2. Every remedy has the ability to cure. A well

prescribed rare remedy is just as likely to act

deeply as well prescribed polychrest.

3. Massimo successfully prescribes the patients

constitutional remedy in acute situations even

where the chronic remedy was not known for the

acute symptoms. Unless the chronic prescription

always cures the persons acute’s it is not a truly

deep-acting remedy.

4. Massimo has used information from

pharmacology, mythology, herbalism and

traditional medicine to dramatically increase the

depth of understanding of the remedies.

5. Remedies naturally have relationships. For

example, once we know that the Compositae

family of remedies has relationship to injury, we

can understand remedies like Arnica,

Millefolium, Bellis perennis and Calendula more

deeply.

6. Massimo says that cured pateints are more exact

and precise than any other source. One deeply

cured case can teach more than any book.

7. Case taking becomes simpler when one trusts

that the main expressions of the patient will be

the main expressions of our materia medica. If

we delve too deeply we will, of course, get

symptoms, but will become unable to match

what we get to the materia medica and get

confused.

8. Use the physicals as mentals. “It feels broken”

etc., can be very eloquent and is usually more

well represented in our books than the equivalent

“mental” symptom.

9. Select rubrics that fit the story. Once we have a

sense of the general approach to life of the

patient choosing rubrics that correspond to that

approach is usually more successful than simply

using the strongest rubrics. For example, if you

have a patient who cannot get over insults, you

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

will find the remedy more easily if when you are

choosing the stomach symptoms, you select

“Stomach, pain; piercing” (since it corresponds

to the patient’s life story) than you will with

“Stomach, pain; 2 a. m.”

X. Prescribing Homeopathic Medicines for

Patients on Conventional Drugs. NCH Annual

Conference, April 7 – 11, San Francisco. Report

by McMICKLE Allen (HT, 21, 2/2001): The article

is a report on a presentation by Roger MORRISON.

A brief but informative article for the beginners.

Roger MORRISON presented the statistic that over

80% of new homoepathic patients are taking

significant allopathic medications. From this statistic

it is clear that homeopathic practitioners have to

contend with difficult cases which may have been

confused, compromised or suppressed by these

medications.

1. Allopathic drugs interfere with homoepathic

treatment (although not in all instances or in all

patients)

2. Often allopathic drugs mask symptoms

3. Allopathic drugs may also lower the vitality, so

response may be slow, or negligible, even when

correct remedy is administered.

And there are medical/legal considerations

which complicate working with a patient who is

taking medications prescribed by another health

professional .

MORRISON outlined four basic strategies for

managing these cases:

a) The Cautious Approach

b) The Clean (or Radical) Approach

c) The Simultaneous Approach

d) The Never Taper Approach

The Cautious Approach

Allopathic drugs which are controlling a serious

illness are continued until there is absolute certainity

that the homoepathic remedy is correcting the

underlying condition. Used for serious illnesses

which are not immediately life threatening, such as

Asthma, Rheumatoid arthritis, Epilepsy, heart disease

and certain other mental conditions.

Pros and Cons

1. The patient’s condition is never compromised.

2. A negative patient response to tapering

allopathic medications can reflect back on

homeopath.

3. The symptom picture can be easily obscured,

because the case is taken while the patient is on

allopathic drugs.

4. Characterisitc symptoms become suppressed.

The emotional reaction to the symptom may also

be suppressed.

5. Certain patients may not respond to a remedy

because of allopathic medicines, and it may be

difficult to tell if the correct remedy has been

selected.

The Clean (or Radical) Approach

To stop all allopathic medications and waiting

one to five weeks before taking the case. This allows

time for the medications to completely clear out of

the system and for suppressed symptoms to resurface.

Recommended especially in skin conditions,

mentrual disorders, nasal pathology, and milder

mental and emotional problems.

Pros and Cons

1. Allopathic medications are not distorting the

symptom picture.

2. The patient can see the true extent of their

condition (which may give them patience in the

healing process).

3. It gets the homeopath “out of hot soup” because

when the remedies are stopped prior to

homoepathic treatment, the condition naturally

becomes worse. If a remedy, had been

introduced beforehand, it could appear that

Homeopathy had created the severity of the

condition.

4. Some patients (especially with skin symptoms)

may not wish to have all of their symptoms

return before commencing treatment.

5. A month before taking the case may create an

unpleasant waiting period for the patient.

The Simultaneous Approach

Take the case, have the patient stop all

allopathic medications, and introduce a homeopathic

remedy all on the same day.

Works best with complaints like Chronic

headaches and Migraines, joint pain, and minor GI

pain.

Pros and Cons

1. Pain medications, being short lived, do not

interfere with homeopathic remedies and there

is a no month long waiting before treatment.

2. However, if the pain is severe, the patient might

not tolerate it very well. Also, if a worsening of

symptoms occurs, it might be difficult to tell

whether it’s a homoepathic aggravation or

withdrawal symptoms from the drugs.

The Never Taper Approach

There are diseases where it is not appropriate for

the patient to discontinue the allopathic medications.

Although this tends to complicate homeopathic

treatment, the overall condition of the patient is more

important.

In cases such as thyroid removal, Type I

Diabetes, artificial heart valves, or kidney transplant,

removing medications would compromise the life of

the patient.

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

Homeopathy significantly helps in increasing

the vitality and perhaps allows a reduction in the use

of medications.

Pros and Cons

1. There is no disruption in the patient’s current

level of health.

2. No medical/legal issues for the practitioner.

3. It may not be possible to tell if the correct

remedy has been selected, because of the

possible interference of the allopathic

medications.

4. A deeper disorder may be cured but the

homeopathwould never know this because the

allopathic medicines might have masked the

symptoms which have now been cured.

In working with The Cautious Approach, if the

patient has too quick of a taper, they could

experience a strong resurgence of their symptoms,

return to their allopathic treatment and drop

Homeopathy.

To prevent this MORRISON recommends

maintaining a “least worse” regimen: get the patient

to a point where the drugs used are minimal and the

strongest drugs have been reduced, replaced or

removed. He points out that it is important to taper

drugs in stages, allowing the patient time to stabilize

at each level before proceeding. For example, he

recommends going from 80 mg of prednisone to 60

mg and waiting one to two weeks. Then proceed

down to 40 mg and so on. As the drug is tapered, the

jumps becomes smaller and smaller, so that tapering

off the last 10mg may take several months itself.

It is also important not to taper off during times

of stress for the patient, whether the stress is physical

or emotional. The practitioner needs to look at the

quality of life the patient has attained, instead of

getting the patient totally off allopathic medications

as a measure of success.

XI. Homeopathy for Sports and Exercise

Injuries. NCH Annual Conference, April 7 – 11,

San Francisco. Report by HOAGLAND Jean (HT,

21, 2/2001): Report on a presentation by Stephen

STUBOTNICK. A very brief article where the use of

homeopathic drugs in sports and exercise and the

importance of removing the obstacles to cure is

stressed.

Dr. STUBOTNICK – a podiatric doctor took

Homeopathic study under Bill GRAY after his son

got cured of his recurrent earaches which ended in

bronchitis and asthma.

DR. STUBOTNICK explains that an

understanding of total person and constitutional

prescribing is also important apart from prescribing

for acute complaints.

“When I look at chronic disease, I think of

physical inactivity,” said Dr. STUBOTNICK along

with stress and poor nutrition, poor sleep,

environmental toxins, being out of balance, etc. One

of the causes of chronic disease is an imbalance of

the spirit as well as the physical – of the whole being.

He advocates exercise, but doing it so you don’t

hurt yourself. He suggests aerobic exercise 30 – 45

minutes per day, with your pulse reaching 60% over

your resting pulse. With a little exercise, couch

potatoes can reduce their chances of heart attack by

50%. A healthy 50 year-old with 1 hour per day of

moderate to heavy exercise has a 1in a million

chance for a heart attack, whereas a sedentary 50

year-old has a 1 in 10,000 chance. Dr.

STUBOTNICK concludes that one of the reasons

people are sick is because of inactivity. The

treatment for someone who is inactive is to get them

active, not just to give them a homeopathic remedy.

“You do not need to be a runner to stay in shape.

Walking does just fine. In running, your foot is on

the ground for ¼ second, and the impact may be

about 700 lbs. When walking, about 250 pounds of

weight go through your foot and last ¾ of a second.

When you are walking, one foot is always on the

ground. When running, one foot may be on the

ground or you may be levitating. Walking is so

much safer than running. You don’t get hurt. Run

only if it is something you like to do.” If you just

walk fast every day, your metabolism will be seven

times more efficient and you will detoxify seven

times more efficinetly than others.

Something to remember when treating people

with sports injuries is that someone who cannot

continue to exercise is going to get out of shape three

times faster than they got into shape. So you need to

find a way to help them to continue to be active.

For any acute injury, along with Arnica, you

need to use RICE – Rest, Ice, Compression and

Elevation.

Chronic injuries are acute injuries that don’t go

away. The body has decided not to get well. At this

point, Dr. STUBOTNICK tries to make the injuries

acute again, because the body knows how to heal

acute injuires. He may use injections to bring the

injury back to an acute state, since there is no healing

going on in chronic state. It is pragmatic approach.

Other factors in sports injuries include gear,

shoes worn unevenly, surfaces, the amount of force

used, the body build, and different leg lengths. You

can treat their injuries (often to knees and hips) with

homeopathic remedies and not make much progress,

because they may really need a quarter-inch lift in

their shoe. In the Organon, HAHNEMANN said

that the most important thing in homeopathic

treatment is to remove the obstacles to cure.

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

A young girl with hip pain had knock knees. In

walking, she needed to swing her foot around,

because she could not put it straight forward – the leg

would hit the other knee – so this movement caused

bursitis in the hip. Her treatment was not Ruta – she

needed a pair of supports so the knees would not

knock anymore. In addition she received Calcarea

phosphoricum constitutionally, and it is expected that

this will take care of the problem.

XII. Seminar review: The BOENNINGHAUSEN

Method with Goerge DIMITRIADIS. September

16 – 17, 2000. Auckland New Zealand. Report by

Julian WINSTON (HT, 21, 3/2001): The works of

BOENNINGHAUSEN and his methodology are

discussed which are worth reading.

Works of BOENNINGHAUSEN:

Unfortunately, much of BOENNINGHAUSEN’s

work is unavailable in English. His Lesser Writings

were printed in Enlish 1908, but there were several

things he wrote that did not appear in this compiled

work. His largest work, The Aphorisms of

Hippocrates, with the Glosses of a Homeopathist

was due to be published in the U.S. in 1863 but the

American Civil War intervened in the printing, and

then BOENNINGHAUSEN died. Although extracts

were printed in some English language journals about

25 years ago, the book, in its totality remains only in

German, and it is filled with insights into

BOENNINGHAUSEN’s method. The final source

of information is found, of course in

BOENNINGHAUSEN’s case books which are

preserved at the Bosch institute in Stuttgart,

Germany.

The BOENNINGHAUSEN Therapeutic Pocket

Book was first printed in 1846, fourteen years after

BOENNINGHAUSEN compiled the first repertory.

It is a book, over the years, through poor translations

and lack of understanding, has ceased to be

considered useful.

But buried within the book is the gem of a

wonderful methodology.

A committee of six people, including both

GYPSER and DIMITRIADIS, have worked to revise

the Therapeutic Pocket Book – and to re-introduce

the method.

The German edition of the book was printed in

May 2000. The English edition was printed in

Australia in August 2000.

While discussing about the methodology

DIMITRIADIS quotes from Paragraph 95 in the

Organon (O’Reilly edition): “Chronically ill patients

become so accustomed to their long sufferings that

they pay little or no attention to the smaller, often

characterisitic accompanying befallments which are

so decisive in signaling out the remedy. ….It hardly

occurs to them to believe that these accompanying

symptoms, these smaller or greater deviations from

the healthy state, could have a connection with their

main malady.”

And he stresses the importance of “main

symptoms” and “side symptoms”. DIMITRIADIS

pointed out that a complete Case has four

characteristic: “Sensation, Location, Modality and

Concomitant”. A complete symptom has only the

“Sensation, Location and Modality. A concomitant

will have all three as well, and it becomes a

concomitant by its nature of being another symptom

in the case, even though it may appear unrelated to

the main complaint.

DIMITRIADIS has cited two cases worked in

BOENNINGHAUSEN’s Methodology which are

taken from the “Introduction to the Method of

BOENNINGHAUSEN” from page 13 and 16 of the

new repertory.

DIMITRIADIS reinforced what GYPSER said

about BOENNINGHAUSEN’s actual practice that

BOENNINGHAUSEN understood the relationships

of the remedies so well that when he had a patient

from a distance and found a remedy that covered the

side symptoms that was not the same as that covered

by main symptoms, he did this:

On the first day he gave the remedy for the main

symptoms.

A few days later he gave the remedy for side

symptoms.

A few days later, he repeated the remedy for the main

symptom.

A few days later he gave a fourth dose – placebo.

XIII. Treating Cancer with Homeopathy, by

Farokh MASTER, November 4 – 6, 2000. San

Francisco CA. Report by RIDLEY S K (HT, 21,

3/2001): In taking the case of a cancer patient

Dr.MASTER emphasized several points: Cancer is

multimiasmatic. Syphilis and Tuberculosis are more

heavily involved than other miasms.

Extremely important to get the patient’s family

history, miasmatic load, and all past traumas when

treating Cancer. Severe traumas and severe

emotional turmoil are often seen before the onset of

cancer.

He also discussed about small remedies. Ex:

Toxoplasma gondii: An infection with this organism

is responsible for spontaneous abortions, still-births,

repeated abortions or a child that is severely

handicapped mentally and/or physically and Cervical

Cancer.

Gave a detailed account of the importance of

regimen in cancer patients. Talked about diet and

Psychology and a long list of simple home remedies

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

to alleviate pain and other discomforts of terminal

illness.

Some examples are:

Cranberry juice improves appetite.

Grape juice and Spinach juice builds blood in

anaemia.

Severe back pain due to metastsis chew alfa alfa

seeds and dill seeds in large quantities.

Low blood pressure, drink a lot of freshly squeezed

lemon juice.

Severe headache from brain tumor, apply tofu to the

head, bandaged tightly, when it turns yellow throw

it.

To save eyesight in diabetes, use paprika abundantly

for its zinc content. Good for cataract too.

Grapes give instantaneous energy.

For chronic tinnitus, put drops of cabbage juice

regularly into the affected ear.

To alleviate night sweats, drink dandelion tea.

XIV. Case Reports presented at the Faculty of

Homeopathy Case Conference, Oxford, 13 March

1999 (BHJ, 89, 1/2000)

1. Idiopathic demyelinating Neuropathy - Case

presented by Dr.Michael CANNELL: 61 year

oldmale, taxidriver with chronic idiopathic

demyelinating neuropathy. Has been examined by

neurologists and told that there was no treatment for

his condition. He began to develop complaints after

44 years of age. His wife died of malignant

Melanoma 2 years before. Progressive weakness of

legs, can’t get up from a crouching position, weakness

when he goes upstairs. In more recent years the

weakness has extended to his upper arms. Has been

impotent for the last 6 to 7 years. This problem hurts

his ego

In the last six years eczema over legs.

Perspiration: In the last 4 to 5 years, sweats +++ night

on pillow; sweat is sticky ++, smelly ++,

Sleep, restless.

Grief was a strong feature which developed after the

death of his wife. On 9 July 1998 he was given

Conium 6 twice daily on 3 Sep. 1998, review: He

could now stand up unaided and has continued to

show muscle strength. Repeat nerve conduction tests

and EMG which showed a remarkable improvement

by at least 50%.

Still has sweat on his pillow at nights.

To continue Conium 6 b.d.

12 Nov. 1998: Can stand up without help. Not

sweating so much at night. New symptom: some

pain right knee, occasionally stiff at night >

limbering. To continue Conium 6 b.d. To try

Conium 30 weekly.

20 Jan. 1999: Conium 30 not so good. One dose

of Conium M

4 Feb. 1999: Very good improvement. Can get

up easily. Working long hours as a taxi driver.

Eczema slightly better, knee better.

17 June 1999: Overall 50-70% better. Can get up

from chair without help. To continue Conium 6 and if

needed Conium M.

2. Boy with hyperactivity and clumsiness. Case

presented by Dr.Mitchell CANNELL: 6 year-old

male, hyperactivity and clumsiness. Was very good

in school. Language development seemed ahead but

speech behind, motor skills poor. Runs and zooms

off everywhere, physically restless. Has Dyspraxia.

Generally ‘clumsy’ and is very ‘strong’ – so strong

that he breaks everything. Lashes out when angry –

kicks and screams. Seems obsessively focussed.

Obsessive about ‘certain order’ of doing things.

Loves playing in the bath. Likes music with fast

rhythm. Poor attention at school but has good

memory.

Since birth has leg deformity with feet being

turned in (pigeon toes) and knees turned out (femoral

anteversion). Very observant, impulsive in some

respects. Reserveded in other ways. Likes

company.

< heat; hot feet, perspires in bed, also on vertex;

thirst ice cold water.

Bufo 30, 200, one dose each on 17 March 1998 and

began to improve.

Review 6 May 1998: Bufo M further improved.

19 Feb. 1999: Still better Sulphur M.

3. Carcinoma of breast cancer and panic attacks.

Case presented by Dr.Prunella MARK: 42 year old

female. Diagnosed Carcinoma of breast in 1996.

Lumpectomy, three weeks radiotherapy, has been

clear since. Still has breast cancer gene with 80%

chance of recurrence. Also at risk of ovarian cancer,

advised to have Hysterectomy and Oophorectomy.

Had the operation and started on Tamoxifen and

hormone replacement therapy. Panic attack which

began after breast cancer diagnosed.

Her mother had ovarian cancer and Lymphoma,

sister, breast cancer, grandfather, cancer of the colon,

aunt, breast cancer.

Hot sweats, throws off covers at night.

Sunshine ameliorates, likes seaside, uneasy to

thunder. Loves exercise.

6 Aug. 1997: Carcinosin 30, one tds; monthly.

9 Sept. 1997: Apparent agg. from Carcinosin.

To stop it. Leg pain and back pain at night, warm

shower helps, feels agitated. Ignatia 6x tds. as

required.

11 Nov. 1997: Ignatia regular dose helps; to

continue if needed. Aggravation after Rhus

toxicodendron, hence to stop.

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

1 May 1998: Generally feeling much better;

stopped Tamoxifen.

4 Aug. 1998: Since stopping Tamoxifen panic

attacks have become much worse. Terrible moves of

anxiety when her husband was to go away. Terrible

overwhelming fear of being left alone, worse at night

would rather die than be left alone to cope.

Mancinella 30 single split dose.

11 August 1998: Very much better, cannot

believe how much better she feels. Husband is away

and

she can talk to the doctor rationally. Later she

needed a repetition of Mancinella. Not heard from

the patient since.

4. Baby with Eczema and behavior problems.

Case presented by Dr.Prunella MARK: 7 months-

old male. Dry skin, scratches all the time, on areas

which have no eruptions, draws blood, scratches in

sleep, scratches eczematous areas too. Had cradle

cap from birth, very thick, crusty, large yellowish

scales, dry, peel off easily with normal skin beneath,

cleared with cradle cap shampoo.

Has now been well since he had an ear infection

a month ago.

Always had terrible temper; must have his way,

impatient, won’t wait. Loves attention, LovesTV,

Loves

music especially if it has a beat, it quieters him

immediately.

Birth was painful: head out and shoulders

stuck, fructured his clavicle, eventually delivered

battered, bruised and FURIOUS, he just yelled and

yelled, punctuated by feeds.

Tarentula hispanica 30 cured.

5. The case of the ultimate pessimist. Presented

by Dr.Anne PETTIGREW: 51-year-old male:

When

the patient was brought he was unshaven, scruffy,

grey, puffy bags under eyes. Slumped. Burping.

Looked to far corner of room. Brief eye contact

revealed chilling despair. Looks older than 51.

Slow, weary answers.

Diagnosis by Psychiatrist. “Paranoid

Schizophrenia or extreme eccentricity in schizoid

personality”. He was given up by the conventional

medicine.

The patient felt “everything is corrupt; we live in

an addictive society, money geared; they want us to

buy material things and make money from us.

Religion is a farce. They don’t want us to top into

the universal intelligence. … I cannot make

decisions, always there is the duality. The right and

wrongs, the good and bad. I have the burden of the

world’s stupidity. … My body is n’t important to

me, it’s a shell. It’s my soul that is sick…”

Anacardium restored him to normality. A very

interesting case.

6. Veterinary case presented by Claire DAVIES:

14-year-old pony female. Reputedly a child’s

pony.

Easy to handle and a reliable responsive gymkhana

and jumper. Suffered from skin allergy to the biting

fly, Culicoides.

Had been treated with steroid injections,

topical fly repellants, herbal shampoo baths.

“Extremely grumpy and quick to turn on you;

unprovoked, will attack horse in adjacent stable.

Very bossy, herds other horses and ponies about;

quick to turn and kick out at them when in field.

Impatient, stamps her feet and fidgets in aggitated

way when waiting for food to go out. Neat and tidy.

Always wants to be outside. Appears more miserable

in the evening than any other time of the day no

thirst.”

Most of her skin covered in grey scale and flakes.

Around the saddle area and also face she had large

open wounds upto 7-8 cm. Diameter. both noise; and

oozing, crushed over. Itching, worse evening, worse

heat.

Lycopodium 30 b.d. for 10 days restored.

[ BHJ, 89/2000].

XV. A correspondant, Nick Higgins writes about

vaccinosis – particularly the severe adverse effects

Meningitis-C. The doctors repeatedly assured that

the reaction to the vaccine and only happen 2 to 3

days after dose. However, the nurses said that they

had seen ‘lots’ of case (With ‘vaccine’ reaction)

which seemed to arise aound 3 to 4 weks after

vaccination. In the experience of the correspondent

whose child came down with adverse effects of the

vaccination it was after nearly two weeks.

Further on: “On 12 June, the Daily Express

carried a statistic of 4, 764 being the number of

cases of vaccination of Meningitis C reported to the

Medicines Control Agency by GPs since its

introduction. Now this is a very interesting figure to

contemplate, as it represents unsolicited

information. In a climate in which people are

generally reluctant to report such information, this

number is certainly the tip of an enormous iceberg,

and is now the subject of ‘questions in Parliament”

(for what good that will do). …..” (Letters’, The

Homeopath, 78/2000) [Here in India the climate of

reluctance to report adverse effects is all-pervading;

in fact practically no one reports of either adverse

effects or surgical bungling, howsooever serious it

might be. Very recently here at Chennai, India, we

have a below 40-year-old man, who was diagnosed

as having cataract and underwent surgery and

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

implant of ‘foldable lens’, developed ‘infection’ of

the posterior chamber and other complications and

ultimately has gone blind! And the patient has spent

large amount of money for losing his eye! He does

not want to report. I can cite more cases. = KSS.]

XVI. A Thyroidinum case: A 40 year old woman

was abandoned by her lover. After the failure of

medicines such as Natrum muriaticum, Ignatia,

Staphysagria, this woman was cured by Thyroidinum

15d 18CH. The main symptoms which led to the

prescription were: tears, inner violence, suicidal

tendencies, strong palpitations, tremor, diarrhoea, hot

face, intense thirst, perspiration, arorexia, loss of

weight and hyperactivity.

It is emphasised that this patient did not suffer

from biological or clinical thyroid pathology.

Les Echos du Centre Liegeois

d’Homéopathie 1999. 69: 31-33 and 43-45 (BHJ,

89, 1/2000).

XVII. Behavioural problems in children:

DESWARTE, FOURNIER, DESMET

The child’s behaviour is influenced from the

very beginning of the pregnancy, and a deficiency of

stimulation of the newborn child can have serious

consequences for its later development. The oral

stage corresponds to Calcarea carbonica, the

remedy of the adult who hoards money. The stage of

ambivalence, when the newborn child is learning to

cope with the good and the bad leads to Anacardium.

A period of depression between 6 and 9 months may

correspond to Lycopodium, Sepia, or Baryta

carbonica, and the difficulties of separation between

the mother and the child must make us think of

Pulsatilla or Natrum muriaticum. The stage from 6

months to one year fits vegetable remedies, as

Ignatia, Chamomilla, or Nux vomica, whereas the

cortical stage leads to metal or metalloid remedies,

such as Argentum nitricum.

- Homeopathy can be very effective in

problems of this sort.

Homéopathie Européane 1999; 1: 13-14 BHJ, 89,

1/2000.

XVIII. Five nosodes banned in France – ALAIN

SARAMBAULT. The French Health Public Services

have forbidden the production and the use of

Leusinum (Leuticum), Medorrhinum, Morbillinum,

Pertussinum and Psorinum because of ‘the risk of

transmission of conventional virus and non-

conventional agents.

The ‘Syndicat National des Medecins

Homéopathies Francais’ emphasizes the lack of side

effects of these medicines after more than 100 years

of use. This Syndicate deeply wishes a close

collaboration between the Homeopaths, the

pharmaceutical industry and the Health public

services.

L’Homéopathie Europénne 1999; 1:22-24.

(BHJ, 89, 1/2000)

XIX. Eupatorium perfoliatum short

experimentation: By Pierre LENTHERIC: This

Experimentation aimed to determine whether there

is any differences between Eupatorium perfoliatum

12CH, neutral globules which have been brought

into contact with Eupatorium perfoliatum 12 CH,

and globules which have had no contact with

Eupatorium perfoliatum. An important symptom of

Eupatorium perfoliatum was encountered in an

experimenter who had taken neutral globules which

were in contact with Eupatorium perfoliatum,

namely deep pains as if one had influenza.

This placebo controlled trial sets the problem of

transmission of information in a dynamized

substance to another neutral substance. This trial

was carried out with only six provers and should

deserve new protocols with more numerous provers

to determine the reality of this phenomenon (Revue

Belge 1999; 1: 40-45) (BHJ, 89, 1/2000)

XX. Infra red charges in potentised solutions:

R.P. CASAROLI-MARANO, J.ALEGRE & B.

COMPOS :

This is a comparative, multivariate, blind study

using infrared spectroscopy with Fourier

Transform(IRTF) to determine if there are any

changes in a series of alcohol-water solutions as a

result of potentisation.

An analysis was made of the spectral profiles of

70% alcohol-water solutions serially diluted to 1,

1/100, and 1/100

30

, with and without succussion at

each step, and with and without acetone as a solute

in each case.

In the 70% alcohol solutions which did not have

acetone, those that were not succussed showed no

significant differences in the wave numbers of their

spectral profiles, but in those which were succussed

there were significant changes (P < 0.05). In the

acetone solutions, there were significant changes (P

< 0.05) in the spectral profiles of all the solutions,

particularly evident in those which were succussed.

This study demonstrates significant molecular

changes in the internal structure of the solvent

highly diluted solutions, especially –CH

2

and –CH

3

radicals as well as –OH bonds in water.

Revista Homeopática 1998; 38: 5-12. (BHJ, 89,

1/2000)

XXI. ‘Irreversible cases cured’ CN Cámpora

This describes two case presentations of patients

with apparently irreversible pathology.

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

Case 1: 69-year-old woman with severe spinal

stenosis. Wheelchair bound, unable to remain upright

for more than five minutes due to pain. MRI scan

showed narrowing of the spinal canal due to

degenerative changes from L3 to S1, predominantly

at L4-5. Surgical decompression procedures have a

high recurrence rate in this type of case, so

Homeopathic treatment was sought. Started on

Phosphorus 200 one to four times daily, based on

separate repertorisations of the totality and of the

local symptoms, both of which concurred. Gradual

improvement, pain-free at four months. At present,

symptom-free after three and a half years, and taking

Phos 1MM once daily. Interestingly, repeat MRI

scan shows the same structural lesions without

progression, but the spine seems to have readapted.

Case 2: 31-year-old woman with infertility after

trying to conceive for five years. Laparoscopy and

hysterosalpingogram showed complete (100%)

bilateral tubal obstruction, unrelieved by pressure

insuflation, and biopsies contained scar and

endometriotic tissue. Thiosinaminum was prescribed

based on its keynote of dissolving scar tissue,

strictures or adhesions, starting with 4x twice daily,

increasing to 6x and then 8x, each for two months.

Conceived shortly after, and delivered a healthy baby

at full term. The hysterosalpingogram, repeated after

six months, showed total tubal obstruction on the left,

but only partial obstruction on the right, with contrast

passing through with difficulty.

Both cases illustrate the fine balance between

structure and function. Homeopatia 1998; 63: 362-

369. (BHJ, 89, 1/2000)

XXII. Syringomyelia: Jacques PIARRAT. A

patient suffered from a weird symptom: when he

drank something warm, he felt as if he swallowed a

cold drink. This symptom can be found in Kent’s

repertory: ‘throat, coldness sensation, warm drinks

seem cold’: Natrum muriaticum. This patient had

other symptoms of Natrum muriaticum and received

this remedy for several years, without presenting

other neurological symptoms. This symptom is

important to know, because it should make us think

of syringomyelia: this is the sole disease in which

dissociation of sensations occurs: preservation of

tactile and deep sensitivity, and abolition of

sensitivity to pain (coldness, warmth, sting …).

This disease is not mentioned in the repertories.

However we can find other rubrics: insensibility to

burning (Plumbum), sensation of coldness, although

not cold (Colocynthis), paralysis with insensibility,

anaesthesia of nerves, of skin (Arsenicum album,

Oxalicum acidum, Secale cornutum, Plumbum,

Phosphorus and Zincum).

Homeopathy may be useful in such degenerative

diseases.

Cahiers du Groupement Hahnemannien 1999;

9: 324-325. (BHJ, 89, 2/2000)

XXIII. Allergy and Aversion to water: Jean-

Philippe DUPRÉ: The author describes the

remedies which have an aversion to water: the well-

known Sulphur, Psorinum, and Antimonium

crudum. Ammonium carbonicum neglects to wash.

Pulsatilla and Phosphorus do not like hot drinks,

while Stramonium, Physostigma and Caladium do

not like cold drinks. The author goes on to consider

the disease linked to water: Antimonium crudum is

suitable for eczema triggered by water, Psorinum

and Histaminum are appropriate for urticaria

triggered by cold water. Drainage may be useful,

with the help of remedies like Solidago, Urtica

urens, and Dulcamara.

Finally the author quotes Cimicifuga (Actea

racemosa) (urticaria from water during menses),

Bovista (dermographism alternating with urticaria)

and Aqua marina (urticaria from water when an

aggravation with Natrum muriaticum is feared).

The utility of urinary isopathy is emphasized, as the

importance of Natrum muriaticum, Sulphur and

Silicea (suppression of rhinorrhea by

antihistamines).

L’Homéenne 1999; 5: 139-141. (BHJ, 89, 2/2000)

XXIV. International Integrative Primary Care

outcomes study (IIPCOS –2): an international

research project of Homeopathy in primary

care.

Primary objective is to evaluate the

effectiveness of Homeopathic treatment compared

to conventional treatment for respiratory and ear

complaints commonly seen in the primary care

setting: runny nose, sore throat, ear pain, sinus pain

and cough.

Secondary objective:

• Relationship between response to treatment and

confidence is prescription.

• Relationship between satisfaction with

treatment and adverse events.

• Cost benefit effect of Homeopathy compared

to conventional medicine.

• The study sites are located in the United States,

Germany, Austria, Switzerland, The

Netherlands, UK, Spain, Russia and Ukraine.

The investigations will be divided into 3 groups:

one providing ‘Homeopathic treatment’ one

providing Homeopathic or conventional treatment

according to patient’s preference either randomised

or non randomised and one providing conventional

treatment

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

Consecutive patients, age of one month or older,

without regard to gender, race and socio economic

group, presenting with one of the five chief

complaints and onset of symptoms within 7 days will

be included in the study with prior written consent

and completing a questionnair.

On day 7, 14 and 28, each patient will be

telephoned by an independent interviewer to assess

the outcome.

IIPCOS –2 is designed to confirm at least one

sided equivalence, i.e. to demanstrate that

Homeopathic treatment is not worse than

conventional treatmen

Results: Preliminary interim results will be presented

Conclusions: Lessons learned from the study will

be discussed.

XXV. Data collection in Homeopathic practice:

A suggestion for an International Standard A

Steinsbekk and the Data collection Group. BHJ

S/39, 89/2000

Objectives are to : design a ‘draft’ for an

International Standard on data collection in

Homeopathicpractice for discussion,

- design a ‘final’ document, and update this,

whenever necessary and to act as co-

ordinator for new data collection

projects, if the resources allow it. A

core data set was set to meet the needs

of different, more extensive, types of

data collection quality assurance,

treatment outcome and economic

outcome

XXVI:WinCHIP:ComputerisedHomeopathic

Investigation Program: a data collection tool to

help the doctor in daily practice to prove and

improve Homeopathy.

- CM Rezzani: Via regina 89, carate Urio

Como 2201, Italy.

The objective is to computerise and analyse

our daily clinical practice.

To compare cases collected from different

countries a ‘pick list’ is created to overcome many

of the language problems,

identification/standardisation of data and user

friendliness.

WinCHIP records administrative data, past

history and physiological history wherein an

archive is implemented to vaccinations and their

associated problems.

All patient information can be accessed using

pick list or typing in free text. The remedy

reaction can be verified by checking the data of

previous consultation, by the parameters:

Subjective feeling of patient, evolution of

pathology(ies), reported symptoms, general

reaction expressed by the doctor.

With WinCHIP search tool, any kind of

correlation can be made.

XXVII. The effect of Ecbalhm Elatherium juice

and its Homeopathic dilutions on oxidative bursts

of humpolymorph neurophils M.Chirila and A

Olinescu.

The aim of this study was evaluation of the

effect of juice obtained from Ecballum elatherium

on the formation and release of the reactive oxygen

intermediates (ROI) in uitro by stimulated human

polymorph neutrophils measured using luninal

dependent chemiluminiscence.

Conclusion: The juice has the same strong

antiinflammatory action for all sunjects whereas

theHomeopathicdilution stimulates phagocytosis:

only in the cases, which imply a large quantity of

ROI products. Homeopathic dilutions act as

immuno-modulators in the human body, a fact

which makes Homeopathy a possible therapeutic

method in immunology. (BHJ, 89, SUPPLEMENT

1).

XXVIII. Proving of Quercus robur: AG

Sarulescu, S.Crump, C.Jacob, S.Gheerghiv.

Objective: To realise a proving with this new

remedy, proposed by BURNETT as a

RADEMACHAR’s remedy without having a

proving.

Three different tinctures were prepared and

one was chosen and a dilution was made.

The proving began on 6 May 1996 and lasted

30 days with 8 male and 8 female provers. Each

supervisor and prover had a book to write down

symptoms and everything else that happened

during the proving.

Results: Several important symptoms which

had not previously been reported including acne in

children and stress related symptoms in adults.

XXIX. Psorinum in paediatrics P.Popowski: In

a special issue of the ‘Cahiers de Biothérapie’

about Psorinum, one of the most interesting

articles relates to the prescription of Psorinum to

children.

The main symptoms of the new-born who needs

Psorinum are; lack of reaction to medicines,

ailments from vaccinations, from acute diseases,

family history of psora, dermatosis, thrush. The

main symptoms of the child are: infectious diseases

recurring every winter, every cold turns into

bronchitis; ailments from frustration, separation,

sorrow; eczema, warts, apthae; great chilliness;

periodicity of symptoms every 3 or 4 days, every 21

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

days; exhaustion after an acute disease. Psorinum

may be prescribed when well-indicated medicines

do not work, or in a systematic way, as leader of

psora, in a pluralist treatment. Cahiers de

Biothérapie; 2000; 162: 33-36. (BHJ, 4/2000)

XXX. What to do during the 13

th

consultation,

D.Scimema: Clinical cases often consist of a small

number (three or four) of consultations; longer

observations should be published more often.

The author asks whether the word cure has a

meaning; our task consists in bringing harmony to

the patient. But our fight is always lost in advance,

because this leads always to the death …

After 13 consultations (or after the 6

th

or the

28

th

consultation …), we can distinguish several

types of patients:

• The ‘consulting type’ has confidence in his

Homeopathic doctor, but he follows his own

way outside the patient-doctor relationship.

• The ‘questioner type’ uses Homeopathy in a

quest for himself.

• The ‘predictive type’ is worried about his

current health and is afraid of possible future

consequences, for example serious illnesses.

• The ‘chronobiological’ type is attracted by the

rhythm of the day or of the seasons; he

consults for preventive treatments.

Each type of patient has a very different behaviour

and a very different objective towards his own

illness:

• The questioner wants to know why he is ill.

• The predictive wants to know how he will be

ill.

• The chronobiological wants to know when he

will be ill.

• The consulting wants to know nothing, but he

wants the disappearance of his illness …

Cahiers de Biothérapie; 2000; 161: 49-54. (BHJ,

4/2000)

XXXI. Case of MRSA tonsillitis F. Goldstein

Herman: This article describes a severe case of

suppurative tonsillitis in the daughter of a

Homeopathic colleague. Despite numerous

remedies and careful repertorization, the case was

becoming progressively worse after 15 days. The

causative organism was a multiple antibiotic-

resistant Staphyloccocus aureus. The case was

retaken for the fifth time, but on this occasion

without the parents being present, and finally the

aetiology was uncovered. The girl had been

scorned by her boyfriend, but was too shy to talk

about this in front of her parents.

Four key rubrics: ailments from scorn,

suppuration of tonsils, restless feet and peeling

lips, led to the prescription of Chamomilla, with a

resolution of all symptoms in 24 h, the tonsils

became normal after 72h. Her constitutional

remedy was Pulsatilla, which is complementary to

Chamomilla.

Dr.Minotti’s hierarchy of symptoms for acute

case analysis is of interest:

1. aetiology;

2. diagnosis translated into repertory rubrics;

3. as above, but with modalities considered;

4. new mental symptoms (exclude chronic

ones);

5. chronic mental symptoms which are acutely

exacerbated;

6. new general symptoms (exclude chronic

ones);

7. chronic general symptoms which are acutely

exacerbated;

8. chronic local symptoms which are acutely

exacerbated.

Homeopatia 1999; 64: 233-240. (BHJ, 89,

4/2000)

XXXII. Anxiety or Anguish F.Goldstein

Herman: This article aims to clarify the

difference between these terms, which are often

confused. The DSM-IV of the American

Psychiatric Association defines anxiety only,

anguish is ignored. The distinction, which is

arrived at by an analysis of patients’ language and

the structure of rubrics, is important for remedy

selection. Both states share restlessness and

agitation in common.

Anxiety is characterized by an apparent

aetiological certainty (which might be a

compensatory mechanism in a person who is full

of doubts), eg as if guilty of a crime, from

masturbation, etc. By contrast, in patients with

anguish there is uncertainty, and ‘they don’t know

what is happening to them’. In anxiety there is

expectation, eg anticipatory, about the future, if a

time is set, etc. Anguish is unpredictable, the

onset is sudden and surprising. The emotional

state of anxiety is discontinuous, eg in bed, at

night, when alone, with alternations, and many

modalities. Anguish is uninterrupted, but can

intensify, eg during menses.

In Herman’s view, anxiety does not produce

somatization, but anguish does, often

characterized by spasms eg chest oppression,

muscular tension, sensation of clothes too tight,

etc. The word anguish is derived from the Latin

‘angustus’ meaning narrow.Homeopatia 1999;

64: 273-280. (BHJ, 89, 4/2000)

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

XXXIII. 4

th

National Homeopathic

ConferenceMarch 2001, BANGALORE.

Handling acute emergencies homeopathically by

Dr.C.S. SHARADA.

Case 1: A lady in ICV sinking with post-partum

haemorrage +++ after caesarean section. B.P.

60/40. From her emergency kit she gave

Adrenalin 6 tsp in water every ½ hr. to the

surprise of all by next morning the B.P. had

stabilised as also the haemorrhage

Case 2: A 49 year old lady, fell unconscious with

cold sweat all over, tachycardia B.P. 220/140.

Amyl nit.6 1tsp. Every 5 mins. Revived her in 15

mins.

Case 3: Male 60 years, who had cardiac bypass

surgery 2 years ago, had anuria for 7 hrs. Looked

uneasy with fear of death, wanted to call his NRI

children. Acon. Ferox was given on the basis of

sudden starting with sighing, hyperventillation and

dyspnoea, after which he passed 3-4 litres of urine.

Case 4: Thin middle aged woman, with rheumatic

pains and severe jerks of body in winter.

Diagnosis: Epileptic fainting. During an episode

of jerking, the patient moaned ‘can’t bear ice on

my back’ O/E- normal back. Touching her pulse

brought on a jerk. Sudden neck stiffness and fell

unconscious. Strychninum 6, 2 doses. She

regained consciousness and jerking stopped.

Case 5: A case of renal colic in a fat, fair, sweaty

person who was holding his abdomen tight.

Calcarea 30 was given. In 15 minutes he passed

2 large stones containing Oxalic acid.

Case 6: A case of rectal prolapse with severe pain

since 15 nights. No sleep with itching +++.

Jumping from itching. Indigo 200 – in 3 days the

prolapse had regressed and the itching was

tolerable. (NJH, 1/2001).

XXXIV. M.D. in 4 more subjects introduced.

M.D. Homeopathy courses in four more subjects

namely Practice of Medicine, Homeopathic

Pharmacy, Paediatrics and Psychiatry in addition

to already existing 3 subjects i.e. Organon,

Repertory and Homeopathic Materia Medica.

Clause for external candidates is extended upto

2009, but they shall be eligible to do only from the

three old subjects. Such candidates should hold

degree/diploma not less than 4 years and should

have teaching experience in recognised HMC for 7

years or should have full time regular post not

below the rank of Asst. Professor or have 10 years

professional practice.

CCH has also permitted those Institutions which

do not have undergraduate college to commence

post-graduate courses provided they have a 25

bedded hospital and necessary staff. This would

allow centers of Post-graduate Excellence to be

established and evolve and Homeopaths would

have something to be proud of.

XXXV. Dr. Ralf-alexander SCHÖN, in

‘Letter’ to Editor (AHZ, 244, 6/1999) write about

some Idiosyncrasies. He attended a three month

course in which a speaker said that a well-known

Homeopath in the Southern Germany gave to

almost all cases only of the three medicines:

Sulph., Lyc., Sep. Surely Homeopathy cannot be

so difficult to be learnt that one could master only

three remedies. Years later in another workshop

the learned speaker gave a written case, in great

detail, and asked the participants to work it out.

The 18 “old hands” spent a good ¾ hour and the

result was: two who agreed, and the remaining all

gave different ones’. When discussed with the

main speaker he said that perhaps if the

participants had more time to work out, might have

come out with more agreeable choices.

Dr.SCHÖN says that there are some

practitioners with their favourite remedies, e.g.

more Palladium patients, although we find in the

BOERICKE only a brief write-up, but there are

monographs for some particular remedies, which

are so large and if one finds the time to study these

monographs, he begins to starightaway prescribe it

more often.

These are also, Dr.SCHÖN observer, many

inconsistancies in the KENT Repertory.

The conclusion therefore arrived at by

Dr.SCHÖN is:

1. Homeopathy is a subjective therapeutic and

the medicine selection is therefore dependent

upon the practitioner.

2. There is no objective choice of the medicine.

3. Since there is undoubtedly success, there must

be something more than the ‘normal placebo

effect’, a ‘Homeopath effect’.

With reference to the above Dr.K.H.ILLING

writes (AHZ, 244, 2/2000): After 39 years’ practice

as general practitioner and treating about 15,000

patients with single medicines (about 95% of my

patients, the rest like Insulin dependent Diabetes

patients, with ‘Allopathy’), I come to different

conclusions.

If as a physician one follows HAHNEMANN’s

Organon(VI Edition), §3, one reaches the right

remedy choice with reference to the warning of

HAHNEMANN in Vol. III of his Pure Materia

Medica (Nota Bene for my Reviewers, Leipzig

1817) “If you really wish to do as well, imitate the

Homeopathic practice rationally and honestly!"”

Remedy choice depends upon the practitioner to the

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

extent of his drawal of the correct anamnesis,

comprehension of the individual symptoms and

knowledge of Materia Medica. The choice of the

remedy by comparring the remedy symptoms and

proving symptoms are often difficult. There is

therefore the chance of selection of the wrong

remedy.

The opinion that there cannot be an objective

choice is also not right. There is always the chance

that the patient may not have, due to various reason,

told the symptoms correctly, or the physician

himself has not interrogated properly, etc. on the

comparison of the large number of proving

symptoms (e.g. 4084 symptoms of Sulphur) in the

Encyclopaedia of ALLEN with the patient’s

symptoms may go wrong.

About the ‘placebo effect’ and the ‘Homeopath

effect’ mentioned by Dr.SCHÖN: The allopaths

may be annoyed that the Homeopaths obtain far

better than the normal placebo effect”.

Dr.ILLING says that in his experience the

correctly chosen medicine given in the appropriate

high potency produces the required effect. With

more experience, it is observed that it is difficult to

find the simillimum every time; it is possible to find

the similar remedy, many times, only during the

second or third consultation. Someone said,

probably Dr.H.SCHOELER, that “only the right

placebo acts.”

Apart from all these, it remains unexplained how

“Homeopathic effect” successfully treat following

diseases which allopathic school had unsuccessfully

treated: a Lobar Pneumonia, Post amputation stump

neuritis, Crohn’s Disease, Ulcerative colitis,

Diabetic gangrene. Intermittent claudication, the

host of different rheumatic complaints,

Neurodermatitis, Bronchial Asthma, Cystopyelitis,

Herpes zoster and its consequences, septic Fistulae,

after injuries or operations, or in singultus or a

obstipation post operative; some holds good for the

treatment of infants, small children, of animals and

many other diseases in which Homeotherapy has

helped. Indeed in these often chronic diseases of 10

or more years of anamnesis come to the

Homeopathic physician and remedy selection is

difficult in those cases in which both patient and

physician must have patience. [In the light of 40

years’ practice, I agree entirely with Dr.K.-

H.ILLING. I would add to the impressive by

Dr.ILLING, mental disorders like Schizophrenia

wherever homoeotherapy has had successes. =

KSS.]

XXXVI. Veterinary Acute Case: M. BRUNSON: A

young calf suffering from diarrhoea with considerable

dehydration. This was so weak that it fell down in a

heap; a peculiar symptom was the bluish colour of its

tongue. Muriaticum acidum 30k was given every hour

from 5 p.m. to 11 p.m. then one more time in the

middle of the night. The next morning, the calf was

standing and suckling its mother. Les echos du CLH

2000: 76. (BHJ, 90, 1/2001).

XXXVII. The Meaning of disease—and the disease

of meaning: K.A.JOBST,D.SHOSTAK,

PJ.WHITEHOUSE: Disease and health are

commonly thought of as distinct opposites. In this

Editorial the authors propose a different view in which

both may be seen to be the facets of health

functioning, each necessary for the other, indeed each

giving rise to the other. Thus, disease may be thought

of as being a manifestation of health. Dr.Jobst and his

colleagues state that disease is not necessarily to be

avoided, blocked or suppressed but rather it should be

understood to become a process of transformation.

Under this new paradigm people’s problems become

‘diseases of meaning’ enabling them to see that things

are not necessarily ‘going wrong’ but are, in fact,

helping them become stronger, to live more fully and

with more understanding.

The concept that diseases are actually a

manifestation of health—a call to a different

relationship with ourselves and our animate and

inanimate environment—constitutes a different

approach. Programmes for care and education based

upon it would have immediate applications in

medicine and industry. The authors believe that this

positive model of disease would have far-reaching

consequences for understanding treatment and

prevention of diseases and behaviours that lead to

violence and environmental destruction.

They provide some examples of the application of

their ideas to the treatment of depression and go on to

pose the question ‘Why in the most affluent educated

and liberal era of history are people so ill with chronic

and largely incurable diseases?’ The answer to this is

complex; ageing and increased longevity are only part

of the story. J. Alt Comp Med 1999; 6: 495-502

(BHJ, 90, 1/2001)

XXXVIII. Homeopathy for pigs: H. ALBRECHT,

A. SCHÜTE: The paper refers to a study carried out

with a sample of 1440 piglets. The sample was

randomised into three groups receiving either a

combination of three antibiotics, a combination of five

Homeopathic remedies in low decimal potencies, or

placebo. The Homeopathic intervention was found to

be the most effective of the three treatments. The

authors state that independent replication is necessary

to confirm the results. (Alt Ther Health Med 1999;

5: 64-68) (BHJ 90, 1/2001).

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

XXIX. Effectiveness of nosodes: WB JONAS: An

interesting randomised study by the American

Homeopath Dr.Wayne Jonas has demonstrated that a

nosode made from infected tissue could confer some

protection on laboratory mice subjected to bacterial

challenges. High potency remedies prepared from

tissue infected with Franciscella tularensis were

administered to the test animals. It was found that

75% of the untreated controls died while only 53% of

the isopathically treated group succumbed. (Alt Ther

Health Med 1999; 5: 36-40) (BHJ 90, 1/2001)

XL. Cuprum metallicum (B.LONG) According to

the author, Cuprum metallicum looks like Marylin

Monroe, who wanted to please and charm. Cuprum is

afraid to disturb the others and tries not to displease.

After a review of hysteria, Dr.Long quotes Kent, who

wrote that Cuprum suits girls who were never

thwarted when they were children, and have cramps or

fits of madness later on, during puberty. Les Echos du

Cebtre Liegeois d’Homeopathie 1999; 72: 16-29

(BHJ, 90, 2/2001)

XLI. Inter-human relations: H.GAERTNER

Practitioner’s feelings towards a patient can affect the

type of treatment chosen. The author gives 3 common

examples of inter-relations.

1. Antipathy implies a display of ‘cold’ feelings:

dislike and aversion can be associated with

verbal or

physical hostility.

2. More frequent phenomenon is indifference.

3. Sympathy - warm, positive inter-relationship the

extreme form of which may involve personal

sacrifice.

Such an approach is praised and recommended

asnecessaryqualityformedicapractitioners.Empat

hy is the capacity to understand another person’s

feelings, thoughts and whole-life situation. It

may be more appropriate to the practice of

Homeopathy.

Hamard Medicus 1999; 17: 20-23 (BHJ, 90,

2/2001)

XLII. Andrology: J. PIARRAT The different

diseases of the male genital apparatus are briefly

described and their Homeopathic treatment

described.

Orchitis may be treated by Pulsatilla,

Rhododendron, Spongia, Iodum, Clematis erecta.

Testicular atrophy may make us think of Aurum,

Iodum, Kali Iodatum.

Male sterility may be treated by Conium, or

Iodum.

Hydrocele should make us think of Pulsatilla,

Apis, Rhododendron, Digitalis, Phosphorus.

Nitricum acidum, Calcarea carbonica are the main

medicines of Phimosis.

Prostatic hypertrophy suggests Baryta carbonica,

Conium, Digitalis, Sabal serrulata, Populus

tremoides, etc.

Prostatitis may be treated by Pulsatilla,

Chimaphilla, Mercurius, Sulphur.

Impotence may be treated by constitutional

remedies. Otherwise, Psychotherapy is more

important than remedies of local action.

The author stresses on the necessity of

prescribing, initially constitutional remedies. (CGH

1999; 7: 249-251) (BHJ 90, 2/2001)

XLIII. Special issue of L´ Homéopathie

Européenne: allergology and homeopathy: The

possibilities of the homeopathic treatment are

covered in a special issue, from a congress which

took place in Arcachon, near Bordeaux, in June 1998,

organised by the ‘Société Médicale Homéopathique

d’Aquitaine’.

Dr.Mireille de Feytaud emphasised the importance

of the anamnesis in an allergy consultation of:

previous history, distinctive signs of the illness, way

of life of the patient, previous treatments,

psychological factors which can bring about or

worsen the allergic disease (pp 103-104).

Dr.Jacques Daviaud described the clinical ENT

examination: allergic Rhinitis, vasomotor Rhinitis,

acute and chronic Sinusitis are differentiated (p 105-

106).

Dr.Mireille de Feutaud described the main

homeopathic medicines of allergic Rhinitis:

medicines of local indication, as Arundo donax or

Natrum muriaticum or Isotherapy (pp 109-110).

Dr.Jacques Daviaud and Dr. Bernard Poitevin

discuss the homeopathic treatment of Asthma.

Constitutional treatment is emphasised with, for

example, Arsenicum album, Sulphur, Sepia or Natrum

muriaticum. The main medicines of the asthmatic

cough are described, in particular Ipecac, Antimonium

tartaricum, Cuprum, etc.

Dr. Jean-Philippe Dupré tackles the problem of food

allergy: Aethusa cynapium, Silicea, Cadmium

sulfuricum are the main medicines in the infant.

Abrotanum, Staphysagria, Phosphoricum acidum and

Calcarea carbonica are often prescribed in allergic

children. The adolescent may be treated for instance

by Ferrum metallicum (egg allergy), Calcarea

phosphorica (crustacean allergy, with Astacus,

Homarus, Histaminum), or Solanum Lycopersicum

(tomato and latex allergy) (pp 118—119). Speical

issue of L´Homéopathie Européenne 1999; 4,

French-language journals reviewed by P.COLIN

(BHJ, 90, 2/2001)

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

XLIV. The relationship between in vivo and in

vitro studies, G.HARISCH, J.DITTMANNN: There

has been much vigorous discussion as to whether in

vitro studies can be used to accurately predict events

in the living cell. In vivo studies involve

administering the test substance orally or parenterally

to a suitable intact organism. In vitro studies involve

adding a test substance directly to a cell culture

medium.

The authors present a new experimental design, the

so called ‘cell-free system’ that seeks to overcome this

problem. In this particular in vitro approach the test

substance is brought into direct contact with an

enzyme system. It is claimed that any change in the

catalytic activity of the enzyme system in comparison

to a control, can be directly related to the test

substance.

In the study detailed in this report it was

demonstrated that Homeopathic preparations of

Arsenicum album, Kalium cyanatum, and cyclic

adenosine monophosphate (cAMP) in 6x, 8x and 12x

could significantly influence the catalytic activity of

urate oxidase and glutathione S-transferases. The two

enzyme systems were also used to determine whether

there were any differences between the effects of

potentised and conventionally diluted forms of these

chemicals. Using urate oxidase it was possible to

demonstrate differences between the effects of Kali

cyan at 6x and a simple 10

—6

dilution. Differences

between camp 8x and a simple 10

—8

dilution were

also seen. Using the other enzyme, glutathione S-

transferases different effects were detected between

Kali cyan 6x and a simple 10

—6

dilution and between

Arsen alb 6x and 10

—6

dilution. Biomedical Therapy

1999; 17: 45-49. (BHJ, 90, 2/2001)

XLIV. Debate: Hormone replacement Therapy:

End of an Era. Dr.Uma Krishnamurthy. Between

1993, 1998, the WHI (Women’s Health Initiative)

recruited 16,608 healthy, menopausal women with an

intact uterus between the ages of 50-79 to participate

in a double blind, controlled trial. Located in 40

clinical centres in the U.S., 8,506 women were given

prempro (conjugated estrogens + medroxy

progesterone acetate) provided by Wyeth Ayerst

Research and 8,102 women, a placebo.

5.2 years later, a small but definite increase in

the incidence of breast Cancer, Stroke, Coronary Heart

disease and blood clots in the women taking Prempro

set alarm bells ringing loudly enough for the study to

be stopped by the Data Safety and Monitoring Board

of the WHI.

The drug would reduce fractures and colorectal

Cancer to some extent. The risks of the drug far

outweighed the benefits thus transgressing a cardinal

rule of medical ethics: “Primum non nocere” i.e.

“First, do not harm the patient”.

The stories are still running in print, electronic

and visual media, so great has the global impact

been.

There are 17 million women in the U.S. taking

some form of Hormone Replacement Therapy (HRT)

with a reported six million women who are on a

combination of estrogen and progesterone. Many are

Prempro, manufactured by Wyeth Ayerst.

Prempro is one of the most popular HRT

prescriptions by U.S. doctors. 22.3 million

prescriptions were issued last year alone.

Last year Premarin (a conjugated estrogen

derived from the urine of pregnant mares) sales

amounted to one billion dollars. The mares used for

this are farmed with an unacceptable degree of cruelty.

The repercussions of the WHI study has gone beyond

Atlantic and Pacific. Doctors and Lawyers in the U.S.

have initiated class action against Wyeth. Wyeth had

to set $13.2 billion to settle lawsuits.

In the 1960s Wyeth Ayerst supported a New

York physician Robert A.Wilson to write a book

Feminine Forever which was promoted around the

U.S. Dr.Wilson’s contention was menopause was “a

state of decay” with women reduced to a “cow-like

passivity” leading to their taking refuge in alcohol,

sleeping pills and suicide. U.S. and Western Europe

viewed menopause as a disease affecting the mind,

body and spirit to be treated by HRT rather than as a

natural phase of life.

The sales of HRT soared by aggressive marketing

and sales promotion by pharmaceutical companies

which adapted a strategy of selling direct to women

through vivid imaginery or glossy advertisements in

magazines and T.V.

Was the medical profession unaware of the risks

in the long-term use of HRT. Observational study

have alerted doctors to the increased risks of Coronary

Heart disease, potential risk of breast Cancer with

estrogen and progesterone.

The view is that HRT debacle arose from a

“triumph of marketing and advertising over science”.

Others hint darkly of the influence wielded by the

pharmaceutical industry over medical education,

research and clinical practice. (The Hindu, 11

th

August 2002, Sunday).

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

LIST OF JOURNALS

Full addresses of the Journals covered by this Quarterly

Homeopathic Digest are given below.

1. AHZ - Allgemeine Homöopathische Zeitung,

Karl F. Haug Verlag, Hüthig GmbH, im Weiher

10, 69121, HEIDELBERG, Germany.

6. BHJ - British Homeopathic Journal, 2, Powis

Place, Great Ormond Street, LONDON, WCIN

3HT, U.K.

3.CCR - Homeopathic Clinical Case Recorder,

Phule Road, Maliwada, AHMEDNAGAR –

414001, INDIA.

4. HH – The Homeopathic Heritage, B.Jain

Publishers, 1921 Chuna Mandi, Pahargani, New

Delhi – 110 055.

5 HL-Homeopathic Links, Homeopathic Research

and Charities, “Dinar”, 20 Station Road, Santa

Cruz(w), MUMBAI - 400 054.

6.HT - Homeopathy Today, National Center for

Homeopathy, 801, North Fairfax Street, Suite 306,

ALEXANDRIA, VA. 22314, USA.

7.HOM - The Homeopath, Journal of the Society of

Homeopaths, 2, Artizan Road, NORTHAMPTON N,

4HU, U.

9. JH – Homeopathic Community Journal, For

Association for Scientific Research In Homeopathy

(ASRH), 108, Street No. 1, Mubarik Kothi Area,

Sangrur (PB) 148 001, INDIA.

10 Med GG – Medizin, Gesellschaft und Geschichte,

Institut für Geschichte der Medizin der Robert Bosch

Stiftung, Strenßweg 17, Germany.

11. NEJH - New England Journal of Homeopathy,

356, Middle Street, AMHERST, MA 01 002 USA.

12. NJH - National Journal of Homepathy, Milan

Clinic, Saraswathi Road, Santa Cruz(w), MUMBAI -

400 054.

13. SIM - Simillimum, The Journal of the

Homeopathic Academy of Naturopathic Physicians

11231 SE Market Street, PORTLAND, OR, 97216,

USA.

14. ZKH - Zeitschrift für Klassische Homöopathie, Karl

F. Haug Verlag, 6900 HEIDELBERG 1, Germany.

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

PART II

(This section contains condensations/extracts/whole of selected important articles)

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Rapid Dose (R.D.) Techniques

Treating a Case of Life-Threatenning

Hydrothorax

CHAN Isaac (SIM. XIII, 3/2000)

Introduction

It is not uncommon to hear from patients, and

sometimes practitioners, comments such as: “Although

Homeopathy is effective in treating chronic diseases,

and sometimes it can do wonders for acute diseases, its

therapeutic effect is not consistent, and it does not act as

quickly to relieve pain and suffering as allopathic drugs.

Therefore, allopathic drugs are still the treatment of

choice for quick symptomatic relief and for crisis

situations.” This kind of critique indicates that our

conventions; Homeopathic treatment methods are far

from being

optimally effective, and there is plenty of room for

improvement.

When I began to practice Homeopathy in the early

eighties, sticking faithfully to the straight Kentian

method of prescribing (the “one dose, wait and watch”

method), I often found myself unfulfilled and frustrated

to see my patients needing to take allopathic drugs

while undergoing Homeopathic treatment. This

occurred mainly when the Homeopathic remedies I had

given do not act quickly enough to ameliorate their

sufferings.

As a result of my dissatisfaction, I began to search

for a better posologic method administering

Homeopathic remedies. It was not until the fall of

1992, while treating a patient suffering from a life-

threatening hydrothorax, that I discovered a more

effective means to administer remedies. Subsequent to

this experience, I began to use this method in clinical

trials and improved it further. After using the

techniques on thousands of patients with various

complaints, I have found that these new posologic

methods, especially the latest version, are consistently

effective and efficient in triggering immediate

amelioration in both chronic and acute diseases,

according to the principles of “the higest ideal of

therapy” described in the second paragraph of the

Organon of Medicine and Hering’s Law of Cure.

Subsequent to my discoveries, I named the original

posologic method as the “Rapid dose” (R.D.) technique

and the improved versions as the “Ascending Rapid

Dose” (A.R.D.) technique and the “Cyclic Ascending

Rapid Dose” (C.A.R.D.) technique respectively. The

story of my discovery follows.

Case

On July 23, 1992, a 43 year-old female, Mrs. C,

came to my clinic because she was suffering from

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

Carcinoma in both lungs. Prior to identifying the nature

of her problem, she had suffered from a chronic

persistent cough, which was misdiagnosed and treated

as allergic bronchitis by her family physician for a

period of more than a year. By the time Carcinoma was

clinically confirmed, the Cancer had already occupied

both lungs. Mrs. C’s past medical history included a

mastectomy in 1987 due to Carcinoma of the right

breast.

Mrs. C’s intention in coming to see me was to “try

out” Homeopathy because she was afraid of going

through the sufferings associated with the side-effects of

chemotherapy. After consulting me three times, she

decided to stop Homeopathic treatment and to undergo

chemotherapy instead. She made such an abrupt

decision because she did not find the homeopathic

treatment acting quickly enough and she was afraid that

the treatment I gave her could stop her cancer from

spreading.

As a result of the side-effects of Chemotherapy,

after taking her fifth injection of the anticancer drug,

Mrs. C developed fluid in both pleural cavities, causing

her severe dyspnoea and increased cough. After that,

her condition deteriorated rapidly. On Wednesday,

October 7, 1992, she was admitted to the hospital. By

Saturday, October 10, her condition was getting out of

hand. Since she was not responding to any of the

conventional treatments prescribed by the hospital staff,

the lung specialist and oncologist thought that she

would die within a day or two. That evening, Mrs. C’s

sister contacted me and begged me to go to hospital to

do something to save her dying sister. I told her that I

would go to see her sister and try my best to help her,

but could not promise that I would save her life.

When I came into Mrs. C’s sickroom, I saw a very

exhausted and sick-looking lady sitting on her sickbed

supported by four pillows stacked behind her back.

Mrs. C’s husband told me that his wife had not had any

sleep for the past three days because every time she

tried to lie down on her back, her dyspnoea became

much worse. Since her breathing was so accelerated,

she was having great difficulty trying to talk, eat or

drink properly. She was breathing so hard that the

clothing on her upper body was completely soaked by

profuse perspiration. The sound of her breath was so

loud that it could be heard from the hallway outside her

sickroom. From time to time she coughed violently,

and after each spell of coughs, she spat out copious

amounts of frothy white mucus. The fluid draining

from her pleural cavities into the plastic tube was

covered with streaks of blood. At this point, I realized I

was facing a grave case of Hydrothorax with a grim

prognosis. Bearing that in my mind, I sat down beside

Mrs. C and tried my very best to examine her and to

repertorize her case.

Physical examination

Percussion of Mrs. C’s chest revealed marked

dullness. Auscultation of her thorax revealed marked

coarse rales and absence of vocal fremitus. The

frequency of her respiration was greater than 50 times

per minute and her pulse was rapidly accelerated to 120

beats per minute.

Rubrics

Generalities; Abuse of, poisoning with medicaments

Chest; Cancer; mammae

Generalities; Metastasis

Chest; Dropsy

Respiration; Difficult; impossible while lying

Respiration; Difficult; sitting upright ameliorates

Respiration; Difficult; talking; aggravates; during and

after

Respiration; Difficult; air; cold aggravates

Respiration; Difficult; in a warm room

Respiration; Difficult; after exertion

Respiration; Difficult; with perspiration

Cough; Expectoration ameliorates

Expectoration; Frothy

Expectoration; Profuse; after each paroxysmal cough

Expectoration; Bloody, spitting of blood; streaked

Generalities;Weakness,enervation,exhaustion,

prostration, infirmity; from talking

Respiration, Loud.

Outcome of Treatment

Based on the above analysis, I gave Mrs.C Sulphur

200. A few seconds after taking Sulphur, Mrs. C

experienced mild improvement in her breathing, and she

ceased to perspire after approximately two minutes.

However, the ameliorating effect of the first dose of

Sulphur 200 was very short-lived. It lasted for

approximately three minutes. Other than the

perspiration, the majority of her symptoms began to

relapse. Subsequently, I gave Mrs. C the same remedy

a few more times, and each dose of the remedy

produced the same kind of short response, an

amelioration lasting no longer than three minutes. After

giving Mrs. C Sulphur 200 ten times in 30 minutes, I

stopped treating her, because based on my previous

clinical experience and what I had learned from

previous homeopathic training, I felt that I had

encountered an incurable case of terminal lung Cancer

complicated by Hydrothorax.

I took Mrs. C’s husband to the hallway outside the

sickroom and told him that he should prepare for the

worst, as I had done everything I could help his wife but

she was not responding well enough to recover. Before

leaving Mrs. C, I put a few grains of powdered Sulphur

200 into a glass of warm water and advised her to sip

the medicated water every one to two minutes. I did

that because I felt that it was a logical thing to do.

Besides, I had an obligation to do something to give her

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

some relief. The next day Mrs. C’s sister came early to

my office, and informed me gaily that sister’s condition

was much improved. Surprisingly, after sipping the

medicated water as instructed for two hours, Mrs. C’s

condition was much ameliorated. She was able to lie

down and fall asleep on her back for three hours for the

first time since she had been admitted to the hospital.

I gave Mrs. C’s sister more Sulphur 200 and told

her to instruct Mrs. C to take one granule of the

medicine every hour until all symptoms disappeared. I

also advised her that Mrs. C should return to my clinic

to continue her Homeopathic treatment as soon as she

was released from the hospital. Mrs. C took the remedy

as instructed. Her hydrothorax was completely cleared

after taking the remedy for three days, and she was

released from the hospital four days after her recovery.

After being released from the hospital, Mrs. C went

to see a Chinese herbalist instead of coming to see me.

She was not fully convinced that homeopathic

treatment could cure her Cancer, in spite of the fact that

she had been saved from a life-threatening Hydrothorax

episode by the homeopathic treatment. Furthermore,

her herbalist told her that the “Western medicine” (the

homeopathic remedy I had given her) could either

antidote his herbal treatment or interact with the herbs

and produce unfavorable side effects.

After taking Chinese herbs for two months, Mrs. C

decided to go back to the hospital for radigraphic

examination. The minute she walked into the

oncologist’s office, he criticized her harshly for

terminating Chemotherapy without his consent. He told

her that her condition had been worsened by the

Chinese herbal treatments, and threatened to refuse to

treat her subsequently if she did not resume

Chemotherapy right away. Mrs. C resumed

Chemotherapy unwillingly, prompted by fear, anxiety

and anger with indignation. She died in the hospital

after two weeks of Chemotherapy.

Discussion

The tragic ending of this case is mentioned in this

report, not because it has any direct bearing on the

discovery of the subsequent versions of R.D.

techniques, but rather, because it shows us the

importance of consistently obtaining rapid, gentle and

permanent cures. This is the only, and overridingly

improtant factor for us to gain the confidence of our

patients and the scientific community at large. Mrs. C’s

incident has become one of the improtant driving forces

behind my R.D. research.

From treating Mrs. C, I have learned the important

lesson that, in order to allow recuperation to take place

rapidly and smoothly, the remedy must be repeated

frequently, at a rate such that each dose of remedy is

given well before the effect of the previous dose is

finished, especially during acute and crisis situations.

Contrary to popular belief, frequent repetitions at short

intervals of a truly matching remedy will not cause any

aggravation.

The Rapid Dose Technique and improved versions of

the techniques

Rapid Dose (R.D.)

Following this clinical experience, I began testing

this new technique in clinical situations, and tried

altering part of the procedure. There are two parts of

the technique. The first part of the treatment is

performed in the office. The doctor will help to remove

part of the patient’s sufferings while treating him or her

in the office. The second part is home treatment, in

which the patient continues taking the remedy for the

remaining symptoms after leaving the doctor’s office.

In the office, the doctor gives the patient 10 or 15

size 10 pellets or powders of the same potency, using

200, M or 10M of the iondicated remedy, repeated at

approximately 30 second intervals for a period of five to

20 minutes until 30% or more of the suffering is

reduced.

Subsequent to the R.D. treatment in the office, the

patient will be sent home with size 30 to 40 granules of

the indicated remedy of the same or a lower potency.

He or she will continue the treatment by repeatedly

taking the dry medicated pellets or sipping the remedy

in aqueous solution every half-hour to two hours,

depending on the severity of symptoms. The medicated

aqueous solution is made by putting one granule of the

indicated remedy into a glass of water.

When treating disease with very acute and severe

sufferings such as those suffered by Mrs. C, the remedy

should be repeated as frequently as possible in both the

first and second parts of R.D treatment, the majority of

patients with acute conditions that I have treated

experienced 30-40%, and occasionally 50%, reductions

of their symptoms before leaving my office.

Ascending Rapid Dose (A.R.D.)

As I was not fully satisfied with the result from the

initial R.D. technique, after working with this method

for two years, I tried using R.D. in ascending potencies,

and called it the Ascending Rapid Dose or A.R.D.

technique. Again, this technique is divided into two

parts. The first part of treatment is to give 10 to 15

grains of size 10 30 pellets of the indicated remedy two

or three times at 30 second intervals before moving onto

the next or higher potency, for example, starting with 30

and then progressing to 200, M, 10M, 50M, etc. The

second part of A.R.D. treatment or home treatment for

acute conditions is similar to the second part of R.D.

treatment as described above. Again, the decision on

potency and frequency for home treatment will depend

greatly on the percentage of symptoms removed after

the first part of A.R.D. treatment, the severity of disease

and recuperative ability of the patient, etc.

On the other hand, the home treatment for chronic

disease without acute symptoms is somewhat different.

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

As there is no urgency involved, the patient does not

need to take the remedy as frequently as acute

sufferings. Usually, he or she will be asked to take a 6

or 30 dose of the indicated remedy four or five times per

day, with potency adjusted everytwo or three weeks,

similar to the “ascending scale method” advocated by

Dr. EIZAYAGA.

With this improved version of R.D. (A.R.D.), I

found that approximately half of the patients with acute

and chronic conditions that I have treated experienced

50-70% reductions in their symptoms, and the other half

experienced 30-40% reductions within five to 20

minutes of the first part of A.R.D. treatment. Although

the clinical results from A.R.D. appeared to be more

effective than the original R.D., there is one drawback

to this technique. The percentage of suffering reduced

in the first part of treatment will depend greatly on the

number of potencies that the doctor has on hand. For

example, if the doctor has three different potencies, and

only 30% of the suffering is reduced after using all three

different potencies, and only 30% of the suffering is

reduced after using all three potencies with the A.R.D.

method, the initial reduction in symptoms will be less

than it might have been if more potencies were given.

Cyclic Ascending Rapid Dose (C.A.R.D)

To resolve this technical difficulty, after using

A.R.D. for a short period of time I began to experiment

with using ascending potencies in a cyclic manner. I

called this new version of R.D. posology the “Cyclic

Ascending Rapid Dose” or C.A.R.D. technique. Again,

this technique is divided into two parts. For example, in

the first part of treatment, if the doctor has 30, 200, M,

and 10M, he would begin treating by giving 30 twice,

each dose 30 seconds apart, followed by 200, M, 10M,

twice respectively. After treating with 10M twice, he

would go right back to 30 and begin the cycle again

until at least 50% of suffering is reduced.

The second part of C.A.R.D. in home treatment for

acute sufferings is similar to the second parts of R.D.

and A.R.D. as described above. And the second part of

C.A.R.D. in home treatment for chronic problems is

same as the second part of A.R.D. treatment described

above. The patient repeatedly takes the dry medicated

pellets or sips the remedy in aqueous solution, every

half-hour to two hours, depending on the severity of the

symptoms remaining.

One of the biggest advantages of C.A.R.D. is that it

can be used continuously until the maximum reduction

of suffering is achieved. With C.A.R.D.. one can

consistently reduce the majority of patients’ symptoms,

both acute and chronic, by 50-70% within five to 20

minutes in the first part of C.A.R.D. treatment.

Occasionally the reduction can reach 90-100%.

Summary

For the first two years of R.D. research, I have been

using R.D. mainly to treat acute problems such as colds,

flus, injuries, acute pains etc. After switching to

A.R.D., I began to experiment using A.R.D. to treat

both acute and chronic problems. After testing R.D. for

seven consecutive years, and seeing thousands of

patients recuperating at remarkable rates, I feel that I

have an obligation to announce this method to the

world. Prior to writing this report, and how to present

it, I struggled to decide whether or not I should write

this report, and how to present it, as C.A.R.D. is such a

revolutionary concept that my announcement may

inflame some of the “authorities” and their followers.

After much consideration, I feel that if I can answer

questions regarding the validity, effectiveness, safety

and repeatability of this method, I can probably avoid

stirring up strife among colleagues and battles over

Homeopathic orthodoxy. Here are my answers.

Validity

In the beginning of his research, HAHNEMANN

demanded that his followers practice precisely the way

he did, and he considered those who diverged from his

original method as apostates and traitors. Contrary to

his obstinate and dominating behaviour,

HAHNEMANN did make many changes throughout his

60 years of clinical research in Homeopathy. The

major areas of change were frequency of doses,

potency, and method of preparing remedies.

Coincidentally, the two major areas of difference among

different schools of thought in Homeopathy are

frequency of doses, potency. It is very likely that these

differences are dogmas based on clinical observations

announced by HAHNEMANN at different periods of

time.

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

Frequency of doses

In his 60 years of clinical research, HAHNEMANN

changed his thinking on how to administer doses at least

five to six times. For example, in his early writings

(1798), HAHNEMANN indicated that the remedy

should be repeated once, in accordance with the Law of

Similars.

In the first edition of the Organon of Medicine

(1810), HAHNEMANN stated that a patient’s

improvement migh continue after the remedy had

ceased to act, and suggested that one should not repeat a

remedy until the improvement ceases. He felt that the

effect of remedy could persist for days instead of hours.

If the dose is repeated within this time, it will produce

an aggravation. In the fifth edition of the Organon

(1833), HAHNEMANN claimed that in acute

diseases,the remedy may be repeated once every one to

24 hours, while in chronic diseases repetition should be

every seven to 14 days.

In 1838, HAHNEMANN changed once more,

stating that in acute diseases, medicine should be given

every two to six hours depending on the severity of

disease, and in chronic diseases usually every day, or

atleast on alternate days.

In his sixth and final edition of the Organon (1839

– 1842), he advocated the “plus” method or the “split

dose”, i.e. frequent repetition of doses with increased

potency on each repetition of the remedy. In paragraphs

246 and 248, he writes “..As the most recent and

frequently verified experiments have taught me, this can

be accomplished very felicitously if the following

conditions are fulfilled: firstly, if the medicine is very

carefully selected so that it is accurately homeopathic;

secondly, if it is highly potentized, dissolved in water,

and given in suitably small doses at intervals that

experience has shown to be the most appropriate for the

speediest cure. But the degree of potency of each dose

must be somewhat different from that previous and that

of the following doses, so that the Vital Principle, which

is to be diverted to a similar medicinal disease, is never

roused and incited to untoward reactions, as always

happens when unmodified doses are repeated, especially

at short intervals.” (§ 246)

“For this purpose of the medicinal solution is

potenised anew each time before it is taken (with about

eight, ten, or twelve succussions of the bottle). The

patient should take one or ( increasing progressively)

more coffee spoons or teaspoons of this as follows: in

chronic diseases, daily or every other day; and in the

most urgent cases every hour or more frequently still.

In chronic disease every correctly chosen homeopathic

medicine, even one of a long-acting nature, can be

repeated daily for months in this way with ever-

increasing benefit…” (§ 248)

Potency and method of remedy preparation

HAHNEMANN used the 30

th

centesimal for many

years and criticised his students harshly for using

anything higher. However, in his later years he

accepted high potencies and began using 200 and higher

potencies.

In the sixth edition, he advocated a new method to

prepare medicine, and called it the 50 millesimal scale

or LM potency. At the same time he also advocated

increasing the potency with every new dose of remedy

taken.

Summary

For a very long period of time, the correct

posologic method in homeopathic treatment has been

one of the most disputed subjects among homeopaths.

In fact, this disagreement is considered by one

prominent author as one of the major indirect factors

leading to the decline of Homeopathy in the beginning

of the twentieth century. Looking at all of the above

alterations made by HAHNEMANN throughout his 60

years of clinical testing, we may conclude that

HAHNEMANN was consistently looking for a better

and safer way to administer doses and to prepare

remedies so that he could reduce the amount of

aggravation during treatment and achieve what he

proclaimed as a rapid, gentle and permanent cure. Thus,

it is obvious that even in the eyes of HAHNEMANN

there is no such thing as a single “orthodox” or

‘unorthodox” posology. There are only more or less

effective means to administer homeopathic medicines,

as long as the method used is guided by the Law of

Similars and Hering’s Law in a sound and safe manner.

Ultimatley, what influences the outcomes of treatment

are the correctness of the diagnosis and the remedy

given, and the posologic method used.

The research on R.D. posologic methods is an

attempt to continue HAHNEMANN’s work in looking

for a rapid, gentle and permanent way to cure diseases.

As the R.D. posologic methods have gone through

seven years of clinical testing, and proven to be safe,

efficient and effective, they should be considered as

valid alternatives to conventional Homeopathic

posologies.

Effectiveness. How Effective? It

is extremely effective. As described above, the majority

of patients suffering from acute or chronic diseases can

experience a 50–70% reduction of symptoms after five

to 20 minutes of the first part of C.A.R.D. treatment. To

give a few examples:

One bed ridden patient suffering compound rib

fractures in 13 different places from an automobile

accident experienced a 70% reduction in pain after five

minutes of R.D. and obtained a 100% cure in 13 days.

The next example is a very personal and emotional

case, as the patient happened to be my beloved

daughter. Two years ago, she was suffering from severe

second and third degree burns from boiling water on

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

70% of her face and part of her body. I was fortunate

enough to have developed my C.A.R.D. technique by

that time. Basically, the treatment worked so effectively

that it arrested all of the pain after one hour, withered all

blisters (initially one to three inches in diameter) in two

hours, and cured the majority (90-95%) of the lesions on

her face in seven days. The remaining 5 – 10% resolved

in 15 days without even a trace of scarring. I will write

up a report on this case with pictures taken daily

showing the progress from C.A.R.D. treatment.

In suicidal depression, most patients experienced

marked decrease of their depression within five to 20

minutes, and were completely without sucicidal

thoughts after a month or two.

A long jump athlete suffering from a severe

anterior cruciate ligament tear experienced a 100%

recovery in 10 days.

An 82 year-old patient suffering from carcinoma on

her left breast, with multiple ulcers and gangrenous

formations on the breast induced by eight courses of

radiation treatments, experienced peace of mind after an

initial C.A.R.D. treatment. The ulcers and gangrenous

formations were completely removed after one month,

and completely disappeared after three months.

A 40 year-old female, who had suffered lower back

pain for a period of more than 20 years, experienced an

80% reduction of her pain after 15 minutes of C.A.R.D.

treatment.

A Word of Caution

Although C.A.R.D. treatment can bring miracle-

like cures, its effectiveness will rely on accurate

diagnosis and giving a correctly matching remedy.

Needless to say, proper diagnosis and giving correctly

matching remedy. Needless to say, proper diagnosis is

a major step toward cure. And proper homeopathic

diagnosis will require will require good homeopathic

diagnostic skill (including sound interrogation skills),

good basic diagnostic skills, thorough understanding of

the principles of Homeopathy, etiology of disease,

knowledge of the repertory etc. All of these play

important roles in achieving a cure. The role of

C.A.R.D. is to trigger an immediate healing response

from the patient being treated and to speed up the cure.

Without proper diagnosis and the right remedy,

C.A.R.D. will not work.

What is proper diagnosis?

Briefly, proper diagnosis means obtaining the entire

picture of the disease and the diseased person, the

“totality”. A properly diagnosed “totality” should

include two categories of symptoms: the cause or

causes, and the effects. The cause is the etiology or

triggering factor of the disease and the effects are the

reaction to the cause. For example, with respect to Mrs.

C’s case, there was a series of etiologies which led to

her developing hydrothorax and pleural effusion. First

of all, mastectomy would be considered the

“background cause” for the lung carcinoma because the

operation had resulted the cancer to move inward, i.e.

causing suppression of the breast cancer. Secondly, the

lung carcinoma or the metastasis of the cancer from

breast to lungs is considered as the “background cause”

of the hydrothorax. The toxic chemotherapy had led to

scar formation on the pleural membranes, and

subsequently to fluid retention in the pleural cavities.

The first rubric, “Generalities; Abuse of, poisoning

with medicaments” is used as the direct cause leading to

formation of the hydrothorax. The second, “Chest;

Cancer; Mammae” and the rubric “Generalities,

Metastasis,” are used as a combined rubric for the two

“background cause” mentioned above, namely the

suppression of the breast cancer and the metastasis of

the cancer from breast to lungs. A combined rubric is

used because there are no such rubrics as “metastasis

cancer,” “carcinoma of the lungs,” or “suppression of

cancer” in the repertory. Rubrics four through 17 are

reactions to the causes.

In general, symptoms from the causes and effects of

a disease should include all of the appropriate mental,

emotional symptoms did not appear to play important

roles because the focus of the patient’s suffering was on

her breathing. Therefore, mental and emotional

symptoms were not included. Furthermore, the patient

was having great difficulty in trying to talk properly to

express how she felt during interrogation.

How to determine the correct remedy?

After finding the etiologies of the disease and

getting all necessary symptoms of the case, the next

improtant thing is to determine the correct remedy. In

this case, we have four closely matching remedies:

Sulphur covers 16 rubrics, Arsenicum 15, Lachesis 13

and Lycopodium 12, respectively. How can one tell

which is the appropriate remedy to give?

Firstly, the remedy chosen must cover all of the

etiologies of the disease, and secondly, the remedy

given must be able to demonstrate cure according to

Hering’s Law of Cure. In this case, only Sulphur and

Arsenicum cover all of the etiologies; therefore

Lachesis and Lycopodium are out of the picture. With

closely matching remedies, like Sulphur and Arsenicum

in this case, one of the ways to find the correct remedy

is by giving these remedies one at a time, to see which

one can trigger a healing response. As a general rule,

when a correct remedy is given, one can usually trigger

approximately 30% amelioration after repeatedly giving

the remedy one to four times using R.D., A.R.D. or

C.A.R.D. However, very severe acute conditions, as in

Mrs. C’s case, and slow-reacting patients are exceptions

to achieve the same level of amelioration.

Once the remdy begins to take effect, the patient

will experience amelioration according to Hering’s Law

of Cure. Hering’s Law of Cure states that: “Cure takes

place from within outwards, from the most important

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

organ to the less important organ, and the symptoms

disappear in the reverse order of their appearance.”

With respect to the case of Mrs. C, the most

important suffering was dyspnea, expectoration,

coughing or carcinoma of the lungs, because dyspnea

was making the patient unable to lie down, sleep, eat or

talk properly. Since dyspnea was endangering the

survival of the patient, therefore dyspnea should be the

first symptom to be removed. And indeed, perspiration

was the first symptom cured and dyspnea was the first

symptom reduced.

Apart from making an accurate diagnosis and giving a

“correct” remedy, there are two other factors which can

affect the success and progress of all three “rapid dose”

treatments, and need to be addressed here. They are

frequency of remedy intake during home treatment and

relapse or retrogression of reduced symptoms.

Frequency of remedy intake for home treatment

With respect to the first factor, it is critical for the

patient to take the remedy frequently enough to trigger a

continual and smooth amelioration. Generally speaking,

the more acute the problem, the greater the frequency of

remedy intake is needed.

Retrogression of reduced symptoms

With respect to the second factor, there are four

kinds of situations that can lead to retrogression of

symptoms or sufferings previously reduced.

First, if the patient does not follow the prescribed

home treatment, the second part of R.D. treatment, as

instructed, or allows too much time lag between the first

and second part of treatment, retrogression will take

place. In general, the seond part of the treatment should

be performed as soon as possible, within 30 to 60

minutes after the first part of treatment for acute

problems, and within few hours for chronic problems.

Secondly, a partial retrogression of reduced

symptoms may occur in severe acute diseases and some

chronic problems. Mrs. C’s case represents the extreme

end of this kind of regression in acute diseases. The fact

that Mrs. C ceased to perspire after taking the first dose

of the remedy indicates that she was using less effort to

breathe although she was experiencing the same degree

of difficulty in breathing when the effect of each dose of

remedy given expired.

Generally speaking, partial relapses of severe acute

diseases can be overcome by giving rapid doses of the

remedy at close intervals, shorter than the amelioration

period produced by each dose. On the other hand, partial

symptomatic regression from severe acute diseases has

been greatly reduced by the C.A.R.D. posologic method

because the technique can trigger a far greater level of

amelioration than the original R.D. method, given the

same period of time for treatment.

Partial relapse of chronic diseases can happen in a

patient suffering a very chronic problem, experiencing a

great deal of ongoing stress in life, or suffering a

complex diseases, etc. This category of patients often

can obtain as much as 70% reduction in symptoms fom

the first part of treatment, but may experience

retrogression to 30% improvement in one to two days

after the initial R.D. treatment. When this happens, it is

usually benign, as the patient will experience

improvement again when given further treatment,

starting from the 30% reduction level.

The third kind of retrogression happens when an

80-90% matching remedy is given. The patient will

expperience various amounts of retrogression with or

without formation of new symptoms. This kind of

retrogression happens usually an hour to a day after

amelioration in acute conditions, and a few days to a

few weeks after amelioration in chronic sufferings. The

other thing that needs to be addressed is when an 80-

90% matching remedy is given, the amelioration

obtained does not follow Hering’s Law of Cure.

The fourth kind of retrogression happens in the

elderly and emaciated patients who are terminally ill

and have been intoxicated by many courses of

Chemotherapy or irradiation therapy. The percentage of

regression of this category of patient is always 100%

and the ameliorating effect of each dose of remedy

given will last for a shorter and shorter period of time.

When this happens, the prognosis is grim because it is

usually an indication of an irreversible problem. With

this kind of patients, the decision is mixed. On the good

side, Homeopathic treatment using R.D. or otherwise

can reduce the intensity of suffering through palliation.

On the other hand, treatment can shorten these patients’

lives, as the detoxification and healing processes

triggered by the treatment demand large amount of

energy, which is something these patients lack. Trying

to “ squeeze” energy out from a body whose reserves

are already critically low can greatly reduce its vitality.

Summary

Other than for terminally ill patients, the Rapid

Dose techniques, especially the C.A.R.D. technique,

have been repeatedly demonstrated to be efficient and

effective posologic methods for treating the majority of

acute and chronic conditions. The success of R.D.

treatments will rely on a proper diagnosis of the causes

and effects of the disease and prescribing a correct

remedy that can trigger amelioration according to

Hering’s Law of Cure.

Frequency of remedy intake and regression of

symptoms are factors affecting the progress and results

of R.D. treatments. The second and fourth types of

relapses described above reflect the health status of a

patient, and can be used as indicators for prognosis.

Safety

Aggravation

One of the major concerns and obstacles to

homeopathic treatment experienced by most

homeopathic practitioners, including HAHNEMANN,

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

is known as the “aggravation.” An aggravation can

cause a great deal of discomfort to the patient and

endanger his or her life. Therefore, in his 60 years of

clinical research, HAHNEMANN made many changes

in treatment frequency, dosage and potency, not only

seeking a way to speed up cure, but more importantly

also to find a way to reduce the aggravation produced

during homeopathic treatment.

In his clinical observations, HAHNEMANN

noticed that all medicines produce primary and

secondary actions on healthy subjects. The primary

action is the initial changes which take place in a human

body when a medicine is given, and the secondary

action is the life-preserving reaction produced by the

body’s Vital Force against the primary action of the

medicine. In paragraph 65 of the sixth edition of the

Organon, he cited some examples of primary and

secondary actions: “Excessive vivacity follows the use

of strong coffee (primary action), but sluggishness and

drowsiness remain for a long time afterwards (reaction,

secondary action), if this be not always again removed

for a short time by imbibing fresh supplies of coffee

(palliative). After the profound stupefied sleep caused

by opium (primary action), the following night will be

all the more sleepless (reaction, secondary action).

After the constipation produced by opium (primary

action), diarrhea ensues (secondary action)…”

HAHNEMANN argued that the remedy

aggravation of disease symptoms from a homoepathic

remedy results from the primary action of the medicine,

indicating that an accurate homeopathic prescription

has been given. In order to reduce the intensity of

aggravation, in the beginning of his clinical research,

HAHNEMANN advocated the “single dose, wait and

watch” method and the use of potencies no higher than

30. Based on his clinical experience, he felt that if a

remedy is repeated too frequently it will cause

aggravation of symptoms and delay cure. In paragraph

242 of the fourth edition of the Organon, he wrote: “As

long, therefore, as the progressive improvement

continues from the medicine administered, so long we

can take for granted that the duration of the action of the

helpful medicine, in this case at least, continues, and

hence all repetition of any dose of medicine is

forbidden.”

The same point was stressed again in paragraph

245: “Even one dose of the same medicine which has up

to now proved beneficial, if repeated before the

improvement has began to stand still in every direction,

will, like an untimely interference, only aggravated the

state… In one word, we disturb the amelioration

affected, and still to be expected from the first dose, if

we give a second dose of the same originally well

chosen remedy before the expiry of the period of action

of the first; at all events, we thereby delay the

recovery.”

But in his later work, HAHNEMANN changed his

view. In the fifth and sixth editions, he advocated the

use of aqueous solutions with potency increased every

time before taking the solution. He felt that this “split

dose” or “plus” method was far more effective and

caused a lot less aggravation than the dry pellets, single

dose method. Based on his new clinical observations,

he strongly condemned using the same or unmodified

potency. In paragraph 247 of the sixth edition,

HAHNEMANN wrote: “…It is inadmissible to repeat,

even once, exactly the same dose of medicine without

modifying it… The Vital Principle does not accept such

identical doses with opposition, i. e. without bringing

out other symptoms of the medicine, symptoms not

similar to those of the disease being treated….”

In the last few years of clinical research, he

developed the LM potencies. In paragraph 270 of the

sixth edition, HAHNEMANN claimed: “…But my new

method produces medicines of the highest power and

the mildest action which if well chosen, heal all the sick

parts of the oragnism…” Although by combining the

LM potency with the “split dose” method

HAHENMANN did not find the same kind of violent

aggravation produced by the dry pellet single dose

method, he observed another form of aggravation:

“…when the cure is complete or near complete” as

stated in paragraph 161 of the sixth edition.

Contrary to HAHNEMANN’s findings, my clinical

findings show that when a correctly matching remedy is

given, and the recovery triggered by the remedy given is

in line with Hering’s Law of Cure, the original and

improved versions of R.D. posologic methods do not

cause any aggravation, even when the same or

unmodified potency is given repeatedly, either in dry

pellets or in aqueous solution. After seven years of

clinical testing and confirmation from treating

thousands of patients with acute and chronic diseases,

the R.D. posologic methods have been proven to be safe

and effective.

In my last two decades of homeopathic practice, I

have observed five common causes of homeopathic

aggravations, and none of them are related to posology

used or frequency of remedy given. The five causes of

aggravation are:

Treating the underlying instead of the top or recent

layer,

Treating the totality, without etiology or etiologies to

match with the totality,

Treating the totality of either physical or

mental/emotional symptoms, instead of the totality

covering mental, emotional and physical symptoms,

Treating with a remedy which is only a 80-90% match

to the case, instead of treating with a 100% matching

remedy,

Treating a patient who happens to be extremely

hypersentive to homeopathic remedies.

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

Aggravations from causes 1, 2 and 3 will result

when the “wrong” remedy given is allowed an interval of

time in which to act, as often seen in “single dose, high

potency, wait and watch” method of prescribing, or when

a low potency of the wrong remedy is given repeatedly

for a period of days or longer. An aggravation from 1

usually could last for a long time with no associated

amelioration. Aggravations from 2 and 3 could last for a

variable duration, with or without the development of

new symptoms.

On the other hand, an aggravation from 4 could

accompany partial or temporary amelioration of the chief

complaint, and often enchants the inexperienced

practitioners as signaling the “correct” remedy.

Aggravation 5 is the most violent form of aggravation

even when a correct remedy is given, but fortunately,

only a small portion of patients have this kind of

sensitivity. When treating extremely hypersentive

patients, one should exercise the utmost care to choose

the remedy, dosage and frequency of repetitions so as to

minimize the intensity of an aggravation.

General rules

When a correctly matching remedy is given during

the first part of R.D., A.R.D. or C.A.R.D. treatments,

usually the patient can experience 30% or greater

reduction of symptoms after taking one to four doses of

the indicated remedy. If the doctor expriences difficulty

in the first part of R.D., A.R.D. or C.A.R.D. treatments

and gives a few incorrect remedies prior to giving the

correctly matching remedy, apart from the very

hypersensitive patients, the majority of the patients

treated will not experience any aggravations or suffer any

residual effects, side-effects or provings from the wrong

remedies given. In general, the patient will either show

no response to the wrong remedy, or slow or minor

improvement, usually no more than 10-20%.

Summary

The R.D.., A.R.D. or C.A.R.D. treatments are safe

and effective means to administer remedies. The safety

valves for these posologic methods lie in proper

diagnosis and giving the correct remedy which can

trigger a healing response according to Hering’s Law of

Cure.

Repeatability

Repeatability is one of the most important aspects

of any scientific procedures. In order to reproduce the

same kind of results that I have described in this report,

the most important things, as I have previously stressed,

are making an accurate diagnosis, which will cover both

the etiology and the reaction to the etiology, and giving

the correct remedy, which will trigger recovery

according to Hering’s Law of Cure.

Accurate homeopathic diagnosis is not only a

science; it is also an art, which requires careful

interrogation, observation, examination and

interpretation skills. Over and above casetaking, a good

and up-to-date repertory is needed. Trying to make an

accurate diagnosis with an 80 year-old KENT repertory

will be an impossible task. To give an example, there

are only 8,755 rubrics with Sulphur found in the old

KENT repertory, but there are well over 15,000 rubrics

with Sulphur in any recent and updated repertory.

Therefore, it is not hard to see that in order to diagnose

properly and accurately, an up-to-date repertory is a

must for any reasonable Homeopath to possess.

Conclusion

The discovery of R.D. techniques has opened up a

new horizon in homeopathic treatment methods. Cures

triggered by the R.D. treatments demonstrate the

principle of “the highest ideal of therapy” laid out by

Dr. HAHNEMANN in the second paragraph of the

Organon of Medicine. Other than producing quick,

safe and effective amelioration of acute and chronic

sufferings, the instant healing response according to

Hering’s Law of Cure triggered by the R.D. allows the

doctor to determine right away whether the correct

remedy has been administered. As a result of procuing

such an immediate healing response, using any of the

three posologic techniques described in this report can

help to reduce many unnecessary aggravations.

Among the three R.D. techniques, the original R.D.,

A.R.D., C.A.R.D. has been proven to be more effective.

It has been demonstrated more repeatedly and

consistently to be able to induce remarkably quick cures

of acute and chronic diseases. Does this mean that

C.A.R.D. is the final version of R.D. treatment, and the

R.D. research era has come to an end? No, and

definitely not. On the contrary, this is just the beginning

of a new era, as there are still many questions

unanswered. What exactly is going on behind this R.D.

phenomena? Why R.D. can trigger such a quick healing

response? What will it be like when LM potencies are

used in R.D. treatment? And on and on…

Let me quote you the definition of science given in

DORLAND’s Illustrated Medicinal Dictionary, “1.

The systemic observation of natural phenomena for the

purpose of discovering laws governing those

phenomena. 2. The body of knowledge accumulated

by such means.” This definition has summed up my

thinking about R.D. research. I look forward to seeing

more and more homoeopths willing to take the

challenge to try out this method, and to give me their

feedback afterwards. Remember, “Aude Sapere” –

“Dare to try” – is the essence of Homeopathy, which

has kept it alive despite the opposition of allopathic

medicine.

7. New Discoveries

LIPPE Adolph (SIM, XIV, 1/2001)

The following article appeared in the

Hahnemannian Monthly, January 1883. Here LIPPE

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

presents the information as it appeared in the Advance,

then evaluates the merits of the “new” method according

to the principles.

The October number of the ever welcome Advance

(page 227) brought us an earnest plea for progress and

investigation. Physicians are asked to consider and

reflect on the statements made, and do as

HAHNEMANN asked his contemporaries, viz:

experiment and try for themselves. We are further told

(page 229): “It is not what the immediate effects of my

discoveries are, but their possibilities, that I am anxious

to have investigated. As an illustration of my course of

reasoning and my conclusions and results I give the

following:

“A year ago Dr.H kindly sent me a two-ounce vial

of pus, ‘from the worst septic abscess I ever saw.’ The

patient was moribund at the time the abscess was opened.

I prepared and potentized it, and then reflected. If my

theory of morbific products containing the poison that

caused the disease which produced them, and as I had

proved with Variolinum that such was the case, might not

this septic pus be a remedy for blood poisoning in all

cases? For in all such diseases as Typhus, Yellow fever,

and Sewer-gas poisoning there is purulent contamination

of the blood; perhaps that is the case, in a less degree, in

that universal condition called Malaria.

“Mrs. H. declares she has had Malaria for six

months; at least, nothing else will account for her

condition to her satisfaction. I give her words: ‘Well,

Doctor, I am sleepy all the time; I could lay down on this

floor and go to sleep now, I am so tired and weary. I

sleep all night, but am no more rested and refreshed in

the morning than if I had not slept at all. I cannot take

the least exercise without being tired out and my limbs

ache as if they had been pounded. I have no appetite, and

I only drink because my mouth is so dry. Why,

sometimes my tongue sticks so tightly to the roof of my

mouth, and food won’t go down, the throat is so

dry,unless I drink something. Yes, the rectum is also dry,

I can’t have a movement without an injection; I have not

for a year, and the stool is hard; and when the water used

comes first it is so hard and dry that it scrapes the rectum

and makes it burn. No, I have no chills; now and then

there is a shiver runs over me for an instant, and

sometimes I feel sort of hot, but no fever. No, my skin is

as dry as everything else, and I never perspire. Well, I

don’t know what the cause is, but I have not been real

well since we moved in our old house, which we left last

May. Oh! No; where we are now there is no bad smell,

in fact, no smells of any kind, and it is well ventilated

and we have plenty of fresh air where we live now. I

don’t care nuch about anything.’

“Here was a picture and an opportunity. Was it gas

poisoning or blood poisoning? I gave Pyrogen CMM –

the name I gave the preparation – two powders, one on

her tongue, about 2 PM. She was to take the other on

going to bed if she did not feel better. The next week

she called. ‘I am all right. I took a powder at 2 PM and

at 6 PM I found I was all over in a warm, gentle

perspiration, and my feet and legs were moist and warm

– you know I told you how cold they were – and my

mouth was moist and the bad taste gone, and I had a real

good appetite for supper. I slept well, and felt first-rate

when I got up, and at breakfast my husband said I was

making up for lost time, I was eating so much. No, I did

not take an enema, as you said I had better wait, and the

day after I had a nice, moist, soft, natural movement,

and it has been regular since. The fact is, Doctor, I have

not felt so well since we moved into that old house, and

that was three years ago. Oh! no, I did not take the

second powder. I am going to keep that in case I get

bad again.’ “I will add here that patient’s

pulse was 8, temperature 101. I have found this

temperature in several cases that did not complain of

fever, and Pyrogen relieved each case. Now, is there

not in this case food for reflection? What remedy in the

materia medicawould cover the totality of its

symptoms?”

LIPPE’s Commentary: There is in this case food for

reflection, and we now shal indulge in some of our

individual reflections. A brand-new discovery has been

made; we are introduced to an entirely new and novel

system in the medical art. When HAHNEMANN asked

his contemporaries to experiment and try for themselves

he laid before them a very elaborate argument, showing

first that the law of the similars known to and advocated

by thinking medical men from HIPPOCRATES down to

his own days, was the only possible Law of Cure, and

he further showed how this law was to be applied for

the certain and mild cure of the sick (ignoring thereby

all previously held hypotheses as to the material causes

of diseases); he showed the absolute necessity of first

ascertaining the sick-making properties of drugs, and

how to obtain a correct picture of the condition of the

sick, laying great stress on mental symptoms. By his

unerring inductive method he showed clearly how he

had arrived at the conclusions which enabled him to

demonstrate the laws governing the healing-art. Later,

he demonstrated the necessity of diminishing more and

more the dose of the drug applied under the infallible

law of cure. After he had so placed his method before

the profession, and after he had practically found them

correct, he asked the profession to try the experiment for

themselves. When the experiment was tried honestly,

for the purpose of combating his method, with the

intention of annihilating them, the experimenters were

compelled to accept his methods and became converts

to Homeopathy; for instance, the late Dr.HERING was

to write a book denouncing HAHNEMANN and his

methods; he first tried the experiments, and did not

write that book

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

In this instance we are informed that a new Law of

Cure has been discovered, viz: that morbific products of

disease, when highly potentized, will cure the same

disease in others. This is the proposition on which rests

the new discovery. We will now follow the discoverer

in his logic, when he asks the profession, as did

HAHNEMANN, to experiment and try for themselves.

The first proposition is, Variolinum cures variola,

therefore septic pus may be a remedy for blood

posioning in all cases; for as in such diseases as Typhus

and Yellow fever there is purulent contamination of the

blood, perhaps that is the case in a less degree in that

universal condition called Malaria. As a proof of the

correctness of these logical propositions one case is

related. That case is also food for reflection.

HAHNEMANN and his followers will have to take

back seats. No physician ever before has had such a

brilliant success. In the course of say seven hours, a

disease which had developed itself slowly and had

tormented the patient for months was cured as if by

magic. The medicine, Pyrogen CMM was administered

at 2 PM, and not a vestige of the disorder remains after

retiring for the night. The effect of this single dose of

an entirely unproved remedy in CMM was astonishing;

the drug was prescribed on an hypothesis; it was either

gas poisoning or blood poisoning, and this miraculous

healer by way of strict logic found that sewer-gas

poisoning or blood poisoning was always cured by

Pyrogen. For the benefit of the Bureau of Materia

Medica, of the American Institute, who are preparing a

boiled down materia medica, we might say that Pyrogen

should not be left out, as we have been presented by this

modern discoverer with keynotes for its administration.

Dry mouth, dry skin, dry rectum, temperature 101, and

no fever – will they note this, that there was no fever

with this case of blood poisoning or sewer-gas

poisoning?

But what further food for reflection! The patient

related a set of symptoms found easily under Nux

moschata, which really covers the totality of symptoms,

but as Nux moschata is not one of the reminiscences of

the herb doctors and of the late Thomsonians in the

new-old remedies, and the discoverer appears by his

paper to be great admirer of HALE’s works and

collections of unproved drugs, it is not to be supposed

that he is familiar with an old remedy so masterly

arranged by the late Dr. HERING.

After all, what use would Nux moschata have been?

We all acknowledge that the discoverer has dusted us in

that Nux moshcata case, a recovery such as no medical

man ever heard of before, and the laws by him

discovered are so easily understood there is no necessity

of following HAHNEMANN through his tedious, strict,

inductive methods; there is no necessity for wading

through the many volumes of materia medica to to find

the similar, the homeopathic remedy. In Typhus,

Yellow fever, Sewer-gas poisoning, and Malaria there

had been “discovered” purulent contamination, and

therefore on strict logical inductions it has been

discovered in “Gotham” that Pyrogen is the remedy in

the CMM potency made and sold by the discoverer. As

the newly discovered law must be applicable in all

cases, we feel that we may in future dispense with

almost all collateral branches of the medical science,

save probably Anatomy and Chemistry.

This model case upsets HAHNEMANN, his labors,

his toils, his following, and all else that has ever been

proposed in the healing-art. It is not Homeopathy –

nothing resembling it. Homeopaths have always treated

symptoms, and not an

hypothesis of septic poisoning, and they imagined that

the results of their strict practice could not be better

under any other mode of treatment. Now all our

boasted successes appear as nothing compared with that

one solitary case, which is held up to us as a proof, of

the infallibility and correctness of this new discovery!

And why should we not, in our humiliated condition,

“investigate” a far superior system of the healing art?

And who will investigate in these perverse times?

There are 99 out of every hundred of the more than

5000 Homeopaths in these United States who never go

past the newly proposed limitation of drug action, viz.,

the 10

th

potency as we were told by the late President of

the American Institute, and if it were not so the one

percent who go beyond the 10

th

potency, the members

of the International Hahnemann Association, would

have found, long before this, a contradiction of this

assertion by the executive committee of said IHA. No

doubt said executive committee, so watchful over the

interests of the IHA and of pure and unadulterated

Homeopathy, will express an opinion on the duty of the

members of the Association respecting the asked-for

progress and investigation. The facts established and

not officially contradicted by the late President of the

Institute reduces the possible investigators to exactly

one per cent of all homeopathic physicians in the

United States. An individual who contends that there is

no medicinal virtue ina potency above the tenth, who

also vociferously demands absolute liberty of medical

opinion and action, is not likely to contaminate himself

by using the CMM potency.

All great discoveries had to wait for recognition.

Our new discoverer will find that recognition, after the

experiment, will follow very rapidly – after an

experiment which will undoubtedly result in the full

conviction that the new discoveries are fraught with

unprecedented results. All that is wanting are

illustrations, and if some over conscientious journalists

should refuse to publish cures with unproved but highly

potentized nosodes, under the plea that Homeopathy

uses only proved drugs, then it would be the wisest

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

course the discoverer could pursue to publish a journal

of his own and give his discoveries a name.

The discoverer says: “It is not what the immediate

effects of my discoveries are, but their possibilities, that

I am anxious to have investigated.” The immediate

effects of the discoveries are certainly apparent to the

liberal discoverer. Is the letter-carrier’s pouch large

enough for all the letters and orders the dicoverer

receives daily, ordering supplies of “Pyrogen,” sending

him the innumerable reports of speedy and miraculous,

we might say to the common mind almost incredible,

cures with “Pyrogen” and other morbific products? –

how speedily, for instance, dysmenorrhea yielded to one

dose of Dysmenorrhinum CMM – also of long standing,

no matter from what causes induced, whether from anti

- or retroversion of the uterus, or from cold or from

tubercles developing themselves, or from fright, or from

pregnancy, or from a thickening of the hymen, or from

any unknown cause whatsoever? All such

communications should be published at once. We come

now to investigate (as desired) the possible future

effects of these discoveries. We must look to “Gotham”

for the solution of this question; to “Gotham”, of late so

prolific in medical discoveries.

What are, then, the future possibilities after this

certainly secured success? The newly discovered laws

and the practice based on them will prevail,

HAHNEMANN will be forgotten, a new school will

rise, and people will recover so rapidly that the sick will

require but very little medical advice. Homeopathy and

Allopathy will he forsaken alike, and an enterprising

“Gothamite” will take out a patent for speedily

potentizing any and every morbific or other unproved

substance; every one of the few remaining doctors will

run his own “potentizer” day and night; all pharmacies

will be immortalized! Such are the possibilities of the

future; not only the possibilities but the certainities in

the near future, provided the practical results of

applying the new method warrant it.

For ourselves, we can only say to the discoverer

that we will be happy to make the experiment just as

soon as Homeopathy, such as its founder taught us,

ceases to show us the best and only means to cure the

curable sick and relieve the incurables better than any

other system in vogue. And if that time has come, and

if by the subsequent practical experiments we become

convinced of the great superiority of successes under

these new discoveries, our first duty will be to denounce

Homeopathy, cease our connection with all and every

so-called homeopathic Society or Association, and

become a member of a society of men who have learned

to cure the sick so very rapidly with so little waste of

time both to the doctor and to the sick. That ONE case

has given us food for reflection; that ONE case deserves

a prominent place in every homeopathic journal – in

particular and in all medical journals in general; and that

ONE case will make all medical men “reflect”. This

ONE case will stand there before the medical world

unsurpassed in the novelty of therapeutics until even

this celebrated case has been surpassed by still more

rapid cures with much smaller quantities of more

intensely potentized, unproved drug. Reflect, that every

great thing once accomplished must be accomplished

again, and the reflecting reader will ultimately, if not at

once, see the deep philosophy, the profound reasoning,

the extraordinary skill brought to bear on this celebrated

age. By all means let us progress and investigate.

3. Vitalism and The Law of Cure

PASCHERO T.P. (SIM, XIV, 1/2001)

The article is a reprint from Dr. PASCHERO’s

recent book Homeopathy.

Before undertaking clinical practice, it is of the

utmost importance to acquire firm philosophical

foundations as well as faith in homeopathic doctrine.

Many homeopaths have failed because they thought

clinical practice to be more important than an

understanding of the basic principles.

In the United States, birth place of many great

masters of Homeopathy, Hahnemannian medicine

declined when these masters began placing too much

emphasis on the successes and failures of treated cases in

their teachings, while neglecting to instill an

understanding of the law of cure at work in each patient.

Constantine HERING was perhaps the best prescriber in

the United States, but of the hundreds of physicians who

attended his lectures, very few could follow in his

footsteps. Most of them lacked his clinical perspective

and thus were not as successful in their prescribing.

Calvin KNERR – HERING’s foremost student, who later

became his son-in-law and the author of the well known

Guiding Symptoms told me personally that he had never

known anyone with so remarkable an intuition for

prescribing it as HERING. But at the same time,

KNERR said, no one was as meager in explaining how

he had made his diagnosis. HERING’s intuition, based

on his knowledge of homeopathic philisophy, enabled

him to quickly perceive the essential symptom picture of

each patient.

In the art of clinical diagnosis, as in any other

applied art, there is an untransferable personal and

psychological process. Science is analytical and

discriminating insofar as the facts of nature are

concerned, but the synthesis that links those facts

depends on the researcher’s ability to perceive the unity

that particularizes all organized beings.

This awareness allows the homeopath to

comprehend the patient’s whole personality.

It is the result of subconscious workings where

reason and emotion come into play, yielding what has

been called the clinical eye, which every practitioner with

an authentic calling can and must develop. There is a

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

general agreement on following the HIPPOCRATIC

Vitalist tradition. The intelligent force that coordinates

vital activity and repairs damaged structures was called

enormon by HIPPOCRATES and elan vital by

BERGSON (1859 – 1941). HAHNEMANN fathered the

law that describes its workings and the Montpellier

school developed this concept philosophically, coining

the term “Vital Force.”

The Galenic school (GALEN AD? 131 – 201) has

received the seal of approval of Pasteurian dogma.

Seeing the germ as the essential cause of disease, the

Galenic school produced several several generations of

materialistically minded physicians, trained to be

exclusively concerned with finding and eliminating the

germ, virus, or toxin as the visible and specific cause of

disease. What they ignored was the importance of the

dynamic response of the organism in its attempt to

resolve the morbid process. Unfortunately, the

backward thinking that led to the rejection of the vitalist

concept of disease ignored the fact that disease is not the

product of some external influence or agent, but the

activation of the organism’s adaptive response.

Life consists of unceasing dynamic activity; that is

why human beings maintain their organic and personal

integrity. When faced with environmental factors such

as heat, cold or humidity, or with emotional factors that

threaten its integrity, the organism strives to maintain its

mental and physical homeostasis, that is to say, its

wholeness as a living unit. This dynamic equilibrium is

unstable, giving rise to anabolic and metabolic currents

that cause the constant destruction and regeneration of

cellular tissues in an endless and irreversible process.

Thus, molecular changes occur in the whole organism in

such a way that an individual is not the same as he was

a few days ago. An ocean wave that we see coming

towards us twenty meters away is not the same wave

that drenches us moments later on the beach. The water

molecules have transmitted motion from one to another

in succession, thus forming that particular shape which

we call a wave. However, milimeter by millimeter,

every molecule changes on the journey. The wave has

been transformed, leaving behind only a form that

identifies it as such and which makes up its

individuality.

It is the same with human beings. Human

individuality has less to do with atoms, molecules, cells

and tissues than with the activity of a structure created

with a sense of life identical to the law that rules motion

in the universe. Human individuality has a purpose, a

vital sense that moves towards metaphysical unity. This

is what makes an individual a person – not the peculiar

synergy of organic functions. Nature is the perpetual

transformation of never-lost electrons in cycles of

contraction and dispersion that form an indistinct part

of a mineral, a plant, an animal or a human being.

Energy is never lost, only transformed.

Paradoxically, death is the most positive aspect of

life, and metaphysically necessary, because dispersion is

essential for the continuity of vital motion. What dies is

the illusion of autonomy of the being that lives as an

individual, without having gained awareness of his

place in the totality of existence. Surely, any atom in

the body has lived in another being, animal, plant,

mineral or star and will continue to live in another

individual after the dispersion of the body. Our death as

individuals will be inevitable if we fail to fulfil the

highest purpose of existence, which is to come to the

realization of cosmic unity, from which new synthesis

of ever-changing forms and structures come forth. As

PARACELSUS (1493 – 1541) said, there is a complete

correspondence between the microcosm and the

macrocosm.

These speculations lead one to conclude that life

has a meaning that can be understood by those who can

perceive the law that rules the motion of cosmic energy.

The law of cure that gives meaning to biological

phenomena is the same law of contraction and dispersion

that rules the movement of earth and the stars and gives

meaning to cosmic order. Without this absolute law in

the whole of creation, there would be chaos no less in the

life of a flower than in the life of a star.

The human being is creation’s most perfect

synthesis. A few months after birth, a human being

materializes a congenital dynamic disposition which,

according to HAHNEMANN, is of miasmatic origin.

This miasm is a morbid constitutional tendency

predisposing the human being to a particular pathological

destiny, as yet without emotional imprints, but inevitably

tending towards final dispersion or death. As humans,

we grow from childhood self-centeredness to the

psychological maturity that permits our connection with

the whole and with the death of our egoistic

individuality.

This progression from center to periphery, that is,

from embodiment in a living unit towards dispersion or

death, is what we call the law of cure. We are born to

die. Day by day, hour by hour, we use up the potential

for vital energy that we bring with us at birth, as if an

electricity battery were being discharged. Catabolism

wins over anabolism. Tissues regenerate but

nevertheless harden and dry up; atheroma and

conjunctive tissues replace healthy cells; skin – a kidney

spread out on the body’s surface – ages while

eliminating waste. Like a current of energy that

discharges itself from the center, our life cycle ends

with the dispersion of the elements that make up our

physical body.

Even though the organism tries to counteract this

disintegration, it never succeeds completely in

neutralizing our final deterioration or in restoring tissues

to their previous state. There is never a restoration

towards wholeness. There is always the organic

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

deterioration that ends in a descent into old age and

death. The purpose of the law of cure is not to prevent

death, but to allow death to come smoothly and

normally, thus allowing the individual to fulfil the

highest purpose of existence – to become aware of his

metaphysical relationship with the whole of existence.

And here we enter a philosophical terrain which is

closed to science, but which must concern the

physician. Does human life have a meaning, a purpose,

or a knowable goal?

Yes, it does, and moreover it cannot help but have

one. The moral implications of the problem of chronic

disease cannot be overlooked by medicine, now forced

to revise the mechanistic thinking thatthat led it to

pathological dogma. The human being is not separate

and autonomous, but an entity that depends on a

transcedental spiritual self with a role to play in the

universe. The human being develops a moral

consciousness, connecting him with other human beings

and with the essence of all things.

This process of personal growth takes place under

the same law that regulates adaptation to the

environment, organic equilibrium, inflammatory

reactions and disease. The whole human being, body

and mind, acts as a unit in every case of disease,

coordinating the effort to restore the defenses so that the

individual may freely fulfil his cycle.

For example, when we have an inflammation, the

congestion, local hypothermia, immobilizing pain,

diapedesis, phagocytosis and abscesses, together with

the fever, fear of death, accelerated heartbeat,

perspiration and digestive and urinary, all entail a total

participation of the organism under the direction of the

spontaneous law of cure – leading to the outward

elimination of morbid energy by expelling waste

products through the skin, mucous membranes and other

excretory organs. Fever is a stimulation of the

processes brought into play by the organism to solve,

with the appropriate temperature, any physical or

emotional crisis.

Thus, in normal life as in illness, the organism

employs the same resources to maintain its homeostasis

or determine its cure. These resources differ only

quantitatively – in their physiological rhythm – but not

in their nature. They are part of the same process, the

HIPPOCRATIC vis medicatrix naturae, or healing

power of nature. Everything happens as if an ordering

intelligence acted unconsciously in the organism, to

preserve it from premature dissolution as a bilogical

unit.

Medicine must develop this concept of life in order

to find that therapeutic law which also rules the motion

of vital energy. When medicine considers disease to

have a mere physicochemical substratum, this inevitably

leads to the degeneration of the human being, by the

careless suppression of the different ways in which

disease seeks outward release. What materialist

medicine calls disease is no more than the pathological

residue of a morbid dynamism whose first expressions

were suppressed with local treatments, failing to

understand that what had to be cured was that very

dynamic disposition.

It is in this deranged, hereditary, dynamic

disposition that it is necessary to solve the problem of

the miasm, that is, a vis medicatrix that relates to a

structure damaged by past transgressions of the Law of

Cure, and therefore insufficient in its tendency to heal.

As HAHNEMANN pointed out, suppressing the

outward releases which reflect the workings of the Law

of Cure will have blocked the vital flow in the internal

organs, thus predisposing the whole individual to

premature decay. When the organism expels metabolic

toxins in the form of eruptions, suppurations, diarrhoea

and colds, which the liver, kidneys and glandular system

have been unable to metabolize due to a diminished

functional resistance, such outward releases must be

respected because they indicate an attempt to protect the

vital organs.

The basic problem in medicine is that of

suppression – that is, blocking the fulfillment of the law

of cure. All that art and science can do is rectify the

Vital Force, so that it can cure the dynamic origin of the

morbid process. Only the homoepathic remedies can do

this, provided they are prescribed according to the

similarity between a curative reaction experimentally

produced in a healthy individual, and the natural

reaction of a diseased individual, both being vital

processes and expressions of the same law of cure. The

fact that suppression inhibits the Vital Force is clear in

neurotic cases, where emotional factors play an essential

role.

The word “emotion” means a moving outwards, a

liberation of feelings. When emotion is repressed or

sidetracked from normal consciousness, that is, from the

discharge of its psychic energy, it is transformed into

physical disturbances. Pathological symptoms are

surrogate expressions of repressed emotions. Any

physician who has reflected on the problem of human

disease will agree that all pathological phenomena have

a meaning – referring, in the last analysis, to impulses to

action that have been repressed in either a remote or a

recent past due to moral conscience.

It has been said that our civilization’s culture in

regard to sex has created a punitive moral conscience

provoking exaggerated depressions which can lead the

human being to serious neurosis, from which he may be

liberated by social movements such a existentialism,

new wave, and others. I do not personally believe that

such as disturbance exists in moral conscience, which I

consider to be the healthiest psychological resource that

the human being has. It is to moral conscience that

humanity owes its spiritual evolution and the possibility

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

of transcedence, as well as the development of religion,

art, ethics and law.

What happens is that human instincts and impulses

have been deranged in their dynamic origin – they have

been disturbed by a miasmatic affection which

compromises their functional tendency towards

transforming the individual into a mature person. The

cell-destroying tendencies of syphilis and sycosis make

demands on the psyche which moral conscience cannot

accept, thus causing it to fail. FREUD maintained that

this is due to an individual disposition, probably

organically conditioned. Clearly, the formidable

resistance of many neurotics undergoing

psychoanalysis, as well as the prolonged cures

necessary in most of these cases, is due to this

imponderable factor which FREUD called individual

disposition, whose previous correction is essential. The

conscious and mature repression of sexual and

aggressive instincts produces sublimation – that is, the

transformation of selfish energy into impulses towards

knowledge and personal development.

On the other hand, instinctive suppression due to

punitive coercion, not allowing emotional frustrations to

be processed, determines the neurosis that FREUD

described as the result of the failure of repression. The

correctly chosen homeopathic simillimum will provoke

a deep curative reaction, unblocking suppressed

unconscious contents and restoring the Law of Cure,

allowing a healthy emotional concentration of psychic

energy onto a single goal. A mere external treatment of

symptom pictures and the elimination of crises will lead

only to suppression - that is, as we have said before, to a

severe transgression of the law of cure.

The physician, no matter what therapeutics he

employs, must be aware that every symptom is a part of

the patient’s life context.

Each symptom has a meaning to be unlocked, once

a complete understanding has been gained of the

pathological expressions and behaviour of a unique and

untold human life.

4. A theory of Tumour Development

CLOVER Anne (BHJ, 73, 4/1984)

This paper is the first of a trilogy relating to the

place of homeopathic concepts in the understanding

and therapy of Cancer. The aim in the first part is to

review some of HAHNEMANN’s theories relevant to

carcinogenesis. It will consider the way in which he

assesses the contribution of factors as various as chronic

poisoning, subtle psychological determinants and

hereditary traits. Today there are increasing references

to a wide range of factors said to be causes of Cancer.

Physical carcinogens as well as emotional, ideological

and other similarly subtle factors and hereditary patterns

relevant to tumour developmant are being researched. It

may be argued that in many ways HAHNEMANN has

also spanned this spectrum of causes in his writings,

referring to the role of the latent, and many would say

hereditary, trait that he termed “Psora”, as well as to its

provocation by contemporary irritants of various forms.

As in so many other situations, the role of distinct

physical factors is more easily considered than that of

psychological energies. But if we pursue

HAHNEMANN’s approach we will look as closely as

possible at all aspects of the relevant processes.

HAHNEMANN is by no means one of the first to

express insights concerning subtle determinants of

tumours. As early as the second century GALEN

expressed the opinion that women of a “melancholic”

temperament were more likely to develop breast cancer

than those described as “sanguine”. This might suggest

that those who suffered such problems passively were

more liable to tumour development than those who

readily expressed their emotions. Such references to an

association between breast cancer and psychological

disorders increased in the 18

th

and 19

th

centuries, and

even more so in the present era. Recent examples have

included a study published by GREEN and MILLER in

1958 reporting an association between cancer and

preceeding personal loss,

1

and by GREEN and

SWISHER in the 1969 on three sets of monozygotic

twins discordant for leukaemia with prior major personal

psychological stress in the affected twin.

2

Other studies

published in the 1960s showed a correlation between

prior depressive illness and subsequent cancer

development. Since then further studies of such an inter-

relation between malignant disease and prior

psychological stress have appeared to give contradictory

results. But many workers in this field still argue firmly

in support of the association from their personal

experience of patients’ reports, whilst also pointing out

the difficulty of adequately assaying the frequency or

role of such effects.

But as HAHNEMANN reminds us many times,

empirical experience is on its own not enough to

formulate or dismiss a theory. Rational deduction,

particularly when applied to careful observation of

patient's reports, is a more reliable guide.

Today, science has clearly shown that all matter is

energy behaving in an apparently substantial manner.

The idea of solid entities or uncuttable atoms has long

been exploded. It is only inertic thought that holds to an

erroneous dualism between supposed immaterial forces

and so-called material atoms. We are now in an era

when thought is having to catch up with science and

dynamize its interpretations. Since the physical body is

a dynamic form it follows logically that the energies of

thought and feeling are in continuous kinetic interaction

with the apparently physcial aspects of beings.

FREUD and JUNG are well known exponents of

such theories. It is less often acknowledged that the

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

interaction had been stated long before them by Samuel

HAHNEMANN.

HAHNEMANN’s many writings show a

progressive understanding on his part of a hierarchy of

causes of chronic diseases, one form of which he says is

Cancer. He currently emphasized the need to look at all

aspects in a spectrum of causes and warned against a

blind prejudice on one hand, or empty speculation on

the other.

3

Blind prejudice, he says, is opinion-based

according to a person’s particular training. In other

words, someone who is inappropriately tied down to

their previous experience and ideas. Empty speculation

is an opposite type of error, that is, hypothesis

inadequately tested in experience. In collateral terms,

one is seeing no further than the end of a nose, the other

is flight of fancy or phantasy. The way to avoid these

errors, according to HAHNEMANN, is through careful

scrutiny of all relevant factors.

This hierarchy of causes described by

HAHNEMANN ranges from spiritual, or initiatory

forms, to diet and dampness. Although he was writing

long before public health was a common concern, he

firmly argued theneed for care in this dimension. Today

it is easy to take such measures for granted. But in his

day, HAHNEMANN was again showing a pioneer

attitude when he emphasized their importance to health

or disease. His advice on diet is similarly practical. He

advocated a fresh, well balanced diet, avoiding excesses

or substances difficult to assimilate. In a similar vein he

argues against the abuse of drugs and for appropriate

regimes of exercise. All such obvious physical factors,

he argues, can play a fundamental role in determining

human health or disease. They are the basic modalities

in his hierarchy of causes of chronic disease in general,

or tumour in particular.

4

All through his writings HAHNEMANN

consistently argues the similar importance of

psychological factors for health or disease. Clearly to

him the physical performance was a type of end product

revealing the effect of progressively finer influences.

His assessment is constantly non-dualistic, emphasizing

the interaction of the subtle and gross determinants.

Amongst such subtle factors he differentiates

emotions, selective or trained thoughts, a higher mind or

understanding and ultimately the volition or will. Often

such modalities appear to be considered together when

he refers to the “Vital Force”. This term, though

unfamiliar today, was widely used in the time of

HAHNEMANN for factors that would now be termed

psychological. In expanding his understanding of this

aspect of human function, HAHNEMANN

differentiates such factors that in his opinion contribute

to malignant disease. Examples that he lists are training

in formative years, moral conflict, sexual difficulties,

family problems, jealousy, resentment and fear.

5

. His

list is wide-ranging, but can be summarized in today’s

terminology as referring to emotional imprinting and

intellectual conditioning.

Today it is widely acknowledged that the physical

organism holds dynamic imprints of prior experience,

such as perceived sensations, emotional reactions and

ideological training. Clearly these serve a useful

purpose when they facilitate useful training, but become

a problem when they strongly bias a person to repeat

experience remembered by them as pleasurable and

restrictively to avoid pain or threat. Such restriction can

easily conflict with personal creativity and become a

factor in the development of disease. Summarizing his

hierarchy so far, HAHNEMANN has referred to the role

in tumour development of three modalities that today

could be termed physical, emotional and ideological.

But this hierarchy of factors contributing to chronic

disease such as Cancer does not stop here. He also

refers to even more subtle vectors when he writes of

spiritual essences and the higher mind.

6

He appears to imply that the higher mind is an

understanding that extends beyond the individual

empirical training and intellect to include an awareness

that might be described as cosmic.

7,8

Many

philosophers and other thinkers have referred to an

inherent intelligence and ultimate order in the universe.

Various religious, philosophical or psychological terms

have been pursued for this, examples are the Christian

Logos, the Buddhist field of formal voidity, the Platonic

realm of ideas, and the Jungian collective unconscious.

They all imply an immediate, innate consciousness with

creative power of its own processes. HAHNEMANN

appears to refer to such an awareness and the possibility

of it informing the individual thinker when he writes of

the higher mind or the reason-gifted consciousness. It

implies an understanding reaching far beyond the limits

of ordinary egoic training. He then appears to develop

and apply this awareness in relation to chronic disease

when he implies that personal disregard of its

information accompanies empirical bias and contributes

to interpersonal conflict.

Closely associated with such concepts are

references to spiritual or initiatory essences.

7,8

HAHNEMANN’s writings imply his progressive

understanding of an informed initiation, a term also

translated as a spiritual essence, that is, the prime mover

of any creative process. It could be called an ultimate

cause, answerable only to itself. Logical deduction

implies that such an initiation would be a primary cause

of an act, the free will referred to in various ways by

philosophers, psychologists, religious thinkers or similar

researchers in all ages. In other words HAHNEMANN

appears to be saying, like many other thinkers have

done, that the primary cause appears qualitatively in its

effect. HAHNEMANN’s use of the term “initiatory

essence” implies this. It denotes a quality essential to

the form and not an imposed directive. One way of

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

illustrating such concepts is to liken the initiatory

essence to the pattern in an acorn that determines its

development, given appropriate resources, into an oak

tree. The term “conceptual essence” is a very

interesting one, implying the dual aspects of the will to

act in this way and the form expressing it.

HAHNEMANN argues that such a subtle form is the

prime mover of any extant structure and deduces that

just as such influences can sustain health, their

imbalance can contribute to disease. Such initiatory

derangements, he argues, need a similar form of

corrective. That is, an initiatory imbalance needs a

change of initiative for its correction. In relation to

these concepts he argues that potentization gradually

releases such initiatory forms and presents them in a

manner that can facilitate an appropriate re-orientation

in a disturbed energy field.

Here then are two more aspects, which, added to

the three of thought, feeling and drive previously

described, make a five-fold hierarchy. It begins with

the Will, or essential initiation, moves to comprehensive

understanding or higher mind, then refers to conditioned

temporalized thought or opinion, after this to emotional

conditioning and finally to diet, damp, drugs or other

similarly gross physical factors. The activity of all these

aspects, HAHNEMANN argues, is revealed in the gross

physical form, a dynamic construct that reflects the

whole series. All aspects, he says, are in continual

interfunction and all therefore contribute all the time to

health or disease.

In relation to chronic disease, including tumours,

HAHNEMANN argues that such influences accrue

during the lifetime of an individual, then interact with a

latent trait. Many have interpreted his writings on psora

as implying a hereditary trait that is vulnerable to

reactivation by contemporary effects. HAHNEMANN

relates the origins of psora to a chronic irritation

developed in the dawn of civilization and of which

Leprosy may be a long-standing sign, contemporary VD

a more recent manifestation.

9

But whatever its origins

he argues that this trait is liable to reactivation by the

other factors named as contributing to chronic disease.

10

He is therefore describing a dual action of the latent

trait and a stimulus that provokes its activation. It is

theory that bears close comparison with contemporary

expressions of the combined effects of hereditary factors

as well as personal psychology or exposure to

carcinogens which in combination can produce a

malignant disease.

Although HAHNEMANN firmly argues that such a

latent trait is the common property of mankind, he still

emphasizes the individuality of diseases with which it is

associated. The basic trait may be shared but the

provoking factors are unique. Hence he says we need to

remember that in each patient we are seing not “cancer”

but a “type of cancer”.

11

It is appoint taken up again by

CLARKE when he emphasizes that “Homeopathy is the

art of individualizing”.

HAHNEMANN’s theories therefore imply a

thoroughly dynamic understanding of tumour

development.

In all his writings HAHNEMANN consistently

deduced a theory first, then applied this in a rational

therapy. The second paper in this series will discuss how

these insights can be applied today in the treatment of

malignant disease.

REFERENCES

1. Greeve. WA, Miller. Psychological factors and

Reticulo-endothelial disease. Psychosom Med

1958; 20: 124 – 44.

2. Greeve. WA, Swisher SN. Psychological and

somatic variables associated with the development

and course of monozygotic twins discordant for

Leukaemia. Ann NY Acad Sci 1969; 164: 394 –

408.

3. Hahnemann S. Organon. Preface 2

nd

ed.

4. Ibid., Paragraph 77. 6th ed.

5. Ibid., Paragraph 81A, 93. 6

th

ed.

6. Ibid., Introduction and paragraphs 62, 63. 6

th

ed.

Trans. Dudgeon. RPH 1961.

7. Ibid., Paragraphs 15 – 20 and 269, 270. 6

th

ed.

8. Hahnemann S. Chronic Diseases. Prefaces to vol.

IV and V. Delhi: Jain.

9. Ibid:, p. 48.

10. Ibid., p. 10.

11. Hahnemann S. Organon. Paragraph 81. 6

th

ed.

Therapeutic implications of Hahnemann’s Theories

on tumour development (BHJ 74, 1/1985)

The first paper of this trilogy

1

looked at

HAHNEMANN’s views on the hierarchy of casual

factors that contribute to tumour development. The aim

now is to discuss their implications concerning available

therapies.

Before pursuing this I will briefly summarize the

hierarchy of causes of tumour development evident in

HAHNEMANN’s writings. At the most obvious

physical level he refers to the influence of poor or

inappropriate diet, inadequate drainage and chronic

poisoning. Next he discusses the effect of processes

that today would be described as repressed emotions or

repressive ideas. Finally, his hierarchy refers to the role

of a comprehensive understanding and volition or

initiation. In other words, he surveys a spectrum of

causes ranging from basic physical determinants,

through psychological vectors to subtle and not easily

understood levels of consciousness today sometimes

described by such terms as collective understanding and

free will. All these aspects, he argues, can contribute to

the development of chronic diseases in general and

tumours in particular. Similarly each aspect has a

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

related therapeutic application. This paper will look at

these concepts and related therapies in three stages.

First, those with a physical emphasis, second those

related particularly to psychological factors and, third,

the ways in which therapy can emphasize the role of

volition. Since it may be argued that a correct use of

Homeopathic remedies and Iscador is relevant to all

these aspects, they will be considered in a fourth and

final section.

Therapies with a physical emphasis

In relation to an emphasis on physical factors

contributing to tumour development, we may consider

therapies as various as Chemotherapy, Surgery,

Radiotherapy, Diet, general care and personal hygiene,

local applications to tumour sites and relaxation

techniques. A detailed discussion of the first three on

this list is not the subject of this review, but they are

mentioned as they warrant inclusion here.

HAHNEMANN acknowledged that Surgery may have

an important part to play in therapy but at the same time

warned against its inappropriate use. Decisions

concerning radical surgery, intensive Chemotherapy or

wide field Radiotherapy can be difficult. Every patient

has the right to like or dislike his therapy, and detailed

discussion may well be required concerning the possible

use of such procedures.

Various diets have at times been suggested as assisting

Cancer therapy. In recent months many patients

requesting treatment at the Royal London

Homeopathic Hospital for Cancer have already

contacted the Bristol Cancer Help Centre and received

their advice on diet. We have at times seen patients so

concerned by what they have read or heard that they

believe a lapse from a predominantly raw food, high

caroteen diet will aggravate their disease. This is

unfortunate. No dietary advice can be that rigid. As

HAHNEMANN and many other therapists have

recurrently argued, the disease any patient shows is

unique to them. Hence dietary advice will similarly

need adjusting to individual requirements. Having said

this, it still appears reasonable in general to advise, as

HAHNEMANN did, the use as far as is practicable of

fresh, simple, easily assimilated food without chemical

additives. Many workers in this field advise excluding

red meat from the diet, if that is acceptable to the

patient.

In relation to relaxation techniques, their

importance can be argued as an adjunct to any therapy.

In any disease, healing is facilitated by good relaxation

and hampered by high levels of anxiety and muscle

tension. A small example of the use of relaxation has

occurred with some of the patients at the Royal London

Homeopathic Hospital where we have heard them

report a reduced need for night sedation after learning

simple relaxation techniques.

The need for appropriate care of tumour sites and

general good hygiene, rest and adequate mobilization is

obvious and does not need development here.

In practice, many of these types of therapy with a

physical emphasis can be used together, as well as in

combination with psychological orientated treatments.

Therapies with a psychological emphasis

The many lines of therapy offered for treatment of

Cancer that may be considered under this heading are

aiming at a release of negative processes contributing to

the disease and re-integration of a positive opposite to it.

These two apparently opposing approaches, in practice

work together. A rationale for their use is easier to

understand when we remember that all aspects of the

human body are forms of energy co-operating to

produce the tangible result. Such energic forms can

therefore be manipulated by a release of repressed

emotion as well as by clarification of new ideas to

inform the substance. The repressed emotions are

repressive ideas that can conflict with the creative

impetus of an individual and provoke irritation and

disease can be of distant or recent origin. It has often

been observed by workers in this field that a major

psychological trauma has occurred a few months before

the primary development of a tumour or its sudden

spread of metastases. The abreactive type of therapies

are aimed at releasing imprinted emotions not

adequately integrated or discharged at the time of their

initial provocation. Closely associated with this can be

an attempt to help a patient clarify ideas on which they

wish to act now, and others retained from early years

but which they now seek to understand and change.

Understanding is the key here. When insight developed,

an individual is in a better position to change or restate

them as he will. That is, he takes charge of them instead

of being ruled by them without his recognition.

It is an important way of helping an individual take

increasing charge of his own directive energies, and

reducing inner conflicts that otherwise may contribute

to tumour development or other disease. Such conflicts

can be compared to splinters. Once seen they are easily

removed, but if not traced will continue to cause

irritation and disease.

The pursuit of insight into such factors not only

facilitates a change in emotional and ideological

imprints, it also helps an individual increase their own

conscious direction of their inner processes, which

brings us to the third section in this review.

Therapies with an emphasis on volition

It has often been observed that patients who show

an active interest in their therapy and do all they can to

assist it, fare better than those who adopt a resigned

fatalism. It is reasonable to expect this. When a

person’s interests, ideas and emotions are supporting

their therapy there is convergence that will enhance its

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

course. It is like swimming with a current, not against

it.

The will, or volition, is a term widely used to imply

the prime mover of human activity. It is not easily

understood. Emotional pressure or

ideological inclination can easily be misinterpreted as

free will. The term “Will” implies an original choice of

action coming from a level of consciousness operant in

all of us which is freely choosing without bias from

previous experience. There have been occasions when

patients with major organic disease such as malignancy

have realized that their personal choices have

determined their life situation and contributed to their

vulnerability to disease. Such insight is rare, but when

expressed has helped patients realize the way in which

individual choice can similarly re-orientate towards

health. It is an insight that can help a patient take

increase of charge of their personal energy. All such

factors serve to help an individual discover their own

capacity of Self direction and with that attain a

reduction of their previously unrecognised

psychological conflicts.

HAHNEMANN’s later expressions concerning

initiaitory essences appear to refer to such a capacity for

Self direction. In the sixth edition of Organon he

recurrently refers to spiritual or initiatory essences as

the primary determinants of gross forms seen in the

time-matter world. His terminology implies an ultimate

Self direction of all gross forms. It is a concept not

easily discussed, but if pursued implies an essential

dignity and capacity for true Self respect. When applied

to human development it means an essential Self

responsibility; that being is its own cause. At first such

concepts may appear onerous, but that is only one

aspect of them. The other is the implication of authentic

Self direction that gives true status to an individual.

HAHNEMANN appropriately terms such an awareness

“essential” to being. He takes his discussion further

when he argues that potentization reveals a similar

initiatory level in the medicinal agent and that this can

then re-inforce the corresponding quality and its re-

orientation in the recipient (Org. para 11, 12). Hence

his assertion that a correct homeopathic medicine

relates to the cause of a disease as well as to its

symptomatic effects, which brings us to the fourth

section.

The role of Homeopathic treatment and Iscador in

the treatment of Cancer

HAHNEMANN’s deductions imply that a correct

homeopathic therapy relates to all aspects of the cause

and subsequent course of tumours. He relates this, not

only to contemporary physical, psychological and

volitional factors but also to inherited traits or miasms,

vulnerable to re-activation and expression in overt

diseases. His theories on treatment of chronic disease

therefore include discussion of remedies intended to

provoke a suitable counter-reaction to the latent trait or

miasm which he argues is activated to produce gross

symptoms as well as those appropriate to the

precipitating factors. He argues both that a correct

miasmatic remedy can help provoke an appropriate

response to the latent trait involved and that a correct

contemporary simillimum helps counter the trauma that

activated it. Hence it can be said that a correct

Homeopathic treatment can be relevant to all aspects

contributing to tumour development.

Iscador, a mistletoe preparation, is also widely used

by many homeopathic doctors in the treatment of solid

tumours. The use of this medicine has been developed

mainly by anthroposophical doctors since it was first

recommended by Dr. STEINER. This, too, is said to

relate to the subtle forms that produce cancer as well as

to their gross expression.

Both homeopathic remedies and Iscador are

therefore alike in that they are both said to act against

malignant tumours by provoking subtle as well as gross

resistance to it. They can be described as having a type

of rear-guard action, provoking the subtle resistance to a

tumour process and undermining its base rather than

merely adjusting its façade.

These are interesting theories carefully reasoned by

HAHNEMANN that appeal to the intuitive sensitivity

of many people. Although at first they may appear to

imply an onerous Self responsibility, their other aspect

is the realization of a true inner determination that is

essential to Self respect, and many would argue an

ultimate aim of therapy.

The third and final paper in this series will be a

discussion of some of the experiences in applying such

theories in seeking to help patients with solid tumours.

REFERENCE

1 Clover A. A theory of tumour development. Br. Hom

J 1984; 73: 187.

Some Experiences in the Treatment of Cancer by

Homeopathy

In this third paper of a trilogy relating to

HAHNEMANN’s theories relevant to tumour

development and therapy, I will outline three illustrative

case histories and then discuss them.

Mrs A

She was 73 years old and had an anaplastic

Carcinoma of the oesophagus. At diagnosis in

February’81 the tumour was said to be in the lower level

of the oesophagus. She was treated by radiotherapy and

also in the following months she had regular

prescriptions of Iscador and Vitis Co, Phosphorus 30

and Condurango Q. Although throughout the radiation

treatment she appeared to show a good tolerance, she

later developed Radiation Pneumonitis. This was

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

treated by a combination of steriods: Radium bromatum

200 and Causticum 200.

In October’81 she complained of dyspnoea and

chest pain, and was found to have symptoms and signs

of lung metastases and a pericardial effusion. This was

confirmed radiologically, and she was seen by a

cardiologist who advised her transfer to a cardiac unit

for pericardial tapping.

Mrs A insisted that Homeopathy

and Acupuncture were all she needed for this additional

development. Whilst awaiting transfer from the Royal

London Homeopathic Hospital (RLHH) the

homeopathic remedy was Bryonia in varying potencies.

When seen in the cardiology unit a few days later, no

sign of any significant Pericardial Effusion was found.

In January ’82 she was seen in outpatients, reported

that she could eat anything she wanted and could do a 2

mile walk. She remained fairly well until April ’82.

In the last five months prior to her death Mrs A

experienced recurrent diaphragmatic spasms with severe

hiccupping and retching. Although Ignatia 6 and

Cuprum aceticum 6 eased these symptoms, they did not

clear them. Mrs A frequently and firmly stated her wish

to have as few analgesics as possible as she wished to

be alert and closely observe her own death process. She

had little pain and required only Panadol or Distalgesic

for analgesia. In the minutes prior to her death she was

calm and peaceful although experiencing another

diaphragmatic spasm. She recurrently said to the

doctors with her “If only I could communicate to you

the beauty of this experience”.

Miss B

Miss B was a young North African woman aged 30

years when first seen at the RLHH in July’82. She

already had extensive Hodgkin’s disease, including a

3"diameter fungating tumour in her left supraclavicular

region extending onto the anterior chest wall. She had

first developed signs of the disease at age 13 years, and

had received extensive Chemotherapy and Radiotherapy

in other hospitals. When seen in the RLHH, she firmly

stated her decision not to have any repeat courses of

such treatment. Briefly summarized, her history began

in a wealthy North African home. When about 10 years

old, her previously allegedly tranquil homelife was

disrupted by sudden and continuing major parental

strife. She left her family in her early teens and joined

an Eastern religious movement. She lived in England

from age 15 years. By the time she was admitted to the

RLHH, contact with her parents was minimal, but she

corresponded regularly with her sister living in USA.

She remained committed member of the religious

movement she had joined as a teenager and most of her

friends came from this group. She frequently and

firmly, but not agressively, stated her conviction that her

disease was part of her Karma, that it was a way for her

to resolve personally accumulated problems. Her belief

was that close observation of its effect and her

maintenance of personal control through it, would

suitably conclude this life time and prepare her for her

next incarnation. She therefore refused further

conventional treatment. She also refused to accept

Iscador. However, she

welcomed homeopathic treatment. Even in the latter

weeks of her life she declined conventional medication.

She regularly practised meditation, and the use of visual

imagery. At times she appeared to welcome an

opportunity to discuss her past conflicts, her ideology

and hopes. She kept in regular contact with her friends

from the religious movement of which she was a

member.

Various homeopathic medicines were prescribed,

including Aurum, Arsenicum album, Kali sulphuricum,

Phosphoricum acidum and Kreosotum were given

orally, and Hydrastis and Calendula applied to the

tumour. Throughout the 7 months that she remained in

the RLHH, she consistently held to her stated ideals and

died peacefully at 31 years in Feb’83.

Mr C

He was first seen at the Tunbridge Wells

Homeopathic Hospital (TWHH) in November ’80,

when he was 33 years of age. He had a colorectal

Carcinoma which had been diagnosed in June ’79, when

a resection of an anular sigmoid Carcinoma was

performed. He had remained well until August ’80

when he began passing blood and mucous PR.

Laparotomy at the Royal Marsden Hospital in August

’80 showed a recurrence of the tumour invading the

bladder, plus mesentric and hepatic metastases. His

wife reported that she had been told that her husband

was not expected to survive to the end of the year. She

had discussed this with her husband, neither of them

accepted this gloomy prognosis, and both sought to add

homeopathic treatment to the therapy already being

prescribed. The main complaint on presentation was

frequent loose bloody stools. In Sept.’80 the patient’s

father died with lung Carcinoma.

Throughout the next two years Mr C received

regular Iscador Qu cum Hg, a split dose of Carcinosin

12 and frequent Mercurius corrosivus 6, Natrum

sulphuricum 6, or China 6. He also continued with

regular Chemotherapy as advised at the Marsden. In

June ’81 ultrasound examination showed disappearance

of previously detectable hepatic metastases and a fall in

the CEA to normal levels. The pelvic mass appeared

stationary.

In 1981 his second child was born. He remained

generally well, continued his fulltime work as sales

manager for a printing firm, but continued most of the

time to pass frequent bloody stools. He appeared at

least to be avoiding any deterioration, unitl his brother

was killed in a road accident in Nov.’82. After this Mr

C steadily deteriorated and died peacefully in April’83.

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

These three case histories illustrate three of the

main reasons for which many patients have requested

Homeopathy as an adjunct to other therapy for

neoplastic disease. Mrs A had a life-long interest in

Homeopathy, Miss B was committed to a philosophy

which supported it, and Mr C turned to it when other

treatment appeared inadequate for his needs. All three

also reflect the hierarchy of factors described by

HAHNEMANN in relation to the development of

chronic diseases including tumours. We may first note

the volitional factor, the “essential” that HAHNEMANN

implies is the primary directive of being-energies. All

three showed clear evidence of an intent to learn as much

as they could through the illness they were experiencing.

Paradoxically they all accepted it, clearly discussed the

diagnosis with its apparent implications, yet at the same

time sought to oppose it with the help they believed

appropriate to their life style and concepts. Their quiet

and persistent determination was clearly evident. The

ideas they expressed and sought further to clarify

concerning their particular situation appeared to have an

important stabilizing effect for them. Mrs A referred to

Christian concepts and Miss B to Eastern philosophy.

Although Mr and Mrs C showed no particular religious

or philosophical affiliation, in their own way they

discussed and pursued their concern for quality of life

and not, as they put it, mere longevity. All three

consistently showed their intent to progress through the

disease towards more Self understanding. Arguably this

contributed to the calmness they usually showed and

remarkably low need for analgesics.

As well as referring to the fundamental role of

volition and ideology in the development and treatment

of tumours, HAHNEMANN also emphasizes the part

played by emotional trauma. Many other writers have

referred to this in the last two centuries. Again this is

evident in all three cases reported here. Mrs A had a

long history of family problems which escalated in her

later years. In addition her sister died with breast Cancer

in 1976. Miss B, as has already been noted, developed

Hodgkin’s disease shortly after major family conflicts

and breaking her previous close involvement with her

family. Mr C only showed a steady deterioration in his

disease after his brother’s sudden death. In discussing

the nature of their disease, all three patients readily

associated their personal emotional traumas with the

disease development.

In relation to gross physical factors relevant to

Cancer therapy, HAHNEMANN refers to such basics as

diet, drainage and general care. In recent years various

diets have been suggested as being important aids in

Cancer therapy. Of the three patients reported here, all

three chose predominantly simple wholefood diets, Miss

B was vegetarian.

The medication prescribed has already been

summarized in the individual histories. Mrs A had

Iscador, homeopathic remedies of a constitutional and

pathological emphasis, Radiotherapy and conventional

medication. Miss B had only homeopathic

prescriptions. Mr C had frequent Chemotherapy as well

as homoepathic remedies and regular Iscador injections.

The homeopathic remedies used came from groups

regularly used at the RLHH and TWHH in cancer

therapy. These are nosodes such as Carcinosin

prescribed for Mr C. We also used antisycotic

remedies, particularly Thuja for Miss B, on account of

her soft discharging tumour. Constitutional remedies

were assessed and prescribed for all three. Pathological

type prescriptions were widely used for instance in an

attempt to ease the copious bloody stools of Mr C and

the diaphragmatic spasms of Mrs A.

It was frequently observed by the nursing staff that

the patients described here were remarkably positive and

calm despite their gross disease. Naturally they all had

some phases of depression and negative type questioning,

but opportunities to discuss their reactions, the

prescriptions of constitutional remedies, and the

continued support of friends, relatives and other

therapists usually helped them through this in a matter of

a few days.

All three patients described here took an active

interest in their therapy from the start. Its application

was recurrently discussed as fully as possible with them.

Similarly as far as possible we attempted to listen and

help them clarify their ideas concerning their

experiences, using their preferred terminology.

One of the few facts that is clear about Cancer

development is that it is far from understood. Arguably

HAHNEMANN’s theories on chronic disease give many

useful leads on how to pursue an insight into this

condition and then evolve, together with the patients

experiencing it, a rational therapy appropriate to its many

facets.

5. ALOE SOCOTRINA: A Most Valuable Remedy in

Need of Rediscovery Part 1

Andre SAINE ND, DHANP

(SIM, Vol.XIV, 2/2001)

At the annual meeting of the International

Hahnenemannian Association in 1888, William P.

WESSELHOEFT presented a paper entitled Aloe

Socotrina an Anti-psoric Remedy. This paper, which is

recommended reading, can be found in the Homeopathic

Physician section of Reference Works and starts with the

following sentence from HERING: “Aloes has many

symptoms like Sulphur and is equally important in

chronic diseases with abdominal plethora.” In it

WESSELHOEFT reports the cure of a number of patients

with chronic diseases following the administration of

Aloe, which was selected on account of the chronic

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

intestinal or haemorrhoidal complaints. The interesting

aspect of these cases is the reappearance of a previously

suppressed skin eruption. Despite being relatively well

proven, WESSELHOEFT NOTICED THAT Aloe will

“clear away a number of other psoric symptoms not yet

contained in its pathogenesis.”

Two years later there appeared another most

interesting paper on Aloe by Dr.JEKYLL entitled Aloes.

To quote:

“For a long time I have considered that Aloes was

the most valuable remedy in the whole Materia Medica

with which to commence the treatment of most of the

Chronic Diseases that come into our hands, and

especially those that came from the hands of the

‘regulars,’ where a wholesale drugging had taken place

and the symptoms were so obscured that it was

impossible to separate the disease symptoms from those

of the drugs that had been already administered; or in

those cases, where the disease had been suppressed by

improper doses, or by the profuse use of external

applications.

“Some 30 years since in a conversation with several

physicians, whose names I cannot now recall (and

perhaps it would be improper to give them if I could), I

made the above remarks, and I well remember that my

assertions were well poohed at by them and that I held

my peace for the time being; but I still continued to

watch the action of the drug, and let me here say that it

has seldom disappointed me when administered in any

of such of the above cases.

“If you will carefully go over the symptoms of

Aloes you will find that it has a vast number of

symptoms in common with almost every drug in the

Materia Medica; besides many that it has cured that are

not recorded in any Materia Medica that I have seen,

and I have examined everyone that has been published

in the English language; or at least have tried to do so.

“Where or when this idea fastened itself upon me is

more than I can now tell, and it has been acted upon

accordingly, to the best of my ability.

“In the examination of cases where eruptions have

been suppressed or driven from the surface by improper

dosing or the use of external dosing or the use of

external applications, you will find many Aloes

symptoms are produced, and if Aloes be administered, it

will cause to assume, more or less, its original form and

can then be treated as the original; or it will relieve the

oppressed vital organs, so that they can rally and throw

off, to a certain extent, the oppression, which had taken

possession of the vitality of the patient, together with

the drug symptoms, and clear up the case, so that the

proper simillimum may be selected for the complete

cure of the case, which would have been impossible to

have done in the first place, on account of the then

muddled up condition of the drug and disease symptoms

which could have been elicited from the patient.

“Perhaps I could not better illustrate the matter than

to give a few of the cases that have come into my hands

for treatment.”

JEKYLL goes on to describe three instances where

Aloe cleared up the case for another remedy. To quote

one of his cases:

“Some 10 years ago, Mr.__ came to me; he was

about 20 years of age, rather tall and slim, light

complexion, light brown hair; had an old look; poor and

scrawny; was cross and snappish; complained of great

lassitude, hard work to move; ill humoured, dissatisfied

with himself and everything around him; vertigo,

especially when looking up, as if everything was in a

whirl; dull, heavy, stupid headache, more in the

forehead and over the eyes; dimness and flittering

before the eyes; very sensitive to any noise, the hearing

of music, the play of children, the talking of persons

would almost set him wild; very gloomy and

despondent, thought that life was hardly worth living;

metallic, sticky taste in the mouth; yellowish ulcers on

the tongue and in bucal cavity; no appetite except for

fruits or knick-knacks, which caused an oppression of

the stomach, with acrid, bitter belching of gas from the

stomach, loose acrid stool with the passage of large

quantity of gas soon after eating, with urging; restless

sleep with vivid, frightful dreams; offensive swet under

the arms, in the groins and about the genitals; a hoarse,

husky voice; chilly feeling in the open air; cutting pains

in the upper portion of the right lung and in the lower

portion of the left, with a gripping sensation in the

region of the spleen; enlargement of the joints, very

painful at the change of the weather, especially if damp,

which made him very despondent and gloomy; said that

he felt that he was certain to hear some bad news; scary

and fearful, did not like to be left alone for fear that

something dreadful would happen to him; skin was dry

and harsh; a slight bruise or scratch would take a long

time to heal, and if of any size was sure to ulcerate, with

fearful itching and burning; lips, face and hands chap

and the skin cracks as soon as cold weather sets in, with

fearful smarting and burning-a sensation which covered

all of the exposed parts of the body.

“I gave him seven doses of Aloes 1M, to be taken

one dose just before bedtime, and to report as soon as

the powders were all used. He returned in a week.

There was but very little change except that his mother

said that she believed that he had a little better appetite.

He got seven doses of Sacarrhum lactis and to report

when used. At the third call there were symptoms of the

eruption making its appearance.

“Another seven powders of Saccharum lactis were

given, and upon the fourth call he had as nice a case of

itch as you would wish to see; he said that he itched

from head to foot; that he could not keep still one

moment, and the more he scratched the worse he was.

Otherwise his health was better; had a very good

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

appetite; did not feel so gloomy; felt more like living if

he could get rid of that infernal itching.

“He now got one dose of Sulphur 1M, and

Saccharum lactis to last him for one month. Before

that time the eruption had all disappeared. He then got

one dose of Sulphur 10M and Saccharum lactis for

another month. This was all the medicine he got, and in

about one year he had entirely recovered his health, and

has remained well from that time to this.”

Dr.JEKYLL proceeds with two similar cases, and

ends his articles by saying, “I think that these cases are

sufficient to establish the values of Aloes; if not, I can

give any number of a like character.” The main

difference between the cases of Drs. WESSELHOEFT

and JEKYLL is that JEKYLL completed the cure of

his patients by prescribing another remedy after the

appearance of the skin eruptions. It was Sulphur in the

first case and Pulsatilla and Nitricum acidum for his

second and third cases, respectively. On the other hand,

WESSELHOEFT often noticed that no other remedy

than Aloe was necessary to complete the cure even after

the appearance of the previously suppressed skin

eruptions. A case by Dr.L.WHITING illustrates

WESSELHOEFT’s the point, that when Aloe is

indicated in an acute or subacute complaint, which often

happens to be diarrhoea, it will often also be the chronic

remedy.

“Mrs._____, age 40. Morning diarrhea for many

years past, comes on every morning after arising and

continuing till 10 AM. Stools yellowish, thin, fecal,

accompained by much flatus, and an immediate

irrepressible desire for stool; can not delay one minute.

Aloe 30 was prescribed for the case, a powder dry on

tongue night and morning. Having taken only four

doses of the Aloe, the stool became of normal

consistency, and the case became one of scabies over

the entire body. Upon enquiry it was ascertained that

she had the itch when about 10 years of age, and that it

was treated by inunction of Sulphur and lard, and she

was of the opinion that the diarrhea had been her

constant companion since about that time, a period of 30

years. She received no further medicine and in three

days time the power of the drug that had produced the

scabies had also effected a cure of the same, with no

return of diarrhea.”

However, no routine assumption should replace

careful observation and strict individualization.

Whether the case should be cured with Aloe alone, or

with the helkp of a complementary remedy, cannot be a

routine decision, as illustrated in the following case of

WESSELHOEFT presented two years after his original

paper:

H.B.A., aged 27. Blonde, thin, active. For a year

troubled with diarrhea. Always has a loose, watery

stool at 7 AM. A second stool may follow any time

during the day---early evening, forenoon, or afternoon.

The stools are very urgent, often nothing but a little

sputter with much flatus; is obliged to run to the closet

as soon as he feels the desire, as he has but little power

to retain stool.

“Much rumbling of wind in abdomen after going to

bed. Usually awakens an hour after going to bed with

palpitation of heart; after passing flatus goes to sleep

and rests easily the remainder of the night. At night he

can pass flatus with confidence, which he could not do

during the day. All the flatus he passes is hot.

“Free discharge of prostatic fluid after stool.

Constant sensation of soreness in lower abdomen, over

os pubis, not sensitive to pressure. Tongue clean,

appetite very good.

“He affirms that he has been well all his life up to a

year ago. When a boy he had tinea ciliaris.

“Now, what bothered this young man more than

anything was the discharge of prostatic fluid after the

stool, and that is what he came to be ‘doctored for’. We

all know that such a solitary symptom will give us no

indication for a remedy, and if I had known as much as I

do now about this symptoms 30 years ago it would have

saved me much trouble and often anxiety. In every

instance I should have made this symptom a secondary

and not a primary indication, no matter what the wishes

of my patients might have been. Instead of trying all the

remedies enumerated under the head of discharge of

prostatic fluid during stool, I should have work3ed at

other more important featuresw of the case. But how

often is the young physician misled by the patient’s

mind, and especially if he comes with a diagnosis

already concocted by some celebrity which aids and

abets the fears of the patient?

“The diarrhea with the characteristic weakness of

the sphincter, which would not allow him at any time,

except in the night, to pass flatus, the flatus always

being hot when passed; the clean tongue and good

appetite led me to give him a dose of Aloes CM.

“In a fortnight he came back with the following

story:

“One formed stool a day for the last 10 days. No

urgency. Passes flatus with confidence and is not hot.

Has slept well every night, no palpitation. Very little

prostatic fluid has passed.

“Reappearance of sick headaches, of which he had

two violent ones during the fortnight. These have been

absent for over a year and were treated by Bromo-

caffeine.

“Now consider for a moment my astonishment

when my patient told me that he has always suffered

from sick headaches up to the time his other troubles

commenced! I gave Sacharrum lactis.

“A fortnight later came the following report:

“Stools have remained perfectly normal. No

discharge of prostatic fluid for two weeks. Soreness in

lower abdomen over region of bladder entirely gone.

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

During the fortnight has had four severe headaches with

nausea but no vomiting. Gets very faint at stomach

every morning about 10:00—another old symptom

which accompanied his former sick headaches. Just 40

days after the dose of Aloes he received a dose of

Sulphur CM.

“Three weeks later he reports:

“No headache to speak of. One or two attempts at

one, but not severe enough to keep him from work. His

stools remain normal. Is troubled a little with flatulence

that has easy and confident egress [exit]. Has gained

four pounds during the last three weeks. Is discharged

cured.”

Now let’s examine a few more cases.

An Autistic Child with Recurrent Diarrhea

I will present this case in full detail and with most

of the follow-up visits, as the evolution of its cure is a

very interesting one. This is the case of M. D., a

mentally retarded nine-and –a half-year-old boy, whom

I first saw on May 14, 1997. The chief complaint was

chronic diarrhea. M.D. was born with complete

agenesis of the corpus callosum, one of only two cases

ever diagnosed in Canada. There was no prognosis

given. He also had severe dysmorphic myopia (-21

diopters), strabismus, hyperflexibility of his ligaments,

cryptorchidism and cardiac malformation with aortic

regurgitation. The latter condition, Marfan’s syndrome,

is also very rare; he was one of two cases with this typ

of cardiac anomaly to be diagrnosed in Canada. He was

completely limp at birth.

M.D. had been completely absorbed within himself.

He never answered any questions. It was impossible to

know anything such as emotions, feelings or what he

experienced, except for the basic needs of life. He

showed almost complete lack of reaction to his

surroundings, including situations that would cause

pain. He had cried fewer than 20 times in his life, and

only in situations where there was an incredible amount

of pain. He blocked his ears and closed his eyes when

spoken to. He always spoke with a very low voice,

almost like whispering. He was totally obstinate. He

would do nothing unless it was what he wanted to do.

He was mentally retarded except for auditory and

visual memory, for which he was two years ahead of his

age group. He learned how to read and calculate in a

few days when he was nine years old. He stopped

growing on three different occasions. He had not grown

in one and a half years when I saw him, and was three

years behind on the growth chart.

He had been having six to eight episodes of

diarrhea per day. The diarrhea started 10 months after

the parents separated two years ago. It was more severe

at first, with 12-14 episodes per day. He tested negative

for celiac disease and for the presence of blood.

Psychiatrists treated him to no avail. Dietary changes

helped at first, but the benefit lasted only three or four

weeks. He often became dehydrated. The diarrhea was

only by day, worse from 11 AM to 3 PM(1), and

especially worse between 12.30 PM and 1:45 PM (2). It

was always the same: a watery, yellow brown, offensive

diarrhea followed by albuminous mucous like the white

of an egg. It sputtered out with little shots of gas. Just

prior to an episode he became totally distended (3) “like

a child with marasmus” with a round hard abdomen and

gurgling (2). He had to be in diapers as he had

involuntary stools on a daily basis. It was a very

offensive diarrhea (3). There seemed to be no other

circumstances that would trigger the diarrhea except

stress.

His parents separated in July of 1994 due to the

father’s extramarital affair. M.D. didn’t show any

reaction to the separation. From December of 1994

until March of 1995, the father threatened the family

and pursued them “like in the movies,” which ended

with the intervention of police who arrested him in

March of 1995. The entire family lived in fear for their

lives; policemen would accompany them on outings.

M.D. developed diarrhea in April of 1995, which was

worse on school days and much woirse during hot

weather (3). He had had diarrhea during hot weather

since birth. The diarrhea was also worse after corn(3),

wheat (2) and broccoli (1). It was unknown whether the

diarhea was painful.

M.D. had no physical or mental endurance. He

became tired very easily from slight physical exertion

such as walking. He was often found resting, lying on

his abdomen with his two hands between his thighs; in

the last six months, he preferred to lieon his back with

his hands under his head and his knees bent. He was

restless while sitting. He preferred to raise his legs if

sitting, or even to kneel on the chair if he could, which

calmed him down. When tired, he became pale and

rubbed his forehead. He also became very tired with

any mental effort (3).

M.D. had many peculiar idiosyncrasies. He always

wanted to be first: to enter the car, to climb the stairs, to

enter school. He had an aversion to having his head

washed. In fact, he would not let his head be washed.

He also had a great fear of having his hair cut.

Eventually, when his hair really needed to be cut, he

would develop diarrhea. For the past two years, he

couldn’t have his penis touched, even by himself. He

didn’t laugh until he was about six years old. From

infancy, the palms of his hands would peel for a period

of two weeks, then there would be a pause of one or two

weeks, then the peeling would start again. He had an

aversion to round foods, grapes, round candies, etc. He

rolled paper a lot. He had been falling asleep with the

blanket over his head for the last year.

He loved animals. He startled easily (2), and

appeared to be sensitive to sharp and low noises. If he

became angry, which had happened three or four times

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

in his life, he would grind his teeth and pinch, but he

could not express a word. He rarely experienced pain.

He very much needed routine (3), e.g., if a toy was used,

it needed to go back to where it belonged, or if a little

box was used to put horses in, it could not be used for

other animals. For general orderliness, however, he was

normal. On the other hand, he was very meticulous

about many things. For example, he had difficulty

writing anything, and then erased it 10-20 times; if one

of his socks fell down, he had to lift it to where it

belonged; he had to wear a T-shirt under his shirt.

He had a history of nightmares that were always

related to the ocean and waves. He had never had a

cold, flue or any other common infection except for one

episode of otitis media two years ago. When pregnant

with him, his mother was sure that something was not

normal in his head.

The family’s life was completely compromised.

Because of M.D.’s diarrhea, the family could not leave

the house for common outings.

Temperature: If he overdressed in the morning and the

day became warm, he would not remove his clothes. He

couldn’t breathe in cold air (2) or if there was wind (3),

even in summer. He got frosbite easily. He did not

react to hot and cold water when being washed. He had

an aversion to the sun (2), which tired him. He always

sought the shade. He had an aversion to the heat of the

summer, when he spent his time in the basement. His

neck and head perspired during the entire night, but he

never perspired while awake, even if it was very hot.

Only his ears became red.

Energy: He was more tired after lunch, around 1-2 PM

(2).

Sleep: He went to bed at 7.30 PM and slept until 5.45

AM. He was very restless in his sleep, and had ground

his teeth almost every night for the last four or five

years. He never uncovered himself in sleep.

Appetite: He had a poor appetite. There were only a

few foods that he would eat: pasta, chocolate, sweets,

icecream, and cheese. Other foods he liked a lot were

eggs, cucumber, and soups.

Thirst: He used to be a big drinker before the diarhea.

He preferred his drinks at rook temperture.

Personality: He feared wolves and heights (3); after

going up three steps he would panic. He feared going

downhill (2). He was claustrophobic (2). He had an

aversion to being touched (1), to being caressed (1), to

being massaged (1), to being buckled in the car (1), and

of crowds. He was very sensitive to admonition. If

scolded, he would punish his mother by saying “no.”

If he was sad he would not accept consolation. He was

mildly jealous. He had never been violent or

destructive. He was sympathetic (2): he seemed to

suffer more than the ones that were hurt. He was very

sensitive to the emotions of others (2).

Objective symptoms: M.D. was completely different

from any child I had ever seen. He walked, moved, and

acted as if from another world. He wore thick glasses.

He acted as if I was not present. He repeated “Go!”

many times during the interview. His mother would

say, “When the doctor is finished asking questions, we

will go home.” He would again say, “Go!”

He was lean and had a very enlarged, round and

hard abdomen like a balloon (3). He couldn’t protrude

his tongue, and couldn’t lick. Every four to six months,

plugs of wax had to be removed from his ears.

He was 130.5 centimeters (51.5 inches) tall and

weiighed 26.3 kilos (57.75 pounds). He was very hairy,

especially on his back. On auscultation of his heart, we

could hear a distinct double S2 every fourth beat.

Current medication: M.D. had been slightly better

since taking China 30CH once a day for the last month,

prescribed by another practitioner.

Case analysis: We had a nine-and-a-half-year-old boy

born with many congenital anomalies and a type of

autism with many idiosyncrasies. What was most

characteristic was the recurrent diarrhea that he had

since birth, and that was much worse during hot

weather. Other characteristic symptoms were the

perspiration of the cervical area and head all night,

every night of his life, and his difficulty breathing in the

wind-which I somewhat downplayed, as it could have

been related to his physical anomalies. Other peculiar

symptoms that he had were the grinding teeth in sleep,

amelioration from raising his legs, his weak and

cautious nature, fear in high places, emaciation with an

enlarged abdomen, his stubbornness, and his food

desires for ice cream and cheese. All these add up to

very good indications for Calcarea carbonica—better

than any other remedy as the simillimum.

Plan: As the child had been under the care of another

practitioner prior to our visit, and had been taking China

30C once a day, I decided first to stop the China and

wait until there was no further change. The mother

would then give him one dose of Calcarea carbonica

10M (Hahnemann Pharmacy).

Follow-up, June 2, 1997: He took the remedy at 8 AM

on May 24. By 2 PM he had an aggravation of the

diarrhea. He was passing transparent gelatinous stool

with much white froth (an old symptom returning) for

the first three days, followed by his typical diarrhea.

The following four days he woke at 5:15AM with

abdominal pain, urging for stool and passing only gas.

On the third day after the remedy he became more

affectionate; he started inquiring about the well-being of

others for the first time in his life. The day before, he

developed a coryza for the first time of his life. A

colleague at the office saw him and on examination

found bilateral otitis media. He had the exact same

manifestation of otitis media two years ago. During the

exam of his ears he said “Ouch!” (Such a reaction to

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

this level of pain was new.) He also cooperated during

the exam, which was new. He had a 99.6ºF

temperature. His forehead was warm with cold hands

and feet. His face was red and congested. His eyes

were half closed and injected. He was very quiet.

Assessment: The initial reaction to the remedy seemed

favorable, as there was an aggravation of the diarrhea, a

return of old symptoms, an improvement in his general

disposition and the appearance of a first coryza. The

picture of the acute condition was a clearly indicating

Belladonna, with the characteristic symptoms of a

congested face, hot head and cold extremities, quiet

disposition with the eyes half open and injected.

Plan: My colleague prescribed Belladonna 200D

(Dunham); two doses, one now and one at bedtime.

Follow-up, June 4, 1997: By the next morning he was

mostly recovered. His ears, appetite, energy and color

were back to normal.

Assessment: Favourable reaction to Belladonna.

Plan: Wait.

Follow-up, July 2, 1997: On June 5, the coryza

returned without any fever and lasted for four or five

days. The diarrhea and bloating disappeared completely

from June 7-17, and then relapsed, exactly like before.

He had changed overall. After Calcarea carbonica, he

improved mentally until about two weeks ago. He was

now stable. He was “quite remarkably” calmer and

happier. He inquired about death every day in the last

week for the first time in his life. He developed

growing pains in the last week(his sister was also

subject to growing pains). For the last three weeks, he

complained of headaches for the first time in his life, as

the temperature had been warmer – in the mid-80s. The

most we could get from him was that he felt them in his

forehead and they were worse from light.

Since Calcarea carbonica he had started to bend

double while pasing stools, moaning, with both hands

on the floor. The incontinence of stool happened about

three times a day. Since one week he had been hiding

from strangers. Since Calcarea carbonica his nose was

itchy up to 25-30 times per day, and he was sneezing for

the first time in his life, around 3:30-4 PM every day.

He insisted that all windows and doors be closed, and

panicked with open windows in the car. He wanted to

hide more. He covered his head more, for example, if

he went to the pool he put a towel over his head. He let

other people touch him (new). The peeling of his hands,

perspiration at night, stubbornness, low voice, being

startled at noise, teeth grinding in sleep, and

perfectionism were unchanged. A few days before he

got his hand caught in a door and didn'’ complain of any

pain, although he should have. He grew more than half

an inch since the first visit, which was the first sign of

growth in more than 18 months.

Assessment: The reaction to the remedy was good, not

great. However, there were enough positive changes,

especially on the mental/emotional level, but also with

the return of old conditions (the white frothy mucus and

the ear infection), and increased stature, to warrant

another dose of the remedy. One thing was clear: M.D.

was sensitive to remedies. So far he had received three

different remedies (China, Calcarea carbonica and

Belladonna) and had responded positively to all three of

them. This enhanced his prognosis but was also a signal

that he would likely respond to any remedy with a

certain degree of similarity to his case. Therefore, one

had to pay great attention to the direction of cure to

assure that the remedy to which he was responding had

a high degree of similarity.

Plan: Another dose of Calcarea carbonica 10M was

prescribed.

Follow-up, August 5, 1997: The diarrhea got worse

after the remedy like after the first dose, but it was a bit

different: “It comes out in one shot, like a cork.” Since

July 23, he asked for the first time to take a bath, and let

his hair be washed. He stopped inquiring about death.

For the first time in his life he was willful. Since the

very hot weather the diarrhea had been much worse. He

still had loud rumbling bef0re stool. The sneezing,

peeling of the hands, and perfectionism were gone. The

grinding of the teeth was worse. The headaches,

perspiration at night, itching nose, startling easily,were

unchanged. He cried loudly for the first time in his life.

Assessment: Calcarea carbonica was not the best

remedy in this case even though the child made some

progress on the mental level. The fact that the diarrhea

in hot weather not only did not improve, but got worse

under Calcarea carbonica, was a sign that its degree of

similarity was not high enough. I started to look for a

remedy with a higher level of similarity and studied the

case anew.

While taking the initial case I had considered Aloe,

as it coovered so well the picture of the diarrhea, but

dropped it as it didn’t cover the rest of the case—

especially some of the very peculiar symptoms

mentioned earlier, which indicated Calcarea carbonica.

But, as the diarrhea was now clearly worse, and

aggravated in hot weather, and characterized by this

loud rumbling prior to the stool, I again strongly

considered Aloe. Moreover, after the first dose of

Calcarea carbonica there was a return of the transparent

gelatinous stool with much white froth, very similar to

frog spawn, which is found under Aloe. At that point,

two prior cases of Aloe which I had successfully treated

came to mind, and I became convinced that Aloe had to

be the simillimum for the case. To illustrate, I will

temporarily interrupt M.D.’s case to present these two

other cases.

The first one is not complete in all its detail, as the

patient’s file could not be retrieved. It was the case of

young man about 18 years old, whom I saw about 10

years prior to M.D. He had a history of cryptorchidism

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

and came to me after having been treated about 18

months previously with surgery and chemotherapy for

testicular carcinoma. He had had diarrhea ever since

chemotherapy. He presented the typical diarrhea of

Aloe, which resolved it quickly. Following Aloe, I

treated him successfully with Argentum nitricum for his

chronic state. But the most interesting aspect of this

case, which I recalled when considering a better remedy

for M.D., was that this patient had a long history of

great need for routine with aversion to change, as well

as cycles of fixations. For instance, when he was a

child, he ate the same food three times per day for long

periods of time and nothingelse. Then, he would switch

to another food three times per day and leave aside

completely the previous one. If he had a project, he

would focus obsessively on it to the exclusion of almost

everything else, until it would be replaced by another

project. He was also overly meticulous in every minute

aspect of his projects.

The second case which came to mind when I was

considering a better remedy for M.D. follows in greater

detail. In August of 1993, a homeopath called me from

a hospital where T.P., her 20-year-old son, was being

treated with chemotherapy for testicular carcinoma. Her

son had been very sick since receiving chemotherapy,

and after trying different remedies, she was seeking my

help.

Five weeks earlier, T.P. started experiencing pain in

his left testicle and kidney area. In the second week of

July he noticed that left testicle was enlarged and had

hardened. T.P. also had a history of cryptorchidism.

On July 27 he was operated on and was diagnosed with

embryonic testcicular carcinoma, which had already

spread to the abdominal lymph nodes and the lungs. He

started to receive chemotherapy on August 4. He got

progressively sicker after the first chemotherapy,

experiencing nausea, vomiting, weakness, diarrhea,

faintness, and abdominal cramping.

The presenting symptoms were burning and heat

from the mouth to the rectum. His mouth was

completely covered with Candida albicans. He had a

fever of 101.7ºF (38.7ºC) and a pulse rate of 100. He

experienced great weakness. He was not thirsty

(usually he was very thirsty). He had been having

diarrhea every 30 to 60 minutes. His abdomen became

hot and gurgled with cramps before each stool, which

was a watery, yellow brown, lienteric diarrhea with “a

sweet and sour smell, like a baby diarrhea.” The

cramps, heat and gurgling in the abdomen were relieved

by stool or flatus. He passed a great quantity of

sputtering gas during each stool, and felt weak

afterwards. Sometimes he did not recognize that he was

passing a stool. He constantly felt a small ball in the

rectum, and had a small hemorrhoid.

He was chilly (1), his lips were chapped (2) and his

mouth was dry (2) with a bitter taste. His tongue had a

thick white coating. He had had no appetite for four

days. His skin was sore (2). He was cool to the touch

with the fever (2), and his face was cold and clammy

(2). He was hypersensitive to jar (2) and to noise (2),

which created “an electric shock” throughout his body.

In general, he felt better in the morning and after 10:30-

11 PM (1). He felt worse from 4-11 PM (2). He was

intolerant of people, especially if they made noise or

jarred his bed. He never wanted any visitors, although

previously he was very gregarious. He turned his head

away when his girl-friend picked up his hand, or if his

mother wanted to kiss him.

His oncologist and gastroenterologist thought that

he had developed an intestinal infection, but all the

cultures had been negative. T.P.’s mother had typhoid

fever when she was eight months pregnant, and T.P.

was treated for active typhoid soon after birth with the

antibiotic Chloromycetin. He had developed mycotic

infections everywhere on his skin, mouth and throat.

Analysis: T.P. was presenting a perfect picture of Aloe

with heat and gurgling before stool, sputtering of the

flatus, unconscious passing of stool, ball sensation in the

rectum, and especially his tendency to “repel everyone.”

Two hours after the remedy, T.P. felt better. He

experienced a sense of well-being very soon after taking

the remedy that descended from above down. Since the

remedy, T.P. had one small semi-solid stool and no

diarrhea. The cramps were much less. He was very

hungry. He was irritable and had a headache from

hunger, which was common for him. His energy was

better. He was not permitted to eat.

Assessment: He had a very good reaction to Aloe. The

new symptoms of irritability and headache with hunger

are characteristic of Sulphur, the only remedy known to

be complementary to Aloe.

Plan: Sulphur 200C.

Follow-up, August 12, 1993: His headache and the

burning in the abdomen got worse immediately after the

remedy. Then he felt better. The headache disappeared.

His energy was up, from 1-2 on a 10-point scale to 5.

He had not eaten yet. He had four small stools since the

remedy. The gurgling and the flatus were much less.

The burning from the mouth to the rectum was reduced

by 20%. The abdomen was not hot anymore. He had

been very thirsty since the Sulphur. The hemorhoid was

better.

Assessment: He had a favorable reaction to Sulphur,

with an immediate aggravation followed by a good

improvement.

Plan: Wait.

Follow-up, August 12, 1993, 7 PM: He had four large,

watery stools in two hours. He was weak again, down

to 2 out of 10. There was a lot of gas. The hunger

disappeared. His palate and throat were dry without

thirst (2). The hemorrhoid began to bleed.

Assessment: Relapse of the original condition.

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

Plan: Aloe 200C.

Follow-up, August 12, 1993, 9 PM: He fell asleep

soon after taking the remedy and had no stool

afterwards.

Assessment: Good reaction to the remedy.

Plan: Wait, and repeat the remedy at the first sign of

relapse.

Follow-up, August 13, 1993, 10.30 AM: During the

night he experienced diarrhea at 2:30 AM and

threemore times after waking up at 7:30 AM. He took

one dose of the remedy after each occurrence of the

diarrhea. He had almost no pain or gurgling. He felt

quite well.

Follow-up, August 13, 1993: The Candida albicans

came back right away after the chemotherapy (part of it

was Bleomycin, a powerful antibiotic). He had a fever

of 100.8º F (38.2º C). His eyes burned (2) each time he

experienced the fever. He had no diarrhea but passed a

formed stool about every six hours. He was very

thirsty for cold drinks. Before the fever he experienced

chills going down his back. His energy was good (6-7)

but he became very weak within a minute after standing

up (3).

Assessment: The burning eyes with thye fever,

weakness worse standing, return of the thirst, and

descending chills, indicated Sulphur.

Plan: Sulphur 200C.

T.P. responded well to Sulphur, and continued to

do so for several months afterwards.

The interesting aspect of these two Aloe cases is

that both of them had a history of crytorchidism and

testicular carcinoma, and both had developed a similar

severe diarrheal reaction to chemotherapy, which

clearly indicated Aloe. Now, when looking at M.D.’s

case and acknowledging that Calcarea carbonica was

not his remedy, I wondered, could this be a case of

Aloe?

With M.D.’s history of cryptorchidism, typical Aloe

diarrhea, and the need for routine, I sensed that Aloe

was not only the acute but also the chronic remedy for

M.D. I therefore prescribed Aloe 1M (Boreneman) to

M.D. ON August 5, 1997, and was looking forward to

his reaction to the remedy.

Follow-up, August 13, 1997: After the remedy he was

happier. The stool became dramatically better the next

day for three days. Then he developed a flu for the first

time in his life. He had a relpase of the diarrhea and

another dose of the remedy was given on August 9

which had no effect, except for a large evacuation of

white froth.

Assessment: The fact that he relapsed so quickly and

that there were no changes with the second dose would

typically not be seen as a favorable response. However,

remembering the cases where Jekyll repeated Aloe 1M

several times before eliciting a strong response, I still

felt that Aloe was the most similar remedy and that I

needed to persist.

Plan: Repeat Aloe 1M up to three times within the next

24 hours . If there is an obvious reaction to the first or

second dose, do not give the subsequent dose(s).

Follow-up, August 26, 1997: Three doses of the

remedy were given. Hebecame very tired for the first

six days after the last dose. The mother said that she

had forgotten to mention that at least once a day the

gurgling prior to stools was so intense that it made a

sound similar to the draining of a very noisy toilet bowl,

and since the first dose of Aloe it had happened only

three times. He was even happier than before. His

energy returned to his usual low normal. He stopped

being startled at noise. He felt pain and really cried on

one occasion.

Assessment: A clear aggravation, followed by an

improvement on the mental/emotional level, was a good

sign.

Plan: Wait.

Follow-up, September 16, 1997: He did very well

until six days ago when school started; he refused to go,

and once he cried in his mother’s arms. The diarrhea

with the bloating, involuntary stools and abdominal pain

completely relapsed. He did not want to get dressed

anymore.

Assessment: Relapse with the stress of returning to

school.

Plan: Repeat Aloe 1M now, and at the first sign of

relapse.

Follow-up, September 24, 1997: He was dramatically

better. The diarrhea stopped right away. His energy was

much better after September 17. On September 18, he

developed another cold with much discharge and

sneezing, day and night. The foam reappeared again for

one day. Emotionally, he had opened up. He began

addressing others spontaneously. He was less self-

absorbed. He was more demanding about his needs. He

was more present. He stopped grinding his teeth and

sweating at night for the first time. The bloating was

gone.

Assessment: Excellent reaction to the remedy.

Plan: Wait.

Follow-up, November 19, 1997: On October 1, he had

a relapse of the diarrhea, self-absorbed personality,

bloating, peeling of the hands, covering his head,

grinding his teeth, loud gurgling before stools, refusal to

dress or go to school. He became silent. He didn’t want

to talk or eat.

The remedy was repeated on October 3. The next

day he developed a cold with much discharge and

sneezing which lasted only 24 hours. Again, he had the

white frothy mucus in his stool on the first day. Then

he was much better. The stool became formed and only

once a day. His appetite returned. He was able to eat

any food, even milk, without problems.

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

He was much more expressive and was 50% less

self-absorbed. He asked to go play outside for the first

time, and laughed regularly with other kids also a first.

His self-confidence was much better. He was crying

two or three times a week. It was only since the

summer that he had really started to cry. He was fine in

crowds. The fear of going downhill was gone. His hair

could be cut without any fuss. He could be touched

except in the genital area. He stopped being willful..

He had no headaches. He had the coryza with

sneezing at least once per week. He wrote better, but

reading was still difficult. He still had poor stamina and

resistance. He was stressed the week of November 8 at

school and relapsed. He started again to sleep on his

abdomen with his hands between his thighs.

Assessment: The fact that the response to the same

potency is better with each subsequent dose is a sign

that the degree of similarity is high.

Plan: Aloe 1M now, and repeat after three or four days

of relapse, or if he is stable for one or two weeks.

Follow-up, January 19, 1998: He received six more

doses of Aloe 1M. He developed a cold and passed

white foam for one day after each dose. Within 12

hours his stools became normal, his energy picked up

and he became more like a normal child, e.g., wanting

to play outside. If stressed, he regressed, and if the

mother waited before repeating the remedy, he

continued to regress further. In general, he was much

happier. He slept well from 8:30 PM until 8:30 AM,

instead of 7:30 PM-5:45 AM.

He became more independent. For the first time in his

life, he used a public washroom by himself. He had

only one normally formed stool per day, unless he had a

relapse. He accomplished all his chores perfectly. He

never complained of headaches. He had coryza, which

excoriated his lips, even more often than before. He

touched his penis after a bath the day after a dose on

November 19. His mother still could not touch him

there. The peeling of his hands relapsed only with the

diarrhea. The white foam was present only if he took

the remedy. He had no sweat at night. He slept again

on his back with his hands under his head, knees flexed.

He wept and laughed loudly quite often. Routine

was less important. His lack of stamina was gone and

he had the energy of a normal child. He spoke in

sentences. During the year prior to the treatment, he

would say “that” or “milk”; after the treatment he would

say, “Can I have some milk, please?” He was 70% less

self-absorbed. He was reading and writing better. He

did not grind his teeth anymore. He reacted normally to

hot and cold.

Assessment: Same.

Plan: Continue with previous plan.

Follow-up, March 16, 1998: On February 3 he had a

relapse. He took the remedy. He had the coryza, then

recovered and was well for only five days. The mother

gave him Calcarea 10M by mistake. It was interesting

to note that there was absolutely no reaction or change

following the Calcarea carbonica with the exception of

chewing in his sleep, a new symptom. She waited one

week, repeated Aloe 1M, and he was better again. His

personaity and intellectual skills improved further. He

did not cry much anymore but became angry instead

and expressed it spontaneously.

Assessment: Chewing in sleep is a symptom of

Calcarea carbonica. Despite continued improvement

with Aloe 1M, I wanted to see if he would make a

quantum leap with a higher potency.

Plan: Aloe 10M (Boiron) as needed for the diarrhea.

Follow-up, May 11, 1998: He received one dose of the

remedy. He started kissing his mother spontaneously.

He was very polite and considerate of others. He played

like a normal child. He was less self-absorbed.

Routine was not important anymore. He chewed less in

sleep. He was stronger physically. He appeared like a

normal boy of his age. He had more self-confidence.

The perspiration on his head and cervical region at night

had returned in the last two weeks. He had a mild

relapse in the last three days. His hair became fuller-it

used to be very thin and fine. Weight: 62 pounds.

Height: 53.8 inches.

Assessment: The fact that he reacted so well and so

long to the higher potency was another sign that Aloe

had a high degree of similarity.

Plan: One dose of Aloe 10M.

Summary of the case from May 1998 until March

2000: This summary was obtained by phone from the

mother on March 28, 2000. She reported that M.D. was

given three more doses of Aloe 10M, followed by about

eight doses of Aloe 10M potency (Homeoden) from the

end of 1998 until September 1999. At this time he

changed schools and started to relapse. He was given

four doses of the CM potency (Homeoden), in

September, October, and December, 1999, and the last

dose on January 23, 2000. The remedy was given at the

first sign of relapse, which was the reappearance of

flatulence, abdominal pain and incontinence of mucus

from the rectum.

He had been very good over this period. His

mother noticed that with the first sign of a relapse he

asked for pasta, cereals, sweets, milk, or chocolate. In

1998 he cried a lot, but starting in the summer of 1999,

he was always happy, rarely sad, played outside like

other kids, was more present with other people, e.g.,

inquiring about others. Overall, his mother said that he

was developing normally.

Follow-up, June 12, 2000: I saw him in the office for

the first time since May 1998. This time he shook my

hand when I greeted them in the waiting room. He

walked into my office asking me questions about

myself.

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

I found out that with no apparent stress he had stool

incontinence on March 30. He received another dose of

Aloe CM and recovered the next day. On April 11, he

was stressed. He became tired, developed a coryza and

redness around the lips. His mother gave him another

dose of CM. He recovered again within a day. On May

30 he was greatly stressed. He immediately developed

frothy stools, with much crying and coryza. He

received another dose of CM. He cried for three more

days and his stools returned to normal within three days.

He was now back to normal, according to his mother.

I reviewed the case with the mother. The ability to

touch his penis was mostly normal. The need for

routine was gone, except for breakfast, when he wanted

the TV on. He was more talkative. He slept from 7:30

PM until 5:30-6:00 AM. She said that his energy was

better but still not as much as his peers. She put it at 6

on a scale of 10. The mother noticed that as soon as he

relapsed, he would sleep on his abdomen with his hands

between his thighs, or on his back with his hands under

or above his head, and with his head covered. Before

homeopathic treatment he was at about a 2. He still

tended to be lethargic, but had more stamina. He could

walk up to 10-15 minutes before needing to sit. His

abdomen was not enlarged unless he was stressed. He

was doing very well in school.

He recently developed a new symptom. He had

become a perfectionist in making sure that chairs and

other such pieces of furniture were in their place, or that

doors of closets, cabinets, or rooms were closed.

Assessment: He was much better but his energy was

still too low. He would likely benefit from the DM

potency. As we did not have it, I decided to continue

with the CM potency.

Plan: Aloe CM at the first signs of relapse, such as

fatigue with the return of the above food cravings, or

changes in sleep position.

Follow-up, August 2, 2000: He took three more doses

of Aloe CM, June 12, and July 7 and 14. His stools

remained normal and never relapsed. He stayed up

longer and slept more normal hours, 8:45 PM-6:45AM.

For the first time he had started to be jealous and

possessive. For instance, he refused to share his toys,

and would cry if asked to. His energy was the same at 6

out of 10, but his stamina was better as he could walk

for 25-30 minutes. He was still lethargic. He was less

cooperative. The perfectionism had become much

worse. Instead of closing doors and replacing chairs 25

times a day, it was up to 100 times a day.

Assessment: He stopped progressing with the CM.

Plan: Aloe DM (Homeoden) now, and no repetition.

Follow-up, August 30, 2000: There were no apparent

changes until August 7 though August 9. During these

three days he had an aversion to water. He craved milk

“all day” and drank up to two liters per day. On August

8, he had a sore abdomen for 45 minutes, followed by

one bout of diarrhea. On August 9, he was better in

general but had one episode of involuntary urination.

From then on, he started to improve.

The perfectionism regarding chairs and doors was

much reduced, down to approximately 10 from 100

times each day. He had two nights, August 14 and 28,

with no sleep (return of an old symptom). The most

dramatic improvement with this dose was the change in

his speech. He spoke much more. For the first time he

called his mother “Mama.” His voice was warmer and

more emotional, which was new. His energy was much

better. His lethargy was gone. His stols were normal

with the exception of that one occasion. His jealousy

and possessiveness stopped about two weeks after the

remedy. He had had a bicycle for three years, but never

wanted to ride it. For the first time, he spontaneously

decided to ride it. Also, two weeks after the remedy, he

became much more cooperative. And for the first time

he looked forward to going to school in September. He

had developed a new behavior, refusing to wear

pajamas to sleep.

Assessment: Excellent reaction, an aggravation

followed by great improvement.

Plan: Wait, and repeat only with a clear and prolonged

relapse.

Follow-up, December 20, 2000: He had not needed

any more of the remedy. Around November 20, he had

a bad cold and a mini-relapse of his symptoms, but

recovered quickly without a dose of the remedy. He

had no diarrhea despite a major stress during the

previous two weeks; his brother had been hospitalized,

which created a lot of change in the family routine.

He became much more social. He went to a winter

camp, which went very well. He made a friend for the

first time, and they played together on a regular basis.

He had a period in November where he was stammering

but it had disappeared. The perfectionism with furniture

and doors was almost all gone. He agreed to wear his

pajamas to sleep. However, he had had five nights

without sleep since the last visit.

He had not been lethargic. He could walk for two

hours. His bedtime hours remained normal. He

continued bicycling. For years he had craved pasta; the

craving was now gone for the first time, for a month.

He had no skin peeling of his extremities.

His teachers were very positive about his progress

in school. They said that he had improved in

mathematics. In October he developed a new behavior;

when disappointed, he pulled on others’ clothes.

He was checked three times that year for his cardiac

anomaly (Marfan’s syndrome). The cardiologists were

surprised at how stable he was, and how much the

progress of the heart deterioration had slowed.

A psychiatrist who specialized in autiiism evaluated

him; M.D. was definitively diagnosed as being autistic.

The mother was told that M.D. had a phenomenal

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

memory. He was slow in certain faculties, but faster in

others. She was told that he was highly skilled in

drawing and painting, in spite of his visual handicap.

He was scheduled to receive a more complete evalution

the next summer.

I reviewed some of the original symptoms with the

mother. The shortness of breath when walking in the

wind had been gone for at least one year. The

nightmares of water and waves had not returned since

the first year of treatment; however, M.D. had a great

fear of drowning (3) while taking swimming lessons.

The tendency towards frostbite had been gone for about

two years. The fear of heights had been gone for about

nine months. His aversion to being touched or

massaged was less.

His sensitivity to the sun had been gone since at

least the previous summer. He was still sensitive to the

heat of the summer, but much less so than before. He

still had headaches on hot summer days, but fewer and

less troublesome than before. He would still rub his

forehead and become lethargic, and could not do much

intellectual work with these headaches.

He had been accepting consolation for over one

year, but recently cried when consoled. He had had no

problem using public washrooms for at least one year.

His sympathy for the suffering of others was

unchanged. The wax in his ears had been much less.

Objective symptoms: Height: 58 inches (147.5

centimeters). Weight: 81.8 pounds. (37.2 kilos).

During these three and a half years, he grew 6.5 inches

(16 centimeters), and gained 24 pounds (10.9 kilos).

Assessment: He was still improving.

Plan: Wait,and repeat the remedy only if there is a

clear and prolonged relapse, or if he stops improving for

two or three weeks in a row.

Overall assessment: From the use of Aloe over a

period of about three and a half years, this boy has

developed into a new state of health in all respects. This

case confirms the “deep action” of Aloe, as mentioned

earlier by Hering, Wesselhoeft and Jekyll. Even though

some cases of Aloe need to be followed by a

complementary remedy, as in my previous cases, or in

the cases of Dr.Jekyll, with a better understanding of the

chronic and often more obscure symptoms of Aloe, one

comes to know when Aloe would indeed cover the

entire case.

Regarding the acute bilateral ear infection he

developed after the first dose of Calcarea carbonica, in

hindsight, it is very likely that it also would have been

cured by Aloe. In the provings, we find all the

symptoms of acute otitis media. I have since seen a few

more cases where Aloe has demonstrated the same depth

of action, and I will summarize two of these cases to

help solidify the picture of Aloe in the mind of the

reader.

Two more cases of Aloe characterized by fixations

The first one is the case of S.P., a 22 –year-old

woman, suffering from many complaints including

severe allergies since the age of 10, and depression.

S.P.had also been diagnosed with chronic fatigue

syndrome and attention deficit disorder. I saw S.P. on

July 4, 1998.

She reacted to many foods such as dairy, wheat,

corn, rice, shellfish and eggs, and to preservatives and

dyes. Within half an hour after eating an allergen she

would become physically tired, very lethargic, irritable,

and sleepy. She would develop a headache and her nose

became obstructed and would run. An allergic reaction

would last about 24 hours. Soon after eating the

allergen she felt so sleepy that she had to go to sleep.

She then slept easily 12 hours straight, woke up and felt

tired for another half day. These allergic reactions were

worse in rainy weather (1) and much worse if exposed

to molds (2) during fall and spring.

Since 1993, she had hay fever with asthma, worse

from spring to fall. Her nose was obstructed especially

on waking (2), with coryza, and her eyes were red,

swollen and watery. The allergies were worse if she did

not receive her desensitizing injections on a weekly to

biweekly basis.

She felt depleted of energy in the morning upon

waking, and then she had low periods at 12 PM (1), 4

PM (3), AND 7 pm (1). She got a “second wind”

between 8:30 PM and bedtime. When tired she had to

take a two-hour nap, and would wake up still tired.

In 1995, she was doing poorly in college. A peer

gave her some Ritalin and she improved dramatically.

She took Ritalin (20mg per day) on school days ever

since. Without Ritalin, she was more loquacious, mor

nervous, more irritable (“really impatient: I can’t wait at

a red light”), more tired, more lethargic, with a poor

attention span, and more hyperactive.

“I lose interest very easily because of my

impatience. I have played piano for 18 years but I can’t

sit down to practice more than 45 minutes. On the other

hand, I tend to be very patient with people and children.

I can also be very intolerant of certain people.” She did

everything fast. “I walk fast, I drive fast. I talk fast(2),

worse without Ritalin. I stutter when tired.”

She had been very depressed for a long time, but it

had been much worse in the last two ears. “I just sit by

myself and I don’t want to do anything or see anyone. I

am not thinking about anything. I just shut down as if

asleep, but I am aware.” The depression came

periodically, about every other month, and lasted about

three weeks. Whether she took Ritalin or not made no

difference.

She didn’t like changes. “I feel more comfortable

when things don’t change. At 10 years old I didn’t want

to move. I was adamant about not moving. For

example, now I don’t want to go home from college

because I don’t want to deal with new things. I am

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

scared of new things. I can obsess about things. I can

listen to the same movie (The Sound of Music) or read

the same book (Little Women) 15 to 30 times. I go

through phases where I love to read books. Then I will

switch to watching movies all day.”

For many years, she had the tendency to eat the

same food two or three times a day for three consecutive

weeks, then she would switch to another food, and so

on. For instance, she would eat only Chinese food for

three weeks, then she would only eat chicken wings for

three weeks, then switch to deli, then to hot dogs, etc.

“I do the same thing with my friends. I hang out

with a certain girl every day for three weeks, then I

change to someone else. I also like to wear the same

clothes everyday for a long time. I have been wearing

black clothes all the time for the last 10 years. I can do

research, or play on the computer, or search the Internet,

for hours on end. I am very particular about TV

programs; I just like certain ones. I still suck my thumb.

“I don’t like reality very much. I don’t like

confrontation. I can’t deal with it. I would rather walk

away than argue. I am very irresponsible about bills. I

am too lazy to balance my checkbook. I want instant

gratification. I enjoy food, cars, clothes, and vacations.

“I am stressed all the time. I am very tense about

being clean, with my hands, with my apartment. I take

a shower twice a day. I vacuum my apartment, once

during the day and once at night at 3 AM before going

to bed. I can’t stand looking at a mess. I can’t study in

a room that is not perfectly clean. Inside the drawers it

is a mess but I am too lazy to deal with that. When the

place is a mess, it makes me feel not clean and the

apartment not clean. I always lived in very clean places.

“I tend to be very lazy. I tend to procrastinate, and

lie about it. It is easier to say that I have already done it,

and not do it. When I play tennis I don’t run for the

ball, I let the ball come to me. I like to put things off till

the last minute. I am always late. I work better under

the crunch. I can only do things under pressure. The

only reason I do things is because I am pushed todo

things.” Indolence (3).

She also complained about having a problem with

money. “If I want something I just buy it. I have no

self-control.”

In general, she enjoyed her friends, but when she

experienced bad moods she preferred to avoid them. “I

don’t want to interact with others. It is rude.” She did

not trust people easily. “I was told that I was a snob.”

She liked to talk on the phone. She liked gadgets, such

as computers.

“I like to know about everything, for instance, what

is a good play in New York City.” She had a very good

memory. “I can remember in detail, like I can picture

circumstances that happened when I was five years old.

I also remember a lot of stupid facts, for example, a

movie. As a kid I used to memorize commercials on

TV. I also remember license plates without trying.

“I am a control freak. I don’t go on roller coasters

because I am not in control. For the same reason, I don’t

rollerblade. I would never eat anything from a street

vendor.”

She was afraid of the dark until she was 18 years

old. “I must sleep with the closets closed. I can’t

watch anything scary (2).” She was afraid of germs (2).

“I can’t share an apartment because roommates are not

careful. When I leave home I always bring my own

blankets. I hate sleeping in hotels because of the

dirtiness of the blankets. It used to be worse.” She had

never slept outside in a tent. She had never had a baby

doll.

She like to take pictures. She liked to cook. She

played with her hair or her mother’s hair since

childhood. She tended to overpack when she left the

house. “I bring something for every type of weather,

yet I wear the same thing when I go away.”

Temperature: She felt hot all the time. She was hot

and sweaty when nobody else was. She felt better in

colder weather and worse in warm, wet weather (2).

When hot, her forehead and feet would sweat, but

nothing in between. She had more difficulty waking up

in the morning if it was cloudy outside. She loved the

sun. If she was not too impatient she could sit in it for a

long time, even all day long, especially with music, but

only if she was on vacation.

Energy: 3-4 on a scale of 10. Her energy increased

after 8:30 PM.

Sleep: She could only sleep in a very cold room, with a

lot of blankets. She would sleep a long time, from 3

AM until 4 PM. If she was a passenger in a car, she

always slept from the moment she got in. She tended to

talk and grind her teeth in sleep (2). She would sweat

on her neck and whole head every time she took a nap.

She slept with lots of covers. Her dreams continued

from one night to the next.

Appetite: She could eat constantly or not eat at all. It

went in cycles. The craving for food also came in

cycles. When she craved a certain food, she would

wake up in the morning wanting that food, and she

would eat it at every meal for the next two or three

weeks. The food cravings always changed.

She was worse from beer (2). She became full and

bloated and had eructations from it. She was usually

constipated unless she took Ritalin. But if she ate dairy

or fast foods she developed a liquid diarrhea within 30-

60 minutes. It first started as a pain in the right side,

and was quickly followed by a watery, yellow brown

diarrhea. At home she got it about once or twice per

week, and about four times per week in college.

Thirst: She was always thirsty. As a teenager she

drank only Coke, then for years she switched to Sprite.

Now she only drank water. Each time she ate, she

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

needed to drink. She drank three or four glasses of

liquid with each meal or snack.

Menses: Her menses were regular, every five weeks,

with cramps the first day only. She described herself as

being prudish in terms of sexual behavior as compared

to her friends.

Sensitivities: She loved all types of music, from opera

to rap. She said she was not “touchy” in her feelings

like her friends. She did not cry at movies when others

cried. She felt indifferent when someone suffered,

except those close to her. She hated horror movies.

Fears and anxieties: She said that she had a lot of

fears and phobias. She said that she was very attached

to her parents. “I cry every time my parents travel

because I have fear of the plane. I always have the

feeling I am going to die in the plane. I have a lot of

fears.” She was afraid of heights (2), even of climbing a

small ladder. After cutting herself at 11 years of age,

she had a fear of knives for the following six years. She

worried a lot about the future (3). “I feel very insecure.

I always worry about what people think of me. I don’t

want to do things because I don’t want to fail.” Her

self-confidence went up and down.

She had to sleep with the doors locked. She feared

that the stove was not off if she was the last one to leave

the house. When she left the house she would unplug

every apparatus, check that all doors and windows were

closed, that the stove was off, and that the garage door

was locked. She feared that the house would burn when

she left. At 3 PM she would get up and check again that

everything was locked. “I check that the car is locked.

It is always locked. I have to check, otherwise I can’t

sleep. I need to be in control.” She would not swim in

the ocean, as she feared the fish in it. “I think it is

dirty.” She feared losing her parents. “They have cared

for me.”

Trauma: The most traumatic event in her life was

moving at 10 years of age. “Ever since, I have done

poorly. I was used to certain things, and everything

changed.”

Stress: As college was about to finish and she had

only one semester to complete, she needed to find a job

and an apartment, but felt too lazy to do it.

Medications: She took claritin and weekly

desensitizing injections for her allergies, Ritalin while in

school, and Motrin for menstrual cramps.

Objective symptoms: Her skin was slightly oily. She

had acne along the jaw line, which was worse before her

menses and after eating sweets. Her hands were hot to

the touch. She said that they were swollen in the

morning. Her eyes were injected.

Her parents described her as introverted. She

avoided emotional communication even with her

mother. She tended to be addicted to a certain

stereotypic repetition of activity. They said that S. was

a very bright person and used to earn high grades in

school, until the age of 10. She was a very happy child

until she was 10 years old, when her mother started to

work at her father’s office. She was transferred to a

private school, which was full of mold. That was when

she developed the allergies and her many other

symptoms started.

Her sleep had always been very light. Before

falling asleep she would twirl her hair and before she

would twirl her mother’s hair. She still sucked her

thumb in sleep. She often complained of headaches,

which grew worse from strong odors and tobacco. She

was indecisive; she wanted others to make decisions for

her. All her fears were minimized when her parents

were nearby. Insect bites produced great swelling and

inflammation for many days. Since infancy, she would

fall asleep while riding in a car. She had frequent

nosebleeds. She had diarrhea when she started eating

solid food at seven months old.

Assessment: This case was not difficult to diagnose,

with the great number of characteristic symptoms

pointing to Aloe. We had a hot patient who was

aggravated from heat and preferred cold weather; with

great laziness, alternating with activity; aversion to

change; fiixations in cycles; watery, yellow-brownish

diarrhea; great thirst during meals; and who was worse

from beer and from cloudy weather.

Plan: Aloe 200C (Borneman).

She took seven doses of Aloe 200C (Borneman),

six doses of 10M, one dose of 50M, and two doses of

CM, over a period of about a year and a half. She

would first experience an aggravation of most of her

symptoms after a dose, especially at first, which was

followed by an improvement. Her energy became

normal, at a steady 9 all day. The anxiety, depression,

and ADD disappeared very quickly, as did the food

cravings, asthma, epistaxis, headaches, warm hands,

feeling too hot, procrastination and fixations. The

difficulty waking on cloudy days disappeared. The

bowel movements became normal. Only the allergies

did not resolve.

The patient stopped her homeopathic treatment

with me after postponing her scheduled appointment on

three different occasions. She said that she was doing

well, and would eventually come for an appointment.

Her father was an allergist who was practicing

Homeopathy. She would also consult him. What is

important to note in this case is that the rare, peculiar

and unusual symptoms of the aversion to change, with

cycles of fixations, the great laziness alternating with

activity, and the heat, are again confirmed under Aloe.

[See editor’s note below.]

Now let’s look at the case of B.M., a seven-year-

old boy with Duchenne’s muscular dystrophy, whom I

saw on May 3, 2000. B.M.’s most peculiar symptom

was a great aversion to change and the desire for

routine. Things always had to be done in the same

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

order. For instance, activities during the day had to

follow the same order. If he undressed, clothes always

had to be removed in the same order. Foods always had

to be presented in the same way, for instance, if the

cheese was not cut in a certain way, he would have a fit.

Other characteristic symptoms were perfectionism,

e.g., he explained everything in the most minute detail;

great tiredness and lethargy from waking until 11 AM,

but increased energy in the evening; sighing all the time,

as if everything was an effort; great iirresolution about

trifles; great heat with aversion to and aggravation from

heat; aversion to bathing; great desire for fruits and

apple juice; daily loose diarrhea; stubbornness; offended

easily; overly sensitive to pain; tendency to be too

affectionate; sensitivity sensitivity to admonition; and

the desire to be fanned.

In a period of 10 months, B.M. received three doses

of Aloe 200C (Borneman), four doses of Aloe 1M

(Standard), and seven doses of Aloe 10M (Standard).

The aversion to change, perfectionism, lethargy, fatigue

in the morning, diarrhea, sighing, aversion to bathing,

irresolution, heat, being too affectionate and desire for

fruits all disappeared. He eventually stopped falling,

when previously he would fall two or three times per

week. He walked and ran better and longer, and

climbed stairs better. The aversion to change, lethargy,

and heat were again confirmation for and characteristic

indications of Aloe.

References

1. WESSELHOEFT W. “Aloe Socotrina, an Anti-

psoric Remedy.” Proceedings of the International

Hahnemannian Association 1999: 188-193

2. JEKYLL. “Aloes.” The Journal of Homeopathics.

1890; 2: 296-299

3. WHITING L. “Cases from note book.”

Proceedings of the International Hahnemannian

Association. 1890:365.

4. WESSELHOEFT W. “A case read at the meeting

of the Organon Society of Boston, December 28

th

.”

Homeopathic Physician 1890: 10: 10-13

André Saine ND, DHANP is a graduate of the National

College of Naturopathic Medicine and has been Dean of

the Canadian Academy of Homeopathy since 1986. He

has taught Homeopathy extensively in North America

for over 15 years. His new book on the work of Adolph

Lippe, Lessons in pure Homeopathy, will be available

in Fall, 2001.

This concludes Part 1 of this article. Part 2, “The

Materia Medica of Aloe” will be published in the Fall

2001 issue.

Editor’s note: In reading this case, I had a couple of

questions for Dr.Saine. Due to time constraints, he was

unable to reply, but requested that I print the questions.

His response will appear in the next issue.

My questions:

“Based on the other cases presented, I can see why

you were led to think of Aloe in S.P.’s case. However,

there are some characteristic symptoms in the case, not

necessarily characteristic of Aloe, that did not feature

in your evaluation. I am curious as what you felt about

these symptoms, and what other remedies you may have

considered.

• Childish: sucking the thumb at 22, too lazy to

balance checkbook, wants instant gratification.

• Contrary: impatient yet patient, hurried yet

lethargic, lazy yet fastidious

• Fear of the dark until age 18

• Fear of contagion, many examples

• Fear of undertaking new things: I don’t want to go

home from college because I don’t want to deal

with new things; at 10 I didn’t want to move; I am

scared of new things.

• Concomitant: hay fever with asthma

• Perspiration: head and neck during sleep

• Constipated except for diarrhea from milk

Regarding the reaction: her whole state changed at

age 10 when her family moved, which she has

never gotten over. Her mental state and severe

allergies began at that time and have persisted to the

time of the case-taking. After Aloe was given in

ascending potencies, the mental/emotional state was

much improved, but the allergy symptoms didn’t change

at all over the treatment period. To me, this seems to

indicate the remedy may not have been sufficiently

similar. I look forward to your comments.”

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

PART III

(While Part II features articles from other journals, Part III contains the editor’s own contributions and other original

articles.)

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

BOOK SHELF

1. Book 1: Myths and Reality about AIDS.

Author: Dr. Mirza Anwar BAIG, Publishers:

Mafkhar Publications, Bombay. Price $ 8. 00

Rs. 200/- Year of Publication – 1998.

2. Book 2: Homoeo-Immunization, Aids vs Cancer,

Price $ 10, Rs. 250/- Author – Dr. Mirza Anwar

BAIG, Publishers – Mafkhar Publications,

Bombay. Year of Publication 2000.

The first book written by the author deals with the

definition of AIDS as per CDC classification of USA

and describes the natural history and pathogenesis of

AIDS plus its etiology and immunology. Some of the

questions which the author has addressed to the readers

is whether AIDS like TB is not primarily a disease of

infection but of reactivation and he has also extensively

mentioned various inconsistencies and scientific

paradoxes in the viral theory of AIDS.

Quoting Dr. Peter DUESBERG of California

University who has emphatically argued that from the

evolutionary point of view it makes no sense for the

virus to kill – the very cell in which it lives.

Furthermore, experimentally this doctor observed “T

cells grow very nicely in test tube full of virus” Dr.

BAIG has postulated whether the HIV really damages

the immune system or our immune system is prior

damaged due to our behaviour and life style patterns or

frequent ingestion of toxic drugs.

A British Doctor has postulated in his book that

AIDS is very close to Cancer and both almost seem to

have similar causes. Actually it seems AIDS is a

Cancer of our immune system. A big question therefore

is whether HIV is the cause or effect. As both T cells

and the virus are dependent on a certain hormone called

cytokinese – lymphokinese, deficiency of which can

cause a decrease immune response, because both T cells

and the HIV are dependent on this hormone for survival.

Other paradoxes exist which confuse our interpretation

of serological test for HIV infection says the author eg.

patients with T helper cells below 200 were quiet well

with no signs of immune deficiency while other patients

where the T cell immunity marker was in normal range

developed AIDS. There is also a debate whether HIV

was born after routine inoculation with Hepatitis ‘B’

vaccination. Could it not be that HIV is basically

strongly an iatrogenic disease in addition to various

other factors.

Dr. BAIG in the book goes on to describe the

cellular and humoral aspect of the immune system with

the different types of antibodies made by humoral cells

like IgA, IgG etc and then, the author goes on to add

that AIDS and Cancer have many things in common,

both are incurable allopathically, both have a variety of

symptoms, according to which system is involved, both

metastise and finally both are linked to certain genetic

factors. Its also known that the patients who are

susceptible to Cancer are also susceptible to AIDS.

Another aspect of AIDS is whether Syphilis that

has been suppressed with modern medicines after a time

develops into an AIDS picture.

After this the author describes the various co-

factors in the development of AIDS and has quoted

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

various case reports from his clinic to support this

contention. One of the statements he has made in this

book is that AIDS is a psychosomatic illness like

Cancer, where human psyche is traumatized first then

the body and Syphilis continues to play an important

role in flourishing it.

Other chapter deal with symptoms and signs of

AIDS, the basic four groups according to the CDC –

classification. The oppurtunistic bacteria, fungi and

protozoa that are seen in AIDS patients in the west

which differs from those in India.

One chapter is devoted to the therapeutic aspect of

AIDS through allopathic drugs AZT, with various toxic

and side effects of the same drug.

The role of naturopathy in AIDS is also mentioned,

plus various physiotherapeutic therapies and nutritional

dietic vitamins, herbs, vibration and meditation and

other aspects of treatment.

Theoritical ground work of healing through

Homeopathy has been mentioned along with

complementary medicines like Bach flower remedies

and Biochemic salts.

One chapter also deals with Unani and Ayurvedic

philosophy for HIV and AIDS.

The concluding chapter deals with the basic

conclusions of the author and there is an extensive

bibliography at the end of this book. In a short span of

88 pages the reader is given a good over all view about

the truth and untruth reality about AIDS.

The Authors second book has interested me more

because it deals with his own discovery and research

work for AIDS and Cancer. He has discovered a

method which he calls Homo-Immunization by means

of which if one goes to see the record of his cases, many

AIDS patients and Cancer cases have become healthy.

He first describes Carcinosin the nosode of Cancer,

mentioning the writings of BURNETT and

FOUBISTER which first made Carcinosin a very

important therapeutic tool for modern day diseases. Dr.

BAIG gives 3 or 4 cases of his cured by Carcinosin and

mentions his cases of renal failure, hepato-

splenomegaly, respiratory allergies, various tumours

and mainly HIV – AIDS cases including a strange case

of white matter disease all of which were cured totally

by Carcinosin. A brief table on page 44 gives the

reader a full idea of the 10 most difficult conditions

treated by him with Carcinosin in addition to giving

constitutional remedy which was mainly Calcarea

carbonica specific remedies which were remedies like

Lachesis, Pulsatilla, China etc. and remedies which

were miasmatic which was mainly Thuja in addition to

carcinosin. Table – 2 on page 45 very clearly compares

the Carcinosin drug picture with the signs and

symptoms of AIDS showing the almost close similarity

between the two. Readers should look to this table for

their benefit. Table 3 gives a clinical proving of

Carcinosin of 7 full blown AIDS patients with their

complaints before treatment and the table four gives the

same situation after treatment. Page 51 deals with the

Nosode of HIV called as Virionum, which is the

author’s own remarkable discovery. While trying to

potentise the blood of an HIV patient who had been

benefited by his previous medication, the author was

himself making two sets of potencies one of live virus

and the other in its dynamic form. While doing so he

had realised that he had inhaled sufficient strength of

viruses that had reached his system through inhalation,

and through spilling over his hands. He started noticing

the energy of the virus through the symptoms of itching,

crawling and floating sensation, inside his blood with

strong tremors in his hand, dry mouth and fear of death.

So he isolated himself, did not go home and kept a diary

of his symptoms in detail for four days. This was an

accidental proving to which later on he deliberately took

a few drops of Virionum 1X dilution and rubbed it on

his hands for a few seconds, again the same symptoms

occurred and the fear of death was so strong so as to

make him take Aconite 200, sleep normalcy was

restored only after he took a dose of Carcinosin. He has

given an excellent case report of the donar from whom

he took the blood to prepare Virionum. Subsequently

on 15 provers the same drug was tested in 6X and 200

potency for their proving symptoms have been tabulated

in a proper format from mind onwards from pages 62 to

68. The same chapter also contains clinical provings of

cases with multidrug resistance Tuberculosis. His

conclusions are given from pages 78 to 80 and the

immunization therapy is used by him in both molecular

and what he calls as ultra molecular or super ultra

molecular dilutions.

This is a very interesting book whose practical use

can be found out by anybody who utilizes the nososdes

prepared by Dr. BAIG in the manner that he has

advocated. The cures that are given in his book are

astonishing and I see no reason why others cannot

follow in their own clinical practice the beneficial

results that Dr. BAIG has himself experienced.

Excepting for many errors in printing in both the

books the type script is easily readable and the price

reasonable. – Dr.D.E.MISTRY.

3. BOENNINGHAUSENs Therapeutisches

Taschenbuch, (BOENNINGHAUSEN’s Therapeutic

Pocket Book) hrsg. Klaus-Henning GYPSER,

Johannes Sonntag, Stuttgart, 2000. S.502. DM

198. (German).

This is a completely revised German edition of

BOENNINGHAUSEN’s Therapeutic Pocket Book

(PB).

The PB was first published in 1846 (German). In

the experience of the users of the PB several

inaccuracies and defects have been observed over these

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

150 years. In the course of a Seminar which the Editor

of this book Dr.Klaus-Henning GYPSER held in

Sydney, Australia in 1995 the BOENNINGHAUSEN’s

Method and its practical use was discussed. Since the

PB is as much useful in the practice today as it was in

1846, the idea of a revision was then decided upon in

consultation with G.DIMITRIADIS of Australia.

From time to time over the years deficiencies in the

PB have been pointed out (as indeed one could point out

in every other Repertory that has appeared so far), and

after the advent of Kent’s Repertory, use of the PB

became less and less. The Boger

BOENNINGHAUSEN’s Repertory which came long

after the PB also became less and less used.

However, since sometime past there has been a

revival of interest in BOENNINGHAUSEN Method

particularly in Germany. This is an indication of a

‘return to Hahnemann’. In the name of ‘Classical

Homeopathy’ Homeopaths have moved away from

Hahnemann and into much speculative, wanderings.

‘Back to basics’ call has been heard from many quarters

and in this scenario recall of BOENNINGHAUSEN

augurs well.

While the Pb was published in 1846 from which

latter English editions (T.F.ALLEN) were made,

whatever additions, corrections, deletions, alteration of

remedy gradations etc. were made by

BOENNINGHAUSEN were not carried out in the

English edition of the PB.

BOENNINGHAUSEN used his PB in his daily

practice and made many annotations additions,

corrections, etc. in his copy, as he continued to apply

the PB in his daily practice upto 1864. Caroll

DUNHAM (1828-1877) got all the corrections etc.

made by BOENNINGHAUSEN copied in his own copy

of the PB, and these were further copied in HERING’s

own copy of the PB; it appears that there were 2-3 more

copies of the PB incorporating DUNHAM’s notings.

There is also in the Robert Bosch Institute of

History of Medicine a two volume Manuscript of

BOENNINGHAUSEN which appears to be an updated

PB which was not published.

The editor of the book under review now, Dr.K.-H.

GYPSER, has in his possession a ‘Dunham’ copy.

With the ‘Dunham’ and a careful study of the many

other works of BOENNINGHAUSEN, viz. the many

collected articles that are there in the ‘Lesser Writings

of BOENNINGHAUSEN’ (Kleine Medizinische

Schriften’), ‘The Homeopathic Domestic Physician

(Die Homeopathische Hausarzt – 1853), ‘Sides of the

Body and Relationship’ (Die Körperseiten und

Verwandschaften’ – 1853) ‘The Homeopathic

treatment of Whooping Cough’ (The homöopathische

Behandlung des Keuchhustens’ 1860), “The Aphorisms

of Hippocrates’ (‘Die Aphorismen des Hippokrates’,

1863), ‘Homeopathie treatment of Intermittent Fever”

(‘Versuch einer homöopathische Therapie der

Wechselfieber’ 1864), the revision of the PB was

carried out.

BOENNINGHAUSEN’s Foreword of 1845 is

retained. An ‘Introduction’ by Dr.GYPSER in four

parts is given: (i) The basic principles of the so-called

BOENNINGHAUSEN Method; (ii) Examples of

practical application; Dr.GYPSER has presented two

cases in this to show how the Pocket-Book may be used

profitably; (iii) Contents of the Revision; (iv) the

supplements/additions in BOENNINGHAUSEN’s hand.

This is followed by the main part of the book – the

Repertory, in 428 pages.

The paper, printing, binding are excellent.

Although it is in German it can be used by one without

knowledge of German language if the ‘rubrics’ are

translated and kept as ‘Glossary’, for ready reference

and picking up of the appropriate rubrics.

Seven Homeopaths including Dr. GYPSER have

put their heads together and worked with great care over

a period of about 5 years. We are grateful to them.

The book can be warmly recommended for day-

today practice. –K.S.S.

4. Hormonmangel – Theorie und Praxis der

pflanzlichen Stimulation des Hormonsystems –

(Hormone deficiency – Theory and Practice of

stimulation of the hormone system by plant

remedies) F.RIEDEG , 3. Überarbeitete und

ergänzte Auflage, Sonntag Verlag, Stuttgart, S.128

DM. 39.90: (German)

This book is on phytotherapy in hormone

deficiencies in regard to various diseases, including

AIDS, Alzheimer’s, Asthma bronchial, Ulcerative

colitis, Diabetes, Cancer, Leukaemia, Migraine,

Multiple sclerosis, Parkinson, Polyneuvitis,

Schizophrenia, Scleroderma, Duodenal ulcer, cysts, and

many others.

In an interesting ‘Introductions’ the author says that

from researches in their Endocrine Research Centre it

has been observed that hormone insufficiencies can be

set aright and in the forefront of their work was their

contact with physicists particularly the Quantum

physics. Introducing the ideas of Quantum physics in

Medicines will be fruitful. The name of Werner

HEISENBERG (1901-1976) who received the Nobel

Prize in 1932 for Physics, leads in this. We are to think

in terms of the “Formative structures” and not in

“particles” if we are to find some answers regarding

adjuvant therapies in malignancy. Here comes the

hormone system which plays a dominant role of

Formative Structure. We know that the plants fit very

well in this and not chemical-synthetic hormones. The

hormone deficiency is not a “particle problem” but is

more an insuffiiciency in structural formatives. It is

therefore necessary to stimulate the insufficiently active

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

hormone glands; this is done better by substances which

act on structures formatively.

This application of plant substances is supplement

to the conventional medicine.

The Phytotherapy has developed for the pituitary

the medicines “phyto-Hypophyson” and for the

suprarenal the “Phytocortal”.

After this Introduction are the Chapter on the

theoretical aspects – the modern Physics, Biology,

Medicine.

The next part contains the therapeutics – practice of

stimulating of hormone glands by plants.

The dosages, the contents of the preparation,

indications with A-Z pathological conditions, are given

with diagram. The remedies are those which are very

well-known in Homeopathy, viz. Ruta graveolens,

Bellis perennis, Hamamelis, Millefolium, Symphytum

officinalis, Chelidonium, Ledum, etc.

The book is quite interesting and informative; brief

and clear. The book is in its third edition and will be

useful for every practitioner.

–DR.K.S.SRINIVASAN.

5. 110 Wirksame Behandlungsmöglichkeiten bei

Krebs, (110 effective treatment possibilities of

Cancer) Dr.med.György Irmey, Dr.Phil. Anna-Luise

Jordan, Robert Norton, Haug, Heidelberg. S.196,

DM 39. 90. (German).

As will be obvious from the title of this book, it

gives brief information about the many different

treatments available as exclusive or as complementary,

therapy in regard to Cancer treatment. The patient may

be able to discuss with his physician and choose

whatever will be most suitable to his ailment. To that

extent this book will be of good help.

It has now been realised that mere treatment of the

part affected is not sufficient but the whole patient in

his/her totality, including mind and soul needs to be

treated appropriately.

The first essay tells briefly the basics in regard to

Cancer: the questions before one diagnosed to be

afflicted with Cancer and what are the answers. “While

accepting the diagnosis, one should not accept the

prognosis.” One should take up initiative, responsibility

on oneself, less anxiety and fear, obtain relevant

information from reliable sources, keep up hopes and

believe in the healing powers within one’s own inner

self, etc. This essay is quite well written and worth

careful reading.

The next chapter is ‘Conventional Medicine’ in

which are discussed the Diagnosis, operation

(Cryotherapy, Laser therapy), Radiation, the side

effects, Chemo therapy, Hormone therapy. Brief but

complete information with the sources including

addresses, various websites where further information

may be obtained, are given.

The next chapter is Biological-totality alternative

procedures; Here too the diagnostic procedures and then

Immune regulation including Organ therapy, Ozone

therapy, Ayurvedic therapy, etc., Plants that enhance the

resistance and fight against the disease-viz. Mistletoe,

Echinacea, Ginseng, Chinese Phyto therapy, St.John’s

wort, Green Tea, Lapacho Tea, Rooibes Tea, Essiac Tea,

Flor-Essence Cannabis etc. – Nutrition, during radiation

and Chemotherapy Microbiological Therapy, Beta-

Karotin/Vitamin A, Vitamin C, Vitamin E, Selenium,

Zinc. etc. etc. Next chapter tells of the unity of body and

spirit under which head comes: Walking, Meditation,

Yoga, Qi Gong and Taiji, Massage and Reflexzones

work on the foot, Lymph drainage, Kinesiology, etc.

Next is supportive to the senses like Visualisation, NLP,

Family support; Laughter, Music and Dance Poetry and

Bibliotherapy, Homoeopathy, Bach Flowers, Color

therapy, etc.

Rich with information and reference to sources

from which one can get more information, the various

societies, Associations, self-help, etc.

Certainly a very useful book. Unfortunately

Homeopathy has been mentioned in a passing manner.

Homeopathy is a Medicine complete in itself and cases

of Cancer cures by Homeopathy are plenty. The learned

authors would, it is hoped, give more information of

Homeopathy.

-Dr.K.S.SRINIVASAN.

5. Homöopathische Behandlung Symptomarmer

Fälle; (Homeopathie Treatment of Cases with

Paucity of Symptoms) A. REHMAN, Johannes

Sonntag Verlag, Stuttgart, 2001 S.164. DM

64.90, - (German).

‘Homeopathic treatment of cases with paucity of

symptoms: We all have experienced situations like this

in our day to day practice. What should one do in such

cases, which are otherwise known as one sided diseases

or as Pierre SCHMIDT called ‘Defective Illness’? Of we

have, in such cases, a clear diagnosis, a remedy chosen

on that basis may trigger the individual to throw up

symptoms that would help one to prescribe more closely.

Homeopathic literature contains lot of hints about

remedies which could well suit a very small, but clear

symptoms especially objective symptoms. Dr.Abdur

REHMAN has collected over the years many such

symptoms/syndromes and the remedy for them alongwith

the sources from which he had collected these, put them

in order and presented in this book for the benefit of the

profession.

This handy book is in three parts: 1. Indicated

medicine and its alternative e.g.: ‘Appendicitis’, the

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

‘indicated’ medicines are Acon., Bell. And the

‘alternative medicine’ is Ferr-p., the source P.C.

Majumdar .2. Abscess, the ‘indicated’ is Hep., the

‘alternative’ is Calc.s., the source N.M.Choudhry.

The second part of this chapter has three columns: the

indicated remedy, the alternative remedy, the author.

E.g. col.1: Acon., Col.2: Sulph., Col.3:R.F.Rabe; Col.1:

Aloe., Col.2: Sulph., Col.3: H.Farrington.

The Family history and its indicated medicines:

e.g.: Col.1: Family history, abortion. Col.2: Carc.,

Syph., Col.1: hereditary alcohol craving; Col.2: Carc.,

Syph.

Singular anamnesis and indicated medicine: e.g.

Col.1: abdominal ailments; Col.2: Thuja., Col.1:

abortion, without organic pathology, Col.2: Pyrog

Part II. Reactions and intercurrent medicines. These

are extracted from Homeopathic Materia Medica. E.g.

Col.1: Reactive medicine in patients

Part II. Reactions and intercurrent medicines. These

are extracted from Homeopathic Materia Medica. E.g.

Col.1: Ambra grisea, Col.2: Reactive medicine in

patients with weak nervous system; Insufficient reaction

in nervous affections; etc. etc.

Part III: Contains names of remedies and their

abbreviations, and a list of literature (115 in number)

that have been consulted in preparing this book.

The book has a Preface by Dr.K.- H. GEBHARDT, a

foreward by Dr.K.- H. GYPSER and an introduction by

the author Dr.A. REHMAN.

The book would easily become a daily reference work

in day-to day practice. The sources are mentioned and

one can read, for any clarification, in them. There are

authentic and reliable to that extent.

Well printed, bound, and handy. A must for every

practitioner. I am sure that this book will run into

further editions soon.

A translation into English will be most welcome.

- DR.K.S.SRINIVASAN.

COMING EVENTS:

1. A Two Day International Conference, 3 –4

April 2003, London, U.K. Royal London Homeopathic

Hospital. Improving the Success of Homeopathy:

BRIDGING THE CREDIBILITY GAP. The

Conference will highlight the rigorous evaluation of

Homeopathy in ‘real world’ settings including primary

care, secondary care and retail pharmacy and also to

bridge the gap between theory and clinical practice,

drawing particularly on the emergent ‘Science of

complexity’ (For further info on complexity science, see

www.complexityprimarycare.org).

Themes:

1. Empowering the patient

2. Theories supporting the plausibility of Homeopathy

3. Integration of Homeopathy in existing

healthcare settings.

For further details: www.rlhh.org.uk/conference.

2. DELPHI Case Conference: DELPHI project will be

held prior to the conference, on Wednesday 2

nd

April.

The DELPHI project aims to identify the most reliable

criteria for the successful prescription of Homeopathic

remedies by building a database of case histories and by

developing methodologies for, and support of systemic

case study. ALL enquiries regarding this meeting should

be directed to Dr BAAS Cees. E – mail

delphi.project@hccnet.nl Tel: + 31-40-2420984.

Address: Robijnring 51, 5629 GJ Eindhoven, The

Netherlands.

3. 2

nd

Dr. M.L.Agrawal Memorial Lecture on Sunday,

6

th

October 2002. Venue: Dr.Yudhvir Singh

Auditorium, Nehru Homeopathic Medical College &

Hospital, B-Block, Defence Colony, New Delhi – 110

024. Organised by The Progressive Homeopathic

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

Education and Research. For further Details Secretarial

Office: 429, Sector-14, Gurgaon – 122001, Ph.: 0124-

6323478

4. 12

th

National Homeopathic Conference 2003, Agra on

8

th

and 9

th

February, 2003 organised by Research Society

of Homeopathy India. Venue: Hotel Jay Pee Palace,

Fatehabad Road, Agra.

Registration Fees:Upto 30

th

Dec. 2002 for Doctors

Rs.800/- ; 1

ST

January 03 till 25

th

Jan. 2003 Rs.1000/-;

for Students Rs.600/- 1

st

January 2003 till 25

th

January

2003 Rs.800/-.

Foreign delegates fees

Rs. 5000 US $100. No Spot Registration.

CORRECTION:

In QHD Vol. XVIII, 3 & 4/2001, in p.4 instead of

‘insulin’ please read ‘inulin’.

The Ailment

Lung Shu said to the physician Wen Chi, “Your art

is subtle. I have an ailment, can you cure it?

The physician said, “I will do as you say, but first

tell me all your symptoms.”

Lung Shu said, “I am not honored when the whole

village praises me, nor am I ashamed when the whole

country criticizes me. Gain does not make me happy,

loss does not grieve me. I look upon life as like death,

and see wealth as like poverty. I view people as like

pigs, and see myself as like others. At home I am as

though at an inn, and I look upon my native village as

like a foreign country. With these affections, reward

cannot encourage me, punishments cannot threaten me, I

cannot be changed by flourishing or decline, gain or loss,

I cannot be moved by sorrow or happiness. Then I

cannot serve the Government, associate with friends, run

my household, or control my servants. What sickness is

this? Is there any way to cure it?

The physician had Lung Shu stand with his back to

the light while he looked into his chest. After a while he

said “Aha! I see your heart; it is empty! You are nearly

a sage. Six of the apertures in your heart are open, one

of them is closed. This may be why you think the

wisdom of a sage is an ailment. It cannot be stopped by

my shallow art.”

[From ‘Tales of Inner Meaning’, in Vitality,

Energy, Spirit, a Taoist Sourcebook, Translated and

edited by Thomas cleary, Shambhala 1991]

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

2. QHD, VOL. XIX, 3 & 4, 2002

Part I. – Current Literature Listing

Part I of the journal lists the current literature in Homeopathy drawn from the well-known homeopathic

journals published world-over – India, England, Germany, France, Brazil, USA, etc., - discipline-wise, with

brief abstracts/extracts. Readers may refer to the original articles for detailed study. The full names and

addresses of the journals covered by this compilation are given at the end.

I. PHILOSOPHY

1. O Cancererinismo no contexto das Doenças

Crônicas (Cancerinism in the context of

Chronic Diseases)

De OLIVEIRA, Welington Saraiva

(RH, 66, 2/2001)

The purpose of this paper is to understand

Cancerinism in its conception, to discuss if it is or

not a new Miasm (Oncotic miasm) and to verify if

its utilization would reduce the risks of Cancer

development.

Several classic works are studied:

HAHNEMANN, KENT and VANNIER,

essentially; José Laercio do EGITO and JULIAN,

among others complementarily.

Recognition of signs and symptoms of a

Cancerinic state, by individualization in each case,

may act in Cancer prevention.

2. Responsibility and Reliability

OSAWA Barbara (SIM, XIV, 3/2001)

The author, Executive Editor of Simillimum,

discusses briefly the modern trend of

‘speculations’ far and deep in the field of Materia

Medica, Repertory and resultant prescriptions. The

methodology of ‘provings’ have been the hardest

hit by the ‘urge by some contemporary

practitioners and teachers who fly high in

imagination and spin fascinating pictures’:

Barbara OSAWA refers to Jan SCHOLTEN’s

‘proving’ of Albatroes in this connection.

[In the recent times we have seen many

remedies which have ‘themes’ instead of what

HAHNEMANN, BOENNINGHAUSEN, Stuart

CLOSE, BOGER and such ‘beacons’ of

Homeopathy called ‘characteristic’ symptoms, or

‘genius’ of the remedy. During the years 2000 –

2002 there have been hard (and sometimes harsh)

exchange of articles in the homeopathic journals

which sometimes became ‘personal’. We with our

four decades of ‘practice’ firmly agree with

Barbara OSAWA’s following suggestions =

K.S.S.]

To remedy this situation we should:

• Ensure that all homeopathic education

includes a solid foundation in the Organon

and homeopathic principle.

• Present new clinical material from reliably

cured cases.

• Add material to the Repertory and Materia

Medica which distinguishes verified proving

symptoms from those which have not been

confirmed, and from clinically cured

symptoms.

• Reject provings which do not follow the

scientific procedures outlined by

HAHNEMANN.

• Steer clear of “theoritically” interpreted

Materia Medica, and get back to Materia

Medica Pura.

• Define clear standards by which the profession

can be recognized [HAHNEMANN has

written in unambiguous words as to who is a

“true homeopathic physician” – “Wahre

homöopathische Arzt” (see ‘Ein Manuscript

HAHNEMANNs aus seiner Pariser Zeit’ von

K.-H. GYPSER in the ZKH, 31, 2/1987). We

must simply follow it = K.S.S.]

3. Homeopathy versus Speculative Medicine: A

call to Action

André SAINE (SIM. XIV, 3/2001)

On the subject of speculative

- and new trends in Homeopathy

as against the basic tenets of

Homeopathy (vide article of

Barbara OSAWA at No.2 above)

André SAINE has written an

extensive and authoritative article

quoting profusely from

HAHNEMANN, LIPPE and many

other stalwarts.

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

André SAINE sounds a grim warning which

we all better heed: “The pioneers were well aware

of the danger various departures represented for the

recognition and survival of their profession. In

spite of such measures, the AIH, as well as most of

the other homeopathic institutions, became

infiltrated and controlled by the ones who had not

studied Homeopathy “in a careful and skillful

manner.” The abandonment of principles yielded

very bitter fruits for Homeopathy in the nineteenth

Century, when most of our institutions departed

from HAHNEMANN’s method, leading to their

eventual disappearance. Likely Homeopathy

would have been remembered as medical folklore

like Hydropathy, Eclecticism, etc. if it had not been

for the Old Guard.”

André SAINE further warns “By not learning

from the mistakes of our past, we condemn

ourselves to relive them. As a profession, we must

clearly take a stance and convey to the public that a

homeopathic physician is one who understands the

method of HAHNEMANN, and practices

accordingly. In 1835, shortly after his arrival in

Paris, HAHNEMANN clearly stated in an address

to a French Homeopathic Society that he

recognized as his disciples only the ones who

practice pure Homeopathy.” [The ‘address’

mentioned here has already been referred to in

bracket at the end of 2 above. = K.S.S.]

It would be worthwhile to read the whole

article and some more papers on this matter.

4. The Centesimal and LM potencies: A

comparison from the 5

th

and 6

th

Editions of the

Organon

LITTLE David (SIM, XIII, 4/2001)

In this long and very instructive article David

LITTLE traces the history and circumstances of the

development of the 50 millesimal potencies by

HAHNEMANN and the administration of these

potencies. The new potencies, the 50 millesimal -

the LM potency - was to “to speed the cure”. The

lofty aims of the LM potency is:

• No aggravation

• Enduring, gentle secondary effect

• Complete return of health and full vitality.

--------------------------------------------

------------------

II. MATERIA

MEDICA

1. Cicuta virosa – Eine Studie über Albrecht

DÜRER (Cicuta virosa – A study of Albrecht

DURER) MÜLLER, H.V. (AHZ, 246, 4/2001)

Dr.MÜLLER (1921-2001) has

developed a technique of diagnosing the

homeopathic remedy with the aid of the

favorite color of the patient and the

handwriting. He has worked on this

technique and has classified about 300

remedies and their favourite color and

handwriting.

The present article is on Cicuta virosa whose

favorite color is black. The life and handwriting of

the artist, Albrecht DÜRER (15

th

- 16

th

Century),

are studied and compared with other similar

handwritings.

The picture of Cicuta virosa (refer – I Edition

of the SR. I):

1. Arrogant – one mark

2 Censorious, critical – one mark

Reproaches others – one mark

3. Contemptuous – one mark

4. Thoughtful about the errors of others – one

mark

5. Contented with himself – one mark

6. Introspection – one mark

7. Monomania – one mark

8. Mild – one mark

9. Sympathy, compassion – one mark

10. Impulsive – two marks.

2. Carcinosinum – Eine Arzneimittel Prüfung

aus Mexico (Carcinosinum – A remedy

proving from Mexico)

CABALLERO Rosario Sánchez,

CABALLERO Edwiges Sánchez &

ESPINOZA de Los Riba, M. (DH, 20/2001)

This drug proving of Carcinosinum was

presented to the 50

th

Liga Congress in Oxaca,

Mexico in 1995 and published in the journal “La

Homeopatia en el Mundo” in 1997.

Except the well-known drug picture of

Carcinosinum which has been on the basis of

clinical experiences, there has been poor drug

provings. However, the proving done in March

1993 by Mattisch and Haslinger– Prüger

(published in the Documenta Homeopathica

Vol.14) may be recalled as a “systematically”

proved record of Carcinosinum.

The proving now reported was done with 40

doctors who were in different stages of study of

Homeopathy with the Homeopatia de México.

The provers were between ages 21 and 45 years,

45% women and 55% men.

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

C30, LM6 and LM30 were the potencies

proved.

Detailed recording of the results have been

provided. A summary of the symptoms more

intensively aroused in at least two provers which

could be verified in clinical practise are given here

below:

Peculiar Mind and Emotional Symptoms:

Anxiety

About future

Tears off the skin around the finger nail

Old anxieties and fears

Anxious, afraid

Apathy

Lack of interest in things which were

not important before

Occupation amel.

Discouraged

Without pleasure to take up something

and

with desire to remain lying

Sensation as if something terrifying or very

sad

would befall.

Irritation

In lively places

During pains

Indifference

Concentration difficult

Resentment, hatred about events

happened in the

past with desire for revenge

Restlessness, mental

Bad humour, with disposition to become

annoyed.

Very sensitive to reproof

Sadness

With tendency to weep

Taciturnity

From hearing Music

Ennui

Oversensitivity to Music

With tendency to weep

With marked feeling of rhythm

Impatience

Restlessness, does not feel comfortable in

any

place

Despair

During pains

Rage

From contradiction

From disgust

The rage remains for long time.

Aggressive,

insulting, ironic and sarcastic

Distracted

While reading

Great need for affection

Peculiar general and local Symptoms

Emaciation

Better from cold

Better during the course of the day

Better from a short sleep

Much fatigue with marked weakness

worse in

mornings on rising

Weakness, sensation as if he has been

beaten

Symptoms alternate from one side to the

other

Aggravation mornings

Aggravation evenings

Aggravation from cold-humid air

Aggravation from heat

Aggravation after eating

Much sensitivity to cold air

Burning pains, general

Pains which appear in bouts

Abdomen pains which are better from

pressure

Pressive pains in the chest, left to right

Headache stitching right-sided

Purulent, greenish secretions from tonsils

Purulent expectoration

Ejaculation during sleep

Appetite increased

With desire to eat often

With avidity to eat

Muscular jerkings of Extremities and the

back

Scanty and dark menstrual bleedings

Desire for sweets

Boils on the back

Sensation as if a drop runs over the skin

Fever with prostration

Genearalised adenopathy with fever

Full ‘Encyclopaedia’ proving data with prover

identity, exact words, time, etc. are given.

3. Galeocerdo cuvier hepar - Shark Liver

GRIMES Melanie J. (AH, 7/2001)

This is said to be a ‘Proving’ of a Shark’s

cartilage. There is no indication how long the

‘proving’ was made, how many ‘provers’ how

many men/women, took part, how soon/late

symptoms came, what potencies were used in the

‘proving’, symptoms in the exact words of the

prover etc. and yet this is claimed to be a

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

‘homeopathic’ proving. The author has given

some rubrics and ‘themes’, ‘dreams’ etc. For those

of us who have read the Materia Medica Pura,

Guiding Symptoms, the Encyclopaedia and in

that lineage, this report of Melanie GRIMES is

totally confusing. If this is the manner in which

modern so-called Classical Homeopathy is

moving along, we don’t know whether it will

remain what HAHNEMANN and his faithful

followers intended it to be. The ‘half homeopaths’

of Leipzig whom HAHNEMANN admonished

were far better. Colleagues may judge for

themselves and appreciate. I have given in Part II

of this Quarterly homeopathic Digest (QHD) the

‘Proving’ as reported by Melanie GRIMES in the

American Homeopath 2001.

4. Origins of the MAPPA MUNDI

NORLAND Misha (AH, 7/2001)

Mappa Mundi (the map of the world) is

a system for understanding processes in terms of

elemental energies – earth, water, fire, and air –

and the associated temperaments – Melancholic,

Phlegmatic, Choleric and Sanguine, respectively.

It is a method of analysing the totality by

subdivision, whereby we come to perceive a state

of dynamic balance in terms of action and reaction.

The four elements have an evolutionary

relationship to one another.

1. Fire, essentially heat, is an energy and without

substance.

2. Air, being vapour is almost immaterial.

3. Water is fluid, not yet formed

4. Earth is dense and represents the ultimate

stage in process of solidification.

The essential philosophy is of balance of four

elements and humours in health and imbalance in

disease.

All manner of diseases can be explained by

Mappa Mundi. e.g. a patient with fever – has an

excess of fire; with edema, an excess of water;

with obesity, an excess of earth; with bloatedness

an excess of air.

We can be quick-tempered, foreceful and

excitable (choleric); suspicious, brooding and

pessimistic (Melancholic); optimistic, lively,

impulsive and hopeful (sanguine); sluggish, slow

and yielding (Phlegmatic).

The four psychological functions described by

C.G.JUNG namely intuition, thinking, sensation

and feeling, correspond to fire, air, earth and water.

Our bodies process elemental energies. The

heart and nervous system process elemental fire;

the digestive system, earth; the kidneys and

bladder water; the respiratory system, air.

Some symptoms or conditions can be a

combination of elements.

Thrombosis can be seen as earth in fire/water,

cystitis as fire in water.

We find that all the symptoms a patient has,

the language he uses, the way in thich he

approaches life, can all be fitted into a synthetic

whole, and a picture will be revealed showing the

principal imbalance of the patient – that is the

direction in which he or she is moving, towards

death and away from health.

Through the employment of Mappa Mundi we

gradually gain a deepening sense of fundamental

processes underpinning life and we cease to see

symptoms as isolated phenomena, rather learning

to view them as interrelated symbols of a unity is

distress (as is appropriate to homeopathic

practice).

5. Musca domestica: a proving

STEWART Robert & SONZ Susan

(AH, 7/2001)

Musca domestica belongs to the family

Muscoidea, the order diptera, the class insecta and

the phylum arthropoda.

We must always collaborate intuition with

reliable symptomology from the provings.

[HAHNEMANN warned us exactly against this =

KSS.] There are few characteristics of the life

habits of the fly that have been confirmed by the

proving and by (a limited) clinical experience.

1. wherever you find animal moisture, you will

find flies. They seem to have an insatiable

thirst as they are unable to eat food - must

drink it. Many provers had dreams of water.

2. Flies are attracted towards sweets. Over five

provers had a craving for sweets.

3. Flies are sensitive to cold. Almost all provers

experienced an increased sensitivity to the

cold.

4. Filth, trash, decomposing flesh, garbage and

fecal matter are areas of special interest to the

fly. So too with provers. One prover thought

he was being followed by garbage. There was

a theme of corruption and decay. Many were

disgusted with their surroundings. [Does it not

remind one of Sulphur? = KSS]

5. Flies are incredibly prolific. Many provers

experienced an increased libido.

Medicine was proved on 10 provers in 30c

potency. Proving was done according to the

instructions laid out in Jeremy SHERR’s ‘The

dynamics and methodology of homeopathic

Provings’. [not as laid down by HAHNEMANN?

= KSS]

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

Some of the

general reactions:

Irritability was a strong factor for everyone.

There were many dreams of water. There were

many sexual dreams. Some had recurring dreams

of gay men or homosexual issues. Confusion of

sexual identity.

There was an unusual fatidiousness, they

could not stop cleaning until everything was in its

place. Another strong symptom was a sensation of

isolation.

Physical: Heaviness, in limbs; in some

alternating with lightness.

Many skin eruptions. Every prover who had

ever had herpectic eruptions, had an outbreak

during the proving.

Lack of vital heat, desire for chocolate.

In line with the modern trend, lot of mental

symptoms and dreams have been given but only a

few scattered symptoms in other schema. Lot of

repertory additions for Musca domestica have been

suggested! [Already the repertories are bursting

with entries. What are the criteriae for ‘addition’

to repertory? Where are the case reports using this

remedy? What is the period of follow-up? Who

has vouched for the correctness of the additions? =

K.S.S].

6. Combined symptoms from MORRISON’s

Desk top Guide to Keynotes and

confirmatory symptoms

YASGUR Jay (AH, 7/2001)

The section ‘Combined Symptoms’ indicates

common doublets or triplets of symptoms which

can be considered strong indications for the

remedy, even when the remedy is not famous for

either of the component symptoms.

Abrotanum:

Failure to thrive or emaciation with umbilical

eruptions or discharge.

Aesculus:

Back pain or Sciatica and

Hemorrhoids.

Ammonium carbonicum:

Heart disease with thyroid problems (Lycopodium)

Argentum nitricum:

Intense craving for both salty and sweets.

Arum triphyllum:

Cracks of lips and hoarseness.

Benzoic acid:

Rheumatism and offensive urine (Colchicum,

Berberis).

Bismuth:

Abdominal pain and fear.

Abdominal pain and thirst.

Blatta orientalis:

Asthma and obesity.

Borax:

Sensitivity to noise and any herpetic or aphthous

condition.

Cactus:

Heart disease and hemorrhage.

Caladium:

Impotence and craving for tobacco or cigarettes.

Calcarea arsenica:

Kidney disease and heart disease.

Epilepsy and cardiac disease or Arrhythmia.

Caulophyllum:

Joint pains and menstrual disorders or

miscarriages.

Cimicifuga:

Rheumatism and loquacity.

Rheumatism and Dymsmenorrhea.

Hysteria and back or neck spasm.

Clematis:

Orchitis and skin symptoms.

Cobaltum:

Low back pain or Sciatica and nocturnal

emissions.

Collinsonia:

Alternation or combination of heart symptoms or

palpitations and Hemorrhoids (Lycopodium).

Corallium rubrum:

Craving for sour and allergy or coryza.

Crocus sativus:

Hemorrhage and Hysteria or twitches.

Cuprum:

Asthma and seizure disorder.

Diarrhea and cramps in the extremities.

Digitalis:

Liver and heart problems

Graphites:

Aversion to meat, salt and sweets

as a combination.

Gratiola:

Sexual pathology and gastrointestinal disorders.

Hamamelis:

Epistaxis and Hemorrhoids or varicosities.

Hamamelis:

Epistaxis and Hemorrhoids or varicosities.

Helonias:

Fatigue or Hysteria combined with prolapse or

other uterine complaints.

Ipecacuanha:

Nausea and hemorrhagic tendency.

Iris versicolar:

Psoriasis or herpes with migraines.

Lactic acid

Diabetes and rheumatism.

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

Lithium carbonicum

Hip pain and heart disease.

Rheumatism and valvular heart disease.

Natrum sulphuricum:

Asthma and diabetes.

Asthma and depression

Asthma and colitis or colorectal polyps or

malignancies.

Petroleum:

Eczema and Herpes.

Motion sickness and eczema.

Phytolacca:

Psoriasis and bone pains.

Rheumatism and cervical or parotid adnopathy

Picricum acidum:

Spinal disorders and priapism.

Dull headache and mental exhaustion.

Plumbum:

Weak memory and Atherosclerotic disease.

Podophyllum:

Colitis and rheumatism.

Psorinum: Depression with suicidal thoughts and

offensive odors.

Great chilliness with frequent acute illness.

Radium bromatum:

Skin problems and arthritic complaints.

Sabina:

Uterine disorders and epistaxis.

Sambucus nigra:

Asthma and heavy perspiration.

Sanguinaria:

Asthma and heartburn.

Sanicula:

Calcarea but with hot feet.

Sarsaparilla:

Skin and urinary symptoms.

Spongia tosta:

Asthma and thyroid conditions.

Respiratory conditions and testicular pains.

Stramonium:

Any two of these fears: Dark,

Death, Being alone. Animals.

Water.

Temper problems and fears or nightmares.

Convulsions and fears.

Sulphuricum acidum:

Hurriedness and complaints of exhaustion.

Tarentula hispanica:

Heart and ovarian disease.

Hurriedness and genital itching.

Theridion:

Sensitiviity to noise and vertigo.

Insomnia and vertigo.

Tuberculinum:

Respiratory troubles and rheumatism.

7. Restless Legs

ZORZI Michaele (DH, 20/2001)

Stories of some patients may open up a

new horizon and we would be enabled to have a

peep at a hitherto unknown angle of a medicine.

Restless is a theme, which plays a role in

different levels in Neurology and Psychiatry,

restlessness in the form of internal and external

agitation is an indication of our fast lives. The fast

life has created a vacuum within us which cries for

being filled.

This story is in an Obstetrical Gynaecological

department of a hospital in Lainz.

An attractive 30 year-old woman;

her movements were fidgety, eyes were restless

and lively. In her 33

rd

week of first pregnancy.

Her husband appeared serious, careful.

She began to narrate rapidly and in an angular

speech that she was suffering since many years

from a so-called “restless-leg”

syndrome. Restless legs since 10 years which

makes her walk for hours up and down in her room

during nights. In bed while lying she has

overpowering energy which she must shake off

until early morning until she became tired, then she

will fall into a heavy sleep.

All possible therapies of the Scientific School

with different medicines and psycho therapy, did

not give the relief required.

She is an air

hostess which involves long travel,

moving up and down the length of

the aircraft. Her ailment came at

the sametime she went on flight.

She loved long flights to different

countries. Her life was restless

from the beginning. She grew up

in different places as the third

child of five children. There were

no sickness and she was healthy

otherwise with abundant energy.

Because of her occupation, the anamnesis was

restricted to the most important. Peculiar was the

love for sour. As a young child she drank glassful

of vinegar, now lemon juice. She also has a

passionate love of dancing.

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

The rubrics “Extremities, restlessness, legs in

the evening, in bed”. “Generalities, food, desires

lemons”, “Mind, dancing” gave Tarentula

hispanica.

As the patient was told about the remedy

prescribed for her, she said “as a child in Mexico

with bare feet stepped on a Tarantula. Only my

quickness and the fine sensitivity of my feet made

me withdraw my feet quickly.” She has an

aversion to and fear of spiders – and we find

Tarantula in this rubric.

The patient was given a dose of Tarantula M.

two weeks later even as she came into the

consultation room, it was evident that she has had

good improvement alround.

She told that the next night after taking the

medicine she was worse as never before and she

was on the fringe of madness. But soon

amelioration came on night by night. She needed

Tarantula XM.

Six weeks later in her 37 week of pregnancy

she said that she felt so healthy and well as it never

was for a long time.

Three weeks later she delivered a healthy son.

Six months later

she came with her child. She said

that much had changed in her life

but she felt she needed the

medicine again; she broke down

and with tears narrated a life

story which revealed that the

restlessness ran like a red thread

through generations.

The author recalls the Greek mythology with

regard to Arachne.

8. Rosa canina – Die Hundrose (Rosa canina –

Dog rose)

SCHMUTZER Ulrike (DH, 20/2001)

Jan SCHOLTEN spoke in a Seminar in

Vienna in May 2000 about the theme ‘Roses’:

• Disappointed Love between husband and wife

• Anxiety to give too much

• Thorns, to keep off

This should bring things as Rosa canina nearer to

understanding as homeopathic medicine. In

association with Dr.Helmar FEIGL a proving was

done and also clinically applied in some cases with

which the totality of the remedy is approached and

also activate use of the remedy on some cases.

The Sumerians

began to grow roses because of its

fragrance. Rosa damanscene is

the first hybrid grown variety.

Rosa canina, the Dog rose, is the

Wild rose. The blossoms are

small, unfilled and blossom only

short time in the Spring,

There are four subfamilies:

1. Spiraeoide: Sanquisonba

Sorbus ancuparia

Sorbus domestica

Agrimonia

2. Rosoidae: Rosa canine

Fragaria

Alchemilla

Potentilla acnea

Geuns urbaccum

3. Maloidae: Crataegus

Pyrus com.

4. Prunoidae: Prunus spinosa

Prunus baurocerarus

The medicine Rosa canina is prepared

differently by different pharmacies; from the fruit

or form fresh bloomed petals. CLARKE has

mentioned Rosa canina as remedy for urinary

ailments. BURNETTE made a proving and

mentioned increased urination as the only singular

symptom.

The hip and root of a Rosa canina

was triturated upto C4. Two weeks later this was

succussed to C30. During the trituration all

the eight Provers felt extreme weakness with

shaking chill. Itching, creeping and burning in

mucous membranes of nose, throat, trachea, itching

and burning in the eyes and cold feeling in the

back.

Prover 9 did not smoke after the trituration

although he had never in mind to give up smoking.

Three weeks later proving with C30

globules began, three times a day 5 globules until

symptoms came on, three days at the most.

There were 9 provers – 3 men and 6 women in age

30 to 60 years.

Symptoms in Schema form follow. Clinical

cases and the ‘theme’ are also given.

9. Arzneimittelprüfung von Raphanus sativus

(Medicinal Proving of Raphanus sativus)

CURIE, E. (ZKH, 45, 4/2001)

The pathogenesis of Raphanus sativus has

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

been documented from two sources Dr.NUSSER,

from more cases of acute ailments from eating the

vegetable in 20s of the 19

th

century; Raphanus C2

was given with good results. His article has

poisonings and case studies also contributions from

Folk Medicine. The homeopath Eugène CURIE

(the father of the famous co-discoverer of Radium,

Pierre CURIE) was inspired by NUSSER’s article,

to prove Raphanus in C15 and C30 on an

apparently healthy but in reality a woman who was

however suffering from latent organ disease and

disposed towards psychogenic symptoms

(NUSSER’s article appeared in Hygea 1842, 14, 5:

435-453. CURIE’s in the Journal de la Société

Gallicane de la Mat. Méd. Hom. 1854-55;

5:289-298 and 682-690; ALLEN’s Encyclopaedia

of Pure Materia Medica; Vol. 8, p.277-290). In

recent times Massimo MANGIALAVORI has

verified the hysterical symptoms. The symptoms

of Raphanus have been well verified clinically.

The Proving symptoms of Raphanus have hitherto

been given only in an incomplete manner, and

important symptoms are thus left out.

The Proving symptoms of Eugéne CURIE are

given in full.

10. Strophanthus – ein seltene Indikation

(Strophanthus – a rare symptom)

ILLING, K.H. (ZKH, 45, 6/2001)

62-year-old female consulted in 1961; she has

failed 25 times in the theoretical examination for

driving test while she had passed the practical

examination. While she knew all the traffic rules

and regulations required to pass the examination,

she was very nervous that she would give wrong

answers. Otherwise she was healthy in all ways.

In my early days of practice, in an introduction

course I had heard from a colleague that in such

cases Strophanthus helped. Reference to Julius

MEZGER and K. STAUFFER, this remedy was

found recommended for examination fear and

stagefright. Since she did not complain of any

other symptoms except this one, remedies like

Argentum nitricum and Gelsemium or other did

not come in for consideration.

Strophanthus 3x was prescribed to be taken

the evening before the examination and on the next

day morning before going to the test. The result

was very satisfactory.

In few more similar cases Strophanthus 3x has

been helpful. Besides ‘stagefright’ Strophanthus

has been successful in early stage of cardiac

insufficiency.

There is only a small number of proving of

Strophanthus. However J.H.CLARKE and

J.MEZGER give a good drug picture.

There are many Strophanthuses but in

Homeopathy it is Strophanthus hispidus from

West Africa that is used.

11. Sulphur: Beyond the characteristics

OSAWA Barbara (SIM, XIV, 3/2001)

The author quotes cases and comments from

LIPPE, FARRINGTON, STONEHAM,

BOERICKE, BOGER, Erastus CASE, KENT,

Sheilagh CREASY, NASH to show the wide range

of action of Sulphur and understanding the

miasmatic aspects of Sulphur.

12. Adrenalinum

WULFSBERG Terfe (SIM, XIV, 4/2001)

This remedy is very rarely used. Yet, as

WULFSBERG mentions Hans SELYE (1907-

1982) who pioneered researches on the effects of

‘stress’ has studied the effects of Adrenalin on

human organism in great detail. Although there

are many stress-related causes but Adrenalin is not

included in them. The author says that the main

focus for Adrenalinum is the Cardio-vascular

system. All the patients he had seen who did well

on this remedy had palpitations, sometimes also

paroxysmal tachycardia. Other cardiovascular

symptoms these patients can have are pulsations

and irregular heartbeat. After Adrenalinum the

blood pressure went down, and their sensitivity

towards stress decreased. They also noticed a

general improvement, getting more energy, better

moods, feeling more at ease and more able to relax.

With Adrenalin long term damage to the

cardiovascular system caused by hypertension,

such as arteriosclerosis and apoplexy may perhaps

be prevented.

Cases are given and discussed .

--------------------------------------------------------------

III. THERAPEUTICS

1. Die Bedeutung der objektiven Symptome in

der Zahnheilkunde (The significance of the

objective symptoms in Dental Therapeutics)

KREBS, J. (AHZ, 246, 4/2001)

In this brief and useful article the author, a

Dentist, discusses the value of objective symptoms

in the selection of appropriate homeopathic

remedy in dental treatment.

The ‘objective’, for example, are:

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

• Visual: color, form, appearance

• Smell: sweat, foetor oris, urine, stool, etc.

• Hearing: respiration, heart, peristalsis, etc.

• Taste/touch: skin, temperature, etc.

• Reaction of the patient to diagnostic

manipulations: sensitivity to percussion, touch,

bleeding, sensitivity to cold/warmth, etc.

In the light of his experience in Gingivitis and

Stomatitis, the author has given the differential

diagnosis of some leading remedies in dental

therapeutics.

2. Grippesymptomatik – Verdacht auf

Denguefieber (Grippe Symptoms – suspected

Dengue Fever)

STAHL, E. (AHZ, 246, 4/2001)

50 year-old female with violent bone-breaking

pains, chilly and nauseated. Nausea on sight or

smell of food. Pain in back of neck, intense

backache as if beaten, periodically at 8 A.M.,

suspected to be Dengue.

Eupatorium perfoliatum 30, 5 pills in a

solution, one teaspoonful every 2-3 hours. Next

day much better. Now 200 given. Fully restored.

Follow-up ten months. Remains well.

Another brief case is appended:

“I have a fearful Grippe …. terrible cough and

sneezing … the patients avoid me and do not give

their hand. .. feel beaten down and today morning,

as the nurse brought in a hot coffee, I grasped

straightaway with both my cold hands the hot cup.

Not only the hands trembled but the doctor totally.

Belladonna and Spongia have not been helpful.”

Eupatorium perfoliatum helped promptly.

3. Subjektivität und Objektivität in der

homöopathischen Kasuistik (Subjectivity and

Objectivity in the homeopathic Case Reports)

MÜLLER, H. (AHZ, 246, 5/2001)

Interaction between doctors and patients is

described. Then these structures are explained in a

case of throat Papilloma and shown how the

subjective parameters lead to the diagnosis of the

homeopathic prescription. The parameters of

objectivity show us how we can control the

reaction to the remedy. In this case the

prescription of Sulphur leads to the reversal of the

tumor pathology according to the Rule of

Constantin HERING and it shows us that in an

ideally typical manner the healing took month’s

time for a pathology that took years to develop.

The method of Goal Attainment Scaling is

recommended for the treatment of Chronic

diseases.

Sulphur-Ideal-

Documentation (SID) is

introduced as an objective method

of measurement when different

homeopathic remedies have to be

compared.

4. Vitiligo

BUDDEBERG, U. (AHZ, 246, 5/2001)

9-year-old boy. White discolored skin on the

forehead. The Vitiligo was from inner corner of the

left eye-lid over the root of the nose and mid

forehead, extending over the eyebrow and upto the

left parietal region. The eyebrow and eyelash hairs

had albino color and hair over the left ear also had

white discoloration. All these came on after a

fright on Christmas 1986, as the parents had

brought back the boy and his brother from their

grand parents in Turkey.

Aconitum 30D did not give any result. The

boy’s mother said that the boy became easily

furious and was quarrelsome; he was very restless.

After a dose of Luesinum 200D on 6 August 1987,

by October 1989 small specks of pigments were

seen. Luesinum 200D repeated at 6-8 week

intervals and slowly more pigments came on.

Luesinum at infrequent intervals continued and

improvement proceded. In October 1993 a single

dose of Medorrhinum 30D was prescribed and

every six weeks Luesinum 200D upto 1997.

5. Die Bedeutung der Zeichen in der

Homöopathie (The significance of Signs in

Homeopathy)

APPELL, R.G. (AHZ, 246, 6/2001)

The signs in Homeopathy give no objective

data. They are social texts arising from the

encounter of patient and homeopathic doctor.

They should be scrutinized from both sides. The

importance of transference and counter

transference therefore is stressed as well as the

necessary sensitization of our perception and other

ways of seeing.

6. Connections to the Source: The use of

Dreams and Symbolism in homeopathic

Practice.

CICCHETTI Jane (AH, 7/2001)

One of the major ways to understand

enough about an individual to perceive what needs

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

to be healed in the short time allotted to the

homeopathic interview is through our

understanding of dreams and symbols. However

there are other ways that the remedy may reveal

itself to the homeopath and these methods must be

mastered before any attempt is made to move into

the use of symptoms from the symbolic realm.

The former is a complement to the latter

methods of case analysis, helping us more from the

more rational ‘knowing’ approach to the realm of

‘unknowing’ where connections and synchronicity

abound.

Dreams and

symbols are connections to the

ancient realm of the collective

unconscious and must be linked

with more conscious information

in a case in order to be useful, for

no dream or symbol has meaning

outside of the context of

anamnesis.

Working with dreams takes both the

practitioner and the client out of the realm of ego

and into the symbolic realm to an arena that is

bigger than each of them. The symbolic realm

connects the individual or ego self with a more

universal and timeless reality. Dream analysis,

when done in a way that allows for intimate and

personal exploration of the symbolic content,

creates a broadening and deepening of the

conscious mind which lets us think outside the box.

In this expanded awareness, connections that can’t

be seen with our literal minds become obvious.

Often in dream analysis, another level of the

individual’s reality emerges. A symbolic but

parallel universe in a fourth dimension is revealed

that fleshes out the first part of the case taking.

After letting a dream, a person may begin to relate

on a level that is much more personal and intimate.

It is here that they may tell their deepest desires,

especially if the dream has been remembered from

childhood.

Dreams and visions remembered from

childhood often contain some of the most useful

symbolic information. Associations to these

symbols may lead us to the remedy or to

understand the individual more deeply after the

first interview. Such symbolism, may actually be a

blue-print for the unfolding of an individual’s life.

In it, we can possibly see the unfulfilled potential

that has been blocked by the miasm and in

understanding the symbolism in relationship to the

anamnesis, find the remedy that can allow that

potential to unfold.

Recurring dreams can also be a source of rich

symbolic information. It is inportant to understand

that the individual’s association to the dream is

more important than our interpretation of the

dream.

A true symbol, as opposed to a sign, has no

fixed meaning and can never be entirely

understood by the rational mind. It is the

articulation of an inner and unconscious experience

that activates and groups material so that it can be

expressed. The symbol remains alive as long as it

is filled with meaning. Once it is seen only

through its historical or rational significance, it has

died as a symbol and becomes sign.

The problem with the dream interpretation

books is that they reduce the symbolic content of

dreams to signs, that is to something that can be

known in a literal way and whose meaning is

basically the same for everyone. Using symbols

and dreams in this way is not at all helpful for the

homeopath and can be compared to keynote

prescribing in the worst sense of word.

The Dreaming body

Dreams lie outside our ability to manipulate them,

so we cannot create a false reality in our dreams or

influence them by our will. Mental states, that are

hidden from consciousness, and physical

symptoms, suppressed through medication or in a

very early stage, are frequently expressed through

dream state. Because the dream is an attempt on

the part of the organism to heal itself, its accurate

analysis can lead to some of the most reliable

symptoms in case. Actually dreams are objective

facts about a person’s mental and physical state.

Carl JUNG said that the most likely reality is that

there is no such thing as body and mind but rather

that they are the same life, subject to the same

laws, and that what the body does, happens in the

mind. We need techniques that will help us to use

dreams in a way in which they enrich what JUNG

called the “red thread that runs throughout the

case.” When the dreamer’s associations to her

dreams are seen as an integral part of the whole

case, it is possible to see a symbolic representation

of pathology on the physical as well as the mental

and emotional levels.

Dreams can also be a rich source of

information for prognosis. At some point during

therapy what JUNG referred to as an “initial

dream” may appear, so-called because it indicates

the beginning of deep change within the individual.

It predicts a change that may come at any point

during therapy: after a week, or five weeks, or

many years of work. Whenever it comes, the

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

initial dream indicates the beginning of deep

healing and can be very helpful in determining

that the correct remedy was given.

The more the homeopath is in tune

with dreams and symbols, the more likely that

the client will share their most intimate dreams

during the interview.

7. Homöopathie bei akuten Krankheiten –

Beispiele aus der Praxis (Homeopathy in

acute diseases – Examples from Practice)

RÖHRER Anton (DH, 20/2000)

In our homeopathic training we lay much

value on the learning of treating chronic diseases.

There is, therefore, an impression that

Homeopathy is more suitable for chronic diseases

and least for acute ones. We know that the

allopathic medicine is very good in life-threatening

conditions and with intensive therapeutic measures

can compensate well cases of diverse organ

functions.

The combination of the allopathic medicinal

intensive therapy with the homeopathic regulation

Medicine can optimise the chances of curability.

Attention is

drawn to §§150, 151& 152. These

are corroborated in daily practice.

As much more the suffering of the

patient so much strong are the

symptoms and so much easier it is

to find the suitable remedy. What

is needed by the homeopathic

physician in such cases is

appropriate knowledge of

Homeopathy and patience and

good nerves! Also trust in the

methods, trust and certainty that

Homeopathy can really help and

is in fact not a placebo. When one

believes this from one’s personal

homeopathic medical experience

one will then need no more

antibiotics for septic processes,

and there is no need for

combining Homeopathy with

Allopathy. When a homeopathic

remedy acts one can see that the

general state of the patient

becomes better rapidly and the

healing is faster than the

antibiotics. Attention is drawn to

§253.

Several cases from the author’s practice are

given.

8. Anhalonium – Eine Art Hausstauballergie

(A kind of House dust allergy)

ANDERSCH-HARTNER Peter

(DH, 20/2001)

31 year-old Jurist comes in 1994 for first

consultation. Complaint of Allergy since many

years, worse since three, four years worse at night

Mornings on waking he has sneezing bouts worse

between 8 to 10 per bout. Reminds of housedust

allergy. Nose stopped; lachrymation; much itching

in the nose. Has had much allopathic medication.

He also has Psoriasis since 18 year age

apparently constant, on the scalp, elbows on the

buttocks, fingers, chest, perineum.

Further investigations brought out many

mental idiosyncracies, e.g. mistakes in time,

absorbed, loses himself into while conversing,

dreams of his childhood, while talking something

outwardly internally another thought goes on,

seems to be living in a separate world,

contradictory state (frequently in his talk he says

“one on side …- on the other side” – all these on

repertorisation indicates Anhalonium. On referring

to MEZGER’s Materia Medica this was verified.

The remedy brought about the result wished

for. Follow-up six years later and the patient

remained well.

9. Selected Aphorisms of Hippocrates with

comments by Dr. von BOENNINGHAUSEN

Translated by S.W.S. (AH 7/2001)

Every work of von BOENNINGHAUSEN

deserves careful study and

application in practice.

He has left us a great legacy in his writings. His

last work – the most mature of all – is the

‘Aphorisms of Hippocrates with Glosses of a

homeopath’. This work is of great importance

since HAHNEMANN himself held

HIPPOCRATES in very high esteem;

HAHNEMANN also had great regard to von

BOENNINGHAUSEN.

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

von BOENNINGHAUSEN’s work is in

German language. To the best of our knowledge

no translation of this has been made into English.

However, it appears that one ‘S.W.S.’ did translate

some of the Aphorisms. These too were

unavailable so far. Julian WINSTON accessed this

work (from the homeopathic Recorder 1943) and

has provided it to us.

In the German work of von

BOENNINGHAUSEN (published in 1863) there

are totally 421 Aphorisms spread over 8 Books.

Out of these 115 Aphorisms have been

translated with comments by ‘S.W.S.’. Even these

Aphorisms have not been translated fully but the

essentials have been given. S.W.S. says that “these

excerpts contain practically all the homeopathic

“gold nuggets” .

These “excerpts” cover 115 Aphorisms in

Book II, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII.

10. A homeopathic approach to

Cancer.

Dr. A.U. RAMAKRISHNAN & Catherine

R.COULTER (AH, 7/2001)

Dr. Ramakrishnan’s Specific Method that

Involves:

1. more frequent administrations

of a remedy on a regulated (not

‘as needed’) basis.

2. Prescribing a second remedy in alternation

with the first, on a regular (usually weekly)

basis. The justification for this last is

threefold.

a. a patient’s body can tire of a remedy and

after a while cease to respond to it.

b. Too frequent repetition of a single remedy

can cause aggravations (these risks are

obviated by the alternating method).

c. Addressing the disease on two different

levels constitutes a stronger method of

attack.

3. Administering a remedy by the plussing

method – at 15 minute intervals, ten times a

day, for a week, before changing remedies.

This procedure not only minimizes . the risk of

aggravation but also ensures a medicine’s

more powerful impact, whether reducing the

size of the tumor or the accompanying

discomfort.

Additionally, again for stronger impact,

Dr.Ramakrishnan often employs a split dose

method when prescribing single doses of a given

remedy. Here the remedy is taken four times

during the course of a day (usually on a weekly,

semi monthly or monthly basis) once the Cancer is

under control.

The Cancer remedies: Can be divided into three

groups.

1. the Cancer nosodes

2. the wide spectrum Cancer specifics and

3. the organ specific remedies.

1. Cancer nosodes: Carcinosin, is preferred

when there is a family history of Cancer.

Scirrhinum is used, when the affected gland,

Lump or tumor is stony, hard.

One can switch to the other

nosode when one is not working

sufficiently well.

2. Wide spectrum Cancer specific

remedies:

Conium, Thuja and Arsenicum

album, figure prominently in a

large number of Cancer cases.

Conium – presents the picture of

stony hard tumor or gland and

has proven of inestimable value in

Cancers of the oesophagus, breast,

stomach, liver and prostate. In

this last, if the PSA count is high

(above 7), then Conium plays the

role of a specific organ remedy.

Also plays an important role in

metastasized Cancer to bones.

Thuja: Has proven to be of great

benefit in Cancerous growths –

particularly those of the stomach,

colon, rectum, bladder, ovaries,

uterus and once again prostate,

when the PSA count is moderately

high. (between 4 and 7).

Arsenicum album: Maintains the

system under the stress of

malignancy regardless of location.

Indeed, apart from its healing

properties during the earlier

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

stages, the majority of advanced

cases of Cancer, will, at some

point, require Arsenicum album

for relief of pain or discomfort

especially during the terminal

stage.

3. Organ specific remedies: have

been arrived

through clinical experience and

the homeopathic provings which

have a strong affinity with some

particular organ or with the site

of the primary tumor. Few

examples:

Aurum muriaticum natronatum for

Cancer of the uterus, ovaries and

cervix.

Hekla lava and Symphytum for

bone and blood Cancers. Hekla

lava is the principal remedy for

Cancers (both primary and

secondary) of the bones:

Sarcomas, Osteoclastomas,

Myelomas, Ewing’s Sarcomas and

other bony growths. Also

invaluable in both acute and

chronic myelogenous leukemias.

Symphytum is

employed more specifically for

secondary Cancer deposits in the

bones and tumors related to the

periosteum. It has also proved of

value in acute Leukemia and is

particularly indicated when there

has been a history of joint pain

and inflammation.

Hydrastis:

Cancer of stomach, Pancreas and

upper intestinal tract.

Plumbum

iodatum and Plumbum metallicum:

for Cancers of brain.

Method of administration: The

Ramakrishnan Method varies

somewhat according to the stage

and nature of the disease but can

be broken down into the following

steps.

1. The first prescription should

be a medicine

known to possess an affinity with

the primary organ or

to the organ at present affected -

in other words, an organ-specific

remedy or one of the wide-

spectrum Cancer specifics.

2. The second prescription

should be the

appropriate Cancer nosode, which

is prescribed alternately (usually

on alternate weeks)

with the organ-specific remedy.

3. Thereafter, and for as

long as there is

improvement, these two remedies

are continued in weekly

alternation.

4. Once the Cancer is

stabilized or to all

appearances has healed, then the

two remedies can be prescribed

less frequently - alternating on a

semimonthly, monthly, two

monthly, or three monthly basis.

5. Sometimes a constitutional

remedy will be

prescribed either to assist the

Cancer nosode or organ specific

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

remedy or to take over a case once

the Cancer is contained or

controlled and the patient’s need

for individualized constitutional

treatment is perceived.

Four cases are

discussed.

11. The BOENNINGHAUSEN

Method

WINSTON Julian (AH, 7/2001)

If you want

philosophy, look to

HAHNEMANN. But if you want

to see the method in practice look

to BOENNINGHAUSEN – K.H.

GYPSER.

Unfortunately,

much of BOENNINGHAUSEN’s

work is unavailable in English.

The

BOENNINGHAUSEN Therapeutic

Pocket Book was the ultimate

expression of

BOENNINGHAUSEN’s thoughts

but to use it effectively, you had to

understand how to sort the case as

BOENNINGHAUSEN did – and

not many did.

In April 1995,

K.H.GYPSER presented a

seminar in Sydney, Australia,

during which he discussed the

methodology of the Pocket Book.

Since then a committee GYPSER

in Germany and DIMITRIADIS

in Australia worked to revise the

Therapeutic Pocket Book and to re-

introduce the method.

The revised

German edition of the Therapeutic

Pocket Book was printed in May

2000 and the English edition in

August 2000.

The entrance

point into the

BOENNINGHAUSEN Method is

simply stated in §95 of Organon.

This describes

two natures of a case: The main

symptoms and the side symptoms

(that apparently are unconnected

to the main ones).

A symptom

becomes concomitant by its

nature of being another symptom

in the case and it is the

combination of that point to the

remedy.

The Complete

Symptom means sensation,

location, modality and a

concomitant symptom (which too

will have a sensation, location and

a modality)

What

DIMITRIADIS did point out is

that the uniqueness in a case is

often seen as the combination of

two or three (or more) very

common symptoms.

GYPSER found

it best to select symptoms that

have polarity. If you find that the

remedy you have selected for a

case has the opposite polarity

symptom in grade 3 or 4, then - in

GYPSER’s experience, - that

remedy is not going to be curative.

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

You must find a remedy that

exists in a rubric that is capable of

having polarity but

does not have one.

GYPSER

stressed that the rubric used to

look for a polarity should not be

one used to select

the remedy, but rather one which

exists in a side

symptom and is not used in the

repertorisation.

In

BOENNINGHAUSEN’s actual

practice, several remedies were

often given.

BOENNINGHAUSEN understood

the relationship of remedies so

well that when he found a remedy

that covered the side symptoms,

which was different than the

remedy that covered the main

symptoms, he did this:

• On the first day, he gave the

remedy for main symptom

• A few days later, he gave the

remedy for the side symptom

• Few days later, he repeated

the remedy for main symptom

• Few days later, he gave a

fourth dose – a placebo.

The BOENNINGHAUSEN

methodology

needs the newly revised Pocket

Book, and you will have to have

cases suitable to the method. For

those who use the Synthesis or the

Complete Repertory or KENT the

BOENNINGHAUSEN’s Pocket

Book is actually different one.

11. The Homeopathic treatment

of eating disorders and the case

of a starving child.

MASLAN Allison (AH, 7/2001)

An eating disorder

reflects a complete

obsession with body image and

food. This compulsion can be so

severe that it becomes the focus of

a person’s entire existence and

cripples them from functioning

day to day in the real world.

Children whose

previous attempts to receive love

and attention have brought

disappointment, frustration or

even abuse, turn to eating

disorders as a substitute. They

deal with indigestible facts and

feelings by eating or not eating,

soothing their hurt by eating or

not eating food and gathering self-

esteem in accordance with their

ability to control their intake of

food.

If they fail at

this control, they follow by

abusing their bodies with

starvation or purging.

To successfully

treat this obsession, we need to

address the underlying disordered

belief or trauma.

A case of 21

year old female with anorexia and

bulimia is anlaysed by Scholten’s

method.

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

Her need for

acceptance from her mother, the

starving for the motherly bond is

the theme repeating throughout

the case. The separation is

expressed in the form of

premature birth, as an elder

daughter with 3 siblings and then

parents getting divorced at the age

of 10.

She grows up

never leaving the child-like state

of an infant needing love and

nourishment from her mother.

The hydrogen

series of the periodic table is

about the development of life and

the period of the unborn child –

the very beginning of life and the

decision to be of not to be in this

world and they express a

profound love for and connection

with the entire universe and all its

inhabitants. Once the unity is

severed, they experience a deep

sense of ioslation from the rest of

the world.

Column 17 of

third row is chlorum, which is

about the splitting up of

relationships or the desperate

need to hold on to relationships,

especially the relationship of

mother and child.

When chlorine

is combined with the hydrogen, it

forms the basis of hydrochloric

acid (Muriatic acid), which

includes longing for mother and

digestion problems. Muriaticum

acidum 200c (for nourishment she

lacked from mother and from

food)

2 months later: She gained more

weight than ever. Able to get in

touch with reality.

At 6 months later: Not worried or

nervous as before feeling peaceful.

Sniff remedy as

needed.

One year later: Learning to live

her life separate from mother.

Muriaticum acidum 200c.

12. Case by Chris KURZ

(AH, 7/2001)

A five year old boy was

prescribed Borax Q1

on the basis of ‘themes’ of

insecurity, fear of disease,

hypersexuality cautiousness about

new things and fear of

thunderstorms.

The follow-up

at 2,4,5,& 20 weeks 8 months and

2 years showed very good

improvement.

Situation in

which his mother conceived him

was very revealing. She was

afraid that she will be losing her

mother. In addition she had grave

money problems and was left to

deal with everything all by herself.

The author

justifice the selection on following

surmise, “This is a situation where

things seem to be hanging by a

thin thread which will break and

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

everything suspended from it will

fall down. This is very closely

related to the fear of downward

motion”. [Can speculation and

weirdest imagination in a science

which wants only facts, can go

further? I hear the bones of

HAHNEMANN,

BOENNINGHAUSEN, HERING,

LIPPE et al. rattling loudly in

their graves: K.S.S.]

13. Mandragora – The darker side

of Belladonna – Emily’s case

HERON Krista

(AH, 7/2001)

Emily, 4 year

old, had recurrent right ear

infection with fever with intense

pain. Flushed face during fever

and dark circles under her eyes.

She is active with slightly

destructive behavior. She is

curious about death and asks lot

of questions about it. Fascinated

by graveyards and darker side of

life. Hates dark, has nightmares

three to four times a week

between 1 – 4.30 a.m. dreams of

skeletons wild animals and owls.

Almost impossible to wake her.

She is guarded about what is

going on in her heart. She has

masturbated since 1½ years old.

Tuberculinum,

Belladonna, and Stramonium were

prescribed with no effect.

Six years after

initial visit; diagnosed as

Attention Deficit Disorder.

Squints and blinks spasmodically.

Kleptomania. Mandragara 200.

Six weeks later

– Blinking stopped immediately.

She seems less guarded.

Repeated three months later 1M

and repeated four months later.

Two years later – maintaining

well.

14. A case of Heloderma suspectum

– MANGIALAVORI Massimo

(AH, 7/2001)

Tommaso, 13 year old boy,

chubby with a

frown on his face, slow in his

movements and seemingly very

suspicious, has a strange kind of

speech disorder, missing out

verbs. Crazy about eggs. He

doesn’t like cold at all and had to

dress up very warmly. Scared of

darkness. Very stubborn.

It all began 3

years ago, when his little sister

was born. He was terribly jealous

of her.

He is rather a

lazy boy and does not like to do

sports or move around.

Often rubs his

legs with hand.

Heloderma

200c.

Few days later,

sore throat, swelling of both

tonsils. Painless enlarged

submandibular glands. Tongue

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

dirty and breath foetid. A normal

reaction. Wait.

Three months

after: He has begun to talk to us

and uses verb now and then. Not

so stubborn. Speech more

expressive - Heloderma 10 M.

Four months

later: Much better. Making big

leaps forward. Food cravings also

changed. No need of light to sleep.

Using more verbs. Getting along

well with his little sister. Sac lac.

Two years later:

His vocabulary is rich and not

missing a single verb.

16. Bagatelleverletzungen – Carbo

vegetabilis (Deep penetrating

wounds – Carbo vegetabilis)

FUCKERT, M. (ZKH, 45,

4/2001)

FUCKERT

draws attention to § 186.

41 year-old male, who was

under treatment for

digestive troubles, congestion of

blood in different parts of body

(head, haemorrhoids), Sensitivity

to moon, fearful nightmares.

Phosphorus, Sulphur did not help.

Mandragona made a turning

point. This patient was an artist

and sculptor, a wood carver.

Whoever sees his paintings and

sculptures immediately

appreciates his deep creative

ability. When he was sculpting

out of Oak wood he had to bore a

hole through the wood. At the

end while boring he put in so

much of power that the very

sharp chisel not only forced

through the wood but also his left

palm. An hour later when the

physician saw the patient the left

hand was swollen almost double.

No bleeding and when there is,

dark and trickle only. He did not

complain of bleeding after the

injury. Pain was so severe that he

had palpitations and circulatory

disturbance. Hanging the arm

down worsened.

A dose of Arnica

was given for the night. Next

morning the swelling had not

come down in any way; no

indication of inflammations, but

pain not relieved yet. Arnica was

wrong. So reanalysis. Injury,-

punctured,-bleedings passive,-

blood, dark, -hanging the limb < =

Carbo vegetabilis.

When at least

one or two of the characteristics of

the remedy is not perceived, the

‘established’ indication (e.g.

Ledum for punctured wound,

Hypericum for nerve injury, etc.)

for these remedies in case of

injuries, should not be given in a

routine manner.

The result of

Carbo vegetabilis M in water

solution and given frequently

confirmed the correctness of the

prescription in this case.

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

Another

example: A patient had just left

my clinic and got her finger hurt

badly when her car door was shut

harshly by her angry husband;

her finger was just at the

doorhinge. She had to lie down

immediately in faint. Arnica and

Hypericum were used in vain. She

seemed restless and anxious when

lying and attempted to rise up

erect since she felt again faint

when lying and became pale and

her whole body trembled. A clear

shock situation of Aconitum which

promptly helped.

17. Rezidivierende

Stimmbandpolypen – Thuja

occidentalis (Recurrent polyps

of Vocal card – Thuja

occidentalis)

BORMANN, M. (ZKH, 45,

5/2001)

58 year-old man with recurring

polyps inVocal

Cord since years. These have

been surgically

removed five times. Underwent

prednisolon therapy for nine

months which besides many side

effects did not help permanent

cure. A recurrent was known

every time with sudden

hoarseness, and cracking voice

with need to clear the throat often.

He had many

childhood diseases which were

without complications. Heart

problems since many years. Since

his 30

th

year has been on Isoptin

regularly. A cyst has been

removed from epididymis. He

had a Fibroma on the nate, and a

lipoma of 2 x 2 cm. in the back left

of the vertebra. Childhood

diarrhoea with examination fears,

sense of insecurity (until now),

extensive eczema in youth which

was treated for two years with

salves. Oily face and oily hair

which have turned gray from his

20

th

year. Very often colds,

infections. Sleep disturbances

since 5 years. Can’t tolerate fat.

Abdomen always rumbling and

growling. Worse in spring and

autumn. Thunder and storm agg.

In the family history there was

depression, heart infarct /Cancer

of chest and Nephritis. Caries of

teeth since childhood. Liver spots,

brittle finger nails. Thuja M, XM,

CM at appropriate intervals

(from 23.8.1995 to 26.1.1996)

brought about alround

improvement. No occurrence of

the polyp. Relieved of tendency to

catch colds, infections, etc.

18. Homöopathische

Unterstützung einer

Hausgeburt oder: Es geht auch

anders (Homeopathic care of a

home birth)

BÜNDNER, M. (ZKH, 45,

5/2001)

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

Detailed case report of a

‘homebirth’ of a

‘primipara’, 27 year-old woman.

Most of the 0symptoms on which

the remedies were selected were

objective symptoms. Cervical

laceration and other sufferings,

chemical drugs etc. were avoided

due to homeopathic handling.

The author has applied H.N.

GUERNSEY’s ‘Gynaecology and

obstetrics’ and LILIENTHAL’s

Therapeutics for remedy

selection.

19. M.Raynaud der Mammille –

Nux vomica (Raynaud’s disease

of the nipple – Nux vomica)

HOLZAPFEL, K. (ZKH, 45,

5/2001)

34 year-old woman, with a

nursing (4 months

old) healthy, infant boy. Since

long Mastopathie both breasts

with cyst in the right; under

progesteron gel. and drugs.

Gynaecologist diagnosed

Raynaud’s disease. The patient

suffered from severe pains. A

thorough anamnesis was drawn.

Therapeutic Pocket Book of von

BOENNINGHAUSEN was

consulted, which pointed to Nux

vomica. The complaints of the

nursing infant (stinking flatus,

painful flatulence, < afternoon,

evenings, > from being carried

concomitant: crease, deep, in the

forehead) also pointed to Nux

vomica. Reference to the Materia

Medica Pura, Guiding Symptoms

confirmed the remedy. Nux

vomica 0/6 was given by olfaction.

The remedy potency was raised to

0/7 later. The cure followed.

The author

discusses von

BOENNINGHAUSEN; it is the

characteristic (peculiar, rare

symptom, § 153) symptoms of the

remedy that is of value. (see von

BOENNINGHAUSEN’s

‘Quelques mots sur le chirx des

medicaments (1859)’ “La masse

(l’ensemble) des symptómes

caractérisques, non de la maladie,

mais plutôt du remède, est la chose

principale, oui presque la secule

chose sur laquelle it fant fixer le

regard le plus attentif;”

20. Cerebrales Anfalsleiden –

Absencen: Psorinum – Sulphur

(Cerebral seizures – Absences:

Psorinum – Sulphur)

RICHTER, O., HADULLA,

M.M.

(ZKH, 45, 6/2001)

This is a case

of an 18-year-old male with

epileptic seizures (Dyknolepsia in

his 3

rd

year age and suspected

grand mal seizures in 17

th

year

age) Psorinum 200 x and Sulphur

in LM potencies in ascending

order made him free from

seizures and the EEG became

normal.

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

The history of

suppressed eruptions leading to

convulsions and other ‘generals’,

were the indications (Psorinum

200 one dose and then Sulphur

LM 1 to 12).

21. Arztpatietnenbeziehung und

medizinische Vorstellungen

von patienten im 18. und 19.

Jahrhundert (Doctor-Patient

relationship and medicinal

ideas of patients in the 18

th

and

19

th

centuries) GEHRKE, C.

(ZKH, 45, 6/2001)

On the basis letters written

by patients to

HAHNEMANN, the relation

between the physician and

patients is studied. These letters

are during HAHNEMANN’s

Koethen period. The

practitioners were dependent

upon the upper classes, who could

afford medical treatment. The

practitioners had to suit their

theories to meet the expectations

and requirements of their clients.

Predominant medical concepts

were the ancient humoral model

of classical medicine and the

model of neural diseases. Parts of

these are found in

HAHNEMANN’s concept of

Homeopathy. It is probable, that

patients influenced the process of

innovation in HAHNEMANN’s

theory, which is based on

contemporary ideas such as the

Vital Force. It would seem

necessary to verify certain

theories of Homeopathy.

22. 85 years of Homeopathy: Eva

Engle and the Sixth edition of

the Organon – An Interview

Frances KALFUS (SIM. XIV,

3/2001)

This is a very interesting

piece of history of

Homeopathy which many may

not be aware of.

Where was the

HAHNEMANN manuscript copy

of Organon VI edition until it was

brought out as a ‘text critical’

edition by Josef M.SCHMIDT of

Munich, Germany? It was known

to some that the manuscript, at

the time when Dr.Josef

SCHMIDT took up the task of

preparing a ‘text critical edition’

from the manuscript itself was

safely in the School of Medicine,

University of California in the

custody of Prof. Dr. Otto

GUTTENTAG. However, hardly

anyone knew of the adventurous

travel of the manuscript from

HAHNEMANN’s legatees to

James WARD/William

BOERICKE at the sametime

when Richard HAEHL obtained

all the literary legacies of the

Master, into the custody of the

Homeopathic Foundation of

California, then in the personal

care and keep of Dr. Howard

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

ENGLE; after Dr.Howard

ENGLE’s death, the valuable

book was safely kept by Ms. Elsa

ENGLE in a bank vault rented by

her at her expense, for nearly 17

years until it was handed over to

the University of California.

But for the

personal care, at her own expense,

of Ms.Elsa ENGLE, the

manuscript of the Organon VI

edition could have been lost and

verification of the additions,

deletions, corrections wouldn’t

have been possible. With this

manuscript, the doubters could be

silenced permanently.

The

homeopathic world owes a great

debt of gratitude to Ms.Elsa

ENGLE for her great loyalty and

service to Homeopathy.

Ms.ENGLE was 97 years age in

1992 when this interview was

taken.

Ms. ENGLE

spoke on certain other matters

relating to Homeopathy, the busy

practice of her brother-in-law

Dr.Howard ENGLE (she was his

Secretary). During the ‘Flu

epidemic in 1918 while there were

fatalities with the Allopaths, the

homeopaths of the

HAHNEMANN Hospital didn’t

lose any. For this epidemic the

remedies were Gelsemium 6x

followed by Eupatorium

perfoliatum 6x and in five days all

of them were practically well.

John

D.ROCKFELLLER Sr. who was

personally benefited by

Homeopathy gave a large amount

of money for research and

establish Homeopathy but

because of jealousies (between

homeopaths?) it got nowhere and

ultimately ROCKFELLER

withdrew the money and put it in

the Rockfeller Foundation.

Similarly about KETTERING

and SLOAN.

Ms.ENGLE also

recalled Dr.RENNER’s persisting

attempts to make her follow low

potencies, which she didn’t.

However, the most successful

practitioners then used the low

potencies – 3x, 6x, 12x and 30.

23. All paths lead to Platina

SMITH Malcolm (SIM, XIV,

3/2001)

This is the case of a 45-year-old

woman whose

valuble story clearly revealed

Platina, which was given in LM

first, then C potency which

relieved.

24. A Case History of Sycosis

LITTLE David (SIM. XIV,

3/2001)

This is a case of

a person with inherited Sycosis

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

that was activated by the

suppression of a Chlamydia

infection, rather than by a new

Gonococcus.

He was an

Irishman studying with a Yogi in

India. Was strong, well built,

rather coarse and sometimes had

to be told things a few times

before he could understand;

appeared dishevelled, wore half

Indian and half Western clothes.

Many of his habits were Psoric

but his psychology demonstrated

predominantly Sycotic miasm.

Suspicious, questioned the motives

of others, and sometimes had

fixed opinions; was truly religious

fanatic, lived in a cave, with few

belongings, in far-off India. These

pointed to inherited Sycosis.

He also had

some dullness, genius and

madness associated with Syphilitic

miasm.

He visited

England and contracted a severe

case of Chlamydia; a greenish,

dirty discharge, as well as much

local irritation of the penis.

As a result of

suppressive treatment his prostate

gland began to swell and become

painful, with concomitant pains

underneath and rectum. After this

a loss of memory and dulling of

the intellect. His extremities were

beginning to become arthritic and

painful. Began to feel guilty, dirty

and contaminated. The smell of

his own body upset him.

The symptoms

continued to increase over a

period of around eight months,

until he was in pretty bad shape.

The totality of his symptoms were

around Sycotic miasm, at the

present moment.

Sulphur, a

multi-miasmatic remedy was

prescribed in LM 3, and he began

to improve soon. Within few

days, after an initial aggravation,

he discharged four ounces in one

surge of flow, a putrid greenish-

yellow pus-like discharge, in less

than a minute!

David LITTLE

observes: “When someone passes

a discharge like this, the question

comes to mind, where did it all

come from? This is one of the

mysteries of Homeopathy. How

does the Vital Force do this? The

answer to this question lies outside

of our normal understanding of

pathology.”

[Let all homeopaths understand

this well.= K.S.S.]

The remedy

repetition was slowed down to

once every three days, and all of

his symptoms peeled off, layer by

layer, in the reverse order in

which they had developed. His

temperament improved, his

memory came back, he lost the

feeling of being dirty and

contaminated. The remedy was

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

further slowed down as he

improved and finally stopped. He

was a changed man who later left

for England, where he studied

Homeopathy and was awarded a

certificate.

25. Menyanthes-Psorinum – A Case

using the

LM Potency

CREASY

Sheilagh

(SIM, XIV, 4/2001)

A 71 year-old

woman, tiny build, quick in her

movements. Complained of a lot

of head pains. A “tightness as if

held in” around her head, better

from pressure. During these

pains her feet became completely

cold. Facial twitches. She was

brought up in a house full of

terror. Father was a violent man

and whenever he was at home be

was beating someone. Our

patient ran away from the home

as soon as it was possible. At 16

year age she married only to find

that she was in situation similar to

the one at her home from she had

escaped. She ran away to

another town, found a job and

began to lead a comparatively

happy life.

She carried the feeling of

homelessness and loneliness; was

always timid and fearful, with

long periods of depression.

Nervous and developed twitches.

At 65 year age she was pensioned

off. She suffered from

Waterbrash, inclined to retch,

stomach gurgled embarrassingly.

Fatty food did not agree with her.

Menyanthes LM 1 to 12

improved her much. But as she

felt low energy and her depression

had returned, despaired about her

health although her headaches

and stomach troubles had gone,

she felt much anxious about

everything past, present and

future. Felt that she did not

belong to anywhere, never been

shared or loved; cold and

miserable feeling, gloomy.

Psorinum LM 1

and then 2 she became normal.

26. Footnote 121: A Case Illustration

CREASY Sheilagh (SIM, XIV, 4/2001)

Attention FN 121 to § 210. The case of a 27-

year-old female with lachrymation, sneezing, with

allergy to many fruits or products containing

Gluten. The remedies given to her brought about

relief in due course. At one stage of her curative

phase she manifested mental symptoms which

were predominant during her mid 20s which was a

life of movement, music, dancing and stripping.

Tarentula hispanica brought peace and she became

calm and talked sanely. Lastly she was given

Phosphorus in ascending potencies and she

proceeded to improve steadily.

--------------------------------------------------------------

IV. REPERTORY

1. Die Sicherheit der Methode des

Therapeutischen Taschenbuchs von

Bonninghausen (The reliability of

Boenninghausen’s Therapeutic Pocket Book)

DIMITRIADIS, G. (ZKH, 45, 3/2001)

K.HOLZAPFEL, in his article in the ZKH, 44,

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

4/2000 analysing the revised edition of the Pocket

Book (PB), has suggested the following so that the

PB becomes more reliable.

• To make known in the text of the PB wrong

generalisations as also theoretic conversions.

• Correction of the printing errors in the entire

PB,pointing out those that do not agree with

the two volume manuscript of

BOENNINGHAUSEN in the Robert Bosch

Institute (TT) and carry out necessary

revisions. The incongruences and deviations

have been pointed out in the article in ZKH,

44, 5/2000.

• Verification of all additions from the

DUNHAM-copy in the light of the BOGER-

BOENNINGHAUSEN’s Repertory (BB)

and the Systematic Alphabetic Repertorium

of homeopathic Medicines, Part 1,

containing the Antipsoric, antisyphilitic and

antisycotic remedies, 2 edition 1833.

Interleaved copy with handwritten additions of

his son Carl Anton WALBURGIS v.

BOENNINGHAUSEN (in the posession of

Foundation Pierre SCHMIDT) [SRA

I]/Systematic Alphabetic Repertory of

homeopathic remedies, second part

containing the (so-called) not-antipsoric

remedies, I edition 1835. Inter-leaved copy

with handwritten additions of the son Carl

Anton v. BOENNINGAHUSEN (in

possession of the Foundation Pierre

SCHMIDT) [SRN.1]/Systematic alphabetic

Repertory of the homeopathic remedies.

II part containing the (so-called)

not-antipsoric remedies. I edition 1835.

Copy with separate sheets bound together

and with handwritten additions verified

by the originator (In the Institute of History

of Medicine) [SRN 2]. To this is relevant the

BOENNINGHAUSEN original handwritten

copy in the possession of Dr.GYPSER which

should be brought to light.

• Drop the entry of Psorinum or the tentative

gradation as in HERING’s “Guiding

Symptoms”.

DIMITRIADIS in his article provides

evidence for the clarification of a number of

questions raised by HOLZAPFEL, many of which

had to be adequately answered in the course of the

English Language Publication of the Therapeutic

Pocket Book by DIMITRIADIS (TBR) (see Sec.

IV, 6, p.119 of in this QHD = KSS). Extracts from

the Preface in the TBR are used to highlight

similar questions as raised by HOLZAPFEL and

the basis for the conclusions reached.

A doubt is raised about the ‘Dunham-copy’

which carries lot of (so-called)

BOENNINGHAUSEN’s additions, etc.; it has been

repeatedly said that DUNHAM copied out in his

copy of Therapeutic Pocket Book the additions etc.

from BOENNINGHAUSEN’s personal copy.

However, no evidence to the above effect has been

found in any correspondance between DUNHAM

and BOENNINGHAUSEN, nor has DUNHAM

seems to have so said clearly any where.

In his response to the article of DIMITRIADIS

HOLZAPFEL has carefully again verified the

sources and agrees with DIMITRIADIS on most of

the aspects.

4. Betrachtungen über die Erstellung der

revidierten Fassung des “Therapeutischen

Taschenbuches” von Clemans von

Bönninghausen (consideration of the

publication of the revised version of the

“Therapeutic Pocket Book by Clemens von

BOENNINGHAUSEN)

HEINRICH, H. (ZKH, 45, 3/2001)

The new edition (2001) is compared with the

original 1846 edition. In cases with paucity of

symptoms this repertory will be of great help.

5. Mittelverwechslungen und Fehleintragungen

im Repertorium (Medicine alterations and

erroneous entries in the Repertory)

ANDERSCH-HARTNER, P.

(ZKH, 45, 4/2001)

Cocc. – Coc-c

Chill, drinking aggr.: Cocc. (K.1266,CR.2287)

Source verification:

Cocc.: Proof of appropriate symptoms in the

MMP, EN, GS, etc. are all negative.

Coc.-c.: “Great thirst after eating; a large quantity

of cold water caused unusual chilliness." ”EN,

Vol.3, p.410. Symptom No.343)

In the above rubric therefore Cocc. may be

corrected as Coc-c.

Rectum, pain, stitching; extending to urethra:

Cocc. (K. 629, CR.1287)

Search in the MMP, EN, GS, etc. did not confirm

this.

Coc-c.: “Violent jerking and boring stitches in the

rectum, constantly jumping to the neck of the

bladder and along the ureters to the kidneys, and at

last disappearing.” (EN, Vol.3, p.413, Symptom

No.460).

Indeed the pains extend in this Coc-c.

symptom not in the urethra but in the ureters and

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

the urinary tract, the further similarity gives the

suggestion that in the above rubric it should be

Coc-c. and not Cocc.

Eye, pain, tearing, evening, after lying down:

Cocc. (K.260, CR. 637)

Search in the sources:

Cocc.: “Tearing, throbbing headache in the

forehead from 7 to 9 p.m. (EN. Vol.3, p.389,

Symptom No.72).

“Tearing pains in eyebrows and left side of head <

in evening and at night.

“Rheumatic ophthalmia” (GS, Vol.4, P.263,

Chapter “Upper Face”)

The pain is worse in the evenings, not however in

the evening in bed and a reference relevant to this

formulation is not there in the above source in GS,

Vol.4, p.276, Chapter: Position: “After lying down

in bed”.

Coc-c.: “In evening after lying down tearing in left

eye up into forehead; …” (GS, Vol.4, p.300,

Chapter “Time”)

“Tearing pain extending from left eye up into

forehead, in evening after lying down.” (GS, Vol.4,

p.292, Chapter “Inner Head”; EN, Vol.3, p.404,

Symptom No.62).

“Rest. Position. Motion: After lying down: tearing

from 1. Eye up into forehead; …” (GS, Vol.4,

p.299).

Therefore it will be right to correct Cocc. as

Cocc-c. As against this Cocc. is in the right place

in the rubric. “Eye, pain, tearing” – without further

modifications – appropriate to the Symptom

“Headache, as if the eyes would be torn away”

(MMP, Symptom No.38).

Euphr. – euph.

Face, swelling, cheeks: euphr. (K. 393, CR,856)

CR has both euph. and euphr.

Sources:

Euphr.: No symptom in agreement in the MMP,

EN, GS.

Euph.: “Red, enormous swelling of the cheek, with

many yellowish blistering thereon, which break

open, exuding a yellowish humor (caused by

rubbing the juice on it). (CD. Symptom No.55).

“White swelling of the cheeks oedematius to the

touch for four days (CD. Symptom No. 59)

“Red, inflammatory swelling of the cheek, with

sensation of burning heat” (GS, Vol.5, p.246)

“White, oedema-like swelling of the cheeks (GS,

Vol.5, p.6)

Evidently there is a confusion and the remedy

should be actually euph. and not euphr. (and not

both remedies) in the rubric for swelling of cheeks.

Urethra, discharge, bloody, chronic diarrhoea, in:

euph. (K.699, CR,1358).

Source: “Male sexual organs: chronic gonorrhoea

when the discharge is mixed with blood” (GS,

Vol.5, p.248).

Repertory to the GS: “Male Sexual Organs:

Chronic Gonorrhoea” Chronic: … ; discharge

mixed with blood, ; Euphor.; …” (Knerr p.619)

It is evidently an error; instead of

“gonorrhoea”, “diarrhoea” has been given.

Should be corrected.

Delusion, walking, the same one is walking after

him that is walking before him: euph. (K 35, SR I

380, CR. 123)

Source: “Seeing double, when he sees a man

walking, it seems to him as if the same man was

walking close behind the first”. (CD, Sy. No.42).

“Double vision; on looking at anyone walking,

it seems as though a second person were walking

just behind him” (EN, Vol.4, p.248, Sy. No.48 –

source HAHNEMANN)

In chapter “Mind” of EN there is no symptom

to match the entry in the Repertory but in Chapter

“Mind” of GS:

“Imagines he sees the same man walking after

him that he sees walking before him” (GS, Vol. 5,

p.245). As against this however “Diplopia; seeing

a person walk before him he imagines he sees the

same man walking after him” (GS, Vol. 5, p.246 in

chapter “Sight and Eyes”).

In the English

version the Double vision as per

the Proving has been translated as

“imagines” and out of that a Mind

symptom in the GS which in turn

without further reference has

entered into the Repertory as a

‘Delusion’. This rubric with this

only remedy should therefore be

struck off.

Euph.: is found in its appropriate place in the

Repertory under “Vision, diplopia”.

6. Bönninghausens Thèrapeutisches

Taschenbuch – Eine Fundgrube seiner

klinischen Erfahrungen (Boenninghausen’s

Therapeutic Pocket Book – A rich source of

his clinical experiences).

DIMITRIADIS, G. (ZKH, 45, 6/2001)

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

The resurgence of interest in a thorough

examination of BOENNINGHAUSEN’s work

within this journal, have, as is usual with any

properly conducted scientific research, served to

generate even more questions. In his response to

our previous article, K.HOLZAPFEL has again

raised some interesting points which we have

herein considered. This present article presents

evidence that BOENNINGHAUSEN was indeed a

careful and methodical worker, from beginning to

end. We show the First Repertory of

BOENNINGHAUSEN (SRA/SRN) was largely

influenced by the experience of others in the

determination of remedy grades, providing

evidence that the TT represented the clinical

experience of BOENNINGHAUSEN himself,

whilst maintaining a similar 4-tier grading system;

and that discrepancies existing between similar

entries within the SRA and TT must be judged in

favour of the latter.

We herein address the erroneous criticisms of

HERING and others regarding the abstraction

(separation) of characteristics of

BOENNINGHAUSEN’s method, which criticisms

resulted from their failure to comprehend the

applicability of the method in its representation of

Materia Medica. Practical examples are provided

in support of our position that this abstraction of

characteristics, which is central to the construction

of the TT, not only allows a full reconstruction of

original symptom meanings, but also provides a

unique mechanism for recombining the

characteristics of a medicine to match those of a

presenting illness. Lastly, we introduce the

concept of “characteristics mapping” in our

account of BOENNINGHAUSEN’s process of

conception and construction of the TT, and discuss

its ramifications.

7. Repertorium: Natrum sulfuratum

ZAUNER, B. (ZKH, 45, 5/2001)

Natrum sulphuratum (Hepar sulphuris

natronatum, natrum sulphide, Na

2

S) was proved, at

HAHNEMANN’s suggestion, in 1838 by

CROSERIO and published in Stapf’s Archiv 16,

(1838) 164-172; this was a defective translation. A

correct version on the basis of the original material

by Dr.Will KLUNKER published in the ZKH, 39,

2 & 4/1995. Later Dr.ZAUNER made this into a

‘schema’ and Materia Medica form in the ZKH,

43, 5/1999. Now, this is given in repertorial

rubrics incorporating in the relevant pages of

KENT’s Repertory.

--------------------------------------------------------------

V. PHARMACOLOGY

1. Very high dilutions of dexamethasone inhibit

its pharmacological effects in vivo

BONAMIN, LV., MARTINHO, KS.,

NINA,AL, CAVIGLIA, F.& DO RIO, RGW.

(BHJ, 90, 4/2001)

We evaluated the interaction of

dexamethasone 10

-17

and 10

-33

M (equivalent to 7cH

and 15cH) with dexamethasone in pharmacological

concentrations, using as experimental models:

acute inflammation induced by carrageenan,

Ehrlich ascitic tumour, and migration of tumour

infiltrating leukocytes (TIL). Male adult BALB/c

mice (n =7 per group) were used in all

experiments. Carrageenan (1%) was injected into

the footpad for oedema evaluation and into the

peritoneal cavity (i.p.), for differential counting of

inflammatory cells. Ehrlich ascitic tumour cells

(10

7

viable cells/ml) were injected i.p. and tumour

cells were counted after 6 days, by the Trypan blue

exclusion method. The differential TIL was

counted using smears stained by hematoxylin-

eosin. Treatments were made immediately after

carrageenan inoculation or once a day, during

Ehrlich tumour development, until the animals

were killed. Animals were treated with the

following preparations: (1)Phosphate buffer saline

(PBS) solution; (2) dexamethasone (0.5mg/kg for

inflammation model or 4mg/kg for tumour model)

mixed with dexamethasone 7cH or 15cH; (3)

dexamethasone (same doses) mixed in PBS.

homeopathic dexamethasone partially blocked the

anti-inflammatory effect of pharmacological

dexamethasone with regard to paw oedema (two-

way ANOVA, P<0.0008) and polymorphonuclear

cell migration (x

2

, P = 0.0001). No important

differences were observed between experimental

and control groups, in relation to Ehrlich tumour

cells viability or count, or bodyweight, but

potentised dexamethasone restored control levels

of TIL viability, compared to mice treated with

pharmacological doses of dexamethasone (X

2

, P <

0.0001). The results demonstrate that a potentised

substance may change its own pharmacological

effects and suggest that ultradilutions effects act

mostly on host response.

2. Validação da Técnica de impregnação de

glóbulos Homeopáticos (Validation of

homeopathic globules impregnation

technique)

GUTIERREZ, Márcia Aparecida

(RH, 66, 2/2001)

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

This work compares the results among four

different techniques of globule impregnations with

a dye solution. Simple imregnations were tested

for each technique (2% v/w to 5% v/w and triple

impregnation 10% v/w). with the purpose to

demonstrate the need of validation of the adopted

technique, the globules were analysed concerning

their impregnation homogeneity, by color

visualization.

3. The Centesimal and LM Potencies: A

comparison from the 5

th

and 6

th

Edition of The

Organon

LITTLE David (SIM, XIII, 4/2001)

The LM potency method is the result of

HAHNEMANN’s over 40 years experience. This

new potentisation technique was to “speed the

cure”.

The 3c is the

mother of all homeopathic

potencies. HAHNEMANN found

that the medicine in solution had

greatly improved the treatment of

irrulent acute illness, and of many

chronic diseases, but the weak, the

elderly, those suffering with

considerable pathology and

degenerative chronic miasmatic

diseases still presented a

particular dilemma. After

countless experiments,

HAHNEMANN settled on the

1/50,000 dilution ratio and created

the 50 millesimal potency.

The LM potency is succussed 100 times while

the centesimals were given only 10 succussions. In

the LM method the size of the dose is greatly

reduced as the potency is gradually increased, so

that the Vital Fiorce never receives the same exact

dose twice in succession. In this way, the Vital

Force can receive the single dose on a series of

doses in medicinal solution without the

aggravations witnessed in the dry or unmodified

liquid dose. In this way, we can speed the cure to

one half, one fourth, or ten times, compared to the

previous method.

Compared to the centesimal scale, the LM

potency seem to be low potencies but actually they

are not. The LM has a much larger dilution ratio

and 10 times more succussions per potency

increment. These characteristics greatly transform

the medicinal qualities of the LM remedies.

The curative reaction of the Vital Force is not

disrupted by the repetition of the minimal size dose

of the medicinal solution of the remedy, as may be

caused by the repetition of the dry dose.

Cycle of healing with the LM remedies:

• Small liquid dose

• No aggravation

• Enduring, gentle secondary effect

• Removal of the remedial disease

• Cessation of remedy duration

• Complete return of health and full vitality.

This demonstrates the important use that

HAHNEMANN gave to the Lebenskraft (Vital

Force) in the 6

th

Organon. The goal of the LM

strategy is a smooth, continuous, graduated ascent

to health and vitality through 30 microtonal

potencies, without aggravations.

The microtonal series of 30 graduated LM

potencies is much more similar to development of

degenerative chronic diseases and miasms than the

radical jumps of the centesimals.

--------------------------------------------------------------

VI. VETERINARY

1. Die Bedeutung der Zeichen in der

Veterinärmedizin (the significance of signs in

Veterinary Medicine)

SEYFRIED, A.L. (AHZ, 246, 4/2001)

The Anamnesis is the basis for a successful

homeopathic treatment. In Veterinary Medicine

it is an indirect Anamnesis as in the case of

humans for example in case of infants or in

case of unconscious patients. A thorough physical

examination of the animal is necessary, in addition

to what the owner of the animal reveals.

The behaviour of the animal in the Surgery will

give good indications.

Model cases of a

rabbit, a pony, a bitch are given.

2. The homöopathische

Behandlung eines Pferdes (The

homeopathic treatment of a

horse)

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

BÜNDER, M. (ZKH, 45,

4/2001)

The

homeopathic treatment of a 12

year-old

horse in which the treatment was

successful by following the

instructions in §153 of the

Organon.

The horse was

suffering from chronic cough

since years and had tendency to

catch cold. The ailments began

after a protracted cold for which

Veterinary treatment (allopathic)

was given.

The remedy

that was indicated by applying the

Therapeutic Pocket Book – Carbo

vegetabilis – was studied in

ALLEN, CLARKE,

HAHNEMANN, HERING,

JAHR but the peculiar symptom

in this case was not found in these

works. On consulting

BOENNINGHAUSEN’s work

“The homeopathic treatment of

whooping cough in its varied forms”

the exact symptom was found. A

single dose of 3 globules Carbo

vegetabilis 30 given on 2 Oct. 1999

brought about speedy relief. In

end of Nov. 1999 it was reported

that the cough had begun again.

On 1 December 1999 Carbo

vegetabilis 50M was given which

cured. The horse remains well till

date.

--------------------------------------------

------------------

VII. RESEARCH

1. Die Förderung von Wissenschaft und

Forschung zur Homöopathie

(The furtherance of Science and Research in

Homeopathy)

ALBRECHT, H. (AHZ, 246,

5/2001)

The Karl und Veronica Carstens Stiftung is

currently the leading Foundation in funding

Science and Research in Complementary and

Alternative Medicines as well as Homeopathy in

Europe. It relies mainly on public support. The

emphasis is on scientific evaluation of

Homeopathy. Between 1983 and 2000 the

Foundation spent more than 12 Mio. DM for 120

projects in this field. The major part, i.e. more

than 10 Mio.DM was invested in fundamental and

clinical research. The second focus of activities

lies in supporting continued medical education and

a new generation of academics (scholarhips,

student initiatives). Thus, the Carstens

Foundation has set milestones for the integration

of Homeopathy in Science and Research in

German Universities.

2. Treatment for hyperactive children:

Homeopathy and Methylphenidate compared

in a family setting

FREI, H. & THURNEYSEN

(BHJ, 90, 4/2001)

The sharp increase of the prescription of

Methylphenidate (MPD) in hyperactive children in

recent years is a matter of increasing uneasiness

among professionals, parents and politicians.

There is little awareness of treatment alternatives.

The purpose of this prospective trial was to assess

the efficacy of Homeopathy in hyperactive

patients and to compare it with MPD. The study

was performed in a paediatric practice with

conventional and homeopathic backgrounds.

Children aged 3-17 years, conforming to the DSM-

IV criteria for attention deficit hyperactivity

disorder (APHD) with a Conners Global Index

(CGI) of 14 or higher were eligible for the study.

All of them received an individual homeopathic

treatment. When clinical improvement reached

50%, the parents were asked to reevaluate the

symptoms. Those who did not improve sufficiently

on Homeopathy were changed to MPD, and again

evaluated after 3 months. One hundred and fifteen

children (92 boys, 23 girls) with a mean age of 8.3

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

years at diagnosis were included in the study.

Prior to treatment the mean CGI was 20.63 (14-

30), the mean index of the Homeopathy group

20.52 and of the MPD-group 20.94. After an

average treatment time of 3.5 months 86 children

(75%) had responded to Homeopathy, reaching a

clinical improvement rating of 73% and an

amelioration of the CGI of 55%. Twenty-five

children (22%) needed MPD; the average duration

of homeopathic (pre-) treatment in this group was

22 months. Clinical improvement under MPD

reached 65%, the lowering of the CGI 48%. Three

children did not respond to Homeopathy nor to

MPD, and one left the study. In cases where

treatment of a hyperactive child is not urgent,

Homeopathy is a valuable alternative to MPD.

The reported results of homeopathic treatment

appear to be similar to the effects of MPD. Only

children who did not reach the high level of

sensory integration for school had to be changed to

MPD. In preschoolers, Homeopathy appears a

particularly useful treatment for ADHD.

3. Observational study of quality of life in

patients with headache, receiving

homeopathic treatment

MUSCARI-TOMAIOLI, G. , ALLEGRI, F. &

MIALI, E., POMPOSELLI, R. , TUBIA, P.,

TARGHETTA, A., & CASTELLINI, M.,

BELLAVITE, P. (BHJ, 90, 4/2001)

This study describes the results obtained from

a prospective observational research of

homeopathic treatment for patients suffering from

headache (migraine with-and without aura and

tension – type headache). Fifty-three patients were

asked to complete the SF-36 questionnaire at the

beginning of the treatment and after 4-6 months.

The homeopathic medicine and potency were not

pre-defined, but were adapted to each single

patient according to individualised homeopathic

prescription. Most patients (73.6%) completed the

study. There was heterogeneity in the answers

(patients in very poor health as well as those with

only slight disorders). Analysis of the data

according to the concept of ‘intention-to-treat’

showed that after therapy, the mean and median

scores of all life quality dimensions rose. More

than 60% of the cases experienced an improvement

in pain and the limitations caused by pain, as well

as in limitations in social activities and health in

general. All the differences between pre/post

treatment were statistically highly significant, with

the strongest results in the ‘bodily pain’ and

‘vitality’ parameters (P < 0.0001).

4. Homeopathy in acute Otitis Media in

children: Treatment effect or spontaneous

resolution? FREI, H., THURNEYSEN, A.

(BHJ, 90, 4/2001)

Acute Otitis Media (AOM) is a very common

illness in infants and toddlers. According to the

Greater Boston Study 80% of 3-year-old children

have had one, and 40% of them have had three a

more episodes of AOM [In our experience AOM is

not so common in India. Instead it is URI = KSS.]

The conventional antibiotic treatment faces a

number of problems, including antibiotic

resistance. Homeopathy has been shown to be

capable of treating AOM successfully. As AOM

has a high rate of spontaneous resolution, a trial to

prove any treatment-effect has to demonstrate very

fast resolution of symptoms. The purpose of this

study was to find out how many children with

AOM are relieved of pain within 12 hours after the

beginning of homeopathic treatment, making

additional measure unnecessary. 250 children

with AOM received a first individualised

homeopathic medicine in the paediatric office.. if

pain-reduction was not sufficient after 6 hours, a

second (different) homeopathic medicine was

given. After a further 6 hour, children who had not

reached pain control were started on antibiotics.

Pain control was achieved in 39% of the patients

after 6 hours another 33% after 12 hours. This

resolution rate is 2.4 times faster than in placebo

controls. There were no complications observed in

the study group and compared to conventional

treatment the approach was 14% cheaper. [What

would have been the result if the children who had

not improved even after 12 hours (28%) had been

given a more precise homeopathic remedy? =

K.S.S.]

5. Pesquisa básica em homeopatia: revisão

bibliográfica (Basic research on Homeopathy:

a bibliographic review)

TEIXEIRA, Marcus Zulian (RH, 66, 2/2001)

Homeopathy is based on principles much

different from the classic scientific model. It is

therefore difficult to be understood, and also

appears unacceptable to the traditional academic

stream based on the Cartesian paradigm. To

legitimise Homeopathy by modern

epistemiological research studies on its basic

principles of similitude, provings on healthy

humans, infinitesimal doses – are essential. While

clinical trials confirm the efficacy of homeopathic

treatment in diseases, experiments in basic areas of

science sustain the validity of the homeopathic

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

foundations. In this review, the author presents the

main studies accomplished in several areas of

modern experimental research that endorse the

homeopathic pillars, throwing light on the idea of

the path followed until now, so aiding the

followers of Homeopathy who have the intention

to process with these researches which would

satisfy those who wish for proofs of the

homeopathic model.

A very impressive long list of 259 references

have been given in the ‘bibliographic references’.

--------------------------------------------------------------

VIII. HISTORY

1. Hahnemann et les Francs-

Maçons (HAHNEMANN and

the Freemasons) WEDEPOHL,

W. (CGH,38,1/2001)

HAHNEMANN

’s first contact with Freemasonry

was during his studentship as his

teacher Professor von QUARIN of

Vienna recommended him to the

Baron Samuel von

BRUKENTHAL who belonged to

a Freemason Lodge in

Hermannstadt. A new Lodge was

founded in Hermannstadt named

“Sankt Andreas zu den drei

Seeblätter” and HAHNEMANN

was admitted to it on 16 October

1777. Evidently it was von

BRUKENTHAL who paid the

high fees for membership.

Between 1817 and 1820

HAHNEMANN was a member in

the Leipsic Lodge “Minerva of the

Three Palms”. In Koethen he was

not member of any lodge. The

Duke FERDINAND of Anhalt-

Koethen was the Master of the

lodge “Zur Säule” in Breslau.

We find the influence of freemasonry in

HAHNEMANN’s writing – Organon. In FN to

§12 Organon he speaks of God as “The Lord of

Life”. Homeopathy and Freemasonry have

commonality. Both began as minority and

continues to remain despite their opponents’

attempts to annihilate them. Both have a goal in

view and pursue their ways quietly.

From the beginning HAHNEMANN’s path

was accompanied by Freemason Brothers: for

example Georg FORSTER Professor of National

History in Wilna or Karl Theodor von

DULLBERG.

Two of the four Professors with whom

HAHNEMANN studied were Freemasons: Jakob

Friedrich ISENFLAM and Johann Christian Daniel

SCHREBER, Rudolf Zacharias BECKER who

assembled in his house in Gotha the Brothers of the

Lodge “Zum Kompaß”. BECKER published a

proclamation in which he supported

HAHNEMANN. Through him HAHNEMANN

succeeded to go to Gotha; the Duke of Gotha was

also a Brother of the Lodge. In 1810

HAHNEMANN wrote to Dr.BILLIG in Altenburg

“where, moreover, I can still meet with true

Masons”.

In a Foreword

to the article the Editor (of CGH)

Dr.Jacques BAUR discusses the

possibility of HAHNEMANN’s

contact with Freemasons in

France during his days in Paris.

He finds it noteworthy that a

foreign doctor despite much

opposition from the Academy of

Medicine ventured to practice in

France a Medicine considered as

heretic. BAUR points out the far

reaching connections of

MELANIE HAHNEMANN with

the French Court as also with

different political and literary

circles. These circles were clearly

influenced by Freemasonry.

HAHNEMANN’s Bust which we

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

find over his grave in the Père

Lachaise Cemetery was made by

DAVID d’ANGERS, a

Freemason.

No direct

Freemasonry connections of

HAHNEMANN in France could

be found. However, in a

Freemason Lexicon we read: “The

Freemason ‘Brothers’ of Samuel

HAHNEMANN have played an

important role in his Quest and

Success of his work. It appeared

to be the source of his efforts and

his perseverance of an ideal to be

followed in an epoch in which the

sick were poisoned with Arsenic.

The brotherly and cordial climate

which he had in the Lodge gave

him the courage and protection at

a very difficult time he had to pass

through particularly while he was

in Leipsic. Every initiation

contained in its ritual more

journeys and Provings. The

Odyssey of HAHNEMANN

through Germany, Austria, his

advent in Paris at the end of a

tremendous and painful journey

in the search for inner peace and

highest fulfilment of the

obligations he set for himself

about, - all these are a fine

illustration of important symbols

of Freemasonry.

2. On the cutting edge of

Extinction

REPASZ Craig (AH, 7/2001)

This article is about the

erosion of identity of

American Homeopathy from

1865-1900 because of its quest for

modernity.

On the first day

of Summer of 1900 a monument

to Dr.Samuel HAHNEMANN was

dedicated at Scott Circle,

Washington D.C. with President

of USA, William McKINLEY and

other dignitaries. It was the first

monument to be erected in the

nation’s capital in honor of

someone who had never set foot

on American soil.

It was spread

through Dr. Hans Burch GRAM

and Henry DETWILLER, in the

1820’s. HERING opened the

Allentown Academy in 1835.

American Institute of Homeopathy

(AIH) was founded in 1844, and in

1848, homeopathic Medical

College of Pennsylvania. The

foundation of AIH marked the

division between the purists and

the practitioners who

compromised the Hahnemannian

fundamentals.

Dr.Carrol

DUNHAM’s liberal minded

efforts to reform affected

Homeopathy and its institutions

for decades to come.

In 1867, the

homeopathic Medical College of

Pennsylvania was ripped apart

over the issue of whether or not

pathology was inded compatible

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

with Homeopathy. Dr. HERING

of Dr.RAUE left the College over

the above dispute with Dr.LIPPE.

During the

Summer of 1881, the International

Hahnemannian Association (IHA)

was formed by the conservative

homeopaths as the AIH had

rejected everything that was

homeopathic. Though the IHA

re-established all of

HAHNEMANN’s laws as pure

Homeopathy, the System as a

distinct form of medicine was

showing signs of extinction. The

most affected were the medical

students because of the relaxed

standards (of Homeopathy).

By 1901

Homeopathy had become more

or less extinct; there were no

strong voices for

Homeopathy. [Since last two-

three decades of last

century Homeopathy has been

revived very much all over the

world including

the USA. However, as is not

unusual, Hahnemannian

Homeopathy is being polluted

with lot of speculative and

fantasy ideas which are

antithetic to genuine

Homeopathy. HAHNEMANN’s

‘A word to the half-homeopaths

of Leipsic’ which was published

on Nov. 3, 1832 may be

recalled. The ‘half-homeopaths’

replied that “they do not recognise

any absolute authority

in Science. ….” “be it the

Founder of the Science himself!”

This is exactly what some of the

modern trend-setters are doing.

See Jan SCHOLTEN’s letter in

the Homeopathic Links Vol.15,

No.3/2002 p.16. However, genuine

Homeopathy will always prevail.

The new trends are a passing

phenomenon = K.S.S.].

3. Homeopathy in France

Jean Claude RAVALARD

(AH, 7/2001)

France had the exceptional

opportunity of

sheltering Samuel HAHNEMANN

during the last years of his life,

from 1835 until 1843.

HAHNEMANN has since

remained, buried with MÉLANIE

in the cemetry of the Pierre

LACHAISE in the XI district of

Paris. His monument there in

pink marble remained unharmed

and survived two very violent

storms in Dec. 1999 while most

around HAHNEMANN’s grave

monument were destroyed!

In the 1830s &

1840s, there were a number of

good homeopathic doctors in

Paris who pursued

HAHNEMANN’s work.

Regrettably, classical

Homeopathy was distorted bit by

bit and replaced by French

Homeopathy, a form of

therapeutics using diluted and

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

succussed remedies aimed

especially at symptoms and using

several remedies in combination

or on the same day, etc.

At present,

pluralist homeopaths are a

majority in France about 4500,

but the number of classical

homeopaths is much smaller

about 200.

Homeopathic

doctors have to sign an agreement

with the French system of social

security which decides how much

can be charged, and what amount

is to be reimbursed by the

Government.

“Classical

Homeopathy will not thrive

unless there is a widespread

change of attitude

and a real recognition of

Homeopathy by the

French Government, and

establish a specific status for the

homeopathic doctor”.

It seems that

once again pure

HAHNEMANNian Homeopathy

has a future in France,

through the national

homeopathic school, headed by

Dr.Edouard BROUSSALIAN and

other Homeopathy groups,

working towards the same goal.

4. Development of Classical

Homeopathy in

Armenia

GEVORGYAN Ruzanna (AH,

7/2001)

The Association of

Armenian homeopaths

established in 1997 has 100

members. Half of them has a

conventional medical education.

30 members

were trained in classical

Homeopathy from 1995 – 1997 by

the Swiss organisation ‘Noraluys’.

The course consisted of 700

theortical and 100 practical

teaching hours, training exams

and certificates.

In addition to

the association there is an

organisation of professional

physicians practising classical

Homeopathy, established by one

of the largest medical centres in

Armenia and is in active co-

operation with German

specialists.

The main

problem is the absence of a

specialized center, where teaching

and treatment of patients can be

done through the method of

Classical Homeopathy and

another is insufficient supply of

remedies.

5. Homeopathy in the Czech

Republic

DRABKOVA Jitka (AH,

7/2001)

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

The Czech Republic is a

small country in

Central Europe formerly

belonging to the so-called.

Eastern Soviet Bloc.

Homeopathy has had a long

tradition here. The real tragedy

started after the take over by the

Communists in 1948.

Homeopathy was suppressed and

only survived in very dark, hidden

and forbidden underground.

Only with the fall of Communism

in 1989, Homeopathy started to

raise its head and to begin its new

life.

Last year, the

Czech Chamber of Classical

Homeopathy started to act on its

officially stated position. This

chamber is a member of European

Council for Classical Homeopathy.

Currently there

are more Homeopathic Societies

organising seminars for both

doctors or non-doctors, publishing

literature and magazines. The

Czech edition of Homeopathic

Links is published here.

Practically

every piece of information has to

be translated and this costs high

and is time consuming as well as

poor knowledge of English, hinder

many from sharing the rich, on

line information in general.

Although the

former Czechoslovakia has been

split into two separate states –

Czech and Slovakia – for

Homeopathy it is still one

country.

6. HAHNEMANN and the

inquiry into similarity: Study

of his contemporary sources

RABANES, O.

(CGH, 38, 5/2001)

When

HAHNEMANN published in 1796

his work “A New Principle for

Ascertaining the Curative Powers

of Medicinal Substances” he

introduced a new line of

reasoning:

• He criticised the treatment of

general disease signs and called

for an individual therapy

• He systematised the

observation that active

substances arouse in living

organism a primary action and

a secondary action and

integrated these in his concept

• He explained the curative

action of remedies by their

power to arouse in a living

organism an artificial disease

similar to the disease already

in that organism.

Later he integrated other ideas in his concept

in his famous report on the Cinchona self

experiment, the ideas that a medicine can arouse an

artificial fever; then he explained the action of the

medicines as a medium between the sensitive

Nerves structure and the Life Force.

RABANES

raises the question whether by

these theories a fortuitous

discovery was made by

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

HAHNEMANN. He examines

various contemporary works,

among which of special value the

works of BOSSIER DE

SAUVAGE, WHYTT, STÖRCK

and HUNTER are reckoned.

BOSSIER DE SAUVAGE who

adopted the botanical

classification for a model and

described diseases, each one as

specially big. ROBERT WYATT

comprehended with sensitive

structures in organisms which for

him were the Nerves and the

sentient souls. HAHNEMANN

related himself more with the

work of STÖRCK who had

caused many experiments with

small and large medicinal doses

to ascertain the action of the

drugs. He related himself with

HUNTER who worked in London

and is wellknown for his research

and analysis of venereal disease.

The author

arrives at the conclusion that

HAHNEMANN’s theories were all

already set forth by his

contemporaries. For him the

Cinchona bark experiment did

not signify the birth of

Homeopathy. [Attention is drawn

to the FN by HAHNEMANN to

‘Chira’ in the Materia Medica Pura

wherein he says that with his

Cinchona experiment upon in

himself came “the dawn that has

since brightened into the most

brilliant day of the medical art;

…”. Indeed the Cinchona

experiment did signify the birth of

Homeopathy= K.S.S.]

HAHNEMANN developed upon

the knowledge of his

contemporaries. “No discovery

comes out of Nothing.” It remains

to draw to attention that the

theory of similarity may be in our

tradition, culture since over

thousand years. Great

Philosophers and Physicians have

occupied themselves with it, and

HAHNEMANN who spoke of the

“older ones” was most of the

times in his long life actively

involved in different

ways with the Freemasons Lodges.

These ideas could have been

widened there.

[Heinz HENNE observes in “

HAHNEMANN – A Physician at

the Dawn of a New Era”,

Hippokrates Verlag, Stuttgart,

1977. “… shortly after

his arrival in Hermannstadt (in

1777) “he was admitted to the

Freemason’s Lodge at von

BRUCKENTHAL’s initiative. In

this circle of congenial, free-

thinking men whom the

Freemason von BRUCKENTHAL

had assembled,

HAHNEMANN must have had

the opportunity to discuss the

fundamental, scientific and

philosophical thoughts held by the

German men of the Enlightment

and the French

encyclopaedists. It was here that

HAHNEMANN came to the more

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

or less final formulation of his

enlightened Weltanschauung and

philosophy of life. In the

contemporary literature of the

Freemasons it was written that it

was “folly” to want to determine

the cause of a disease with the sole

help of anatomy. The “inner

feeling of the soul

had the greatest influence on the

body’s illness or health.” =

K.S.S].

7. Arzt-

Patientenbeziehung und

medizinische

Vorstellungen von Patienten

im 18 und 19. Jahrhundert

(Doctor-patient relationship

and medicinal ideas of patients

in the 18

th

and 19

th

Centuries)

GEHRKE, C. (ZKH, 45,

6/2001)

On the basis of

letters written by patients to

HAHNEMANN, the relation

between the physician and

patients is studied. These letters

are during HAHNEMANN’s

Koethen period. The

practitioners were dependent

upon the upper classes, who could

afford medical treatment. The

practitioners had to suit their

theories to meet the expectations

and requirements of their clients.

Predominant medical concepts

were the ancient humoral model

of classical medicine and the

model of neural diseases. Parts of

these are found in

HAHNEMANN’s concept of

Homeopathy. It is probable, that

patients influenced the process of

innovation in HAHNEMANN’s

theory which is based on

contemporary ideas such as the

Vital Force. It would seem

necessary to rework and verify

certain theories of Homeopathy.

8. Homeopathy in Cuba

S.KAYNE, GLASGOW, Scotland,

G.GUAJARDO-BERNAL, Mexico.

(BHJ, 89, 2/2000)

Brazilian Homeopathy offered the first formal

training in medical Homeopathy in Cuba in 1993.

There are 922 homeopaths in Cuba of whom 305

have successfully completed a one year diploma

course in Homeopathy.

All municipalities of Havana offer

homeopathic treatment through family doctors and

other centres. 37 of 55 polyclinics offer

Homeopathy other specialities. 667 teeth

extractions with the aid of ‘homeopathic

anaesthesia’ have been performed by 48 dentists

with oral Hypericum 200c.

The International conference on Homeopathic

Pharmacological Research, Havana and the Second

Cuban homeopathic Congress attracted a total of

250 Cuban delegates and 48 foreign delegates from

South America, USA and Europe. Interesting

collection of papers were presented. Among

posters on display was one relating to the

emergency homeopathic treatment at Havana’s

International Airport, where almost all the 200

patients attended were clinically better within 20

minutes. The Congress was closed by an address

from the Cuban Minister of Health.

--------------------------------------------------------------

IX. GENERAL

1. Homöopathie im Krankenhaus – eine Idee mit

Tradition (Homeopathy in Hospitals – an Idea

with a Tradition)

HANSEL, J. (AHZ, 245, 5/2001)

For 150 years the institution of a

homeopathic hospital in Munich has been

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

supported by an Association founded for this

purpose. From a small clinic in the 19

th

Century

this institution developed into a modern hospital of

Internal Medicine using Homeopathy and

Naturopathy as methods of treatment by

preference. The history of the Munich

homeopathic hospitals and their supporting

association is outlined on the occasion of the

Jubilee.

2. Standort und Aufgabe der deutschen

Homöoppathie (The position and duty of

German Homeopathy)

GYPSER, K.-H. (AHZ, 246, 6/2001)

The lack of Orientation of contemporary

Homeopathy in the German speaking countries

facing changing authorities is discussed. Arising

from the question with regard to the basis of

Homeopathy, the apriori certainty of healing, the

duty of the hour results, that is the fundamental

revision of the instruments to make sure a certain

and predictable cure. In this way this orientation

returns.

3. Blackie Memorial Lecture 2001 –

Homeopathy: Progress and Promise a critical

perspective

BORNEMANN, J.P. (BHJ, 90, 4/2001)

This lecture attempts to analyse the progress

made by Homeopathy in recent years, by

analysing consumer awareness, sales and

distribution trends of homeopthic products, and

research publications. Sales of homeopathic

medicines are growing rapidly (1982-1997 sales in

France rose 3.7 fold, 1987-1999, sales in USA

grew about 5.7 fold, in the last 5 years

substantially). However it remains a very small

fraction of the total pharmaceutical market. The

proportion of combination to single medicines

varies widely between countries. The market is

concentrated in a relatively small number of the

available medicines. Regulation of Homeopathic

Practitioner and medicines is problematic, the legal

position varies between countries. The volume of

research is growing steadily.

A series of recommendations are made,

including modernisation of the terminology of

Homeopathy, training of more practitioners, a

defined research agenda and integration into the

medical system. [Integration is dangerous. If

integrated the big brother would swollow the

minority and it will lose its identity. As long as

Homeopathy remains a minority it will retain its

quality and status = K.S.S.]

--------------------------------------------------------------

X. BOOKS

1. Auf den Spuren des späten HAHNEMANN,

(German translation of the English “In Search

of the Later Hahnemann”) HANDLEY Rima,

ubers v.W.BÜHLER, 137 S. Sonntag Verlag,

Stuttgart 2001, DM 59 - review WOLF (AHZ,

246, 4/2001): “The book by HANDLEY is on

HAHNEMANN’s Years 1835-1843 in Paris and

indicates the continuous creative power of the

genial Master in the remaining years of his life. …

how during these years HAHNEMANN treated

more on the miasmatic aspects, for example to

eradicate the psoric miasm before giving an

individual remedy. It is also shown how doses

were repeated in fluid form. ….. The sub title “ As

reflected in Hahnemann’s Case Records” promises

much since only some cases have been analysed in

detail. …. an insight of HAHNEMANN’s

thoughts may be had, also how he gave the LM

potencies in rising potencies. Also about the use of

placebo by HAHNEMANN. … The book is

logically divided and the reader learns not only the

many facets like how HAHNEMANN came to

Paris but also his Practice which he did with the

assistance of his second wife MELANIE, his

treatment strategies in acute and chronic diseases.

…. The book is a mine for lovers of homeopathic

books ….”

2. Prüfungen und Klinische Symptome neuer,

alter and vergessener Mittel (Provings and

Clinical Symptoms of new, old and forgotten

Medicines), VAKK, P., 121 S., kart., Verlag

Grundlagen und Praxis, Leer 2000, DM 28, -

(German) – review GEBHARDT (AHZ, 246,

4/2001): “The author reports his provings of

Citrullus lanatus, Sumbul, Parthenium, Musa

sapientum, Teucrium marum verum, Tamarindus,

Chlorum, Tuberculinum bovinum, Mangifera

indica, Leprominium and Streptomycin sulphate.

…. A repertory of the remedies is given at the end.

Then follows a bibliography whose quality is

however, of much variation. Against some names

there is only the book title, with another after the

publishers name the year of publication but the

place of publication is not given. With most

authors the first name is missing. The text is brief

and clear, particularly the Nosode Leprominium is

interesting …..”

3. Macht’s nach, aber Macht es Genau und

Sorgfältig nach, GAWLIK, W., 198 S.,

Hippokrates, Stuttgart 2001, DM 58,90 –

(German) review APELL (AHZ, 246,5/2001): “In

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

28 letters read as continuing education which show

the inspiration as also the concern for

Homeopathy GAWLIK writes on complex

remedies, the individual in Homeopathy, the

question of the high potencies and the concept of

classical Homeopathy, the hindrances to cure and

Bach Flowers, Training, on Science and Humanity,

to arguments of therapeutics, as some of the

important themes. ….. If one did not know the

immense vitality, mental vigilance and the

unlimited productiivity of Willibald GAWLIK, one

could consider the ideas put down in these pages as

a testament. Instead we are eager to know what he

would say next.”

4. A Homeopathic Approach to Cancer,

RAMAKRISHNAN, A.U., COULTER,

C.R. 198 S. Quality Medical Publishing, Inc.,

St. Louis, USA 2001. (English) review

GEBHARDT (AHZ, 246, 6/2001): “The book

written by COULTER of the experiences of

RAMAKRISHNAN in Cancer treatment explains

two new ideas on the foundation:

1. He applies the high potency

more often than usually done.

2. He applies chosen homeopathic single

medicine in specific tumors together with

tumor nosodes.

…..RAMAKRISHNAN gives in a familiar Cancer

case, Carcinosinum 200 to be given in alternation

with an organ specific remedy. Conium for stone

hard tumors, Thuja mostly in spongy and skin

Cancers, Arsenicum album particularly for

minimising pain. These three remedies are specific

for him with a wide spectrum. Then there are

organ specific remedies, e.g. Aloe for rectum and

colon carcinoma, Aurum muriaticum for Cancer of

the oral cavity, Aurum muriaticum natronatum for

those of uterus, ovaries and cervix, Cadmium

sulphuricum for stomach and pancreas Cancers,

Chelidonium for Cancer of the Liver and

Gallbladder, etc. … The book contains many

interesting cases with very astounding results. All

cases are histologically verified. ……..this book is

a milestone for modern Homeopathy…..”

5. Homöopathische Behandlung

Symptomarmer Fälle, (Homeopathic treatment

of cases with paucity of symptoms) REHMAN,

A. ,164 s., geb., Sonntag Verlag, Stuttgart 2001,

DM64, 90-(German) review by GEBHARDT

(AHZ, 246, 6/2001): “The homeopath faces

frequently patients who come to him without-or

with very scanty characteristic symptoms. In these

cases family and patient’s own anamnesis must be

carefully collected. The author mentions at first the

indications and syndromes alphabetically arranged

and the main indicated remedies with their

alternative remedies. This is followed by a table

giving the remedies indicated by the family

history. …. The very clear and easily readable

book can be a valuable help in finding remedy for

cases with poor symptoms and can be

recommended. ….”

6. Das große Lexikon der Homöopathie –

Wirkstoffe und Heilmethoden (The large

Lexikon of Homeopathy – Active agents and

treatment methods), by LOCKIE, A. 288 S.,

geb., Donling Kindersley, London 2000, DM 59,

90 (German). Review by GEBHARDT. (AHZ,

246, 5/2001): “The author is a wellknown

homeopathic physician in England. His book is

not only for colleagues but also for laymen with

the strict condition that they know their own

limitations in applying Homeopathy. First the

history and Nature of Homeopthy are explained.

This is followed by a Materia Medica of the

important homeopathic remedies and the many

plant remedies are depicted in colour pictures. …

The next part deals with serious diseases. …. Each

disease is given with instructive case reports which

speaks for the therapeutic competence of the

learned author. The next part is on homeopathic

self-help. …… The book is excellently endowed

and fluently written. Even the experienced

homeopathic doctor would find some “gold

nuggets”.

7. Heiliger Weihrauch, Olibanum sacrum

(Healing Incense, Olibanum sacrum),

WACHSMUTH, C.u.J. 290 S., Hahnemann

Institut, Greifenberg 2001, DM.69, - (German)

review by APPELL (AHZ, 246, 6/2001): “A many

layered homeopathic remedy self-experiment with

case examples and dreams. There are different

possibilities, to experience the genius of a

remedy as patient, as homeopathic prover in a

proving or medicinal self experience, from

trituration, from intensive working with the plant,

mineral or animal whose life style and history,

application in cult worship and through an

initiation. The last one was experienced

in the beginning by CARMEN and JÖRG

WACHSMUTH which produced in them a

blending of perception, transcendantal ecstasy

which enables to track the nature of this ancient

culture plant and the possibilities of its

homeopathic application. …. In the beginning is

mentioned a cultural historical retrospective view:

of the divine smoke substance and its use in

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

ancient Egypt, in Babylon, by the Jews and in

ancient South Arabia. ….. After historical

reminiscences the readers come to valuable

information about the botany of Boswellia sacra

Flueck and one may ask the authors how is such a

tree achieves to survive in an exclusively arid and

poorly vegetative region and produce a resin which

was reckoned as tears of God and worth its value

in Gold. A glance of the chemistry shows the

relationship of the organic acids to Thuja and

Camphor. Medico-historical information about its

use from antiquity to now is given, beginning from

the Papyrus EBERS about HIPPOCRATES,

GALEN, CELSIUS and others upto the Yemenic

Folk Medicine now. The verification of the

trituration and provings can be verified from these.

Thereby the following ‘themes’ of Olib-sac:

Yearning – seeking – Desire, especially the

yearning for clarity and the need that something

more needs to be clarified. With this is associated

the desire for truth – understanding –

comprehension- awareness in theorizing –

philosophyzing- loquaciousness, also in religious

ideas – prophesying – can express clearly.

Can plunge into pictures time and again –

visions – fantasying can differentiate the sub-

rubrics in repertory “Delusions”. To the fantasying

belong the love for fantasying a fancied love,

however fateful encounter of souls with the love –

birth – death, the deep feeling of security – is in

good hands, protection and healing state. On the

other hand are Hurt – Sadness – Despair Weeping

– Restlessness – Fear. Fear of punishment, at the

most. These experiences are removed by calmness

of the soul – Imperturbability – Contentment

Tranquility. Different provers reported: Feeling: I

wish and I must be myself; Thoughts: Care for

your problems first before you do for others; or

further determination: me and my life should be

taken in my own hands.

The antique use, the toxicological recipe

confirm so that Olib-sac is with regard to

decontamination, close to Nux vomica, Sulphur and

Okoubaka and share the same place.

Not to be forgotten is the eroticising,

aphrodisiacal action, the connection to sensuality.

Hints regarding the dark sister of the Healing

Incense, the myrrh. It is indeed not an accident

the healing Incense as against the Myrrh does not

have thorns. Myrrh has much to do with wrongs,

pain, separation, detachment, dirt and squalor and

has much to do with Hope.

…The book on Healing Incense is one which

many have been wishing for. It conveys the spirit

of a remedy which many need, a medicine which

pleads for an inner clarification process. And who

does not need it?”

8. Homeopathy in General Practice, R.A.F.

JACK, Beaconsfield Publishers, Beaconsfield

2001, Price £20/-ISBN 0906584515. Review

M.CANNELL (BHJ, 90, 4/2001): “There are other

books on Homeopathy and General Practice such

as DOWNEY’s and LOCKRIDGE’s

‘Homeopathy and Primary Care’ but Alistair

JACK’s new book really fills a gap. It focusses on

management of complex cases and is filled with

very challenging patient histories as well as

compilation of Dr.JACK’s life’s work. It is a

significant contribution to the growing

homeopathic literature. …. I believe that all those

practising Homeopathy would find this book

useful as it contains a remarkable distillation of a

unique career. … It features a wonderful

collection of 129 cases organised by systems of the

body, illustrating Dr.JACK’s method of using

Homeopathy in General Practice. It shows “good

old fashioned Classical Homeopathy” at its best,

which appears effortless when a prescriber has the

indepth knowledge of homeopathic Materia

Medica and Repertory of Dr.JACK. … JACK’s

treatment strategies are very flexible; he changes

easily from Miasms and Bowel Nosodes,

constitutional and local remedies and Isopathy

within the cases he describes and from high

potencies to pathological prescribing of low

potencies. …. The whole book is a challenge to all

homeopathic doctors. ….”

9. Homeopathy, T.P.PASCHERO,

Beaconsfield Publishers Ltd., Beaconsfield,

U.K.; 2000. Price £25, ISBN: 099906584 41.

Review N.A. GEDDES (BHJ, 90, 4/2001): “Amid

the ongoing explorations of remedy families,

themes and systems, this collection of writings

from the 1950 is a lucid and elegant exposition of

Kentian Homeopathy, emphasising in no uncertain

terms the insight, dedication and humility required

to truly spiritualise the practice of Homeopathy.

In the first section, entitled ‘Doctrine’ PASCHERO

stresses the need for each homeopath to develop

self-awareness, understanding, empathy and love

in order to gain the intimate knowledge of each

patient’s life. … In the chapter entitled ‘Mental

Symptoms in Homeopathy’, PASCHERO warns

of the difficulties experienced by the homeopath

in learning and ‘seeing’ the patient’s true mental

symptoms concealed to a greater or lesser extent

by a variety of defence mechanisms serving to

protect the individual from his basic impulses. ….

In the chapter ‘Unicism and Pluralism’, he

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

espouces the Hahnemannian view that

polypharmacy cannot serve the goal of true cure

although the patient may gratefully applaud

temporary resolution of mental or physical

symptoms. … In ‘Curing the Constitutional

Disease’ he provides clear authoritative

interpretations of miasmatic disturbance, .…..

Section I concludes with a strong reminder that

illness is one part of a dynamic unit and no cure is

possible unless harmony is restored in the

individual as a whole. …. In ‘Selecting the

Remedy’ he talks of finding the ‘minimum

syndrome of maximum value’ i.e. that handful of

mental and general symptoms which individualise

the patient and should activate the Law of Cure.

…. In ‘Finding the Simillimum’ PASCHERO

illustrates the skill of repertorisation in a further

nine cases, demonstrating the unmasking of the

constitutional picture by astute interim acute

prescribing and clearing of a case clouded by

orthodox drug treatment. ……. In the next two

chapters entitled ‘Practice of Homeopathy’ he

again stresses the need for objectivity and restraint

in avoiding the pitfalls of palliative prescribing and

seeking nothing less than the elusive thread of

continuity which characteristises each individual’s

dynamic disturbance. ….In ‘Child psychology in

Homeopathy’, the describes the psoric separation

anxiety of the infant and the ongoing conflict

between his anxiety and aggression resulting in

maladaptive behaviour and organic disease…..

The final section, devoted to Materia Medica, is

very readable with elucidation of each remedy

theme and many remedy comparisons and

differentiations. …. PASCHERO’s impassioned

mission to impress upon the reader the

homeopath’s one and only goal – to cure the

patient’s unique reactive ‘maladjustment’. This is

elegantly expressed and illustrated and probably

the distinguishing appeal of this book…….”

10. Erlebte Homöopathie; Fälle aus 60

Jährigen Praxis (Homeopathy in Practical

Experience; cases from 60 years practice),

Georg von KELLER, 1455, Einband geb.,

Sonntag Verlag, Regensburg 2001 Euro 24.96

(German) review Hella HEINRICH (ZKH, 46,

6/2002): “The author presents a collection of more

than 250 cases covering 95 remedies over 60 years

of his Practice. The book is in alphabetical order -

Aconitum to Zincum. Only those cases which were

clearly and well responsive to the remedy given

have been presented. We find case histories for the

major remedies like Sulphur, Lycopodium, Sepia,

Rhus toxicondendron and also the lesser used

remedies like Asparagus, Brachyglottis,

Chimapluta, Inula, Onosmodium and Salix nigra.

Large part of the book clarified the well-known but

not used frequently by every practitioner – like

Berberis, Arum triphyllum, Valeraina and

Verbascum. …. This book is genuine gem in the

many secondary and tertiary literature in

Homeopathy now. It would be more useful if in

the next edition the source of the proving symptom

is given as also the author’s line of thought for

choosing the medicine are given.”

11. George McLeod’s Homöopathische

Behandlung der Schweinenkrankheiten

Prophylaxe und Therapie (George McLEOD’s

homeopathic treatment of diseases of Swine.

Prophylaxis and Therapy), ANDRESEN, E.P.

195 S., geb. Sonntag Verlag, Stuttgart 1997, DM

54, 90. (German) review BÜNDNER (ZKH, 45,

4/2001): “George McLEOD was a leading

homeopathic Veterinarian doctor renown

worldwide and exclusively used homeopathic

medicine. This, his last major publication

appeared shortly before his death. The book has

been enlarged in many aspects by the translator

who too is a Veterinary doctor, which are quite

useful for the practitioner. ……”

12. Homeopathie in der Tiermedizin. Groß-

und Kleintiere (Homeopathy in Veterinary

Medicine. Large and Small animals).

RAKOW, B., RAKOW, M., 400 S. geb., Aude

Sapere Verlag, Karlsbad 1999, DM. 99.75

(German) review BÜNDER (ZKH, 45, 4/2001):

“In this book are given homeopathic single

medicines and their aplication in different

indications in Veterinary Medicine. The

foundations of Homeopathy like the basic rules,

the potentisation, the remedy proving and the

individualisation are explained. …. This special

book is a reference work of great actuality,

excellent applicability, logical chapters and

thorough instructions for treatment of large and

small animals. Conceptually it is for the

experienced veterinary homeopath as a reference

book but is also of help for the less experienced.

….”

13. Homöopathische Materia Medica für

Veterinärmediziner, (Homeopathic Materia

Medica for the Veterinary Practitioner),

STEINGASSNER, H.M., 2, neuarb. und

erg..Aufl., 403 S., Wilhelm Maudrich, Wien

2001, DM 128 – (German) review KRÜGER,

C.P. (ZKH, 45, 4/2001): The review of this

hitherto complete homeopathic Veterinary Materia

Medica is preceded by a brief review of the scale

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

of Veterinary Homeopathy. While human

Homeopathy has in the ca. 30 years has developed

to a great extent, the Veterinary Homeopathy at

least in so far as German speaking world, has been

mostly on Organotropic lines with presriptions

mostly on well proved symptomatic prescriptions.

…. So much happy it is to have a Materia Medica

book by STEINGASSNER which gives remedy

differential. In about 400 pages, 174 homeopathic

remedies are detailed and thorough symptom

register is also given. …. To summarise, this book

indicates great progress: The “STEINGASSNER”

will be for Veterinary Homeopathy like a Julius

MEZGER” Homeopathy Materia Medica to

human in German!

14. Taschen-Repertorium der homöopathischen

Tiermedizin (Pocket-Repertory of homeopathic

Veterinary Medicine), DEISER, R., 2045., geb.,

Sonntag Verlag, Stuttgart 1997, D4 54, 90 –

(German), review BÜNDNER (ZKH, 45, 4/2001):

“….. A quick reference book at busy hours for the

Classical Veterinary Homeopathy practitioner was

lacking as against Homeopathy in human

medicine. ….. The author developed his pocket

book for his personal use in the first place. As

basis are his own experience as also the literature

in the KENT and Synthesis. …. The book fills a

gap in Veterinary homeopathic practice and is

relevant to the animal keeper as well as the

Veterinary doctor. …..”

15. Leitfaden zu Kents Repertorium, (Guide to

Kent’s Repertory), ENSINGER, T., 7.

neuarb.Aufl., 288 S., Kart., Haug Verlag,

Heidelberg 1998, DM 64, 90 (German) review

FEIGL (ZKH, 45, 6/2001): “…. For making it

easy to use the three volume translation of KENT’s

Repertory Haug Verlag brought out the first edition

of Theodor ENSINGER: “Guide to Kent’s

Repertory”, in 1975. The “Guide” was conceived

as repertorial help to the beginners and the busy

pactitioner. This has already gone through five

editions. Now the revised new 7

th

edition by

Ulrich ENSINGER has been brought out by the

same publisher.

16. Die Grundlagen der akuten Behandlung in

der Klassischen Homöopathie (The Foundations

of treatment of acute cases in Homeopathy),

MÜLLER-THEDERAN, B., 238 S., geb., Erich

P.H. Müller Verlag, Adelshofen 1999, DM 119, -

(German), review GUTGE-WICKERT (ZKH, 45,

6/2001): “An important chapter in Classical

Homeopathy is the treatment of acute diseases. It

is about the treatment of acute cases by

homeopath who prescribes the single medicine

and who keeps off prescription based on clinical

diagnosis and clearly defines these. The author has

picked out 53 cases and presented the acute ones

from out of his practice. …. The practitioner must

in these cases which are mostly epidemic diseases

prescribe rapidly and precisely and render optimal

help. …. We have here a book from a sincere

author with twenty years experience in single

remedy Homeopathy, can be recommended

without any reservation.”

17. The

BOENNINGHAUSEN

Repertory:

Therapeutic Pocket Book Method edited by

George DIMITRIADIS HAHNEMANN

Institute. Sydney 2000. Hardback 289 pages

ISBN-0-39694-3. AU$190. Reviewed by Julian

WINSTON (AH, 7/2001). “After years of disuse,

The BOENNINGHAUSEN Therapeutic Pocket

Book has finally been resurrected. This edition is

the work of a group of six homeopaths and has

taken more than five years to come to fruition.

The only additions which have been made

were gleaned directly from

BOENNINGHAUSEN’s later writings and from

additions he made to his repertory as reportedly

collected by CARROL DUNHAM. All the

additions made by ALLEN have been removed

from this edition.

In May 2000, Dr.Klaus-Henning GYPSER

published the German edition of the revised

Therapeutic Pocket Book.

In October 2000, the English version, The

BOENNINGHAUSEN Repertory: The Pocket

Book method (TBR), edited by George

DIMITRIADIS was released. This is a major

work.

A major change is that the rubrics have been

re-translated from the German. There is a 69 page

section of ‘Endnotes’ that defines each rubric and

how (and why) it was translated as such.

The layout has been changed to make it easier

to locate rubrics in the order needed for the taking

of a case.

The book is 250mm long and 150mm wide

and 20mm thick. The pages have two columns of

rubrics. No rubrics are carried from left to right

column or from one page to the next.

The book then departs again from the

traditional order of the parts and divided into

following sections.

1. Symptomata Regional:

Refers to the location

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

2. Symptomata Systemic:

Grouping according to function of

body systems.

3. Symptomata General:

Those symptoms that do not

relate to one region over another. The Mind

section is here.

4. Symptomata Modalities:

5. Concordances: Remedy relationships.

Every rubric is numbered and there are a total

of 2695 rubrics.

The book

contains a very good Preface

explaining the developmental

process, a section explaining how

to use the book, a translation of

GYPSER’s introduction to the

German edition and a translation

of BOENNINGHAUSEN’s

original introduction to the 1846

edition.

The book contains only 135 remedies – 125

that appeared in the original and 10 added based on

other Works of BOENNINGHAUSEN.

The book is available from homeopathic

booksellers or from:

theborep@nextcentury.com.au.

--------------------------------------------------------------

XI. NEWS & NOTES

I. Cocain use and acute left

ventricular

dysfunction by C.MISSOURIS et al

(Lancet 357 (201) 586 in the AHZ,

246, 4/2001): a 36 year old female

complained pericardial pains,

sweat and trembling. A coronary

Angiography did not reveal

anything particular, an ECG

showed an intensive left

ventricular hypokinesia with an

estimated ejection of circa 40%.

In urine a Cocain metalite was

found. Two months after

discharge the ECG showed again

a left ventricular dysfunction. An

year later the patient complained

of a heavy dyspnoea.

The authors

suggest that the effects of Cocain

on the heart in drug dependant

has not been well known till now.

Myocardial infarction and sudden

death of the heart were to be

considered. ß. Blockers are

contraindicated in Cocain induced

cardiac ailments.

The observation of the authors with reference

to the Cardiac toxicity of Cocain agreeswith the

homeopathic Materia Medica well. While in

Cocain dyspnoea intensive chest oppressive,

sudden spasms in chest, palpitation with heat

flushes, Angina pectoris from mountain climbing,

among others have been mentioned, such

symptoms are not observed in the drug picture of

Cocain should however be added to the Materia

Medica.

II. Increasing quality of eggshell (THE HINDU,

Chennai December 5, 2002) A study by biologists

and earth scientists at Glasgow University’s

Veterinary School, Scotland has shown that stress

in poultry can disrupt carefully programmed

insertion of proteins into an eggshell, resulting in

poor shell quality and reduced egg value.

This emerged when the morphology and

mechanical properties of egg shells of breeder hens

were explored, which were kept under good,

relatively stress free conditions.

Under stress, the secretions of the cells of the

shell can become acidic and can be destroyed or

damaged.

In extreme cases, this results in egg shells with

excessive deposits of calcium leading to misshapen

and hence unsaleable eggs.

III. The broken image of the father by P.LOUIS.

The author describes several remedies which

correspond to the problem of relationships between

fathers and children. Graphites has an absent

father, or is afraid or fears separation. Scholten’s

works are recalled: carbon means work, dignity,

father. Calcarea carbonica lacks the protection of

his father, and is aftaid that others will not bring

this protection. Magnesia carbonica was forsaken

by his father, or is afraid of being forsaken by him.

He feels guilty and alternates between aggression

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

and resignation. Baryta carbonica is ashamed of

having a father who is physically or mentally

weak. Baryta carbonica wants to lean on someone.

The main theme of Ammonium carbonicum is the

resentment against the father. Silicea allows

restoration of the balance between harshness and

indulgence. The father of Silicea will want above

all to preserve the good reputation of the family.

(RBH, 4/2000 in BHJ, 4/2001).

IV. Cahiers de Biothérapie: special issue on

Geriatrics. This special issue tackles the

problems of geriatrics. Max Tetau stresses on the

importance of Sulphur and Psorinum in the elderly

(pp 6-10). Jean-Pierre Elbaz describes the

particularities of the medical examination of the

elderly. He tells us that homeopathic treatment is

very important, because it allows older people to

grow old gracefully. Also because it may alleviate

the effects of excessively aggressive conventional

treatment (pp 12-18_. Didier Rougemont quotes

the main neurological problems of the elderly:

Thrombosis, Alzheimer’s disease: Arsenicum

album, Aurum metallicum, Causticum,

Haloperidol, Hyoscyamus, Ignatia, Lachesis,

Lycopodium, Nux vomica, Staphysagria,

Tarentula, Veratrum album. This issue ends with

dermatological clinical cases (Patrick Piton),

cardio-vascular clinical cases (Gerard Henri),

digestive (Patrice Petit) and rheumatological

clinical cases (Francisco Trapani and Filippo

Ricciotti). (Cahiers de Biothérapie 167; December

2000-January 2001 in BHJ, 90, 4/2001)

V. When homeopathic medicines are also

allergens by B.POITEVIN. The homeopathic

Materia Medica contains medicines which are used

in the treatment of allergic syndromes and of

conditions likely to produce allergies. It also

contains medicines which are allergens: Phleum

pratense for example. Can we improve their

homeopathic use by integrating data which were

unknown at the time of their pathogenesis? Not

only a clinical similarity but also a similarity of

biological mechanism might be found.

Homeopathic medicines contain allergens

which give allergic reactions of different types, but

some substances do not cause allergic reactions

(Rhus toxicodendron for example) and this fact

should incite us to challenge their effectiveness in

allergic diseases. A better knowledge of the

composition of some plants (Magnolia grandiflora

for example) would allow us to introduce new

homeopathic medicines, and would allow us to

update the homeopathic Materia Medica.

In conclusion the author recalls the

homeopathic use of Histaminum, Lung histamine

and Apis mellifica. (L’Homéopathie Européenne

6/2000; in BHJ, 90, 4/2001).

VI. Action of Sulphur pollution on the dry eye

by C-F.BISCH. In the first part, the importance of

air pollution is underlined, and the causes of this

pollution are quoted: urban heating systems,

industry and car traffic. The chemical structure of

this pollution is complex, but is particularly made

up of Sulphur dioxide which reacts with water to

form Sulphurous acid (Sulfurosum acidum).

GUTMAN (New York, 1968) prescribed

Sulfurosum acidum 30 CH in some cases of asthma

and emphysema. The French homeopaths,

ROBERT, JULIAN and ZISSU, also used it in the

same type of disease, and in some digestive, ear,

nose and throat (ENT), and dermatological

diseases. The author, who is an ophthalmologist,

uses it regularly and successfully in dry eye

syndrome, and in keratitis, when they are caused

by pollution.

In concluding the author describes

dermatological symptoms (phlyctenulae with

oedema) and digestive symptoms (sialorrhoea with

gingivitis. And acid dyspepsia). (L’Homéopathie

Européenne 6/2000; in BHJ, 90, 4/2001).

VII. Petroleum for knee meniscus problems

by Dr.SEROR. The author suffered from a knee

meniscus lesion, which was discovered after

episodes of locking of the knee. This lesion has

developed into a disabling arthrosis, surgery had

been advised.

Symptoms of meniscus lesion can be found in

the Encyclopedia of Pure Materia Medica of TF

ALLEN (Petroleum: Symptom No. 707 ‘cracking

in the knee, as if a cartilage slipped, with pain on

moving it’,and Symptom No. 710 ‘tearing in the

left knee, in the evening;: she could not stretch it

out’). The author took Petroleum 4 CH , two pills

every morning and every evening for 20 days.

Thirteen years later, the author continues to

practise his favourite sports and does not suffer

from his knee anymore.

An allopathic rheumatologist reports 70% of

excellent results with Petroleum, which was

prescribed systematically in all cases of painful

knees, regardless of meniscus symptoms. This

article ends with another clinical case, published

by HORVILLEUR, who confirm the specificity

and the eficacy of Petroleum in the cases of

meniscus lesions. (Cahiers du Groupement

Hahnemannien 9/2000; in BHJ, 90, 4/2001)

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

VIII. Murex purpurea van Den EYNDE Murex

purpurea is an aquatic gastropod; the source

of the crimson dye which was used in the Greek

and Roman antiquity.

The symbolism of this crimson colour is

connected with the mental pathogenetic symptoms:

refusal to be under control of someone, or desire to

exercise the supreme power. Crimson was the

colour of patricians and emperors, and

consequently the symbol of conquest, of power and

of justice.

A comparison is made with two other sea

medicines: Calcarea carbonica and Sepia.

Calcarea carbonica looks for security,

solidity, reliability, wants to foresee

everything, and needs to respect the rules. Sepia

acts on the digestive organs, whereas Murex acts

on the sexual organs, with an excitation not found

with Sepia. (Revue Belge 4/2000; in BHJ,

90, 4/2001)

IX. Contribution of Homeopathy to the physio-

psychological unity of the human being

MARCHAT, P. The author, who is a homeopath

and a philosopher, tackles the question of the

connections between Homeopathy, conventional

medicine, and psychosomatics, from an analysis of

the following book: Impertinence

psychosomatique, by Serge BONFILS.

The human has three poles: the physical pole,

the psychological pole and personality. These

three poles are interdependent and the influence of

one pole on the other two varies according to

the individual.

The physical pole is studied by conventional

medicine, the psychological pole by

psychoanalysis. The third pole corresponds to the

homeopathic notion of disease. The mistake of

conventional medicine is to believe that its

approach of the body exhausts the possible

knowledge of the ill subject . Homeopathy allows

us to go beyond the body-spirit duality, by

studying this third pole, which is named by the

author the ‘real-life body’. What is primordial is

how the patient lives, how he reacts to

himself, to his environment, and to other human

beings. These reactions explain the onset

of the disease. Homeopathy permits a more

complex and global approach than

psychological or conventional approach.

(L’Homéopathie Européenne 1/2001; in BHJ, 90,

4/2001)

X. The body as metaphor (P.DRANSART)

Our patients often use metaphors to express their

symptoms: for example, the expression ‘he

couldn’t swallow it’ recalls to the author a clinical

case of staphylococal sore throat following an

humiliation and cured by Staphysagria.

When Lachesis says ‘I am suffocating’, she (or

he) implies that she suffocates her social or family

circle, and that she feels suffocated by her circle.

The different parts of our body have their own

meaning: the head commands, the nape of the neck

expresses the desire, the upper limbs mean action,

the wrist brings flexibility and firmness, the hands

bring skill. The vertebral column allows us to stand

up and face life. The lower limbs allow us to go

towards others. The liver wants to posses, the

colon eliminates and makes us to renounce the

past. The skin not only means to beome aware of

the contacts with others, but also is what we would

like to hide and what we display not without

shame.

Our whole body speaks to us, and it is a

wonderful story. (Cahiers du Groupement

Hahnemannien 8/2000; in BHJ, 90, 4/2001)

XI. Dengue (RL Diaz CAMPOS, SB ORIOLI):

This febrile disease is caused by a Flavivirus, and

the Aedes mosquito acts as a vector. The article

presents an overview of the subject, dealing with

clinical aspects and epidemiology obtained from

the Internet, classical features and conventional

treatemt, traditional homeopathic treatment, and

search for the genus epidemicus.

The symptoms of the disease as described in

the conventional and homeopathic literature were

taken, and both were repertorised to give nat-m,

ars, puls, lyc, eup-per, rhus-t, bell, nux-v, bry and

ign as the top 10 remedies. Nat-m and puls are not

listed as being indicated in dengue in classical

homeopathic texts, and this may reflect a pitfall in

this approach, which does not consider the totality.

Other remedies used by a variety of authors are

discussed, and include the following:

For the initial stages: acon. Bry, ipec, ars.

Prostration prominent: gels. For persistent fever

and eruption: bry, rhus-t. For gastric upset with

nausea or flatulence: coloc, nux-v. Jaundice

prominent: merc, chin,nux-v. Haemorrhages: sul-

ac, ars, sec, chin, followed by ferr-c. Renal

haemorrhage: canth, bell, ars. (Homeopatia

65/2000; in BHJ, 90, 4/2001)

XII. Hypertension Trial (JL CAMPISTROUS-

LAVAUT et al)) This is an early phase II,

randomised, double-blind controlled clinical trial

of homeopathic treatment in essential

hypertension. The trial took place in Cuba in

1996-1997 and involved 68 cases with mild to

moderate hypertension, and selected by defined

inclusion and exclusion criteria.

Before the trial started, 72% of all cases did

not have adequate blood pressure control. Both

groups continued with their antihypertensive

medication at the start of the trial. Blood pressure

was controlled in 68.4% of patients in the verum

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

group during the first week of the trial (26.7% in

the placebo group), and 89.4% during the whole

trial (73.4% in the placebo group). The results

were analysed using the X

2

method, and were

significant. In the verum group 63.2% of patients

were able to significantly reduce their hypertensive

medication. The overall success rate at the end of

the trial was 82.2% in the homeopathically treated

group (68.4% controlled, 15.8% improved),

compared with 56.7% for the placebo group (these

had their blood pressure controlled, but none

improved).

The top ten remedies used were: nat-m

(18.4%), lach (13.1%), sulph (10.5%), lyc (13.1%),

bar-c (10.5%), ars, psor, ign, sil, thuj, nux-v, gels,

sep. The results suggest that homeopathic

treatment was superior to placebo in the treatment

of hypertension in this experimental setting.

(Boletin Mexicano 32/1999; in BHJ, 90, 4/2001)

XIII. A Case of Myasthenia gravis (M.

MÜLLER): The touching case of a 22-years-old

woman, with myasthenia gravis for 10 years is

described. She had been treated with high doses of

corticosteroids. She had had a thymectomy. She

was also in long-term psychotherapy. None of

these interventions seemed to have a significant

effect. Her symptoms worsened at 5 pm, and like

an ‘afternoon Cinderella’ had to rush home at that

time, otherwise she would end up exhausted and

stranded. However, she had adapted well to the

limitations of her illness, and the reason for

consultation was the anguish caused by her

Cushingoid appearance.

At the initial consultation she described (as

had been explained to her) the events which took

place during the dictatorship in Argentina. She

was 18 months old and the police had broken down

the front door of their home during a dawn raid,

beaten up both parents in front of her and

kidnapped them. The patient was handed to her

maternal grandmother 6 months later to be cared

for. The mother was released 2 years later, a

broken woman, after being tortured and raped, but

still wanted to look after her daughter. What upset

the patient most was to be separated from her

grandmother when her mother (by then a complete

stranger) returned. She described these experiences

with indifference, and the only outstanding

symptom which could be related to them were the

nightmares which she had in childhood, from

which she would wake shouting and crying but

which she could never remember. Based on the

following symptoms: fear of contagious diseases,

poverty, and insanity, cold clammy extremities,

and profuse sweat on the head, she was prescribed

Calcarea carbonica 200c.

She gradually improved over months with

increasing doses of Calc, and despite the steady

reduction in Steroids. The fears disappeared and

her appearance improved. She re-experienced the

nightmare she had as a child and the catharsis it

produced was pivotal in her recovery. Two years

later she is asymptomatic and with normal exercise

capacity. (Homeopatia 65/2000; in BHJ, 4/2001)

XIV. A case of Kartagener’s Syndrome

(C.Mendiola-Caballero) This article describes

the case of an 8-year-old girl who presented with

an acute exacerbation of chronic sinusitis and

bronchitis. On examination she was found to have

Dextrocardia, and further investigations revealed

situs inversus. She was treated with ars-i, and then

with ipec, and two non-homeopathic preparations,

Mitotane and Marmoreck over the course of 7

months. She became clinically asymptomatic. The

picture suggests Kartagener’s Syndrome. It

occurs as a result of a disorder of the movement of

cilia in the cells lining the respiratory tract and in

sperm. It leads to sinusitis, bronchiectasis, and

infertility in males due to non-motile sperm.

Bronchiectasis had not yet developed in this case.

What is remarkable is that there should have

been such a good response, as the syndrome is due

to a genetic defect in the production of a protein

called dynein, which is crucial in microtubule

functioning and consequently ciliary movement

and normal cell function. (Boletin Mexicano de

Homeopatia 33/2000; in BHJ 90, 4/2001).

XV. Homeopathic treatment of acute otitis

media in children: a preliminary randomised

placebo-controlled trial (J.JACOBS,

DA.SPRINGER, D.CROTHERS) The use of

antibiotics in the initial treatment of acute Otitis

Media is currently being questioned. Homeopathy

has been used historically to treat this illness, but

there have been no methodologically rigorous trials

to determine whether there is a positive treatment

efect. A randomised double-blind placebo-

controlled pilot study was conducted in a private

pediatric practice in Seattle, WA. Seventy-five

children, aged 18 months to 6 year with middle ear

effusion and ear pain and/or fever for no more than

36h were entered into the study. Children received

either an individualised homeopathic medicine or

a placebo administered orally three times daily for

5 days, or until symptoms subsided, whichever

occurred first. Outcome measures included the

number of treatment failures after 5 days, 2

weeks and 6 weeks. Diary symptom scores during

the first 3 days and middle ear effusion at 2 and 6

weeks after treatment were also evaluated.

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

There were fewer treatment failures in the

group receiving Homeopathy after 5 days, 2

weeks and 6 weeks, with differences of 11.4, 18.4

and 19.9%, respectively, but these differences were

not statistically significant. Diary scores showed a

significant decrease in symptoms at 24 and 64h

after treatment in favour of Homeopathy

(P<0.05). Sample size calculations indicate that

243 children in each of two groups would be

needed for significant results, based on 5-day

failure rates.

These results suggest that a positive treatment

effect of Homeopathy when compared with

placebo in acute Otitis Media cannot be excluded

and that a larger study is justified. (Pediatr Infect

Dis J 20/2001; in BHJ, 90, 4/2001).

XVI. “Starting from the January

2002

issue, the ‘British homeopathic Journal’ has

been retitled ‘Homeopathy’. The format,

content and philosophy of the Journal

remains unchanged. The changed title will

more accurately reflect what the Journal is.

It will be more easily located by Internet

search engines and other electronic search

methods, which are growing rapidly in

importance as means of accessing the

Journal. At the same time, they are moving

to a new publisher, Churchill Livingstone”

(BHJ, 90, 4/2001).

XVI. International Conference: Reuniting

Art with Science; London, 22-23 February 2001.

The third international research conference in the

series ‘Improving the Success of Homeopathy’,

organised by the Royal London homeopathic

Hospital was held at the Royal Pharmaceutical

Society London on 22-23 February. The theme

was ‘Reuniting Art with Science’, and the main

themes explored were ‘Art and Science in

Homeopathy’, ‘Harvesting the richness of

Clinical Experience’, and ‘Implications of basic

research for Clinical Practice’. Parallel sessions

covered a range of topics including, ‘Artistic

approaches to Homeopathy’, ‘Prospective Data

collection’, ‘Constitutional Types’,

‘Homeopathic Provings’. The conference was

attended by 123 people from 17 countries.

The Conference theme was introduced by

Peter FISHER and Robert VAN HASELEN. Prof.

Gene FEDER illustrated that Evidence Based

Medicine does not exclude the ‘art’ of Medicine.

Marianne HEGER demonstrated the huge potential

of Internet ‘data warehousing’ for harvesting the

richness of clinical experience. Marie France

BORDET and Jean-lovies MASSON described

their application of Homeopathy in patients with

HIV and Hepatitis C infections in a specialist

hospital setting. Homeopathy is not often used in

such clinical settings, it is important for such

clinical niches to be explored. David REILLY

emphasised the need not only to foster the scientist

in ourselves, but also the artist. The first day’s

presentations were rounded off by Jay

BORNEMAN with the Blackie Memorial

Lecture entitled ‘Homeopathy, Progress and

Promise; a critical Perspective’.

The plenary sessions of the second morning

were dedicated to basic research and its

relationship to clinical research. In the first lecture

of the day, Daniel ESKINAZI (Center for the

Science of Life, U.S.A.) spoke of the tension

between ‘individuality’ and ‘reproducibility’. For

instance, even in genetically identical animals

living in the same environment there is a

variability in lifespan. These diifferences are likely

to depend on variability in the sensitivity to weak

stimuli. The less strong the stimulus, the less

reproducible the results. Conversely, with strong

stimuli there is greater reproducibility but at the

cost of greater toxicity. Lionel MILGROM

discussed his Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR)

studies of homeopathic potencies. Work by

CONTE et al suggested the presence of irregular

differences between homeopathically potentised

solutions and simple dilutions. MILGROM’s

group showed that the difference disappeared when

the correct type of glass tube was used.

Trevor THOMPSON illustrated the use of

qualitative methods in case study design and

reporting. He argued that qualitative methods are

essential tools if we are to move beyond rhetoric,

towards real integration of the art and science of

homeopathic medicine.

Martien BRANDS spoke of the integration of

qualitative and quantitative research in validating

the homeopathic Materia Medica. David LILLEY

spoke about the role of archetypes which are

represented in some of the main homeopathic

remedies such as Calcarea carbonica, Sulphur, etc.

We believe that the Conference illustrated that

the art and science of Homeopathy not only can,

but should be reunited. (BHJ, 90, 4/2001).

XVII. Homeopathy vs. Speculative Medicine:

Much discussion has been going on in the ‘World

of Homeopathy’ about ‘trendy’ ‘insights’, ‘ideas’,

‘perceptions’. Sometimes the discussions have

rather raised the ire of some. There seems to be

clearly two “sides” – those who would like to stick

faithfully to HAHNEMANN and the basics which

identify Homeopathy distinctively; on the other

side are those who want to go beyond

HAHNEMANN and accept such ideas as ‘themes’,

‘signatures’, ‘periodic table’, classification of

remedies into ‘kingdoms’. These discussions have

been held in the European Jl. Of Classical

Homeopathy (wound up already), Homeopathy

Today (Jl. of the National Centre for Homeopathy,

USA), Simillimum (Jl. of the Homeopathic

Academy of Naturopathic Physicians, USA). The

21 signatories to the ‘protest’ to Julian

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

WINSTON’s editorial in the Homeopathy

Today, which indeed triggered the storm,

threatened to resign from the National mainstream

[but do not seem to have done so, and that’s good

= K.S.S.], and quite a few of the readers of

Simillimum threatened to similarly boycott the

journal unless the Editorial Board of the journal

allow neo-trends. The Simillimum in its issue

No.XIV,4/2001 carries an interesting letter by

Brent MATHIEU requesting “tolerance in the

search for truth needs to balance the vigilance

required to preserve liberty and science” and Peter

WRIGHT, Managing Editor of the journal

responds in detail for what is called ‘pure

Homeopathy’ and he ends his reply “But let those

who part ways with HAHNEMANN be honest

enough to call their work something else—

naturopathy, energy healing, archetype therapy—

any term that doesn’t already have a distinct

meaning assigned to it. I believe that it’s entirely

fair to reserve the term Homeopathy for the

methods of HAHNEMANN and his direct

successors, . . .”. However the Board of

Simillimum decided to change the Editors and

make peace. [Personally I whole-heartedly agree

with ‘Hahnemannians’ and reject the ‘neo-trend’

although the trend-setters claim good results with

their philosophies. There are very good healing

methods other than Homeopathy, for that matter

can we let them into Homeopathy? Why

knowingly drag in a Trojan horse? With over four

decades of ‘homeopathic’ practice I have found

nothing wanting in the methodology laid down by

HAHNEMANN and his genuine successors. What

is required is what HAHNEMANN asked us to,

i.e. ‘machts genau nach’ – ‘follow me exactly’ .

As for the ‘trendy’ I will implore HAHNEMANN

to forgive them “for they know not what they are

doing” =KSS]

--------------------------------------------------------------

LIST OF JOURNALS:

1. AH: American Homeopath, North American Society of

Homeopaths, 1122 East Pike Street, # 1122, Seattle, WA

98122 USA.

2. AHZ: Allgemeine Homöopathische Zeitung, Karl F.Haug

Verlag in MVH Medizinverlage, HEIDELBERG, GmbH

& Co., KG 70469, STUTTGART, GERMANY.

3. BHJ: British Homeopathic Journal, 2, Powis Place,

Great Ormond Street, LONDON, WC1N 3HT, U.K.

4. CGH: Cahiers du Groupment Hahnemanien du Docteur

P.Schmidt, Médecin et Hygiene, 78, avenue de la Roseraie,

Case 456, CH – 1211, GENEVA 4.

5. DH: Documenta Homeopathica, Herausgeben; Ludwig-

Boltzmann Institute für Homöopathie, Mariahilferstraße 110.

A-1070, WIEN. (VIENNA).

6. HT: Homeopathy Today, National Center for Homeopathy,

801, North Fairfax Street, Suite 306, ALEXANDRIA, VA,

22314, USA.

7. RBH: Revue Belge Homéopathie, Dr. J.Alaerts, Av., Cardinal

Micara, 7, B-160, Bruxelles, BELGIUM.

8. RH: Revista De Homeopatia, Rua Estado de Israel, 639-SÃO

PAULO-SP-CEP: 04022-001 BRAZIL.

9. SIM: Simillimum, The Journal of the homeopathic

Physicians, 12132 SE Foster Place, Portland OR 97266,

USA.

10. ZKH: Zeitschrift für Klassische Homöopathie, Karl F.Haug

Verlag, HEIDELBERG, GERMANY.

-------------------------------------------------------------

PART II

(This section contains condensations/extracts/whole of selected important articles)

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. A theory of Tumour Development

CLOVER Anne (BHJ, 73, 4/1984)

This paper is the first of a trilogy relating to

the place of homeopathic concepts in the

understanding and therapy of Cancer. The aim in

the first part is to review some of

HAHNEMANN’s theories relevant carcinogenesis.

It wil consider the way in which he assesses the

contribution of factors as various as chronic

poisoning, subtle psychological determinants and

hereditary traits. Today there are increasing

references to a wide range of factors said to be

causes of Cancer. Physical carcinogens as well as

emotional, ideological and other similarly subtle

factors and hereditary patterns relevant to tumour

developmant are being researched. It may be

argued that in many ways HAHNEMANN has also

spanned this spectrum of causes in his writings,

referring to the role of the latent, and many would

say hereditary, trait that he termed “psora”, as well

as to its provocation by contemporary irritants of

various forms. As in so many other situations, the

role of distinct physical factors is more easily

considered than that of psychological energies.

But if we pursue HAHNEMANN’s approach we

will look as closely as possible at all aspects of the

relevant processes.

HAHNEMANN is by no means one of the

first to express insights concerning subtle

determinants of tumours. As early as the second

century GALEN expressed the opinion that women

of a “melancholic” temperament were more likely

to develop breast Cancer than those described as

“sanguine”. This might suggest that those who

suffered such problems passively were more liable

to tumour development than those who readily

expressed their emotions. Such references to an

association between breast Cancer and

psychological disorders increased in the 18

th

and

19

th

centuries, and even more so in the present era.

Recent examples have included a study published

by GREEN and MILLER in 1958 reporting an

association between Cancer and preceeding

personal loss,

1

and by GREEN and SWISHER in

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

the 1969 on three sets of monozygotic twins

discordant for Leukaemia with prior major

personal psychological stress in the affected twin.

2

Other studies published in the 1960s showed a

correlation between prior depressive illness and

subsequent Cancer development. Since then

further studies of such an inter-relation between

malignant disease and prior psychological stress

have appeared to give contradictory results. But

many workers in this field still argue firmly in

support of the association from their personal

experience of patients’ reports, whilst also pointing

out the difficulty of adequately assaying the

frequency or role of such effects.

But as HAHNEMANN reminds us many

times, empirical experience is on its own not

enough to formulate or dismiss a theory. Rational

deduction, particularly when applied to careful

observation of patient's reports, is a more reliable

guide.

Today, science has clearly shown that all

matter is energy behaving in an apparently

substantial manner. The idea of solid entities or

uncuttable atoms has long been exploded. It is

only inertic thought that holds to an erroneous

dualism between supposed immaterial forces and

so-called material atoms. We are now in an era

when thought is having to catch up with science

and dynamize its interpretations. Since the

physical body is a dynamic form it follows

logically that the energies of thought and feeling

are in continuous kinetic interaction with the

apparently physcial aspects of beings.

FREUD and JUNG are well known exponents

of such theories. It is less often acknowledged that

the interaction had been stated long before them by

Samuel HAHNEMANN.

HAHNEMANN’s many writings show a

progressive understanding on his part of a

hierarchy of causes of chronic diseases, one

form of which he says is Cancer. He currently

emphasized the need to look at all aspects in a

spectrum of causes and warned against a

blind prejudice on one hand, or empty speculation

on the other.

3

Blind prejudice, he says, is

opinion-based according to a person’s

particular training. In other words, someone who

is inappropriately tied down to their previous

experience and ideas. Empty speculation is an

opposite type of error, that is, hypothesis

inadequately tested in experience. In collateral

terms, one is seeing no further than the end of a

nose, the other is flight of fancy or phantasy. The

way to avoid these errors, according to

HAHNEMANN, is through careful scrutiny of all

relevant factors.

This hierarchy of causes described by

HAHNEMANN ranges from spiritual, or initiatory

forms, to diet and dampness. Although he was

writing long before public health was a common

concern, he firmly argued the need for care in this

dimension. Today it is easy to take such measures

for granted. But in his day, HAHNEMANN was

again showing a pioneer attitude when he

emphasized their importance to health or disease.

His advice on diet is smiliarly practical. He

advocated a fresh, well balanced diet, avoiding

excesses or substances difficult to assimilate. In a

similar vein he argues against the abuse of drugs

and for appropriate regimes of exercise. All such

obvious physical factors, he argues, can play a

fundamental role in determining human health or

disease. They are the basic modalities in his

hierarchy of causes of chronic disease in general,

or tumour in particular.

4

All through his writings HAHNEMANN

consistently argues the similar importance of

psychological factors for health or disease. Clearly

to him the physical performance was a type of end

product revealing the effect of progressively finer

influences. His assessment is constantly non-

dualistic, emphasizing the interaction of the subtle

and gross determinants.

Amongst such subtle factors he differentiates

emotions, selective or trained thoughts, a higher

mind or understanding and ultimately the volition

or will. Often such modalities appear to be

considered together when he refers to the “Vital

Force”. This term, though unfamiliar today, was

widely used in the time of HAHNEMANN for

factors that would now be termed psychological.

In expanding his understanding of this aspect of

human function, HAHNEMANN differentiates

such factors that in his opinion contribute to

malignant disease. Examples that he lists are

training in formative years, moral conflict, sexual

difficulties, family problems, jealousy, resentment

and fear.

5

. His list is wide-ranging, but can be

summarized in today’s terminology as referring to

emotional imprinting and intellectual conditioning.

Today it is widely acknowledged that the

physical organism holds dynamic imprints of prior

experience, such as perceived sensations,

emotional reactions and ideological training.

Clearly these serve a useful purpose when they

facilitate useful training, but become a problem

when they strongly bias a person to repeat

experience remembered by them as pleasurable

and restrictively to avoid pain or threat. Such

restriction can easily conflict with personal

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

creativity and become a factor in the development

of disease. Summarizing his hierarchy so far,

HAHNEMANN has referred to the role in tumour

development of three modalities that today could

be termed physical, emotional and ideological. But

this hierarchy of factors contributing to chronic

disease such as Cancer does not stop here. He also

refers to even more subtle vectors when he write of

spiritual essences and the higher mind.

6

He appears to imply that the higher mind is an

understanding that extends beyond the individual

empirical training and intellect to include an

awareness that might be described as cosmic.

7,8

Many philosophers and other thinkers have

referred to an inherent intelligence and ultimate

order in the universe. Various religious,

philosophical or psychological terms have been

pursued for this, examples are the Christian Logos,

the Buddhist field of formal voidity, the Platonic

realm of ideas, and the Jungian collective

unconscious. They all imply an immediate, innate

consciousness with creative power of its own

processes. HAHNEMANN appears to refer to

such an awareness and the possibility of it

informing the individual thinker when he writes of

the higher mind or the reason-gifted consciousness.

It implies an understanding reaching far beyond the

limits of ordinary egoic training. He then appears

to develop and apply this awareness in relation to

chronic disease when he implies that personal

disregard of its information accompanies empirical

bias and contributes to interpersonal conflict.

Closely associated with such concepts are

references to spiritual or initiatory essences.

7,8

HAHNEMANN’s writings imply his progressive

understanding of an informed initiation, a term also

translated as a spiritual essence, that is, the prime

mover of any creative process. It could be called

an ultimate cause, answerable only to itself.

Logical deduction implies that such an initiation

would be a primary cause of an act, the free will

referred to in various ways by philosophers,

psychologists, religious thinkers or similar

researchers in all ages. In other words

HAHNEMANN appears to be saying, like many

other thinkers have done, that the primary cause

appears qualitatively in its effect.

HAHNEMANN’s use of the term “initiatory

essence” implies this. It denotes a quality essential

to the form and not an imposed directive. One way

of illustrating such concepts is to liken the

initiatory essence to the pattern in an acorn that

determines its development, given appropriate

resources, into an oak tree. The term “conceptual

essence” is a very interesting one, implying the

dual aspects of the will to act in this way and the

form expressing it. HAHNEMANN argues that

such a subtle form is the prime mover of any extant

structure and deduces that just as such influences

can sustain health, their imbalance can contribute

to disease. Such initiatory derangements, he

argues, need a similar form of corrective. That is,

an initiatory imbalance needs a change of initiative

for its correction. In relation to these concepts he

argues that potentization gradually releases such

initiatory forms and presents them in a manner that

can facilitate an appropriate re-orientation in a

disturbed energy field.

Here then are two more aspects, which, added

to the three of thought, feeling and drive previously

described, make a five-fold hierarchy. It begins

with the will, or essential initiation, moves to

comprehensive understanding or higher mind, then

refers to conditioned temporalized thought or

opinion, after this to emotional conditioning and

finally to diet, damp, drugs or other similarly gross

physical factors. The activity of all these aspects,

HAHNEMANN argues, is revealed in the gross

physical form, a dynamic construct that reflects the

whole series. All aspects, he says, are in continual

interfunction and all therefore contribute all the

time to health or disease.

In relation to chronic disease, including

tumours, HAHNEMANN argues that such

influences accrue during the lifetime of an

individual, then interact with a latent trait. Many

have interpreted his writings on Psora as implying

a hereditary trait that is vulnerable to reactivation

by contemporary effects. HAHNEMANN relates

the origins of Psora to a chronic irritation

developed in the dawn of civilization and of which

Leprosy may be a long-standing sign,

contemporary VD a more recent manifestation.

9

But whatever its origins he argues that this trait is

liable to reactivation by the other factors named as

contributing to chronic disease.

10

He is therefore describing a dual action of the

latent trait and a stimulus that provokes its

activation. It is a theory that bears close

comparison with contemporary expressions of the

combined effects of hereditary factors as well as

personal psychology or exposure to carcinogens

which in combination can produce a malignant

disease.

Although HAHNEMANN firmly argues that

such a latent trait is the common property of

mankind, he still emphasizes the individuality of

diseases with which it is associated. The basic trait

may be shared but the provoking factors are

unique. Hence he says we need to remember that

in each patient we are seeing not “Cancer” but a

“type of Cancer”.

11

It is a point taken up again by

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

CLARKE when he emphasizes that “Homeopathy

is the art of individualizing”.

HAHNEMANN’s theories therefore imply a

thoroughly dynamic understanding of tumour

development.

In all his writings HAHNEMANN

consistently deduced a theory first, then applied

this in a rational therapy. The second paper in this

series will discuss how these insights can be

applied today in the treatment of malignant

disease.

REFERENCES

12. Greeve WA, Miller. Psychological factors and

reticulo-endothelial disease. Psychosom Med

1958; 20: 124 – 44.

13. Greeve WA, Swisher SN. Psychological and

somatic variables associated with the

development and course of monozygotic twins

discordant for leukaemia. Ann NY Acad Sci

1969; 164: 394 – 408.

14. HAHNEMANN S. Organon. Preface 2

nd

ed.

15. Ibid., Paragraph 77. 6th ed.

16. Ibid., Paragraph 81A, 93. 6

th

ed.

17. Ibid., Introduction and paragraphs 62, 63. 6

th

ed. Trans. Dudgeon. RPH 1961.

18. Ibid., Paragraphs 15 – 20 and 269, 270. 6

th

ed.

19. HAHNEMANN S. Chronic Diseases.

Prefaces to vol. IV and V. Delhi: Jain.

20. Ibid:, p. 48.

21. Ibid., p. 10.

22. HAHNEMANN S. Organon. Paragraph 81.

6

th

ed.

Therapeutic implications of Hahnemann’s

theories on tumour development

The first paper of this trilogy

1

looked at

HAHNEMANN’s views on the hierarchy of causal

factors that contribute to tumour developemnt.

The aim now is to discuss their implications

concerning available therapies.

Before pursuing this I will briefly summarize

the hierarchy of causes of tumour development

evident in HAHNEMANN’s writings. At the most

obvious physical level he refers to the influence of

poor or inappropriate diet, inadequate drainage and

chronic poisoning. Next he discusses the effect of

processes that today would be described as

repressed emotions or repressive ideas. Finally, his

hierarchy refers to the role of a comprehensive

understanding and volition or initiation. In other

words, he surveys a spectrum of causes ranging

from basic physical determinants, through

psychological vectors to subtle and not easily

understood levels of consciousness today

sometimes described by such terms as collective

understanding and Free Will. All these aspects, he

argues, can contribute to the development of

chronic diseases in general and tumours in

particular. Similarly each aspect has a related

therapeutic application. This paper will look at

these concepts and related therapies in three stages.

First, those with a physical emphasis, second those

related particularly to psychological factors and,

third, the ways in which therapy can emphasize the

role of volition. Since it may be argued that a

correct use of homeopathic remedies and Iscador

is relevant to all these aspects, they will be

considered in a fourth and final section.

Therapies with a physical emphasis

In relation to an emphasis on physical factors

contributing to tumour development, we may

consider therapies as various as Chemotherapy,

Surgery, Radiotherapy, diet, general care and

personal hygiene, local applications to tumour sites

and relaxation techniques. A detailed discussion of

the first three on this list is not the subject of this

review, but they are mentioned as they warrant

inclusion here. HAHNEMANN acknowledged

that surgery may have an important part to play in

therapy but at the same time warned against its

inappropriate use. Decisions concerning radical

Surgery, intensive Chemotherapy or wide field

Radiotherapy can be difficult. Every patient has

the right to like or dislike his therapy, and detailed

discussion may well be required concerning the

possible use of such procedures.

Various diets have at times been suggested as

assisting Cancer therapy. In recent months many

patients requesting treatment at the Royal London

Homeopathic Hospital for Cancer have already

contacted the Bristol Cancer Help Centre and

received their advice on diet. We have at times

seen patients so concerned by what thay have read

or heard that they believe a lapse from a

predominantly raw food, high caroteen diet will

aggravate their disease. This is unfortunate. No

dietary advice can be that rigid. As

HAHNEMANN and many other therapists have

recurrently argued, the disease any patient shows is

unique to them. Hence dietary advice will

similarly need adjusting to inidvidual

requirements. Having said this, it still appears

reasonable in general to advise, as HAHNEMANN

did, the use as far as is practicable of fresh, simple,

easily assimilated food without chemical additives.

Many workers in this field advise excluding red

meat from the diet, if that is acceptable to the

patient.

In relation to relaxation techniques, their

importance can be argued as an adjunct to any

therapy. In any disease, healing is facilitated by

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

good relaxation and hampered by high levels of

anxiety and muscle tension. A small example of

the use of relaxation has occurred with some

of the patients at the Royal London

Homeopathic Hospital where we have heard

them report a reduced need for night sedation after

learning simple relaxation techniques.

The need for appropriate care of tumour sites

and general good hygiene, rest and adequate

mobilization is obvious and does not need

development here.

In practice, many of these types of therapy

with a physical emphasis can be used together, as

well as in combination with psychological

orientated treatments.

Therapies with a psychological emphasis

The many lines of therapy offered for

treatment of Cancer that may be considered under

this heading are aiming at a release of negative

processes contributing to the disease and re-

integration of a positive opposition to it. These

two apparently opposing approaches, in practice

work together. A rationale for their use is easier to

understand when we remember that all aspects of

the human body are forms of energy co-operating

to produce the tangible result. Such energic forms

can therefore be manipulated by a release of

repressed emotion as well as by clarification of

new ideas to inform the substance. The repressed

emotions are repressive ideas that can conflict with

the creative impetus of an individual and provoke

irritation and disease can be of distant or recent

origin. It has often been observed by workers in

this field that a major psychological trauma has

occurred a few months before the primary

development of a tumour or its sudden spread of

metastases. The abreactive type of therapies are

aimed at releasing imprinted emotions not

adequately integrated or discharged at the time of

their initial provocation. Closely associated with

this can be an attempt to help a patient clarify ideas

on which they wish to act now, and others retained

from early years but which they now

seek to understand and change. Understanding is

the key here. When insight develops.

Concerning how previously held ideas and

emotional responses have developed, an individual

is in a better position to change or restate them as

he will. That is, he takes charge of them instead of

being ruled by them without his recognition.

It is an important way of helping an individual

take increasing charge of his own directive

energies, and reducing inner conflicts that

otherwise may contribute to tumour development

or other disease. Such conflicts can be

compared to splinters. Once seen they are easily

removed, but if not traced will continue to cause

irritation and disease.

The pursuit of insight into such factors not

only facilitates a change in emotional and

ideological imprints, it also helps an individual

increase their own conscious direction of their

inner processes, which brings us to the third

section in this review.

Therapies with an emphasis on volition

It has often been observed that patients who

show an active interest in their therapy and do all

they can to assist it, fare better than those who

adopt a resigned fatalism. It is reasonable to

expect this. When a person’s interests, ideas and

emotions are supporting their therapy there is

convergence that will enhance its course. It is like

swinning with a current, not against it.

The Will, or volition, is a term widely used to

imply the prime mover of human activity. It is not

easily understood. Emotional pressure or

ideological inclination can easily be misinterpreted

as free Will. The term “Will” implies an original

choice of action coming from a level of

consciousness operant in all of us which is freely

choosing without bias from previous experience.

There have been occasions when patients with

major organic disease such as malignancy have

realized that their personal choices have

determined their life situation and contributed to

their vulnerability to disease. Such insight is rare,

but when expressed has helped patients realize the

way in which individual choice can similarly re-

orientate towards health. It is an insight that can

help a patient take increase of charge of their

personal experiences in a way that helps them

redirect at least some of the disease energy. A

simple example of such helpful re-orientation

occurs when a patient chooses to give up smoking.

Less obvious, but similarly important to therapy, is

the choice of ideas, on which a person operates and

their conscious application to direct personal

energy. All such factors serve to help an

individual discover their own capacity of Self

direction and with that attain a reduction of their

previously unrecognised psychological conflicts.

HAHNEMANN’s later expressions

concerning initiaitory essences appear to refer to

such a capacity for Self direction. In the sixth

edition of Organon he recurrently refers to

spiritual or initiatory essences as the primary

determinants of gross forms seen in the time-matter

world. His terminology implies an ultimate Self

direction of all gross forms. It is a concept not

easily discussed, but if pursued implies an essential

dignity and capacity for true Self respect. When

applied to human development it means an

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

essential Self responsibility; that being is its own

cause. At first such concepts may appear onerous,

but that is only one aspect of them. The other is

the implication of authentic Self direction that

gives true status to an individual. HAHNEMANN

appropriately terms such an awareness “essential”

to being. He takes his discussion further when he

argues that potentization reveals a similar initiatory

level in the medicinal agent and that this can then

re-inforce the corresponding quality and its re-

orientation in the recipient (Org. para 11, 12).

Hence his assertion that a correct homeopathic

medicine relates to the cause of a disease as well as

to its symptomatic effects, which brings us to the

fourth section.

The role of homeopathic treatment and Iscador in

the treatment of Cancer

HAHNEMANN’s deductions imply that a

correct homeopathic therapy relates to all aspects

of the cause and subsequent course of tumours. He

relates this, not only to contemporary physical,

psychological and volitional factors but also to

inherited traits or miasms, vulnerable to re-

activation and expression in overt diseases. His

theories on treatment of chronic disease therefore

include discussion of remedies intended to provoke

a suitable counter-reaction to the latent trait or

miasm which he argues is activated to produce

gross symptoms as well as those appropriate to the

precipitating factors. He argues both that a correct

miasmatic remedy can help provoke an appropriate

response to the latent trait involved and that a

correct contemporary simillimum helps counter the

trauma that activated it. Hence it can be said that a

correct homeopathic treatment can be relevant to

all aspects contributing to tumour development.

Iscador, a mistletoe preparation, is also widely

used by many homeopathic doctors in the

treatment of solid tumours. The use of this

medicine has been developed mainly by

anthroposophical doctors since it was first

recommended by Dr. STEINER. This, too, is said

to relate to the subtle forms that produce Cancer as

well as to their gross expression.

Both homeopathic remedies and Iscador are

therefore alike in that they are both said to act

against malignant tumours by provoking subtle as

well as gross resistence to it. They can be

described as having a type of rear-guard action,

provoking the subtle resistence to a tumour process

and undermining its base rather than merely

adjusting its façade.

These are interesting theories carefully

reasoned by HAHNEMANN that appeal to the

intuitive sensitivity of many people. Although at

first they may appear to imply an onerous Self

responsibility, their other aspect is the realization

of a true inner determination that is essential to

Self respect, and many would argue an ultimate

aim of therapy.

The third and final paper in this series will be

a discussion of some of the experiences in applying

such theories in seeking to help patients with solid

tumours.

REFERENCE

1 Clover A. A theory of tumour development. Br.

Hom J 1984; 73: 187.

Some Experiences in the Treatment of Cancer by

Homeopathy

In this third paper of a trilogy relating to

HAHNEMANN’s theories relevant to tumour

development and therapy, I will outline three

illustrative case histories and then discuss them.

Mrs A

She was 73 years old and had an Anaplastic

Carcinoma of the oesophagus. At diagnosis in

February’81 the tumour was said to be in the lower

level of the oesophagus. She was treated by

Radiotherapy and also in the following months she

had regular prescriptions of Iscador and Vitis Co,

Phosphorus 30 and Condurango Q. Although

throughout the radiation treatment she appeared to

show a good tolerance, she later developed

Radiation Pneumonitis. This was treated by a

combination of steriods; Radium bromatum 200

and Causticum 200.

In October ’81 she complained of dyspnoea

and chest pain, and was found to have symptoms

and signs of lung metastases and a Pericardial

Effusion. This was confirmed radiologically, and

she was seen by a cardiologist who advised her

transfer to a cardiac unit for pericardial tapping.

Mrs A insisted that Homeopathy and

Acupuncture were all she needed for this additional

developmant. Whilst awaiting transfer from the

Royal London Homeopathic Hospital (RLHH)

the homeopathic remedy was Bryonia in varying

potencies. When seen in the cardiology unit a few

days later, no sign of any significant pericardial

effusion was found.

In January ’82 she was seen in outpatients,

reported thart she could eat anything she wanted

and could do a 2 mile walk. She remained fairly

well until April ’82.

In the last five months prior to her death Mrs

A experinced recurrent diaphragmatic spasms with

severe hiccupping and retching. Although Ignatia

6 and Cuprum aceticum 6 eased these symptoms,

they did not clear them. Mrs A frequently and

firmly stated her wish to have as few analgesics as

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

possible as she wished to be alert and closely

observe her own death process. She had little pain

and required only Panadol or Distalgesic for

analgesia. In the minutes prior to her death she

was calm and peaceful although experiencing

another diaphragmatic spasm. She recurrently said

to the doctors with her “If only I could

communicate to you the beauty of this experience”.

Miss B

Miss B was a young North African woman

aged 30 years when first seen at the RLHH in

July’82. She already had extensive Hodgkin’s

disease, including a 3"diameter fungating tumour

in her left supraclavicular region extending onto

the anterior chest wall. She had first developed

signs of the disease at age 13 years, and had

received exrtensive Chemotherapy and

Radiotherapy in other hospitals. When seen in the

RLHH, she firmly stated her decision not to have

any repeat courses of such treatment. Briefly

summarized, her history began in a wealthy North

African home. When about 10 years old, her

previously allegedly tranquil homelife was

disrupted by sudden and continuing major parental

strife. She left her family in her early teens and

joined an Eastern religious movement. She lived

in England from age 15 years. By the time she was

admitted to the RLHH, contact with her parents

was minimal, but she corresponded regularly with

her sister living in USA. She remained committed

member of the religious movement she had joined

as a teenager and most of her friends came from

this group. She frequently and firmly, but not

aggressively, stated her conviction that her disease

was part of her Karma, that it was a way for her to

resolve personally accumulated problems. Her

belief was that close observation of its effect and

her maintenance of personal control through it,

would suitably conclude this life time and prepare

her for her next incarnation. She therefore refused

further conventional treatment. She also refused to

accept Iscador. However, she welcomed

homeopathic treatment. Even in the latter weeks

of her life she declined conventional medication.

She regularly practised meditation, and the use of

visual imagery. At times she appeared to welcome

an opportunity to discuss her past conflicts, her

ideology and hopes. She kept in regular contact

with her friends from the religious movement of

which she was a member.

Various homeopathic medicines were

prescribed, including Aurum, Arsenicum album,

Kali Sulphuricum, Phosphoricum acidum and

Kreosotum were given orally, and hydrastis and

calendula applied to the tumour. Although this

slowly but steadily progressed, the medication

prescribed at least initially appeared to help to

reduce the copious offensive discharge from the

tumour. Throughout the 7 months that she

remained in the RLHH, she consistently held to her

stated ideals and died peacefully at 31 years in Feb.

’83.

Mr C

He was first seen at the Tunbridge Wells

Homeopathic Hospital (TWHH) in

November’80, when he was 33 years of age. He

had a Colorectal Carcinoma which had been

diagnosed in June ’79, when a resection of an

Anular Sigmoid Carcinoma was performed. He

had remained well until August ’80 when he began

passing blood and mucous PR. Laparotomy at the

Royal Marsden Hospital in August ’80 showed a

recurrence of the tumour invading the bladder, plus

mesenteric and hepatic metastases. His wife

reported that she had been told that her husband

was not expected to survive to the end of the year.

She had discussed this with her husband, neither of

them accepted this gloomy prognosis, and both

sought to add homeopathic treatment to the

therapy already being prescribed. The main

complaint on presentation was frequent loose

bloody stools. In Sept.’80 the patient’s father died

with Lung Carcinoma.

Throughout the next two years Mr C received

regular Iscador Qu cum Hg, a split dose of

Carcinosin 12 and frequent Mercurius corrosivus

6, Natrum Sulphuricum 6, or China 6. He also

continued with regular Chemotherapy as advised at

the Marsden. In June’81 ultrasound examination

showed disappearance of previously detectable

hepatic metastases and a fall in the CEA to normal

levels. The pelvic mass appeared stationary.

In 1981 his second child was born. He

remained generally well, continued his fulltime

work as sales manager for a printing firm, but

continued most of the time to pass frequent bloody

stools. He appeared at least to be avoiding any

deterioration, unitl his brother was killed in a road

accident in Nov.’82. After this Mr C steadily

deteriorated and died peacefully in April’83.

These three case histories illustrate three of the

main reasons for which many patients have

requested Homeopathy as an adjunct to other

therapy for neoplastic disease. Mrs A had a life-

long interest in Homeopathy, Miss B was

committed to a philosophy which supported it, and

Mr C turned to it when other treatment appeared

inadequate for his needs. All three also reflect the

hierarchy of factors described by HAHNEMANN

in relation to the development of chronic diseases

including tumours. We may first note the

volitional factor, the “essential” that

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

HAHNEMANN implies is the primary directive of

being-energies. All three showed clear evidence of

an intent to learn as much as they

could through the illness they were experiencing.

Paradoxically they all accepted it, clearly discussed

the diagnosis with its apparent implications, yet at

the same time sought to oppose it with the help

they believed appropriate to their life style and

concepts. Their quiet and persistent determination

was clearly evident. The ideas they

expressed and sought further to clarify concerning

their particular situation appeared to have an

important stabilizing effect for them.

Mrs A referred to Christian concepts and Miss B to

Eastern philosophy. Although Mr and Mrs C

showed no particular religious or philosophical

affiliation, in their own way they discussed and

pursued their concern for quality of life and not, as

they put it, mere longevity. All three consistently

showed their intent to progress through the disease

towards more Self understanding. Arguably this

contributed to the calmness they usually showed

and remarkably low need for analgesics.

As well as referring to the fundamental role of

volition and ideology in the development and

treatment of tumours, HAHNEMANN also

emphasizes the part played by emotional trauma.

Many other writers have referred to this in the last

two centuries. Again this is evident in all three

cases reported here. Mrs A had a long history of

family problems which escalated in her later years.

In addition her sister died with Breast Cancer in

1976. Miss B, as has already been noted,

developed Hodgkin’s disease shortly after major

family conflicts and breaking her previous close

involvement with her family. Mr C only showed a

steady deterioration in his disease after his

brother’s sudden death. In discussing the nature of

their disease, all three patients readily associated

their personal emotional traumas with the

disease development.

In relation to gross physical factors relevant

to Cancer therapy, HAHNEMANN refers to such

basics as diet, drainage and general care. In recent

years various diets have been suggested as being

important aids in Cancer therapy. Of the three

patients reported here, all three

chose predominantly simple wholefood diets,

Miss B was vegetarian.

The medication prescribed has already

been summarized in the individual histories. Mrs

A had Iscador, homeopathic remedies of a

constitutional and pathological emphasis,

Radiotherapy and conventional medication.

Miss B had only homeopathic prescriptions. Mr C

had frequent Chemotherapy as well as

homoepathic remedies and regular Iscador

injections.

The homeopathic remedies used came from

groups regularly used at the RLHH and TWHH in

Cancer therapy. These are nosodes such as

Carcinosin prescribed for Mr C. We also used

antisycotic remedies, particularly Thuja for Miss

B, on account of her soft discharging tumour.

Constitutional remedies were assessed and

prescribed for all three. Pathological type

prescriptions were widely used for instance in an

attempt to ease the copious bloody stools of Mr C

and the diaphragmatic spasms of Mrs A.

It was frequently observed by the nursing staff

that the patients described here were remarkably

positive and calm despite their gross disease.

Naturally they all had some phases of depression

and negative type questioning, but opportunities to

discuss their reactions, the prescriptions of

constitutional remedies, and the continued support

of friends, relatives and other therapists usually

helped them through this in a matter of a few days.

All three patients described here took an active

interest in their therapy from the start. Its

application was recurrently discussed as fully as

possible with them. Similarly as far as possible we

attempted to listen and help them clarify their ideas

concerning their experiences, using their preferred

terminology.

One of the few facts that is clear about Cancer

development is that it is far from understood.

Arguably HAHNEMANN’s theories on chronic

disease give many useful leads on how to pursue

an insight into this condition and then evolve,

together with the patients experiencing it, a rational

therapy appropriate to its many facets.

2. FIFTY MILLESIMAL POTENCIES—AN

INTRODUCTION DR. ROBERT M. SCHORE,

M.D. (HG, 11/1985)

HAHNEMANN conceived an idea through the

collective thought of his time, knowing that sooner

or later all of us would somehow understand. He

finished his life with some final thoughts but

without sufficient time to furnish a proof

acceptable to succeeding generations. One such

thought was the LM potenzen or fifty millesimal

potencies. Why develop what appears to be a more

complicated method, when your main intention is

to remain simple and direct? Now we

must carefully re-explore HAHNEMANN’s last

efforts and decide for ourselves whether or not this

great master was again correct. We must

understand his thoughts thoroughly before we

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

draw any conclusions couched in modern

‘scientific’ conjecture.

Those of us not familiar with old German

idiom cannot always perceive HAHNEMANN’s

thoughts through Boericke’s word for word

translation of the Organon. So we soon will have

a clarification of HAHNEMANN in English—a

most precise and perfect re-translation of the

Organon from the original German text and Pierre

Schmidt’s precise French translation. What

HAHNEMANN said will become crystal clear, and

only those who choose not to be classical in their

methods will fail to perceive its essence.

I have been asking myself why

HAHNEMANN, in the sixth edition of the

Organon changed his concepts of potency so

radically. From paragraphs 246 through 283, there

is a clear description of his experience with the LM

potencies during the last years of his life. The

rules for preparation and utilization of the LMs are

precisely worked out (par. 248, 270)

6

just as the

methodology for use and follow-up of centesimal

potencies is clearly described in previous editions

of the Organon, in Kent’s Lectures on

homeopathic Philosophy, and in Vithoulkas’s The

Science of Homeopathy.

In this report I wish firstly to outline the

methods of preparation and administration of LM

potencies. Next, I will describe HAHNEMANN’s

method of following the case after LM

prescriptions. Finally, in order to illustrate the LM

method more graphically, I will present some case

reports from my own practice.

BACKGROUND DATA

Relatively few in-depth articles have been

written about the fifty millesimal potencies.

1,2

Those I have discovered provoked my curiosity

and caused me to realize that more careful research

must be carried out before conclusions can be

drawn regarding the validity of the LM potencies.

Discussions with various well-known homeopaths

and homeopathic pharmacists revealed that their

individual experiences with LM potencies were

usually limited, and their methods of using the

LMs varied considerably. Basically, there seemed

to be uniformity of interpretation of

HAHNEMANN’s statements regarding the LM

potencies in the sixth edition of the Organon.

However, Dr.Pierre Schmidt’s French translation

of the Organon seemed to clarify matters. Mr.

Alain Naudé was kind enough to translate into

English the parts of Dr.Schmidt’s translation

which refer to the LM potencies. I checked this

data personally with Dr. Jost KÜNZLI, who

assisted Dr. Schmidt in the original translation

from German to French.

It then occurred to me that further theorizing

about the pros and cons of fifty millesimal and

centesimal potencies was merely a waste of time,

and that practical experience would clarify the

essence of HAHNEMANN’s statements. After re-

reading the Organon, I realized that I had not seen

any case histories in the literature which used the

LMs exactly as HAHNEMANN had described.

The most common error was not beginning the use

of a remedy with the lowest potency (par. 246,

footnote)

6

the 0/1 or LM 1. It became imperative

that I begin using the fifty millesimal potencies

exactly as HAHNEMANN described.

The most impressive statements I have read,

inspiring me to investigate further the LM

potencies, are the following, by Dr.Pierre Schmidt:

“… but we must bear in mind that

HAHNEMANN never says anything which has not

been duly considered and thought out, and that all

his words should be weighed with the utmost

care.”

3

“Here HAHNEMANN expounds his absolutely

new theory for the preparation of the 50

millesimals as well as the technique of their

application. I had, in fact, already read years ago,

in the B.H.J., an article on the ‘plus method’. I had

even applied it … and it had been a dead failure.

Since then, none of our papers has ever mentioned

it. It showed, however, how important it was to

have the Organon translated, as no one had ever

applied the method in the proper way. Even today,

I occasionally read in homeopathic journals about

cures efected by 50 millesimals in globules. This

is positive proof that the prescribers of such doses

have not understood the new method at all, as the

remedies ought to be administered in liquid form

only (par.271).”

3

“Although HAHNEMANN knew all about the

high potencies made by Korsakoff, up to 60, 200,

1000 and even 1500, he did not know the very high

potencies effected and applied in accordance with

Kent’s rules: 10M, 50M, 100M, etc. However his

last process with 50 millesimals, if applied lege

artis, gives really good results. The effects of this

technique ought to be evaluated on the basis of a

long clinical experience in order to be rightly

appreciated. In most cases, Kent’s new method

gives such good results that this new process could

be applied exclusively to chronic or serious cases,

of course only if there is no response to the single

dose. Remember, however, that HAHNEMANN

did nothing lightly and bear in mind his imperative

advice: Imitate me, but imitate me well!”

4

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

In Richard Haehl’s Samuel HAHNEMANN,

His Life and Work, there are various references

to the fact that HAHNEMANN knew of and used

higher potencies, at least as high as 1M.

5

One must realize that HAHNEMANN did not

ignore the existence of high centesimal potencies,

and did not merely improve on his 30

th

with the

LMs. HAHNEMANN was brilliant, sensitive and

intuitive, and it is my opinion that he perceived

some kind of deeper disruption created by high

centesimal potencies, even when there were

apparently curative results. These observations, in

my opinion, led him to develop the fifty millesimal

potencies, and to experiment with them during the

last years of his life. I have not yet found enough

of HAHNEMANN’s records to substantiate my

theories completely, but if any readers of this paper

can provide me with more of HAHNEMANN’s

records and observations, I will be most grateful.

Also, if any of my German and French-speaking

colleagues have access to literature of this nature in

French or in German, copies will be greatly

appreciated. Furthermore, I am sure that the

forthcoming translation of the Organon into

perfectly clear English will clarify the fifty

millesimal method.

WHY USE THE LM

POTENCIES?

As classical homeopaths we have an

obligation to HAHNEMANN to do exactly as he

says before we decide whether he is right or

wrong. We all know how well the high centesimal

potencies work, so why change to LMs? I feel that

if we use the LMs and compare the responses to

centesimal reponses, we will have our answer.

Unfortunately, there are few well-known classical

homeopathic physicians. My appeal to them is to

use the LMs exactly as HAHNEMANN instructed

and then publish their findings. The exacting and

respected experience of the masters will prove

valuable.

The LM potencies appear to work just as

deeply and powerfully as the highest centesimal

potencies, but more gently, and without significant

aggravations. The over-all time to cure appears to

be shorter (par.246)

6

. HAHNEMANN’s concept

of the quantity of the dose is crucial in

understanding the use of the LMs (par.248)

6

.

PREPARATION OF FIFTY MILLESIMAL

POTENCIES

Let me preface my statements in this section

by saying that all variations from this technique are

against HAHNEMANN’s intentions. A more

detailed description of the method of preparation

will be found in Dr.Pierre Schmidt’s translation of

the Organon (par. 270).

To begin the preparation of the fifty millesimal

potencies, one starts with the third centesimal

trituration with sac. lac.—never from liquid.

Specific instructions for the preparation of the 3c

trituration can be found in the Organon (par. 270).

1. To an approximately 60cc bottle to which has

been added 400 drops of distilled water and 100

drops of 90% alcohol, add 5 centigrams of the 3c

trituration made exactly according to

HAHNEMANN’s insturctions in paragraph 270 of

the Organon. Mix well until diluted. One

excellent source of accurate preparations is

homeopathische Central-offizin Wettstein

Apotheke, Postfach 4005 Basel, Switzerland.

2. Into a separate bottle (approximately 10cc)

containing 100 drops of 95% alcohol, place one

drop of this dilution from the 60cc bottle. The

bottle must be large enough so that the solution

does not fill more than two-thirds of it.

11. Carefully close the bottle with a cork and

succuss it 100 times by holding it in the hand and

pounding the hand rapidly on a leather-bound

book, a surface which is resilient and elastic.

12. For this step you will need approximately 1½

2 drams of No.1 granules (poppy-seed size). These

may be slightly smaller than the usual No.10

granules readily obtainable in America. One

excellent source for uniformly made unmedicated

granules (Streukügelchen No.1) is Jso-werk

Regensburg, J. Sonntag & Sohne K.-G., Fabrik

chem-pharmaz. Präparate. The Organon

paragraph 270, gives specific instructions on

granule size. Place 1½-2 drams of these granules

into a glass thimble which has a small hole at the

bottom. HAHNEMANN and Dr.Pierre Schmidt

used a platinum thimble, and this is preferable if

one can be obtained. Pour the solution from the

10cc bottle over the granules in the thimble, and

observe until the liquid begins to leak out the end

of the thimble. Then quickly pour the granules

onto blotting paper and let dry. Throw away the

10cc bottle. The glass thimble can be re-used after

cleaning it and heating it over a Bunsen burner

until the glass glows.

13. When the granules are dry place them in a

glass vial, corked and labelled I or 0/1.

14. Into a new 10cc bottle containing one drop of

distilled water, add one globule of this 0/1

preparation.

15. After adding 100 drops of 95% alcohol,

succuss 100 times as described in step 3.

16. Repeat step 4.

17. When the granules are dry place them in a

glass vial, corked and labelled II or 0/2.

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

18. Into a new 10cc bottle containing one drop of

distilled water, add one globule of this 0/2

preparation.

19. Repeat steps 7 through 10, increasing the

potencies by single degrees (0/3, 0/4, 0/5, etc.)

until you reach 0/30.

Any pharmacy which does not follow these

instructions exactly in the preparation of LM

potencies is not following HAHNEMANN. The

size of the granules is important because the

quantity of the medicine absorbed by each granule

is important. Note also that one step requires 90%

alcohol and another 95% alcohol. In Samuel

HAHNEMANN, His Life and Work, by Richard

Haehl, M.D., Volume II, page 428, reference is

made to Hahnemann’s original pharmacy of fiifty

millesimal potencies, which contained many

remedies, most of which were in potencies 0/1 to

0/10 only. Only a few remedies such as Merc. and

Sulph. Were potentised up to 0/30. This is

interesting, because if one selects the best remedy

and follows HAHNEMANN’s instructions

properly, the curative action of the remedies should

occur so rapidly as not to require more than the

0/10 before a different remedy is called for.

DOSAGE WITH FIFTY MILLESIMAL

POTENCIES

The major reference to dosage is in paragraph

248 of the Organon. For my patients I place only

one granule of the remedy in an amber glass bottle

containing about 110cc of distilled water and few

drops of pure alcohol. Early experience taught me

that more than one granule caused early

aggravations, especially disruptive in sensitive

patients. I cannot over-emphasize that one granule

is enough. The following instructions are given to

the patient with each bottle of liquid LM

preparation:

Instructions for use of the remedy:

The dark glass bottle is your ‘stock solution’.

Keep it at room temperature away from direct light

and strong odors.

Each day that you require a medicine (see

bottle label), first shake the bottle 8-12 times by

striking it against a firm, resilient object, such as a

book. Then place one tablespoon of this stock

solution into about 4 oz. of pure water, preferably

distilled water. Be sure that the glass and spoon

are clean and free from odors and soap residues. If

the glass was previuously used for a remedy, boil it

in water, heat it in the oven, or wash it in the

dishwasher before using it again for any purpose.

This glass of medicine is your supply for 24 hours

only. Cover it and store it away from odors and

direct light if you are to take more than one dose

from it. Each day that you require a medicine, you

will make a fresh glass of the dilution.

Your dose is one-half teaspoon, taken from the

glass after stirring it vigorously. Rinse your mouth

with the liquid before swallowing it. You must stir

the solution vigorously before each dose.

Examples of some possible bottle labels are as

follows: Take one dose every morning, as

directed; or Take one dose every four hours, as

directed; or Take one dose every other day, as

directed; etc. Remember, your dose comes from

the glass, not from the stock bottle.

When these instructions are followed exactly,

the response is smooth and gentle. The patients

almost always have some complaints when they do

not follow the instructions. When they follow the

instructions, the results appear at least as quick and

smooth as with centesimal potencies. The most

frequent mistakes are taking one full teaspoon from

the glass, or taking the dose directly from the stock

bottle. Almost always they will tell me, in these

instances, that there was too much aggravation or

no good response. Instructing them on proper

dosage usually corrects the problem, if the proper

remedy was chosen.

HAHNEMANN was very precise, but human

nature being what it is, early in my LM practice I

assumed that slight variations in dosage were

insignificant. When we dispense 10M or CM

granules, we do not usually consider that there is

any difference in giving 5 or 25 granules. With the

LMs it is critical! In my earlier cases there were

many early aggravations and sluggish, disharmonic

recoveries for the following reasons:

1. More than one tiny granule was dissolved

in 110cc of water.

2. The patient took the dose directly from

the bottle instead of diluting it in four

ounces of water; or the patient used

impure water.

3. The patient took more than ½ teaspoonful

as a dose. (Boericke’s translation says one

teaspoon; Schmidt’s translation says one

coffe-spoonful.)

4. The patient decided to save water and

proportionately reduce the quantity of

water in the glass and the amount of liquid

taken from the stock bottle. It appears

that the actual volume in which one-half

teaspoon is dissolved is important.

5. The patient forgot to succuss the bottle or

stir the glass before the dose.

6. The patient was given the dose dry on the

tongue, or one or a few granules were

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

dissolved in one dram of water and given

as a dose in the office.

7. The patient’s condition was ameliorated,

then aggravated, as HAHNEMANN said

would happen, but he continued dosing

during the aggravation. In contrast to

centesimal high potency dosing during an

aggavation (or giving more than one

dose), overdosing effects with fifty

millesimal potencies quickly wear off

after the remedy is discontinued. Also, in

the event the remedy is not proper, but

close enough to disrupt the case,

discontinuation of dosing allows for quick

recovery. With wrong high potency

centesimals recovery to the previous state

of health may not occur so quickly

(par.283).

I am sure at this point that the reader is

wondering why he should bother using fifty-

millesimal potencies, when one dose of a 10M

followed by sac. lac. is quick and easy and saves

bottles and water. Although my results are

preliminary, it appears that the LM doses are

easier on the patient, while the centesimal doses

are easier on the doctor and office staff. However,

we have had far fewer phone calls because of

centesimal aggravations, and the patients seem to

recover quite smoothly in either case. As

discussed in paragraph 270 of the Organon,

HAHNEMANN recommended LMs because the

immediate reaction of high potency centesimals

may be too great for the weak patient. In my office

the LMs have worked wonderfully smoothly in

cases of physical pathological change.

FOLLOW-UP AFTER BEGINNING

TREATMENT

In Kent’s Lectures on Homeopathic

Philosophy and in Vithoulkas’s The Science of

Homeopathy, it is clearly described how to

follow up cases after high potency centesimal

prescriptions. These rules must be obeyed when

using the centesimal potencies. However, with

fifty millesimal potencies the rules are different.

The rules for follow-up of the case after LM

potencies are stated most accurately in Pierre

Schmidt’s translation of the Organon, paragraphs

248-283. Fifty millesimal potencies are different

from centesimal potencies in the following ways:

1. Continue giving ascending potencies so

long as the patient is improving.

2. Amelioration followed by aggravation is a

curative response.

3. The quantity of the dose is critical.

4. The lowest of the fifty millesimal

potencies can act as deeply as the high

potency centesimal and yet be gentle

enough not to harm in cases of

pathological tissue change.

5. If an aggravation occurs early in the

treatment, too much quantity of the

medicine was used. One must decrease

the quantity of the dose and increase the

interval betweeen doses.

6. If the patient antidotes the remedy, for

example by drinking coffee, the use of

ascending potencies daily or every other

day will quickly overcome this.

7. Patients understand this method much

more easily because of its resemblance to

the allopathic method of dosing.

8. Because of the quick and clear action of

LMs, disruption of the case by the wrong

remedy is quickly noticed, but also wears

off much more quickly than a disruption

created by high potency centesimal doses.

9. Sensitive patients are more easily treated

by merely decreasing the quantity of the

dose. If a patient is sensitive, the dose can

be reduced to ¼ teaspoon, or ½ teaspoon

from the glass can be placed into a

second glass containing 4 oz. of water,

stirred and the patient given ½ teaspoon

from the second glass. Third, fourth or

even fifth glasses can be used in

hypersensitive patients.

10. If a patient is improving from a

centesimal dose, do not begin LM doses

until there is a reversal of progress.

11. After an aggravation with LM potency, do

not resume treatment with the same

potency. Expect amelioration, and

resume treatment when needed only with

the next higher potency.

CASE REPORTS

I have only been using LM potencies actively

for about nine months. However, I have used them

enough to observe that the properly-selected

remedy works deeply, quickly, smoothly, and

without initial aggravation. I will select from a

variety of cases in order to illustrate the ability of

the fifty millesimal potencies to act favorably on

all levels—mental, emotional, and physical.

Case 1: 28-year-old male with a chief

complaint of fits of anger for no apparent reason.

There was a definite history of grief preceding the

onset of the chief complaint. The patient was thin,

desired salt, and had other symptoms allowing the

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

selection of Nat.mur. Nat.mur.0/1 was given, a

dose each morning. The patient began to feel

better within 24 hours and continued to feel better

until the sixth day, when he developed an

aggravation. I thought this was quite early in the

case for an aggravation, so I had him take a dose

every other day after diluting the remedy in a

second glass of water. This dose also aggravated,

so the remedy was stopped. The aggravation

subsided after 36 hours, leaving the patient feeling

well for the past 5 months.

Case 2: 55-year-old obese female with

hypertension and spells of dizziness and headache

for many years. Based on what I thought were

proper symptoms, Puls. was given, but with only

temporary relief, and slight lowering of the blood

pressure. Later the patient recalled that her spells

may have begun after a head injury in childhood.

The case was difficult for me, but other symptoms

fit Nat.sulph. also, Nat.sulph was begun in the 0/1

potency every other day, and followed by

Nat.sulph. 0/2, 0/3, 0/4, and currently 0/5. There

has been no aggravation, the blood pressure is

normal, the spells are infrequent now, and she is

losing weight with improved energy. Nat.sulph.

will be continued in gradually ascending potencies

until there is aggravation, or the symptoms change

to another remedy.

Case 3: A Lachesis patient, whose main

complaint was fatigue, called for further treatment

after his improvement stopped 4 months after a

dose of Lach. 1M which created a short initial

aggravation. He was given Lach.0/1 with marked

improvement after four doses, one dose daily. Six

weeks later he felt a reversal and took another dose

from the 0/1 bottle without calling me. He felt

somewhat better but had an immediate flare-up of

painful, bleeding haemorrhoids on the left side, an

old symptom. This cleared on sac.lac. after five

days. In this case, the patient should have called,

and Lach. 0/2 should have been prescribed. The

response probably would have been smoother

because the effect of the 0/1 potency had been

completed six weeks earlier.

Case 4: 40-year-old female with chief

complaints of a swelling above the eyelid and a

marked sensitivity to drafts accompanied by

weakness. The swelling weas classic for Kali

carb. And the case was started with the 200

th

potency. She came to see me before I began to use

the LM potencies and there was some minor

pathology in the kidney related to surgery for

prolapsed kidney, so I was reluctant to use higher

than 200. She felt much better for about 6 weeks,

but it was clear that she needed a higher potency in

order to cure. Kali carb. 1M was given followed

by strong and disruptive aggravation. The dose

was not premature because there was definite

reversal of the case following amelioration from

the 200

th

. She felt poorly for about one month but

then seemed to recover and feel somewhat stable

for the next 6 weeks. At that time Kali carb. 0/1

was begun and followed by ascending potencies on

an every other day dosage. With these LM

potencies she is feeling stronger than ever without

aggravation and is currently taking the 0/7. The

swelling above the eyelid is slowly shrinking. I

suspect in this case that there may be pathological

change in the kidney which is intolerant to the 1M

dose, but responsive to the gentle, deeper action of

the fifty millesimals.

Case 5: 58-year-old woman fell, sustaining a

left ankle sprain and bruised over the ankle and

tibia. Arnica 200 afforded temporary relief for two

hours; a repeat dose helped temporarily. Arnica

0/1 every four hours relieved the swelling and pain

steadily over the next 36 hours.

Case 6: 2-year-old boy fell off a platform

striking his head. He became stuporous but a full

neurological exam. At the local hospital revealed

nothing else. After the first dose of Arnica 0/1

every four hours relieved the swelling and pain

steadily over the next 36 hours.

Case 7: 28-year-old woman sustained a left

mid-forearm ulnar nerve injury after having the

automobile door closed on her arm. The pain

travelled upward and the fingers were numb along

the distribution of the ulnar nerve. She was given a

dose of Hyper. 30 from her first-aid kit and sent to

the neurologist. He said the nerve may take

several weeks to heal. I saw her later in my office

because the Hyper.30 had no effect. By then she

had a terrible headache, but Hyper. 0/6, one dose,

relieved the headache instantly, the numbness was

50% improved after one minute and completely

resolved after 30 minutes. There was some return

of pain and numbness after 24 hours, but repeating

the dose relieved the problem. I started this case

with 0/6 because I did not have the 0/1 in stock.

Case 8: 40-year-old woman sustained

crushing compound fracture of two fingers in an

automobile accident. It required surgical pinning,

suturing and casting. Hyper. 0/1 every four hours

relieved all pain and swelling and fever within 48

hours, even after anesthesia and tetanus toxoid

were given in the hospital.

Case 9: 76-year-old Sulphur patient with

typical 11.00hr. aggravation and bladder infections

felt temporary relief for two months after Sulph.

200, Sulph. 1M was given, but she sustained a long

and somewhat debilitating aggravation lasting 6-8

weeks. Her age and weakened state had no

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

tolerance for a 1M, so I repeated Sulph. 30 when

the problems returned shortly after the aggravation.

This also relieved temporarily. Sulph. 0/1 taken

every other day created gradual relief without

aggravation. This was followed with Sulph. 0/2

and she continues to improve.

Case 10: 37-year-old woman with painful,

persistent right ovarian cyst about 4cm. size. One

year prior to this she consulted me because of night

sweats and edema. She was constitutionally a

Kali carb. patient and she was given the 10M, but

sustained a long aggravation followed by

weakening of her condition. I concluded that she

must have some internal pathology based on the

effect of the remedy, the family history of Cancer

in close relatives, and the past history of recurrent

infections and long-term birth control pill use. A

few months after the aggravation I started her on

Kali carb. 0/1, progressing through 0/6, with

steady amelioration, increasing energy and

emotional well-being. During the 0/6 she had an

aggravation, but stopping the remedy afforded no

relief, and she became weaker, with left-sided

pharyngitis and fever resembling Lach. Lach. 0/1

cleared the problem after three hourly doses; there

was no resultant set back of her overall condition.

A few weeks later she fell ill with the ovarian cyst,

but the picture was now Lycopodium. Lyc.0/1 was

prescribed every two hours. After three doses, she

slept deeply, waking intermittently during the night

only to urinate. By morning she had lost five

pounds, there was no right pelvic pain or ovarian

swelling, and she felt much better generally. She

has continued to improve generally on ascending

every-other-day doses of Lyc. through 0/8. Her

over-all energy and stamina has greatly improved.

Case 11: 21-year-old

college student, constitutionally Nat.mur.

His main complaint was inability to

concentrate on and remember his school

work. I began his case with Nat.mur. 0/1

ascending to 0/7, which he is currently

taking. He is improving generally and his

memory and concentration became normal

during the 0/2 dosage. There has been no

aggravation.

Case 12: 15-year-old

girl with a chief complaint of warts on the

hand. She was quite withdrawn, angry, and

constitutionally fitted Nat.mur. After the 0/3

bottle of Nat.mur. given every other day

beginning with 0/1, the warts were gone and

she was definitely more open and

communicative.

SUMMARY

I have done as

HAHNEMANN requested and have

followed his instructions exactly. My

experience with fifty millesimal potencies

over the past nine months, with

approximately 400 patients, has proved to

me that HAHNEMANN was correct. The

patterns of responses were exactly as he

said they would be provided that one begins

treatment, whether acute or chronic, with

the 0/1 potency. The potencies work most

often without aggravation but with the

same curative effects as centesimal

potencies. They effect healing gently and

rapidly on mental, emotional, and physical

levels. I hope that my further work and the

work of others around the world will help

to clarify the advantages of the fifty

millesimal potencies over the centesimal

potencies. HAHNEMANN, early in his

career, used low potencies, but later was

aware of and used centesimal high

potencies. Why did he conclude that fifty

millesimals were better? I encourage other

classical homeopaths to submit their work

with the fifty millesimals for future

publication and discussion in

Homoeotherapy. My continuing work is

convincing me that there are probably no

inimical remedies when LMs are used, that

Lycopodium can probably follow Sulphur,

and that LM potencies can be repeated

often and safely in weak patients and in

patients with serious tissue pathology.

(Homoeo Therapy, Jan-Feb. 1980).

3. HAHNEMANN’S

LEGACY—THE Q (LM)

POTENCIES

P.BARTHEL (BHJ,

80, 2/1991)

Abstract

The methods of pharmaceutical

preparation evolved by HAHNEMANN

between 1801 and 1842 are clearly defined

and reproducible. The Q (50

th

millesimal)

potencies offer the shortest, most reliable

and ‘most harmless way’ to ‘rapid, gentle

and permanent’ restoration to health. An

unbiased look at the existing source

documents enables us now—150 years later,

and after innumerable miisunderstandings-

to produce and prescribe these highly

effective potencies as originally intended.

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

The empirical rule demands: ‘Follow it, but

follow it exactly.’

1. HAHNEMANN’s goal

The highest ideal of cure is rapid, gentle

and

permanent restoration of the health … in

the shortest, most reliable and most

harmless way …

Organon 1

st

edition,

paragraph 2, 1810,

[Boericke

translation].

HAHNEMANN was consistent in pursuing

this goal and felt he had reached it by

developing the correct method to produce

and prescribe the Q (50

th

millesimal)

potencies, as described in the 6

th

edition of

the Organon. Until recently, it has not been

possible to reproduce his results, as his

manufacturing instructions have not been

followed.

2. Birth of the science of Homeopathy

In 1790, HAHNEMANN translated

Cullen’s

Materia Medica, and in the process of doing

so made his famous discovery relating to

cinchona bark. He added the following

annotation:

The active principle responsible for the

action

of the bark has not yet been established,

and no doubt it will not prove easy to do so.

However, the following should be noted:

Substances that excite a kind of fever (very

strong coffee, pepper, arnica, Ignatius bean,

arsenic) cancel fevers of the intermittent

type.

1

HAHNEMANN then described his well-

known experiment.

In the same work, HAHNEMANN wrote,

Surely toxicity is nothing but the violent

manifestation of an extremely powerful

agent applied in too high a dose and in the

wrong place. Any potency benefit may well

have been lost merely due to incautious

use.

2

The above statement

indicates that HAHNEMANN was

beginning to get an idea, which then

encouraged him to do further study and

research. Ernst Stapf called this the great

discovery of the homeopathic Law of

Cure,

3

which means the hour when the

science of Homeopathy was born.

In 1796

HAHNEMANN published his ‘Essay on a

new principle for ascertaining the curative

powers of drugs, and some examination of

the previous principles’ in Hufelands

Journal.

4

3. Development of the idea

3.1. First steps in manufacture and use

In 1801 HAHNEMANN published

the

pamphlet Cure and Prevention of Scarlet

Fever in which he gave exact details of the

preparation and administration of

Belladonna.

…. dissolve one grain of the powder (of

Belladonna juice left to dry naturally and

stored with care) in 100 drops of ordinary

distilled water, triturating the mixture in a

small mortar; pour the cloudy suspension

into a one-ounce vial, rinsing mortar and

pestle with 300 drops of dilute (….) spirits

of wine and adding these to the solution;

thoroughly combine the two by shaking

well.

The first vial thus contained 400 drops.

Label the vial ‘strong Belladonna solution’.

Take ONE drop of this and mix thoroughly

with 300 drops of dilute spirits of wine,

shaking for several minutes; label ‘medium

strong Belladonna solution’. Take ONE

drop of this second mixture(…) and

combine with 200 drops of the dilute spirits

of wine, shake for several minutes, and

label ‘weak Belladonna solution’. This is

the medicine for prevention of Scarlet

Fever, prepared to meet our special

purpose; one drop of this contains

1/24,000,000, i.e. the twenty-four millionth

part, of one grain of dried Belladonna

Juice.

5

HAHNEMANN then

gave directions that depending on age,

children should be given a single dose every

72 hours, consisting of 1-40 drops added to

some liquid and stirred vigorously with a

teaspoon for one minute; treatment was to

continue for the duration of the epidemic

and then for another four or five weeks.

Further on he added:

It is altogether hard to believe how much of

the power of a particular medicine is lost

(…) if one gives it unmixed, simply allowing

it to be licked from a spoon, putting it on

sugar, or—if one does add the drops to a

liquid—without stirring thoroughly;

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

stirring, vigorous and continuous stirring

gives a fluid medicine the greatest number

of points of contact with the living fibre;

this alone will give it real power.

6

These two passages

are sufficient to give a rough outline of the

homeopathic method of drug processing—

dilution in stages and thorough agitation.

The experiments

HAHNEMANN made when he was in

Eilenburg near Leipzig (1801-1804) are

described in two publications, Heilkunde

der Erfahrung (‘empirical medicine’ also

translated as ‘medicine of experience’),

which briefly states the key concepts that

were later to appear in the Organon and

Fragmenta de viribus medicamentorum, a

Materia Medica of 27 drugs in Latin,

including a repertory. He used tinctures to

carry out homeopathic drug tests of the 27

drugs, in the case of plants, a tincture made

by dissolving the powdered juice. Cuprum,

based on dissolved Cuprum vitriolatum, is

the only metal included.

Concerning the size of

the dose, HAHNEMANN said in the first of

these:

… the juice of the poppy given in the

smallest dose ….. even though it was

millions of times less than any mortal ever

prescribed.

7

The first edition of the

Organon (1810) says almost word for word

the same:

… of the juice of the poppy given in the

smallest dose … even if millions of times

smaller than any physician ever

prescribed.

8

HAHNEMANN was

still referring to vigorous shaking in this

case.

9

A year later, vol.1 of his Materia

Medica Pura merely made reference to the

Organon,

10

and between 1801 and 1811 he

worked with dilutions up to the

sixtillionth.

11, 12

3.2 Start of systematic manufacture

In 1814, in an essay

entitled ‘A method of treating the currently

epidemic typhus’, he says ‘shaken

vigorously for 3 minutes’. For the first time

he describes the process of potentization on

the millesimal scale (1:1,000), using 12

vials.

13, 14

Volume 2 of Materia

Medica Pura (1816) has dilution on the

centesimal scale (1:100) as far as the 30

th

potency under Arsenicum.

15

As for the

method of agitation, he still says: ‘Well

shaken’ or ‘accurately shaken’. Depending

on the type of drug, he used either the

millionth (3c) dilution or went even higher,

as far as the decillionth (30c). Until then he

almost always used fluids, shaking them—

sometimes unsystematically—for minutes.

This explains why even the relatively high

potencies had extremely powerful actions,

which HAHNEMANN initially considered

to be due to their toxicity, e.g. in the case of

arsenic.

3.3 Aurum—the first metal to be triturated

The fourth volume of the Materia Medica

Pura appeared in 1818. Until then,

HAHNEMANN had used gold only in

solution. He found a passage on the

trituration of gold in the work of Arab

physicians and took to using the 1c and 2c

in powder form.

16, 17

3.4. Enhanced power and self-imposed limits

In volume 6 of Materia Medica Pura (1821)

HAHNEMANN says in the Preface: ‘How

is it possible for small doses of a drug

diluted to the extent required in

Homeopathy to be so powerful?’, and for

the first time mentioned ‘bring down ten

times, using the full strength of the arm’.

18

HAHNEMANN’s

further research and development is only

partly represented in the first edition of the

German Homeopathic Pharmacopoeia

(GHP 1).

19

The second edition of

Materia Medica Pura (1822-1827) still has

‘mercury triturated up to the 12c’.

20

However, the 3

rd

edition of the Organon

(1824) has a change in method. Now,

trituration only goes as far as the 3c, with a

thorough mixture achieved as follows: To

reduce the effect on the Organism, give only

two succussions, or, in the case of a powder,

triturate the 1c and 2c for one hour each,

and the 3c for 2 hours at most.

21

The reasons why

trituration and succussion were to be thus

limited are given in the second edition of

vol.6 of Materia Medica Pura (1827):

Drugs are not lifeless matter in the usual

sense: on the contrary, they are by their

true nature non physical and entirely

dynamic—pure power that by that strange

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

process of homeopathic trituration (and

succussion) can be enhanced to border on

the infinite.

This is a fact, so much so that limits

have to be set, lest the power of the drugs is

increased to a point where it is too much

for the patients.

One drop of Drosera

diluted to thirty times its volume and

succussed by bringing down the arm 20

times at each dilution stage will put the life

of a child with whooping cough at risk; if on

the other hand the vials are only succussed

twice and pilules the size of poppy seeds are

moistened with the final dilution, the same

medicine will easily achieve a cure.

22, 23

The problem of drugs

that proved too powerful occupied

HAHNEMANN’s mind from the beginning;

it is a thread that runs through the whole

process of developing different variations of

the method. The problem of excessively

large doses and of repeating the same

medication in exactly the same form will be

the subject of further discussion.

3.5 Solubility of triturated metals

Volumes 1-3 of HAHNEMANN’s Chronic

Diseases appeared in 1828. The Preface to

the second volume gives a further minor

change of method. HAHNEMANN had

found that metals triturated for a total of 3

hours, exactly 1 hour per stage, were

soluble in water. All dry material-plant

material, minerals and metals- was almost

always triturated up to the 3c and then

potentized up to the 30c as a liquid. Only

fluid extracts of plants were potentized in

liquid form all the way. For storage

purposes, pilules were wetted with the

potencies used in clinical practice (6c, 12c,

18c, 24c, 30c).

24

3.6 problems with repeated doses

The fifth edition of the Organon (1833) had

the extensive annotation to paragraph 246

concerning the problems of repeating a

dose. For long drawn out chronic

conditions, HAHNEMANN’s

recommendation was to give an

intermediate medicine before repeating the

original one.

25

3.7 Early years in Paris

In 1835 HAHNEMANN, whose first wife

had died in 1830, married Melanie de

Hervilly and moved to Paris.

In the second edition

of volume three of Chronic Diseases (1837)

he changed his method again, going back to

10 succussion strokes and stating that with

repeated doses, the medicine should be

changed for every dose by succussing five

or six times.

26

Two years later he

spoke of 10, 20, 40, 50 or more succussions.

Before going into the many things

HAHNEMANN discovered while in Paris, brief

consideration will be given to his posology.

4. Posology

4.1Basics

In 1790, when he

translated Cullen’s Materia Medica,

HAHNEMANN, as is well known, wrote the

following:

Surely toxicity is nothing but the violent

manifesation of an extremely powerful

agent applied in too high a dose and in the

wrong place. Any potential benefit may

well have been lost merely due to incautious

use.

27

It was this particular

problem of too powerful a dose that led him

to change his method. In 1805 he wrote in

Heilkunde der Erfahrung that any dose,

however large, was harmful, that

premature repetition, too, caused damage,

and that the dose should be smaller each

time the medicine was repeated.

28

The

same issue was taken up in the first edition

of the Organon:

If however it was found that the best

method would be to give the latter and no

other, in unbroken sequence, (…) one will

nevertheless come to realize that even in

this case, the dose should be smaller and

smaller each time—always after waiting for

the full duration of action—so that there is

no interference with improvement and the

desired recovery is achieved by the most

direct route possible.

29

HAHNEMANN

therefore recommended increasing the

potency with every dose.

In the above-

mentioned 1814 paper on typhus, it says:

…., one then gives him a single drop from

vial No.12 on sugar, preferably in the

morning, for the temperature tends to go up

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

towards evening. Improvement will be

noted within a day and a night, and for as

long as improvement continues, no other

medicine is given, nor is the same repeated;

one of the medicines recommended here can

be successfully given more than once (and

one drop only)—and in rare instances also

repeated a second time. …

Neither medicine can

be used in higher concentration or in larger

doses; they are too powerful.

13

Five years after this, in

1819, the problem is once more addressed

in the second edition of the Organon, where

it says that only a single dose of a medicine

was to be prescribed, and after this possibly

another medicine, or, if the first was

repeated, increasingly smaller doses,

possibly also intermediate medicines.

30

Paragraph 301 deals

with a fundamental problem:

For this reason, a medicine homeopathic

to the case will be proportional to the size of

the dose, and, the dose being large, the

harm done will be the greater the more

homeopathic the medicine chosen.

31

1.2 Use of pilules

After 1818

HAHNEMANN no longer gave the drops as

they were;

32

instead patients were given the

smallest part of a drop. To divide a drop

and obtain its smallest part he used pilules

made from sugar and starch that were the

size of poppy seeds.

33

100-300 to a grain,

34

which were wetted in the hand using the

moistened stopper. In the third edition of

the Organon (1824) he said:

…in so far as one drop of spirits of wine

adequately wets about a hundred such

pilules.

35

When Chronic Diseases

appeared in 1828, he was using pilules

weighing 200 to a grain,

36

and had acquired

sufficient skill to wet 300 of these with a

single drop.

37

The medicated pilules were

allowed to dry and then put in storage

containers; they were very useful for a

travelling medicine chest.

4.3. Transport of liquid potencies

Liquid potencies on

the other hand do not travel well.

HAHNEMANN discussed this in the fifth

edition of the Organon:

There are however also homeopaths who

take homeopathic medicines with them in

their liquid form and yet persist in

maintaining that these do not, in time,

become higher potencies. They thus

demonstrate that they lack the powers of

careful observation. I dissolved one grain

of natron in about half an ounce of water to

which a small amount of spirits of wine had

been added, in a vial thus filled to about two

thirds; I shook the solution uninterruptedly

for half an hour, and the fluid preparation

proved comparable to the 30

th

dynamization as regards potentization and

power.

38

5. Changes in manufacture and posology

(1801-1941)

What did HAHNEMANN actually give to his

patients?

At first he gave drops

produced by shaking for minutes at a time,

varying the number of drops according to

the age of the patient. These proved fairly

powerful, however, and he soon advanced

as far as the 30c. He also felt that there had

to be a limit somewhere.

Reducing the dose by

wetting pilules, i.e. dividing a drop into

between 100 and 300 (and indeed 1,000)

39

parts, also did not get him nearer to his

goal.

In the second edition

of Chronic Diseases (1835) we find a note to

the effect that when the 30c had ceased to

act, the 24c should be used, followed by the

18c, 12c, and 6c.

40

If the patient had

received these five doses and still needed the

same medicine, HAHNEMANN suggested

the use of an intermediate medicine.

The problem

continued to occupy his mind even after

1833, as is evident, for example, from the

fact that the annotation to paragraph 246 in

the fifth edition of the Organon was more

than 10 pages in length.

25

In 1837 he decided to

use ten, rather than two, succussions in the

manufacturing process. If repeated doses

were required, this meant changing the

medication by dissolving the pilules in a

liquid and succussing this five or six times

with every further dose.

26

HAHNEMANN’s

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

case records of this period show that he

used both low potencies and high poencies

ranging from the 150

th

to the 200

th

. Those

200

th

potencies were produced by applying

100 succussions at every stage. He

prescribed them in descending and later

also ascending order, and would quite often

also give intermediate medicines. The

records also include frequent instructions to

dissolve the pilules in 7 or 15 tablespoons of

water and always to shake the solution

before taking a further dose.

He would start

treatment with the 30c in 1837, and for

several days effect a change by shaking; he

would then move on to the 24c, given in the

same way, followed by the 18c, 12c and

finally 6c.

Another method he

used (1837-1841) was to go down from the

30c to the 29c, 28c, 27c, 26c, etc., always in

solution and changed daily by shaking.

Ultimately this means going up and down,

up and down, and so on.

6 Origin of Q (50

th

millesimal) potencies

HAHNEMANN was

able to monitor the results of his attempts to

improve manufacture very accurately by

observing clinical results.

41

The Q potencies

were the logical outcome of years of

experience.

42

The keynote was progression

in small stages, starting with the lowest

possible, non-toxic potency in pilule form

and dissolved in liquid.

The Q potencies did

not come up suddenly but are the outcome

of continuous step-by-step development

between 1801 and 1842.

43

If one fails to

note the discoveries made in 1824-1837,

there would appear to be a complete and

sudden change. In the 6

th

edition of the

Organon HAHNEMANN made quite

accurate statements as to the points to be

considered with regard to manufacture

(paragraphs 265-273) and clinical use

(paragraphs 246- 248 and 276).

6.1 Manufacturing method

After triturating in three stages, each

time for one hour, one grain of the powder

is dissolved in 500 drops of a specified

alcohol and water mixture.

44

Mixing is

limited to slowly rotating the vial on its

axis;

45

one drop of the solution is then

added to 100 drops of spirits of wine, the

vial is closed with a stopper and given 100

powerful succussions, letting the hand

strike a hard yet elastic body.

46

The

resulting solution is used to wet pilules.

47

For the next potency

stage, one pilule is taken from the storage

container

48

and wetted with a drop of water

to dissolve it. Then 100 drops of spirits of

wine are added and the mixture is

succussed 100 times. The procedure is

repeated as before, up to the 30Q.

6.2 HAHNEMANN’s method of giving the

medicines

Earlier on, HAHNEMANN had found that

relatively low potencies produced by intense

shaking proved to be rather violent in

action. He developed this new method to

permit him to initiate treatment with

pharmaceutically less developed, low

potencies.

One pilule (only rarely

more than one) was dissolved in about 8

tablespoons of water, and this solution was

used to treat patients with chronic

conditions who were given one dose per day

for 7 or 8 days.

49

The vial was given about

ten powerful succussions before each dose

was taken.

50

The dose would be one, two or

three teaspoons, depending on the patient’s

sensitivity. The best way to find the right

dose was to start with one spoonful. If the

subject was too sensitive to this, the dose

would be diluted in a glass (or several

glasses) of water.

51

Treatment would start

with the 1Q, the lowest dynamization.

52

The

Organon simply says ‘starting with the

lowest dynamization’, but HAHNEMANN’s

case records give clear evidence that

treatment would start with the 1Q. If the

patient continued to need the same

medicine, the 2Q would be given, then the

3Q, 4Q, 5Q, etc. This, too, is evident from

the case records. If the medicine was taken

every 2

nd

day, a bottle would last 14 days.

And if the dose was more than 2 or 3

teaspoons, the larger size bottle, with 15

tablespoons of water, would be prescribed.

These lower potencies

have a relatively short duration of action, so

that intercurrent acute conditions can be

immediately dealt with at any time, continuing

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

with medication for any chronic condition

afterwards, if required.

For practical purposes

it has proved helpful today to give patients

written instructions on taking the medicine.

With this new method,

used by HAHNEMANN from about 1841

onwards and subsequently by Melanie

HAHNEMANN, the goal had been reached:

The highest ideal of cure is rapid, gentle

and permanent restoration of the health …

in the shortest, most reliable and most

harmless way …

Organon 6

th

edition,

paragraph 2, 1842,

[Boericke

translation]

More than 40 years of

experience gained by HAHNEMANN thus

point clearly to the posology. Rather than

pushing this aside, we ought to take it up, teach

it and use it for the benefit of our patients.

6.3 Developing the life principle

In the light of

HAHNEMANN’s directions, prescribing 5

pilules or tablets t.d.s. or the like for several

days in succession is outright malpractice.

For in paragraphs 246, 247 and 276 of the

Organon he says [Boericke translation]:

… that the degree of every dose deviate

somewhat from the preceding and following

in order that the vital principle which is to

be altered to a similar medicinal disease be

not aroused to untoward reactions and

revolt as is always the case with unmodified

and especially rapidly repeated doses.

It is impractical to

repeat the same unchanged dose of a

remedy once, not to mention its frequent

repetition (and at short intervals in order

not to delay the cure). The vital principle

does not accept such unchanged doses

without resistance, ….

For this reason, a

medicine, even though it may be

homeopathically suited to the case of

disease, does harm in any dose that is too

large, and in strong doses it does more

harm the greater its homeopathicity and

the higher the potency selected and it does

much more injury than any equally large

dose of a medicine that is unhomeopathic

and in no respect adapted to the morbid

state (allopathic).

6.4 HAHNEMANN’s clear, specific

directions and the less specific official

requirements of today

It is extremely rare for

anything said on the manufacture and

dosage of homeopathic drugs today to

agree with the principles HAHNEMANN

put down in the sixth edition of his Organon,

on the basis of many years’ experience. He

gave precise instructions relating to

manufacture. The German Homeopathic

Pharmacopoeia, on the other hand, gives

relative rather than specific quantities.

Why is it necessary to

follow HAHNEMANN’s directions to the

letter?

His experiments had

shown that it matters if the mixture is

shaken twice, ten times or a hundred times.

Take a 5 ml vial containing 100 drops and

let the hand holding it strike a firm base ten

times. Compare this with a one-litre bottle

given ten firm strokes against the base, and

finally a ten-litre balloon carboy that we

treat in the same way, though we’ll need to

be careful not to break it. Finally we might

take a concrete mixer and let it go through

ten vigorous succussions. The GHP I allows

for that kind of margin. It merely says:

vigorously succuss at least ten times.

According to HAHNEMANN, it is however

most important to work with the same

quantities, the same amount of force and

the same processing times.

Some manufacturers

say: ‘ the same action as shaking down a

thermometer’, and that surely is something

quite different from striking firmly against

a solid base. Foreign pharmacopoeias, e.g.

the French one, say: ‘Not less than 100

vibrations’! The vibrations are produced in

a number of different ways, e.g. by

suspending a vial between two loudspeakers

and letting it vibrate for several seconds, so

that there are 100 vibrations. Others attach

the vial to a fork that vibrates about 300

times in 8 seconds.

It appears that

medicines produced in this way are also

effective. The problem is, we do not know

how to compare them with those produced

by other methods. The only thing they may

have in common is the figure given for the

total dilution, e.g. 10

-60

for the 30c. We do

not know how powerful this is. Transport

results in liquid potencies being potentized

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

further, as already mentioned, unless the

vial is filled to the top so that no space is

available for a mixing process. Official

regulations thus provide for accurate

dilution, but not for a well-defined potency.

The same applies to

trituration. Machine trituration in batches

of 1-10 kg will never require the same

energy input as HAHNEMANN’s well

defined manual trituration, where the

process is much more intense and precisely

managed. This can be demonstrated in the

case of Lycopodium. Effective trituration,

with all the spores reduced to powder, can

only be achieved by following

HAHNEMANN’s directions and grinding 1

grain of spores to 100 grains of lactose by

hand for one hour. Machine trituration

does not achieve this.

53

If machines are used

to triturate the material to the particle size

given in GHP 1, the user is told nothing

about the time required in the given case

and hence about the intensity of the

potentizing process.

To illustrate the point,

let me quote a passage from Meyer’s

Artillerietechnik given in the 7

th

edition of

the Organon:

Sulphur, saltpetre and carbon have no

propulsive power if simply mixed; ground

together for three hours, the mixture has

the power to propel a canon ball through

the air; after six hours of grinding the

material has become so refined that it no

longer serves a purpose as gunpowder but

has assumed the characteristics of

fulminant preparations and will destroy the

cannon.

54

Every detail of the

manufacturing process is therefore crucial,

and not just the relative proportions used.

Even apparently ‘validated’ manufacturing

processes

55

give different results and are far

from appropriate for comparable case

studies. It will be necessary to use as far as

possible the same method if results are to be

dependable and clinical records from

different practitioners comparable.

The amount of raw

material used by HAHNEMANN was thus a

couple, i.e. two, grains

56

of fresh plant

material, and one and a half grains of dry

plant material;

57

he used one grain of dry

matter such as metals and salts to produce

the first trituration.

58

The reasons why

manufacturing methods do not agree with

the directions given by HAHNEMANN

include errors in translation,

59

misunderstandings

60

or the fact that

methods for the production of LM potencies

are given in conjunction with other relevant

methods, as in GHP 1.

61

According to GHP 1,

LM potencies are made from 3c triturations

produced according to GHP 1. In the case

of fresh plant material, a liquid 1c potency

is produced with not less than 10

succussions, and from this the liquid 2c

potency, again with not less than 10

succussions. Method 7 (Triturations) is

then used to produce the 3c by thoroughly

mixing 1 part of the liquid 2c with 100 parts

of lactose. The method given in the sixth

edition of the Organon is to triturate by

hand for at least one hour to produce the

1c, the same for the 2c and the 3c.

7 The empirical approach

Feeling dissatisfied

with the results obtained on repetition of

the same, unchanged medicine,

HAHNEMANN continually sought to

improve his method. He felt that it was

essential that physicians should

manufacture the medicines themselves

(Organon, paragraph 265) and not leave the

task to hired help.

62

Today this is liable to

give rise to legal problems, and one

therefore has to look for a manufacturer

who follows HAHNEMANN’s instructions

to the letter.

HAHNEMANN was

not an egomaniac when he said: ‘Follow it,

but follow it exactly’, though this is often

taken to be the case. What he meant was

that medicine is an empirical science. The

inner law of empiricism is that an

observation is only reproducible under

exactly the same conditions. The only way

to enter into the experience of another

individual is to follow exactly the same

process.

In 1817

HAHNEMANN said this about

Homeopathy:

This discipline bases

itself not just mainly but solely and entirely

on the tenet of empiricism; ‘follow it!’ is the

challenge, ‘but follow it exactly and with

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

care and you will find confirmation at every

step …’

63

.

Taking your homeopathic medicine

• Put 3 pilules in a clean 100 ml bottle (if no

bottle is available, use a glass) filled with

water (uncarbonated spring water, or

boiled and cooled tap water).

• Each time before taking a dose, strike the

bottle 10 times against the palm of the

other hand or against a fairly elastic

object, such as a book, placed on the table.

(If a glass is used, stirr the liquid

vigorously each time, using a porcelain,

horn or plastic spoon (not a metal one).

• Take … teaspoon(s), … drops every …

minutes, … hours, … days, …. times daily

in the morning, at midday, in the evening

until you notice a change. Keep the liquid

in your mouth for a while before

swallowing it down.

For children, another method is to apply

the liquid to an area of sound skin (e.g.

inside the elbow) at night and massage in

lightly.

Leave an interval of more than 10 minutes

before and after brushing your teeth or

having a meal.

As far as possible

avoid alcoholic drinks, tobacco, wine,

coffee, tea, cough sweets and pastilles, and

chewing gum. Completely avoid

peppermint or camomile tea.

Never use medicaments containing

camphor and menthol (e.g. Vicks Vapour

Rub and Japanese Peppermint Oil), for

these make homeopathic medicines less

effective or even ineffective.

There is also need for caution with strong

perfumes and deodorants. The medicine

needs to be kept in a place well away from

such products and protected from heat,

sunlight and electric power sources.

Homeopathic medicines are also adversely

affected by machines used to scan luggage

(e.g. at airports).

Notes

1. Cullen, Mat.med. Bd.2, S.109. Ref.

3(below).

2. Ibid. S.91.

3. Annotation in Lesser Writings, Ref. 39.

4. Ibid.

5. Ibid.

6. Ibid.

7. Lesser writings, Ref.39.

8. Organon, paragraph 245. Ref. 9.

9. Organon, paragraph 203, Ref. 9.

10. Materia Medica Pura, Preface to vol. 1.

Ref. 10.

11. Journal der pract. Arzneykunde 1806; 24:

47. Ref. 11.

12. Lesser Writings. Nux vomica: a trillionth

of a grain; Arsenicum alb.: a sixtillionth of

a grain. Refs. 39 and 12.

13. Lesser Writings. Refs. 39 and 13.

14. Krankenjournal (case record) No.10. p.1:

“Dilution and reduction of doses. Take 6

drachms of the strongest spirits of wine =

1,000 drops, etc. Six vials like that for the

trillionth, eight for the quadrillionth, and 10

for the quintillionth.’

15. Materia Medica Pura vol.2. See ref. 15.

16. Materia Medica Pura vol.4. Ref. 17.

17. In 1984 I found a case history in the Old

Testament where the symptoms, drug

manufacture (Aurum) and treatment are

described, resulting in a partial cure

(Exodus 32). Ref. 1.

18. Materia Medica Pura vol. 6, Ref. 20.

19. GHP I,.Ref. 34.

20. Materia Medica Pura, 2

nd

edn. Vol. 1, Ref.

21.

21. Organon 3

rd

edn., paragraph 312, Ref. 22.

22. Materia Medica Pura vol.6. Ref. 21.

23. The directions relating to Drosera are also

given, in a similar form, in ‘Instruction for

those who want the truth’ 1825. In Lesser

Writings. Ref. 39 and 23.

24. Chronic Diseases, 1

st

edn, vol.2. Ref. 24.

25. Organon 5

th

edn. Annotation to paragraph

246. Ref. 27.

26. Chronic Diseass, 2

nd

edn., vol.3, Ref. 29.

27. Ibid, S.91.

28. Heilkunde der Erfahrung. Tr. in Lesser

Writings. Ref. 7.

29. Organon, 1

st

edn. Paragraph 212. Ref. 9.

30. Organon, 2

nd

edn. Paragraph 253-272. Ref.

18.

31. Organon, 2

nd

edn. Paragraph 301. Ref. 18.

32. HAHNEMANN started experimenting with

pilules between 1813 and 1815; see

Organon, 5

th

edn. Paragraph 288. Ref. 27.

33. Materia Medica Pura 2

nd

edn., vol. 2. Ref.

21.

34. 100-300 to a grain = 1,600-5,000/g; the

pilules were thus 1/ 3 to 1/10 the size of

modern size 1 pilules (GHP 1).

35. Organon 3rd edn., paragraph 310,

annotation. Ref. 22.

36. Chronic Diseases 1

st

edn., vol. 2, Ref. 25.

1830: Chronic Diseases 1

st

edn., vol. 4: ‘…

300 to a grain ….’. Ref. 24.

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

37. Organon 4

th

edn, paragraph 283,

annotation. Ref. 25.

38. Organon 5

th

edn., paragraph 270,

annotation, Ref. 27.

39. Materia Medica Pura 3

rd

edn., vol.1, Ref.

26.

40. Chronic Diseases 2

nd

edn., vol.1. Ref. 28.

41. Chronic Diseases 1

st

edn., vol. 2. The latter

part of this volume shows how eager

HAHNEMANN was to carry out

experiments to improve his medicines. Ref.

24.

For quite some time he potentized Natrum

by shaking uninterruptedly for half an

hour at a time.

42. Organon 6

th

edn., paragraph 266 ff. Ref. 31.

43. Pierre Schmidt did not realize that there

had been this gradual evolution. He

therefore wrote that towards the end of his

life HAHNEMANN went completely against

everything he had previously written on the

manufacture of homeopathic medicines.

Ref. 36.

44. Organon 6

th

edn., paragraph 270. Ref. 31.

45. Chronic Diseases 2

nd

edn., vol. 1. Ref. 28.

Chronic Diseases 1

st

edn., vol. 2. Ref. 24.

46. Organon 6

th

edn., paragraph 270. Ref. 31.

47. 100 pilules weigh 1 grain = 62 mg; about

1,600 therefore weigh 1g.

48. Organon 6

th

edn., paragraph 270. Ref. 31.

49. Organon 6

th

edn., paragraph 248. Ref. 31.

50. Loc. cit.: ‘…. With about 8, 10, 12

succussions ….’.

51. Loc. cit.

52. Ibid., paragraphs 247 and 270.

53. KH 1965, Ref. 37.

54. Ref. 32.

55. AHZ 1987. Ref. 2.

56. Organon 6

th

edition, paragraph 271. For

confirmation, see refs. 4, 5 and 38.

57. Chronic Diseases 2

nd

edn., vol. 1. ‘With

sapless plants, e.g. Oleander, Thuja,

mezereon bark, etc., there is no problem in

taking just about one and a half grain of the

fresh leavers, bark, roots, etc., whichever

may be required, and without further

preparation triturate these three times with

100 grains of lactose to obtain the millionth

powder trituration, …’. Ref. 28.

58. Organon 6

th

edn., paragraph 270. Ref. 31.

59. Organon 6

th

edn., English, paragraph 271.

P.295: ‘a few grains’ (instead of ‘a couple of

grains’). Ref. 33.

60. KH 1960. Kuenzli, ref. 36. Some details

relating to manufacture and clinical use

differ quite considerably from those given

in the 6

th

edition of Organon.

KH 1961. Schmidt, ref. 36. Manufacturing

method differs from that given in 6

th

edition

of Organon.

KH 1965. Tiedemann, ref. 37. This is a

conference report. Schmidt’s method of

manufacture is again described, with the

same problems as above. The report also

says ‘a few grains’ rather than ‘a couple of

grains’.

61. GHP 1, Method 10, pilules: (smallest) size 1

pilules – 500 weigh 1 g. Organon 6

th

edn:

100 pilules weigh 1 grain, = 1,600 weigh 1 g.

62. Materia Medica Pura 1

st

edn, vol. 6. Ref.20.

63. Ibid. vol. 3. Ref. 16.

Literature references

1. The Bible, Exodus 32.

2. Broese R. Homöopathische

Potenzierungsverfahren und moderne

pharmakotechnische Erfordernisse.

Allg.

Homöop Ztg 1987; 232: 235-7.

3. Cullen W. Abhandlung über die Materia

Medica. Aus dem Eng 1, übers. und mit

Anm. von S.HAHNEMANN, Bd 1 u. 2.

Leipzig; Schwickert 1790.

4. Fischer P. Goethe-Wortschatz, S.471.

Leipzig: Emil Rohmkopf 1929.

5. Grimm J. & W. Deutsches Wörterbuch Bd

7, S.1389 f. Leipzig: S.Hirzel 1889.

6. HAHNEMANN S. Essay on a New

Principle for Ascertaining the Curative

Powers of Drugs, and Some Examinations

of the previous Principles. 1796. In The

Lesser Writings tr. Dudgeon. London:

W.Headland.

7. Idem. Cure and Prevention of Scarlet

Fever. 1801. Loc. cit. Ibid.

8. Idem. Fragmenta de viribus

medicamentorum positivis sive in sano

corpore humano observatis. Leipzig: J.A.

Barth 1805.

9. Idem. Organon der rationellen Heilkunde.

Dresden: Arnoldsche Buchhandlung 1810.

10. Idem. Reine Arzneimittellehre (Materia

Medica Pura) Teil 1. Dresden: Arnoldsche

Buchhandlung 1811.

11. Idem. Was sind Gifte? Was sind

Arzneien? (What are poisons? What are

medicines?) Journal der practischen

Arzneykunde 1806: 24: 40-57.

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

12. Idem. Belehrung über das herrschende

Fieber (on the prevailing fever). In Lesser

Writings ref. 6.

13. Idem. Heilart des jetzt herrschenden

Nerven-und Spitalfiebers. Allg. Anz. d D.

1809. In Lesser Writings, ref. 6.

14. Idem. Krankenjournal Nr. 10 (case record

No.10) March 1813—February 1814.

Unpublished. In Homöopathie-Archiv,

Institute of History of Medicine, Robert

Bosch Foundation, Stuttgart.

15. Idem. Reine Arzneimittellehre (Materia

Medica Pura) Teil 2. Dresden 1816.

16. Idem. Reine Arzneimittellehre (Materia

Medica Pura) Teil 3. Dresden 1817.

17. Idem. Reine Arzneimittellehre (Materia

Medica Pura) Teil 4. Dresden 1818.

18. Idem. Organon 2

nd

edn. Dresden 1819.

19. Idem. Reine Arzneimittellehre (Materia

Medica Pura) Teil 5. Dresden 1819.

20. Idem. Reine Arzneimittellehre (Materia

Medica Pura) Teil 6. Dresden 1821.

21. Idem. Reine Arzneimittellehre (Materia

Medica Pura) Teil 1-2, 2

nd

edn.

Dresden/Leipzig 1822-1827.

22. Idem. Organon 3

rd

edn. Dresden 1824.

23. Idem. Belehrung für die Wahrheitssucher.

Allg Anz d D No.165. 1825. In Lesser

Writings, ref. 6.

24. Idem. Die chronischen krankheiten

(Chronic Diseases) Teil 1-3.

Dresden/Leipzig 1828. Teil 4, 1830.

25. Idem. Organon 4

th

edn. Dresden/Leipzig

1829.

26. Idem. Reine Arzneimittellehre (Materia

Medica Pura) Teil 1 & 2, 3

rd

edn.

Dresden/Leipzig 1830 & 1833.

27. Idem. Organon 5

th

edn. Dresden/Leipzig

1833.

28. Idem. Die chronischen Krankheiten

(Chronic Diseases) Teil 1 & 2, 2

nd

edn.

Dresden/Leipzig 1835.

29. Idem. Die chronischen Krankheiten

(Chronic Diseases) Teil 3-5,

Dresden/Leipzig 1837/1839.

30. Idem. Krankenjournale (case records) in

French, from 1835. Continued by Melanie

HAHNEMANN, Largely unpublished, in

Homöopathie-Archiv, Institute of History of

Medicine, Robert Bosch Foundation,

Stuttgart.

31. Idem. Organon 6

th

edn. Leipzig: Schwabe

1921.

32. Idem. Organon der Heilkunst 1865. Ed. A.

Lutze. 7

th

edn. Köthen: P.Schettlers 1881.

33. Idem. Organon of Medicine 6

th

edn. Tr. W.

Boericke. San Francisco 1921. New Delhi:

Jain 1987.

34. Homöopathiisches Arzneibuch Amtl.

Ausgabe (HAB 1) 1985 = German

homeopathic Pharmacopoeia (GHP 1). Tr.

A.R. Meuss. London: British homeopathic

Association 1990.

35. Künzli v. Fimmelsberg J. Die

Quinquagintamillesimalpotenzen. Zschr f

Klass Homöopathischer Dynamisation.

Zschr f Klass Homöop 1960; 4: 47-56.

36. Schmidt P. über die drei Arten

homöopathischer Dynamisation. Zschr f

Klass Homöop 1961; 5 206-12.

37. Tiedemann M. Herstellung und

Anwendung der LM Potenzen. Zschr f

Klass Homöop 1965; 9: 262-8.

38. Trübners Deutsches Wörterbuch Bd 5, S.

40f, Berlin: W. de gruyter 1954.

39. Stapf E. Kleine medizinische Schriften von

S.HAHNEMANN Bd 1 u. 2.

Dresden/Leipzig: Arnoldsche

Buchhandlung 1829. Engl.: Lesser

Writings, ref. 6.

5. Dosage and Potency according to the

Organon

Little DAVID (AH, 1998)

Classical Homeopathy

Homeopathy, as commonly practiced,

was

first established by Samuel HAHNEMANN

in the late 1820’s. These were watershed

years for our healing art as they represent

the beginning of the most productive years

of HAHNEMANN’s career. The year 1828

brought the publication the 1

st

edition of

The Chronic Diseases, Their Peculiar Nature

and their homeopathic Cure. This

masterpiece was quickly followed by the

publication of the 4

th

edition of the Organon

(1829) which further elucidated

homeopathic philosophy, case taking and

methodology.

In the 1

st

edition of

Chronic Diseases, and its companion

volume, the 4

th

edition of the Organon,

HAHNEMANN taught the administration

of a single unit dose of one or two poppy

seed sized pellets placed dry on the tongue.

The single dose was then followed by a

period of observation of the client to assess

the remedy’s action. Vide Aphorism 242 of

the 4

th

edition of the Organon.

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

The Single Unit Dose

“As long, therefore, as

the progressive improvement continues

from the medicine administered, so long we

can take for granted that the duration of

the action of the helpful medicine, in this

case at least, continues, and hence all

repetition of any dose of medicine is

forbidden.”

The same point is also stressed in Aphorism

245.

“Even one dose of the

same medicine which has up to now proved

beneficial, if repeated before the

improvement has begun to stand still in

every direction, will, like an untimely

interference, only aggravate the state…”

The Wait and Watch Method

These aphorisms

introduced the “wait and watch

philosophy” which is a manifestation of the

principles of minimal intervention and the

minimal dose. If the client is improving

after the administration of the first dose of

a remedy, all repetitions of the dose are

completely counter indicated. It is only

when there is a clear relapse of the

symptoms that a second dose of a remedy

may be contempleted. This injunction was

introduced to prevent disruption of the

natural healing process by the premature

repetition of the homeopathic remedy.

HAHNEMANN

observed that premature repetition of

homeopathic pellets often caused a relapse

of the disorder as well as accessory

symptoms of the remedy. This mixture of

natural and remedial symptoms confuses

the picture and slows down the curative

process. This is why classical homeopaths

are very conservative about the repetition

of the remedy before there is a definite

relapse of the symptoms. This demands

great patience as, even during slow

progressive improvement, the client must

experience a relapse of symptoms before a

remedy can be repeated.

New Experiments

Over the following

fifteen years Homeopathy went through a

dramatic transformation as HAHNEMANN

sought to improve his new system. The

Master homeopath introduced several

innovations which brought Homeopathy

closer to perfection. The 5

th

edition of The

Organon was published by Samuel

HAHNEMANN in 1833. This was followed

by the publication of the 3

rd

, 4

th

and 5

th

editions of The Chronic Diseases in the years

1835, 1837 and 1839 respectively. In these

twin manuscripts he shares the outcome of

his new experiments. The 6

th

and final

edition of the Organon was finished in 1843

but was not published until 1920.

HAHNEMANN was

not completely satisfied with the posology

and case management procedures he

published in the 4

th

edition of the Organon,

especially in complex diseases and chronic

miasms. The old master felt there must be

a more flexible delivery system for

homeopathic dynamizations. In Aphorism

285, 286, 287 and 288 of the 5

th

edition, he

introduces the method of using a freshly

succussed aqueous solution in teaspoon

doses. He gives one of the principle reasons

for this in Aphorism 286.

“For the same reason

the effect of a homeopathic dose of medicine

increases the greater the quantity of fluid in

which it is dissolved when administered to the

patient although the actual amount of

medicine it contains remains the same. For

in this case, when the medicine is taken, it

comes in contact with a much larger surface

of sensitive nerves responsive to the

medicinal action. Although theorists may

imagine there should be a weakening of the

action of the dose of medicine by its dilution

with a large quantity of liquid, experience

asserts exactly the opposite, at all events

when the medicines are employed

homeopathically.”

At the same time,

HAHNEMANN elucidated one more

critical aspect of the new posology in the

note to Aphorism 287. This is the

importance of succussing the remedy

solution immediately before administration in

the same manner as one succusses the

homeopathic dynamizations when

preparing the stock potencies. In the note

to this aphorism HAHNEMANN points out

that anywhere from 1, 2, 3, to 10 or more

succussions are used to progressively

increase the potency of the aqueous remedy

solution. For this purpose the homeopath

uses a 4 to 8 oz bottle filed with a solution

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

made from one globule of the homeopathic

dynamization.

From this remedy

bottle HAHNEMANN was witnessed

stirring one, or increasingly more,

teaspoons of the solution into 4oz. of water

in a glass. From this glass he would then

give 1, 2, or 3 teaspoons of the aqueous

solution as a dose. In HAHNEMANN’s new

posology the potency, size of the dose,

number of teaspoons administered are all

adjusted to suit the constitutional sensitivity

of the client. The renewed posology system

offers more power and is more flexible than

the static dry pellets. These methods of

adjusting the dose* is one of the greatest

gifts of the 5

th

edition of the Organon and

the 1837 edition of The Chronic Diseases.

The Middle Path

Another important

aspect of the 5

th

edition of the Organon is

HAHNEMANN’s review of dosage and

repetition. In the 4

th

edition he outlined the

single unit dose and the philosophy of the

“wait and watch” method. In Aphorisms

245, 246 and 247 of the 5

th

edition of the

Organon, HAHNEMANN introduces what

he calls the “middle path” concerning the

methods of administering homeopathic

remedies. He begins his discourse on

posology by clarifying the proper view of

the single unit dose and when it is

appropriate in treatment. He begins his

new review in Aphorism 245.

“Every perceptibly

progressive and strikingly increasing

amelioration in a transient (acute) or

persistent (chronic) disease, is a condition

which, as long as it lasts, completely

precludes every repetition of the

administration of any medicine whatsoever,

because all the good the medicine taken

continues to effect is now hastening toward

its completion. Every new dose of any

medicine whatsoever, even of the one last

administered , that has hitherto shown itself

to be salutary, would in this case disturb the

work of amelioration.”

Anytime there is a

“strikingly increasing amelioration” on a

dose of a homeopathic remedy there is no

need for the repetition of the remedy. If the

remedy is repeated when it is not needed it

will only slow the cure or disrupt the case.

Unfortunately, many chronic patients only

slowly improve over a period of weeks to

months on a single dose of the appropriate

remedy and potency. What can we do to

speed the cure? HAHNEMANN sheds light

on this subject in Aphorism 246. Vide

Organon.

“On the other hand,

the slowly progressive amelioration

consequent on a very minute dose, whose

selection has been accurately homeopathic,

when it meets with no hindrance to the

duration of its action, sometimes

accomplishes all the good the remedy in

question is capable of performing by its

nature in a given case, in a period of forty,

fifty or a hundred days.”

This is however, rarely

the case, and besides, it must be a matter of

great importance to the physician as well as

the patient that were it possible, this period be

diminished to one-half, one quarter, and even

still less, which many often repeated

observations have shown under three

conditions.

Firstly, the correct

homeopathic remedy must be chosen by

the totality of the symptoms. Secondly, the

remedy is to be given in the minimal dose so

as not to overexcite the Vital Force [refer

aphorisms on the medicinal solutions].

Thirdly, the remedy may be repeated at

suitable intervals to speed the cure, if

necessary, without producing

aggravations.”

The new posology

maxim states that anytime the first dose

produces a striking amelioration no more

medicine is needed for the time being. If, on

the other hand, the first dose only produces

a slow amelioration, the remedy may be

repeated at suitable intervals to speed the

cure.

This new methodology

can only be carried out if the remedy is

prepared in a medicinal solution and given in

a “split-dose”. If the homeopath is still

using the dry pellet dose then they must

follow the rules as given in the 4

th

edition of

the Organon. This means the homeopath

can only repeat a remedy when there is a

definite relapse of the symptoms even if the

person is only slowly improving.

With the medicinal

solution, however, the remedy may be

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

repeated at suitable intervals as long as the

patient is improving without any

aggravations. This is how the cure can be

reduced to ½, ¼ or less the time it takes

with the ordinary dry dose method. These

are some of the directions contained in the

5

th

edition of the Organon on the advanced

methods of using the centesimal potencies.

It is often said that

HAHNEMANN’s introduction of the

medicinal solution was only for the LM

potencies and that he used his centesimal

potencies dry. This is not the case. For at

least the last years of his life

HAHNEMANN used both his centesimal

and LM potencies exclusively in the

medicinal solution with the addition of

dilution glass. In 1843, just prior to the

Master’s death, HAHNEMANN sent

BOENNINGHAUSEN two cases in which

he used the C and LM potencies in exactly

the same fashion. This proves two

important points; first that the new

methods of using the aqueous solutions is

for all homeopathic remedies.

HAHNEMANN considered the two potency

systems to be complementary and used

them both to increase the range of the

homeopathic pharmacy. Now he had 6c to

1M centesimal and 0/1 to 0/30 LM potencies

at his disposal.

The Limitations of the Dry Dose

HAHNEMANN

suggested that each edition of the Organon

and The Chronic Diseases be studied

together as companion volumes. In the

1837 commentary, HAHNEMANN begins

assessing his experience of the dosing

procedures that he used during the late

1820’s and shares the outcome of his latest

research in Homeopathy.

“Since I last addressed

the public concerning our healing art I have

had among other things also the

opportunity to gain experience as to the

best possible mode of administering the

dose of the medicines to the patients, and I

herewith communicate what I have found

best in this respect. A small pellet of one of

the highest dynamizations of a medicine

laid dry upon the tongue, or the moderate

smelling of an open vial where one or more

such pellets are contained proves itself the

smallest and weakest dose with shortest

period of duration in its effects.”

Due to the great

diversity of constitutions and sensitivity, a

homeopath needs a flexible delivery system

which allows for the adjustment of the

remedy in each individual case. This is

something that the medicinal solutions

supplies. Vide The Chronic Diseases.

“Nevertheless the

incredible variety among patients as to their

sensitivity, their age, their spiritual and

bodily development, their vital powers, and

especially in the nature of their disease

necessitates a great variety in their

treatment, and also in the administration to

them of the doses of medicine.”

Also of great

importance is the following revelation

which explains why the untimely repetition

of an unmodified dose causes complications

and explains the reason homeopaths

disagree so much about the repetition of

doses.

“Before proceeding, it

is important to observe that our vital

principle cannot bear well that the same

unchanged dose of medicine be given even

twice in succession, much less more

frequently to a patient. For by this the good

effect of the former dose of medicine is

either neutralized in part, or new symptoms

proper to the medicine, symptoms which

have never before been present in the

disease appear, impeding the cure. Thus

even a well-selected homeopathic medicine

produces ill effects and attains its purpose

imperfectly or not at all. Thence come the

many contradictions of homeopathic

physicians with respect to the repetition of

doses”.

The observation that

the Vital Force is disturbed by the

repetition of an unadjusted dose is the

conclusion of around 35 years of

experimentation and should not be taken

lightly. In the 6

th

edition of the Organon

HAHNEMANN adds that even with the

perfect remedy it is unwise “to let the

patient have a second or third dose taken

dry.” The production of these

complications is the main reason why

repeating remedies before the relapse of

symptoms is counter indicated in the

classical homeopathy of the 4

th

edition of

the Organon. The use of the medicinal

solution however, overcomes this problem

because it can be adjusted with succussions

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

so that the patient never receives the exact

same potency twice. Vide The Chronic

Diseases.

“But in taking one and

the same medicine repeatedly (which is

indispensable to secure the cure of a serious

chronic disease) if the dose in every case is

varied and modified only a little in its degree

of dynamization, then the Vital Force of the

patient will calmly, and as it were willingly,

receive the same medicine even at the

briefest intervals, very many times in

succession with the best results, every time

increasing the well being of the patient.

This slight change in the degree of

dynamization is even effected, if the bottle

which contains the solutions of one or more

pellets is merely well shaken five or six

times.”

The Discovery of a New Potency System

HAHNEMANN was

not completely satisfied with the medicinal

solutions of centesimal potencies, especially

in complex disorders and chronic miasms.

He found in those with hypersensitivity, low

vitality, complex chronic miasms and

organic pathology that the high potencies

produced unproductive aggravations while

the lower potencies could not cure. How

could he make a potency which could fill

this lacuna in homeopathic treatment?

Surely the answer to the question did not lie

in raising the centesimal potency to still

higher levels so he decided to increase the

dilution rate instead.

After many

experiments HAHNEMANN settled on the

1/50,000 dilution ratio called the LM

potency. His new potencies used a serial

dilution system which began with the LM

0/1 potency and progressed through 0/2,

0/3, 0/4, 0/5, 0/6, onward to 0/30. This

gradually increasing 30 potencies scale is

the perfect balance to the rapidly ascending

centesimal scale. Now the new posology

included the adjustments of medicinal

solutions of two complementary yet

opposite potency systems. This expanded

the range of homeopathic treatment.

Modern Times

Human beings have

always been subject to the stresses of birth,

life and death. Such conditions are

universal in their proportions.

Nevertheless, our modern times present the

homeopath with tremendous challenges.

We live in a world of environmental

degradation and endangered species,

nuclear radiation, chemical and toxic waste,

universal immunization and drug use, rapid

urbanization, psychological complexities

and spiritual crisis. This is accompanied by

the rapid mutation of acute and chronic

miasms into new drug resistant strains and

the appearance of new miasmatic diseases

that lead to auto immune diseases and

immuno-deficiency disorders.

Today’s homeopath

sees mixtures of inherited predispositions,

inherited and acquired miasms, multiple

immunizations (iatrogenic miasms), along

with chemical exposures, drug suppression

and psychological and physical traumas.

This makes it all that much more important

that the entire legacy of Samuel

HAHNEMANN be put into practice in the

field. Many cases that were incurable with

the method of the 4

th

edition of the Organon

were cured by the methods of the 5

th

and 6

th

editions of the Organon. HAHNEMANN’s

claim that the new posology could speed the

cure to ½ or ¼ the time of the method of the

4

th

edition of the Organon must be put to

the test by experienced classical

homeopaths.

Much of this new

material has been misrepresented because it

has been misunderstood. The posology

methods of the 5

th

and 6

th

editions of the

Organon are placed on top of the strong

foundation of the 4

th

edition Organon. The

“wait and watch method” is the basis on

which the careful repetition of remedies to

speed the cure is placed. Many people

think that the LM potencies can be given in

some mechanical manner daily or every

other day as if they are some low potency.

This is a great mistake as the repetition of

the LM potency when it is not needed will

either slow down the cure or cause

aggravations. LM potencies will aggravate

cases the same as the centesimals if they are

given when they are not needed to speed the

cure.

The first dose of any

homeopathic remedy should be a single

unit test dose (C or LM) which is left to act

for a reasonable period of time. When

there is a striking response to the first dose

there is nothing else to do for the moment.

If there is only a slight or slow improvement

the remedy may be repeated to speed the

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

cure if the four cardinal rules are followed.

These are that the remedy is perfectly

homeopathic, that the remedy is given in

medicinal solution, that this solution is

succussed before each dose to change the

potency slightly, and that the remedy is

repeated at suitable intervals to speed the

cure without causing aggravations.

The Size of the Dose

There is a commonly

held belief in modern Homeopathy that the

size of the dose makes no difference in the

action of a homeopathic remedy.

Therefore, it follows that the administration

of 1 or 1000 drops, globules or teaspoons

are all “the same”. Some of these ideas

originate in James Kent’s Lectures on

homeopathic Philosophy where he

combines the Swedenborgian view of

energy as a simple substance with the

homeopathic potency. As the simple

substance represents the 4

th

state of matter

it could have qualities but no quantity.

Therefore the size of the dose makes no

difference. This is one area where our two

great teachers disagree.

HAHNEMANN taught

that potentization releases dynamic forces

similar to electromagnetism which carries

the inner medicinal energies of a substance.

He discovered that each pellet contained a

certain “quantum” of pure remedial energy

at specific potency levels. As both the

amplitude and frequency affect a wave

form of a signal, the size of the dose, and the

potency affects the remedial powers. The

Old Doctor’s views of energy dynamics are

more similar to modern physics then the

Swedenborgian paradigm. He taught that

the more perfect the simillimum, and the

higher the potency, the more the size of the

dose must be controlled. Vide Aphorism

275.

“For this reason, a

medicine, even though it may be

homeopathically suited to the case of

disease, does harm in every dose that is too

large, and in strong doses it does more harm

the greater its homeopathicity and the higher

the potency selected, and it does much more

injury than any equally large dose of a

medicine that is unhomeopathic and in no

respect adapted to the morbid state

(allopathic)”.

The Founder taught

that the phenomenon of the aggravation

was related to the size of the dose as well as

to the potency. These two factors become

far more critical in individuals with

sensitive constitutions, weakened vitality,

chronic miasms and organic pathology.

HAHNEMANN wrote of his own

experience in relationship to the size of the

dose in The Chronic Diseases.

“I have myself

experienced this accident, which is very

obstructive to cure and cannot be avoided

too carefully. Still ignorant of the strength

of its medicinal power, I gave Sepia in too

large a dose. This trouble was still more

manifest when I gave Lycopodium and

Silica potentized to the one-billionth

degree, giving four to six pellets, though

only as large as poppy seeds. Discite

moniti!”

Hahnemannian

posology is based on the size of the dose, the

potency factor and the nature of the

delivery system. All of the breakthroughs

of the 5

th

and 6

th

editions of the Organon are

founded on the medicinal solution,

olfaction, and the methods of adjusting the

dose. In my own twelve years of study I

have put HAHNEMANN’s theory to the

test in the field and found his postulate to

be true. Kent faithfully applied the

methodology of the 4

th

edition of the

Organon and never put the posology of the

5

th

edition of the Organon into practice. He

did not see the 6

th

edition nor did he know

about the LM potency. It seems he was not

priivy to HAHNEMANN’s final insights in

homeopathic methodology.

Case Histories

The following

examples demonstrate the

HAHNEMANNian methods of posology

and highlight the methods of adjusting the

dose.

1. A very hypersensitive lady who

was

taking one 6c pill dry was experiencing

strong aggravations every time she took the

dose after which she would improve a little

and then relapse. She thought she was too

sensitive for Homeopathy and may have

given up. On making a medicinal solution,

and taking one teaspoon, the remedy no

longer aggravated, and she was able to

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

repeat the remedy at suitable intervals until

she was cured. This is an example of how

changing from the dry dose to the liquid

dose, and succussing before each teaspoon,

transmuted an aggravation and made the

remedy repeatable in a sensitive person who

had trouble taking even one dose dry. This

is example of changing from a dry dose to a

liquid dose which shows there is a

difference in the way you give the dose and

its amount.

2. A patient who took Carbo veg. 200c in

a

dry dose did not react. The remedy seemed

to fit her case. She then was told to try it

again but in a medicinal solution. The dose

was one teaspoon. A few doses of the 200c

succussed five times before each dose to

slightly change the potency cured rapidly.

This is another example of a solution curing

where a dry dose failed. If dosage makes no

difference wet or dry, as Kent said, why did

this work?

3. A woman who took one dose of

Cimicifuga LM 1 in a 4oz. solution for

migraine headaches experienced an

aggravation. After increasing the amount

of water in the solution by making an 8oz

solution there was no aggravation and she

was able to repeat the remedy every three

days for a month and her migraines never

came back. She never experienced an

aggravation again. This is an example of

adjusting the dose by using more water in

the original solution. This made the remedy

act more gently on her constitution and

allowed it to be repeated without

aggravation.

4. A person suffering from sleep apnea

was

given Arsenicum album LM1 in a 6oz

solution, succussed three times before

ingestion; one teaspoon was

taken and stirred into 6oz of water, then

one teaspoon was given as a dose. After

taking the remedy there was an aggravation

of some of the concomitant symptoms for

three days, then a slight improvement for a

short while, and a relapse. The remedy

was given again, but one teaspoon was

taken out of the first dilution glass, and

placed in a second glass from

which the client was given one teaspoon.

The succussions were the same. This caused

a radical improvement and removed the

sleep apnea. There was no aggravation on

the dose made in this manner. This is an

example of diluting the remedy through

two glasses of water and getting a striking

response when the remedy out of the first

glass caused an aggravation and then only a

made a small improvement. Doesn’t this

demonstrate the difference the size

of the dose may make?

According to modern Homeopathy, this

would not make any change in the effect

of the remedy.

5. A patient was given a remedy in

a

medicinal solution which was succussed five

times before ingestion. He responded well

to the first dose, but when he was told to

take a second dose, he forgot to succuss the

bottle and the remedy did not act. After the

situation was discussed he was reminded to

succuss the remedy before taking it again

and it worked just as well as the first time.

This is an example of taking the same

unsuccussed, unmodified remedy twice in

succussion and having no effect at all.

When the remedy was “potentized anew,”

as HAHNEMANN suggested in paragraph

248, it acted very deeply. This

demonstrates the importance of succussion

and changing the potency of each dose.

This is a related subject but does not really

deal with changing the amounts of the dose.

HAHNEMANN mentions in the Organon

that there are special conditions when the

size of a dose must be increased to

overcome a disease. The first example he

gives is when there are primary eruptions

of the chronic miasms on the skin. Here are

some examples of this method.

6. In a case of scabies

(one of psora’s primary eruptions) the

normal one teaspoon dose did not act deep

enough to remove the mites. In aphorism

248 HAHNEMANN mentions giving “one

or increasing more teaspoons” of the

remedy when needed. By gradually

increasing the amount of the dose from one

teaspoon to two then three

teaspoons, the parasites were quickly

removed. (Have done this many times)

7. A case of ringworm (a primary

eruption

on the skin related to the TB miasm) was

only responding slowly to repeated doses of

Bacillinum LM 1 given in teaspoon doses.

The number of succussions was raised but it

did not help. The dose was repeated more

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

often but there was no change. The size of

the dose was increased to three teaspoons

and the ringworm immediately responded

and began to disappear. This larger dose

acted where a smaller dose did not. The

succussions were kept the same.

Another example

HAHNEMANN gave of cases that often

need an increase of the size of the dose is

when the general health of a person has

improved but a stubborn local complaint

remains. I have often seen cases where

there is a general improvement but a

lesional or pathological complaint lingers

on. In cases like this it is best to start with

the smallest possible doses to get a reaction

and slowly augment them until there is an

effect on the local complaint.

8. I gave Calcarea

carb. LM 1 to a gentleman who had an

incredible number of symptoms including

impotency which brought him great

despair. He responded mentally and vitally

to the first doses but the local complaint

lingered until the size of the dose was

gradually augmented over a period of time

by increasing the number of teaspoons

taken as a dose. The impotency vanished

and he has remained cured to this very day.

Another time to consider increasing the

size of the dose is when a case no longer

seems to be moving forward.

9. A person was suffering from a swollen

prostate with concomitant melancholia and

impotence, an obstruction of the flow of

urine, and a pressure-like sensation in the

perineum. He was first given one teaspoon

of Conium which caused a fair response.

He increased to two teaspoons on his own

and got a similar aggravation (too large of a

dose). He was advised to stop the dose for a

few days and to start again with one

teaspoon. This worked very well as LM 1

and LM 2 were used and the worst

symptoms disappeared. Then it seemed as

if the movement of the remedy forward had

reached a plateau so the size of the dose was

slowly increased from one teaspoon to two

then to three, and the case once again

started moving rapidly forward and is

much, much better. If the size of the dose

makes no difference, how did this all

happen?

These are examples of

cases where the methods of adjusting the

dose made a difference between success and

failure. If I did not adjust the size of the

dose in these cases the correct remedy

might have been called into question. These

methods are all connected to the

innovations that Samuel HAHNEMANN

introduced in the 5

th

(1833) and 6

th

editions

of the Organon (c.1842) and the 1837 edition

of the Chronic Diseases. These methods

demand more artistry on the part of the

homeopath but with more knowledge

comes more responsibility.

How to Make a Medicinal Solution.

The preparation of the

remedy solution for the centesimal and LM

potencies can be summarized in three easy

steps.

1. Take an 8oz bottle and drop in one, rarely

two, # 10 pills of the chosen remedy. The

minimal amount of water mentioned by

HAHNEMANN is 7 tablespoons which is

3½oz. I usually use 4 to 6oz. solutions. This

leaves at least 2oz. of an air gap which

makes for good succussions. The larger

bottles (6oz., 12oz., etc.) are only necessary

when treating a hypersensitive person, as

the larger amount of water makes the dose

act more gently. Add a sufficient amount of

brandy or pure alcohol for a preservative.

Up to ¼ to 1/3 of the solution should be

brandy to assure against spoilage.

2. The bottle is to be succussed just prior to

ingestion of the dose in order to activate the

remedy and slightly raise the potency. The

number of succussions greatly affects the

action of the remedy on the Vital Force.

For those who are hypersensitive, one, two,

or three succussions is usually enough.

Those of an average sensitivity more

normally use four to seven succussions.

Those who have rather low sensitivity will

need eight to ten succussions. It is best to

start with a lower number of succussions

and increase the amount if and when

necessary. This is one of the primary

methods of adjusting the dose.

3. From this bottle one, two or three teaspoons

(depending on sensitivity) are stirred into a

4oz glass of water. From this dilution-glass,

one, two or three teaspoons are giving to the

adults. Infants are given ¼ or less

depending on the age, and the average child

½ teaspoon. The size of the dose can be

gradually increased if more reaction is

needed. A constitution of a lower sensitivity

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

might need two or three teaspoons before

they will react sufficiently to the remedy.

This is another way to adjust the dose. An

extremely hypersensitive person may need

the remedy diluted through one, two, or

three such dilution glasses. In this case a

teaspoon or less is taken from the first glass

and stirred into a second or third glass.

Give the client one test dose and wait and

watch for a reasonable amount of time to

see how he or she reacts. This time period

depends on the nature of the disease you

intend to treat. Acute and chronic disease

each have there own peculiar cycles. If

there is a striking response and a

dramatic improvement let the single dose

act without interference. If there is only a

slow or moderate improvement the dose

may be repeated at proper intervals to

speed the cure. Slow down the repetition of

the remedies as the client improves. If the

remedy produces any aggravation

it is best to wait and watch for the expected

amelioration. This is the middle path. Why

not put HAHNEMANN’s postulates to the

test for yourself! The study of the 5

th

and

6

th

editions of the Organon will

make this all possible.

5. THE CENTESIMAL AND LM

POTENCIES:

A COMPARISON FROM THE 5

TH

AND

6

TH

EDITIONS OF THE ORGANON

LITTLE David (SIM., Vol.XIII, 4/2001)

A homeopath should be well acquainted

with

HAHNEMANN’s references to potency in

the 4

th

and 5

th

editions of The Organon in

order to understand the Homeopathy of

the 1840s, which is found in the 6

th

edition

(1842). Homeopathy as commonly

practiced today is based on the single dry

dose, wait and watch method of

HAHNEMANN’s first Chronic Diseases

(1828) and the 4

th

Organon (1829). In this

method, a single pellet dose of the

centesimal potency is used as long as the

patient is improving in even the slightest

manner. Many of the great 19

th

century

homeopaths like James KENT were

masters of this method. The dry dose may

only be repeated when there is a definite

relapse of the old symptoms calling for

repetition. HAHNEMANN was not

completely comfortable with this method in

cases that only slowly improved over a

longer period of time.

For this reason, in the

5

th

Organon (1833) HAHNEMANN

introduced olfaction and the oral medicinal

solution as new delivery systems for

homeopathic remedies. The change from a

dry static pellet dose to a dynamic

medicinal solution succussed prior to

administration had an immediate impact on

his posology and case management

strategies. In the 5

th

Organon, he suggested

that “any striking progressive

improvement” precludes the repetition of

the remedy, because the cure is already

taking place at the fastest possible rate.

At the same time, he

taught that the single dose was not

sufficient for those cases that slowly

improve over a period of weeks to months.

For these cases the Founder recommended

administering the remedy in medicinal

solution or olfaction at “suitable intervals to

speed the cure.” HAHNEMANN called this

his new “middle path,” as it stands between

the single dose wait and watch and the

mechanical repetition of remedies. This is a

truly artistic method that demands

individualization of the case management

procedure.

Over the next 10

years, HAHNEMANN worked exclusively

with the medicinal solution for oral

administration and olfaction. Around the

year 1840 he began to introduce his new

LM potency into clinical practice to

complement his C potencies. With the new

1/50,000 dilution ratio, he introduced a new

potency system with unique medicinal

qualities. This new double pharmacy

greatly expanded the therapeutic horizons

of Homeopathy.

The Paris casebooks

I wish to review the

posology systems of the 5

th

and 6

th

Organon

in relationship to the centesimal and LM

potencies. It is very important to study the

remedial powers of HAHNEMANN’s twin

potency systems and recognize their

similarities and differences. The most

important aspect of the revised methods of

the 1840s is the medicinal solution and the

methods of adjusting the dose. Many people

think that HAHNEMANN used the dry

dose for his centesimal potencies and the

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

medicinal solution exclusively for the LM

potency. This is incorrect. He used the C

and LM potency in medicinal solution, side

by side in the clinic, from 1840-1843.

Investigations of

HAHNEMANN’s cases from 1840-1843

show that he used a remedy bottle with the

addition of a dilution glass for all his

homeopathic remedies (C and LM). In his

last 10 years he refined the Homeopathy of

the 4

th

Organon and expanded his posology

and case management strategies. So the

first point is that HAHNEMANN

introduced his revised liquid method for the

centesimals in 1833, and the LM potency in

1843.

The mother of all potencies

The 3c is the mother of

all homeopathic potencies. In 1806, after

HAHNEMANN first proved Arsenicum in

3C, he wrote an article titled “What are

Medicines and What are Poisons?” The 3

rd

centesimal was the first true homeopathic

dynamization. This is the root of the

centesimal scale, as at the 1 to 1,000,000

ratio, 3C marks the level that homeopathic

remedies become nontoxic. For 34 more

years he ran trials with raising the potency

of the centesimal scale, until he had

experimented with the 3C to the 1M.

After years of

experiments, he settled on the 6c, 12c, 24c,

30c series as the most suitable lower

potencies. With his low potencies,

HAHNEMANN started with the 30C

potency and then used the 24c, 18c, etc., in

descending order. He continued to lower

the degree of his low potencies 30c-60c in

his last years, 1840-1843. At the same time,

the Paris casebooks record him raising his

high potency centesimals through potencies

like 197c, 198c, 199c, 200c. Melanie

HAHNEMANN wrote a letter stating that

HAHNEMANN used a 1M potency on

occasions during his experiments. It seems

he kept his high potencies separate from his

low potencies, in small tubes with poppy

seed size pellets. HAHNEMANN always

gave his high potency centesimals in

medicinal solution, just like the LM

potencies.

At 85 year age, he

came to another turning point in his long

career. With his young wife Melanie at his

side, he began to ponder his legacy.

Homeopathy had come a long way since its

birth in the late 1700s, but the old

homeopath was not satisfied with his

system. The medicinal solution had greatly

improved the treatment of virulent acute

illness, and of many chronic diseases, but

the weak, the elderly, those suffering with

considerable pathology, and degenerative

chronic miasmatic diseases still presented a

particular dilemma.

In certain cases, when

HAHNEMANN used his low

potencies (6-30c) they would not

cure, but if he used the high potencies

(200c-1M) they produced unproductive

aggravations. What could he do with this

unfortunately large percentage of cases that

still resisted homeopathic treatment? This

was a lacuna in his therapeutic system that

he wished to fill before he died.

The development of the LM potency

After 36 years of

raising the potency of the centesimal

remedies, HAHNEMANN decided to raise

the ratio of dilution instead. Leaving the

1/100 dilution ration of the centesimals

behind, HAHNEMANN started searching

for a potency that would fill this hole in

homeopathic therapeutics. After countless

experiments he settled on the 1/50,000

dilution ratio and created the 50 millesimal

potency. I have reviewed hundreds of

HAHNEMANN’s cases from the LM period

(1840-1843) over the past two years. One of

the first things one notices is that he used

both the centesimal and LM potencies in

medicinal solutions with the addition of a

dilution glass in his last two years.

The LM potency is

first made from the 3c trituration

(1:100x100x100). Next, one grain of this

trituration is placed into 500 drops to make

the LM/0 solution (a 1:501 ratio). Then one

drop is taken from the LM/0 solution and

added to 100 drops of dilute and succussed

100 times. This makes the LM 1 or 0/1

potency, the first degree of the LM

pharmacy (100 X100X100X500X100=LM

1). The centesimals of the 5

th

Organon

(1833) were made with 10 hand succussions

although many modern pharmacies use 10

to 40 or more succussions administered by

machine.

The amount of

original medicinal substances in the LM 1 is

similar to the amount found in the 6c

potency, although its remedial powers are

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

greatly expanded due to the larger dilution

medium. A mere comparison of the amount

of original substances found in the C and

LM potency does not show the differences

in their inner medicinal qualities. The LM

pharmaceutical solution is then used to

moisten 500 tiny poppy seed size pellets.

One pellet of the 0/1 is

further diluted in a minimum of three and a

half ounces to make the medicinal solution.

After 10 firm succussions, one teaspoon (or

occasionally, two or three) is taken from the

medicinal solution and further diluted in a

dilution glass of water. From this dilution

glass one teaspoon (occasionally two or

three) is given to the patient as a dose. The

final liquid dose has been diluted through

two more stages since the dry dose. The

actual amount of original substances given

to the patient is more diluted than the dry

pill in the medicinal solution and stirred

into a dilution glass. This final, minute

amount of original substances in the dose

has yet to be calculated in the equation.

In this method, the

size of the dose is greatly reduced as the

potency is gradually increased, so that the

Vital Force never receives the same exact

dose twice in succession. In this way, the

Vital Force can receive the single dose or a

series of doses in medicinal solution without

the aggravations witnessed in the dry or

unmodified liquid dose. In this way, we can

speed the cure to one half, one fourth, or

less time, compared to the previous method.

Differences between the C and LM potencies

The high potency

centesimals are diluted more times then the

LM potency, although they receive far

fewer succussions at each dilution level.

The higher C potencies like 200C and 1M

have a smaller amount of substance, and

more commutative numbers of succussions

and dilutions than the LM potency. For

this reason, some think the LMs are low

potency remedies. The LM potency,

however, has a much larger dilution ratio

and 10 times more succussions per potency

increment. These characteristics greatly

transform the medicinal qualities of the LM

remedies. In the footnote to aphorism 272

of the 6

th

Organon (O’Reilly edition)

HAHNEMANN suggests the following: “In

earlier instructions, I specified that a whole

drop of a liquid in a given potency be added

to 100 drops of wine spirits for higher

potentization, but meticulous experiments

have convinced me that this proportion of

the dilution medium to the medicine being

dynamized (100:1) is much too narrowly

limited to develop the powers of the

medicine substance properly and to a high

degree, by means of a large number of

succussions, unless one uses great force.”

HAHNEMANN found

that continuing to increase the number of

dilutions and succussions of the centesimal

potency did not fill the desired therapeutic

lacuna in his new healing art. He came to

see that the 1 to 100 dilution ratio is limited

by its smaller dilution factor, so he began to

experiment with new, larger dilution ratios,

rather than raising the C potency to higher

and higher degrees. He also noticed that

when strong succussions were used in a

relatively low dilution such as the

centesimal 1 to 100 ratio, they make

aggressive medicines, prone to causing

quick aggravations and unproductive

secondary curative effects in the long run.

“With a ratio of

dilution medium to the medicine as low as

100:1, very many impacts by means of a

powerful machine, as it were, are forced in.

As a result, medicines arise that, especially

in the higher degrees of dynamizations,

almost instantaneously but with stormy—

indeed dangerous—intensity, impinge on

the patients (especially delicate ones)

without bringing about an enduring, gentle

counter action of the life-principle.”

(Footnote to aphorism 270).

Once again we see the

importance of the balance of the primary

action of the remedy and curative response

of the Vital Force. When too many

dilutions and strong succussions have been

forced into the higher centesimal potencies,

it makes medicines that are prone to

aggressive primary actions and strong

aggravations that do not produce an

“enduring gentle counter action of the life

principle.” Such furious or prolonged

aggravations are to be avoided at all cost, as

they disrupt the natural symptom pattern,

waste vitality, and complicate the cure. The

LM potency, on the other hand, is given in

the smallest liquid dose so it produces mild

primary effect and a long enduring gentle

counter action of the vital principle.

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

During the period of

the 5

th

Organon, HAHNEMANN used the

unmodified liquid dose made up each time

from one or two poppy seed size pellets. In

aphorism 29 of the 5

th

Organon,

HAHNEMANN described how the

centesimal method works. He wrote that

the similar homeopathic remedy “pushed

into the place of the weaker natural

disease,” against which the instinctive Vital

Force was “compelled to direct an increased

amount of energy.” The idea of pushing

into place and compelling the Vital Force to

act more energetically against the remedy is

based on the phenomena of the

homeopathic aggravation. The methods of

the 4

th

and 5

th

Organon are based on a crisis-

like aggravation, in contrast to the gentle

medicinal solution and the noninvasive LM

method.

Aggravation in the 5

th

edition

The centesimal model

of cure still involves the idea of “crisis”,

where the aggravation of symptoms

compels the Vital Force to act with

increased energy to remove the remedy

disease and begin convalescence. The idea

of crisis as an integral part of the cure is

very ancient. This was before

HAHNEMANN discovered the noninvasive

method of the LM potency, the medicinal

solution, and the split dose. Vide aphorism

279 of the 5

th

edition: “The pure experience

shows universally … a dose of the

homeopathic selected remedy can never be

prepared so small that it shall not be

stronger than the natural disease, and shall

not be able to overpower, extinguish, and

cure it, at least in part, as long as it is

capable of causing some, though but a light

preponderance of its own symptoms, over

those of the disease resembling it (slight

homeopathic aggravation, aphorisms 157-

160) immediately after its ingestion.”

The need for

aggravation was also stressed as an integral

part of cure in aphorism 282. “The smallest

possible dose of homeopathic medicine

capable of producing only the very slightest

homeopathic aggravation, will because it

has the power of exciting symptoms bearing

the greatest possible resemblance to the

original disease (but yet stronger even in

the minute dose), attack principally and

almost solely the parts in the organism that

are already affected, highly irritated and

rendered excessively susceptible to such a

similar stimulus.”

HAHNEMANN goes

on to say that this medicinal disease alters

the Vital Force that rules the susceptible

parts to a state of very similar artificial

disease “so that the living organism now

suffers from the artificial medical disease

alone, which, from its nature and owing to

the minuteness of dose, will soon be

extinguished by the Vital Force that is

striving to return to the normal state. The

idea of a crisis-like aggravation compelling

the Vital Force to increase its energy was

part of the dry dose and unadjusted liquid

dose methods of the 1830s.

In the 6

th

Organon,

HAHNEMANN revises the model to include

the necessity of a aggravation-like crisis,

with the idea that the dose can never be

made so small that it cannot overcome the

disease without aggravation. In the LM

model, aggravation at the start of treatment

is a sign of the too large a dose or too high a

potency and unnecessary repetition of the

remedy. Vide aphorism 279 of the 6

th

Organon. “This pure experience now shows

universally that:

1. If considerable corruption of an important

[vital] organ does not obviously lie at the

base of the disease (even if the disease is

chronic and complicated ) and

2. If during treatment, all other foreign

medicinal impingements on the patent have

been withheld, then the dose of a

homeopathically chosen, highly potentized

remedy for the beginning of treatment of an

important (especially chronic) disease, as a

rule can never be prepared so small that it

would not:

a. be stronger than the natural disease.

b. be able, at least in part, to over-tune the

natural disease, and

c. even be able to extinguish a part of the

natural disease in the feeling of the life

principle, thus producing a beginning of

the cure.”

All of the references to

the need for crisis-like aggravation to push

the remedy in place of the natural disease

and compel an increase of energy of the

Vital Force are removed from the 6

th

Organon. There is no need to force, push,

compel, or aggravate in the noninvasive LM

method of the 1840s. This represents a shift

in the homeopathic paradigm from

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

compelling through aggravation to a

completely noninvasive method of posology.

In HAHNEMANN’s advanced methods

there is no need of aggravations, crises,

overmedication, antidotes, long periods of

waiting, or any excess counter-actions. All

these side effects have been removed from

the homeopathic system of the 1840s.

Primary and secondary effects

There are many

powers in nature but the potentized remedy

is a unique creation of the intellect of

Samuel HAHNEMANN. In aphorism 64 of

the 6

th

Organon, he noted two types of

secondary actions to medicines. The first is

the opposing counteraction, where the

organism automatically presents an

opposite state proportional to its energy.

The second is the curative counteraction to

a homeopathic remedy, where the Vital

Force directs its whole energy to remove the

mistuning from without while

reestablishing homoeostasis. Vide part 2 of

aphorism 64 of the 6

th

Organon. “If there is

no state in nature exactly opposite to the

initial action, the life force appears to strive

to assert its superiority to extinguish the

alternation produced in itself from without

(by the medicine), in place of which it

reinstates its norm (counteraction curative

action).”

This action by the life

force to assert its superiority is the power of

the curative secondary action. To

accomplish this goal, the Vital Force heals

the pathology in stages, from within to

without, in response to the remedy as it

seeks control over homeostasis, thus

completely removing the dynamic

mistuning. This establishes another aspect

of HAHNEMANN’s Direction of Cure (see

also Hering’s Laws).

If the balance between

the primary action and the secondary

actions is maintained there will be no

aggravations or excessive counteractions

during the process of cure. The instinctive

Vital Force does not react in an opposing

manner to a potentized remedy, but rather

seeks to manifest its superior vitality over

the remedial disease from without while

reestablishing homoeostatic balance within.

The life force may

produce an opposing reaction against the

wrong remedy and too large a dose. If the

remedy has been given in the medicinal

solution in a properly small amount, the

Vital Force will have little problem

removing the remedial influence and no

antidotes will be needed. If the dose is too

large, in too high a potency, it may mistune

the Vital Force with a long-term medicinal

disease (aphorism 276). For this reason, the

dose, potency and repetition must be

carefully controlled.

Opposing secondary actions

In aphorism 65,

HAHNEMANN gives several examples of

the primary and opposing secondary

actions that take place under the influence

of various medicinal powers (64A:

counteraction, after-action). “Where there

is such a one, the life force brings forth the

exact opposite condition-state

(counteraction, after-action) to the

impinging action (initial action) that has

been absorbed into itself. The

counteraction is produced in as great a

degree as was the impinging action (initial

action) of the artificial morbific or

medicinal potency on it, proportionate to

the life force’s own energy.”

Here the Vital Force is

compelled to produce an antagonistic

secondary action in which it presents the

opposite state in proportionate energy. The

following examples represent these

principles very well (vide aphorism 65).

• “A hand bathed in hot water is at first

much warmer than the other unbathed

hand (initial action), but once it is removed

and thoroughly dried, it overcomes cold

after some time, and then much colder then

the other hand (after action).”

• “An arm immersed in the coldest after for a

long time is at first far paler and colder

than the other one (initial action), but once

it is removed from the cold water and dried

off it becomes not only warmer that the

other but hot, red, and inflamed (after

action of the life force).”

• “The heavy, stuporous sleep caused by

Opium (initial action) is followed the next

night by greater insomnia (counteraction).”

• “And thus, after each initial action of a

medicine that in large dosage strongly

modifies the condition of the healthy body,

our life force always and everywhere brings

to pass, in the after action, the exact

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

opposite state (when, as stated, there really

is such).”

Strong medicines in large doses tend to

cause opposing counteractions from the life

force. Sooner or later the Vital Force will

oppose any medicine in a large dose

(including homeopathic) with antagonistic

counteractions. In Homeopathy the Vital

Force is exposed to a very small dose of a

highly potentized substance that elicits a

pure curative effects for the Lebenskraft

(life force) without any overreactions.

Curative secondary action

Homeopathic cures

take place because of the unusually small

dose of a high potency of a similar remedy

(aphorism 68, with reference to 64, point 2).

To this subtle medicinal disease the life

force needs to use no more secondary effect

than necessary to remove the new similar

artificial disease and return the organism to

a complete recovery. There is no state in

nature that is exactly the opposite of a

simillimum in the correct potency and a

minimum dose.

Due to the

extraordinarily high potency and small

amount of the remedy, the primary action

gently overtunes the natural disease without

any aggravation (63, primary action). After

this, the life principle seeks to assert its

superiority by removing the remedy

mistuning from without by returning to full

health and vitality within. Aphorism 64b:

“If there is no state in nature exactly

opposite in the initial action, the life force

appears to strive to assert its superiority by

extinguishing the alterations produced in

itself from without (by the medicine), in

place of which it reinstates its norm (after-

action, curative action).”

This healing process

ideally takes place with no aggravations, no

crisis, and no overly noticeable reactions

other than the rapid restoration of health

and vitality (§ 148). That is the goal of the

Similia Minimus in the 6

th

Organon.

The correct dose of the

LM potency in medicinal solution produces

a nonaggressive primary action, no

aggravations, and a long-enduring, gentle,

curative effect by the life principle. Even

during the curative response, the remedy

may still be repeated at suitable intervals

when it is necessary to speed the cure. The

curative reaction of the Vital Force is not

disrupted by the repetition of the minimal

size dose of the medicinal solution of the

remedy, as may be caused by the repetition

of the dry dose.

Cycle of healing with the LM remedies

• small liquid dose

• no aggravation.

• enduring, gentle secondary effect

• removal of the remedial disease

• cessation of remedy duration

• complete return of health and full vitality

This demonstrates the

important role that HAHNEMANN gave to

the Lebenskraft (Vital Force) in the 6

th

Organon. The goal of the LM strategy is a

smooth, continuous, graduated ascent to

health and vitality through 30 microtonal

potencies, without aggravations.

In contrast to

HAHNEMANN’s explanation of the

principle of primary and secondary action

(as reviewed in the preceding paragraphs),

there are those who say the Vital Force

removes no mistuning and plays no active

role in healing. Like the mechanists of the

old school, they think of cure only in terms

of a medicinal power, rather than as a

combination of the remedy action and the

curative effect of the Lebenskraft, the Vigor

Vita. HAHNEMANN spoke of the essential

role of life force in the Preface to the

Introduction of the 6

th

Organon in 1842:

“Homeopathy is aware that a cure can only

succeed through the counteraction of the life

force against the correctly chosen medicine.

The stronger the life force that still prevails

in the patient, the more certain and faster

the cure that takes place” (emphasis

added).

The action of the centesimal potencies

The remedial powers

of the centesimal scale reaches its peak very

quickly, promotes crisis, and then brings on

a longer duration of secondary action. The

Kentian high potency system has become

the modern potency standard, with great

jumps of potency levels between 30c, 200c,

1M, 10M, 50M, CM, etc. This trend was

established by HAHNEMANN, as he quite

commonly used the 30c, 200c and

experimented with the 1M. These large

jumps in potency cause a quick vertical

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

arch of the potency scale in the upward

direction. Even in medicinal solution the

200c and 1M tend to aggravate toward the

beginning of the treatment rather than the

end. This is due to the 100 to 1 dilution ratio

and strong succussions.

By nature, the

centesimal potencies are quick in their

onset, as they can cause aggravation at the

beginning of the treatment, when the

pathology is at its maximum and the vitality

at its weakest. This tendency is still

witnessed (although in a modified form) in

the centesimals in medicinal solution. The

power of the C potency is most similar

(rapid onset, quick crisis, and aggressive

power) to accidents, traumas, strong acute

diseases, virulent acute miasms, crises or

exacerbations of the chronic states.

The aggressive effects

of the large increases in potency degrees of

the centesimal scale are enhanced by the

greater number of succussions per degree of

the centesimal potency system. The

medicinal solution moderates the aggressive

tendencies of the Cs, but they still tend to

aggravate more quickly, more forcefully,

and for longer duration than the correctly

given LM potencies.

The action of the LM potencies

Chronic diseases often

have an insidious onset, slowly increasing

pathology, and reach crisis after a period of

many years. The LM potency is subtle in its

onset, uses a series of slowly increasing

potencies, each dose slightly more potent

than the last. The LMs tend to aggravate at

the end of treatment, when the pathology is

healed and vitality restored. This is a sign

that the remedy is no longer needed. If the

repetition of the remedy is reduced as the

patient improves, there will be no

aggravation at the end of treatment. The C

potencies have a rapid onset and can cause

aggravation at the beginning of treatment,

when the patient is the most ill and the

weakest. This is not the best situation. This

is another reason why the LMs are sutiable

for many inherited or acquired chronic

miasmatic diseases, and particularly for

patients whose vitality is compromised by

excessive drugging.

The properly adjusted

LM also works well on serious trauma,

virulent acute disorders, and crises. Here

the higher opening potencies (0/3-0/6) are

sometime of use, although most cases

resolve on LM 1-3.

We have discussed

some of the difference between the remedial

powers of the C and LM potencies that

makes them complementary opposites.

Once the homeopath understands the

qualities of the Cs and LMs, they will

understand how to use them at the correct

times. The Paris casebooks show that

HAHNEMANN often used his centesimal

potencies for crisis and acute diseases, and

switched to the LM potencies for

constitutional treatment. This is not an

absolute rule but a tendency one sees

throughout the cases of his last three years

(1840-1843).

Administering the LM potencies

As mentioned, the LM

base potency is made from the 3c potency.

HAHNEMANN’s low potencies were the 6,

12, 24, and 30c, and his high potencies

reached 50 to 200c and the LM 1 to 30. In

some ways, the LM potencies possess many

of the positive qualities of both a low and

high potencies in balance.

The lower degrees of

the LM potency act more deeply than the 6

to 30c but they are also more gentle then

200c or 1M for the delicate or weak

constitution. They reach a depth of cure

without producing overly strong primary

actions and rapid aggravations like the high

Cs. They have the stability and consistency

of the low potency Cs, but the power to cure

deep chronic diseases like the high

potencies.

One can tell from

HAHNEMANN’s Paris journals that he

considered the LM 1 a higher potency than

the 30C, as he sometimes started people

with a 30C for the acute and then switched

to the LM potency for the chronic

conditions. Also, if the lower potencies up

to 30c were insufficient, he would then

switch to the LM scale and work upward.

In some cases, he began with an antipsoric

in 30c and then moved over to the LMs. He

also stated in the Organon that the 50,000:1

dilution ratio is more powerful than the

100:1 ratio, even at the lowest degrees. One

reason is many succussions can be used

without “forcing” any excess energy into

the pharmaceutical solution.

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

So we can see that the

LMs are not “low potencies”, and like any

other remedy, shouldn’t be repeated in a

mechanical fashion. They aggravate just

like all other homeopathic remedy if

misused. I know this personally because I

aggravated a number of cases in the

beginning of my LM career. I quickly

found out that the LM 1 would aggravate

certain sensitive patients and those with

organic pathology. In general, aggravations

caused by LMs are of a shorter duration

than the high centesimal potencies. This is

another reason they are safer than the ultra

high potency centesimals in many

conditions. The great advantage is

versatility. When reaction is too strong,

repetition of the remedy can be slowed

down. Conversely, it can be increased to

stimulate reaction. The remedy can be

diluted as many times as needed to suit the

susceptibility of the patient.

If the person will

overreact to the action of potencies higher

than 30c, it is best to use the lower potencies

like 6, 12, or 24c. I tend to use the lower

centesimal potencies in medicinal solution

and the split dose where I fear aggravations

or pathology, and want to avoid a crisis.

Then I work my way up to the 30c, change

to the LM 1, and go through the LM scale.

These sensitive patients often do not do very

well on 200c, 1M, etc. In fact, many of them

are incurable by the centesimal potency

system alone. HAHNEMANN used this

method also, although I did not confirm this

fact until I studied his casebooks many

years later.

It is false claim to say

that the LMs can be given daily or every

other day for weeks, months, and years.

Some suggest giving potencies like LM 6,

LM 18, or some other odd potency daily,

rather than using the complete graduated

potency scale 0/1 to 0/30 in an artistic

manner. The Paris casebooks show that

HAHNEMANN never gave his remedies in

such a mechanistic manner! The healing

artist takes into account the constitutional

sensitivity or the nature of the disease and

individualize their dose and potency

properly. Mechanical methods are prone to

causing over medication.

Only when necessary

In the footnote to

aphorism 247, HAHNEMANN discusses

what he said in the 5

th

Organon, updated

with the new LM posology methods of the

6

th

edition. When he introduces the concept

of the daily dose he says that the LM

potency may be taken daily “when

necessary”. The first sentence of aphorism

247 of the 6

th

Organon reads, “During

treatment, every noticeable progressing and

conspicuously increasing improvement is a

state which, as long as it persists, generally

excludes any repetition of the medicine

being used because all the good being

produced by the medicine is still hastening

towards completion.” This is because the

Vital Force is moving toward the cure at a

maximum rate, and any more doses will

only slow down the cure.

HAHNEMANN rarely

used the daily dose for very long, always

interspersed his doses with a period of

placebo and period of waiting and

watching. The idea that HAHNEMANN

gave the daily dose of the LMs for months

or years is a complete myth, as proven by

his writings and Paris case journals. The

6

th

Organon offers a guidebook on how to

use the LM potency scale safely and

effectively, by opening in the lowest degrees

(0/1, 0/2, 0/3, etc.), and then ascending

through the potency range (upto 0/30).

LMs must be treated with the same respect

as other potencies. When the daily dose is

“not necessary” it will rapidly produce an

overmedicated state in which there will be

aggravations or accessory symptoms that

change the natural symptom pattern.

There is quite a bit of misunderstanding on

this point. Overmedication always causes

side effects, changes the natural symptom

pattern, and slows down the cure.

He also suggests

starting the case with the “lowest degrees”,

which his Paris casebooks show to be 0/1 to

0/3, and more rarely 0/4, 0/5, 0/6, 0/7. This

is the first octave of LM potencies, with the

0/8 starting the next range.

There are times when

a low potency like 30c appears to only

palliate, yet the 200c produces unproductive

aggravations that weaken the vitality. This

is because the pathology is too deep for the

low potency (6-30c), and the high potencies

(200c-1M) only cause aggravations without

amelioration, and loss of vitality. In such

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

cases, the LM potency will cure when the

centesimal potency will only palliate or

cause harm. This is area where the LMs

are ideal, as they act more gently and safely

than high potency Cs if carefully adjusted.

The LM potency is also useful for the

elderly, where the high potency Cs may be

counterproductive but cure is still possible.

Summary

The LMs act smoothly,

considering their relatively high potency.

For this reason, the LMs are far more

suitable than the 200c and 1M for a good

number of patients. The gaps between the

30c, 200c, 1M, and 10M potencies are too

large for many constitutions and for

chronic conditions. This Kentian system

only offers seven potencies, while there are

30 different microtonal LM potencies.

These individuals, who may experience

unproductive aggravations and accessory

symptoms from the 200c or 1M (especially

the dry dose), usually do very well on the

LMs when they are given properly.

These are some of the

differences. The LMs are safe and effective

when the potency, succussions, and dose are

individualized, and the patient is not

overmedicated. The microtonal series of 30

graduated LM potencies is much more

similar to development of degenerative

chronic diseases and miasms then the

radical jumps of the centesimals. For this

reason it is naturally suited to slow-

developing, long-lasting chronic diseases

and miasms, or to patients who have

undergone serious suppressive treatments

and continuous overmedication.

It has only been in the

last few years that I have the advantage of

reading the microfiches of

HAHNEMANN’s Paris casebooks. This has

allowed me to personally review the records

of his cases from the LM period (1840-

1843). By carefully reading the 6

th

Organon

and Paris casebooks, much more

information has come to light. It is

unfortunate that much of what is written

regarding the LM potencies has not been

widely available.

This situation is finally

starting to change, as homeopaths

experienced in the 4

th

Organon method take

up experiments with the revisions

introduced in the 5

th

and 6

th

editions.

Today’s students are better educated and

have more literature then we did back in

1970. Those who are well-trained in the

classical methods of the 4

th

Organon and the

single dose, wait and watch method are

well-positioned to test the Paris methods of

the 1840s.

The method of the

Organon is an artistic method that must be

individualized to the patient. There are no

preconceived schedules that can guide one.

Taking a dose daily, or on alternate days,

may be correct for one person, while one

dose per week, month, or year is sufficient

for another. What a homeopath learns is

when to wait and watch, as well as when to

act to speed the cure. Much of modern

posology is still 167 years behind the times,

but “the times they are a-changin’ .”

6. LM POTENCIES

Luc De SCHEPPER MD (SIM, VOL,.XIII,

3/2000)

LMs: a Unique Potency, a Unique Method

Many homeopaths have not yet

taken

advantage of the great power of LM

potencies, and those who do may only use

them for hypersensitive patients. But our

main goal is to accelerate the cure for all

our patients while minimizing the

aggravations. HAHNEMANN developed

LM potencies at the end of his life (the last

ten years) for this specific purpose, because

he felt that the aggravations caused by

centesimal potencies caused too much

suffering for the patient. Being a master

pharmacist, he developed a technique for

making the remedies deeper and faster

acting while at the same time more gentle.

My own experience treating thousands of

patients with centesimals and with LMs has

borne out HAHNEMANN’s assertions.

The LM potencies are

made by diluting the remedy in a ratio of

one to 50,000 at each step instead of one in

100, while still keeping the succussions at

100. (A detailed explanation is provided

below under “How to Make the

Remedies.”) The high number of dilutions

raises the power of the remedy very high,

while the relatively low number of

succussions keeps the aggravations low.

The result is that the remedy action quickly

penetrates very deep, to the mental-

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

emotional level and far back in the patient’s

timeline. This allows a cure in a fraction of

the time of HAHNEMANN’s previous

centesimal method, which is exactly what he

was looking for: the rapid gentle and

permanent cure. At the same time, any

aggravation wears off quickly, usually in 24

hours or less, thereby allowing immediate

adjustment. By reducing the intensity and

duration of action through a high degree of

dilution, we can now regulate the

homeopathic aggravation, something that

was impossible before the invention of this

potency.

LMs are also called Q

potencies, both of which refer to the 1 in

50,000 dilution. (L and M are the Roman

numerals for 50 and 1000 respectively,

while Q is an abbreviation for

“quinquagesimillesimal,” derived from the

Latin quinquagesimus [50

th

] and millesimus

[thousandth]). The specific potencies are

notated 0/1, 0/2 or Q1, Q2, etc. in which the

0 stands for the tiny poppyseed granules on

which they are prepared. Sometimes the

notation LM is used to mean 50M in the

progression 1M, 10M, LM, 100M. In that

case LM means 50,000c, which is entirely

different from LM or Q potencis, as will be

explained in detail below. In brief, LM

potencies are diluted one in 50,000 times

but succussed only 100 times at each step.

A 50,000c would be diluted 100 times and

succussed 100 times at each step, and the

process repeated 50,000 times—a much

higher dose, especially in terms of

succussions.

I would also like to

point out that the LM potency cannot be

compared with a 3c or 6c potency, as many

practitioners believe. LM potencies have a

much deeper action than the centesimal

scale. LMs give us the best of both words:

they are as gentle as the low potencies and

as powerful as the highest centesimals. Far

from being a low potency, the LM 1 has

actions equivalent to a higher potency than

30C. In practice I have often seen that a

hypersensitive would not react to 30c but

would have an initial aggravation to a

standard dose of LM 1. (Of course we have

many ways of adjusting an LM, tailoring

the remedy to the patient.)

The Myth of Aggravations

Why do we advocate

using LMs to avoid aggravations? Some

homeopaths believe that an aggravation is

necessary in order to procure a healing.

Nothing is further from the truth. And

some homeopaths feel that an aggravation,

even lasting days or weeks, is acceptable.

Most homeopaths

practicing today treat chronic diseases with

high centesimal potencies such as 200c, 1M

and 10M and actually look for an

aggravation to demonstrate that the remedy

is working. …They attribute this approach

to Kent, which is why I refer to this method

as Kentian prescribing. But in fact Kent

himself did not approve of bringing about

aggravations, as we can see in his Lesser

Writings: “Keep the mild potency as long as

it works. It is not well to jump degrees.

The best action is the slight aggravation, the

ideal one is the one that does not aggravate

but ameliorate. We do not seek to produce

an aggravation, that is not the best, not the

longest curative effect. You encourage the

patient to become oversensitive by using the

highest potencies instead of going low to

begin.”

An aggravation is the

primary action of the remedy which is so

strong that it represses the secondary

curative response from the Vital Force for a

longer or shorter period. This will slow

down the cure. I advise the readers to

investigate carefully the definitions of

primary action and secondary action

expressed in Aphorisms 63 and 64 of the

Organon…. The primary action is the

action of the agent (like our remedy) which

shocks the Vital Force and causes an

alteration in the health of the individual for

a shorter or longer period (in the case of

low and high potencies, respectively). The

secondary action is the opposing action

from the Vital Force with a net result of

improved health.

The historical

background … explains the source of the

discord in potencies. The LM potencies are

teachings of the sixth edition, which

HAHNEMANN completed in 1842. Some

modern homeopaths write that the sixth

edition has almost nothing new to offer.

How mistaken they are! The last edition

represented a major advance in

HAHNEMANN’s thought: 60 new

aphorisms were added, 49 partial additions,

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

and 40 aphorisms were obsolete in

comparison with the fifth edition of the

Organon.. But HAHNEMANN could not

publish it that year because of the bungling

of his publisher, and he died the following

year.

According to von

BOENNINGHAUSEN, who corresponded

with HAHNEMANN within two months of

his death, he had received word from him

about the latest, yet unknown potency (LM)

which he referred to as “our highest

potency.” In von Boenninghausen’s Lesser

Writings, the Baron wrote about the use of

high attenuations: “The immortal

HAHNEMANN had in the last years of his

life, arrived at a profound conviction of the

efficacy of high attenuations, and had

accordingly for some time followed in the

preparation of his remedies, a method

different from what he had recommended

to the public in his former works. The

modifications then introduced he intended

to publish to the world in the last edition of

his Organon.”

…. HAHNEMANN’s

wife Melanie, in spite of many promises,

never released the sixth edition! She wrote

to the English Homeopathic Association

that she was willing to send it for a sum of

$50,000, which would be equivalent to the

income she derived from practice. She said

it would take her two years to read and

transcribe HAHNEMANN’s handwriting,

and that she had fallen upon hard times

because the allopaths turned on her when

she was no longer protected by

HAHNEMANN. Unfortunately her request

was refused and the sixth edition remained

unpublished in her lifetime. Others, like

HAHNEMANN’s grandson, Dr.Suss-

HAHNEMANN, tried to publish a “sixth

edition” but Melanie warned them not to

do, threatening them with a law suit: “I beg

to inform you that the exclusive rights to

publish sixth edition belong solely to me

and I possess the sixth edition of the

Organon written by my late husband’s

hand. Dr.Suss’ work can have no claim

whatever to be genuine.” (Suss saw

HAHNEMANN only twice in his life, first

as a child and afterwards as a young man

the day before HAHNEMANN’s death. It

is therefore understandable that Suss was

not considered a close associate of

HAHNEMANN, nor a great expert.) When

Melanie died in 1878 (from bronchial

catarrh like her husband), her adopted

daughter, Sophie von

BOENNINGHAUSEN, was given the

manuscript to continue to work on it. She

herself asked $ 25,000 but no offers were

forthcoming.

The manuscript

remained hidden in an attic in Germany

and was not discovered until after World

War I. It was finally published in 1920,

with the first English edition appearing in

1921 (translated by William Boericke,

nephew of the co-founder of Boericke and

Tafel). But by the time it was published,

the practice of Homeopathy was already

well established based on the single

centesimal dose, “wait and watch” method

of the fourth edition. Thus the guide lines

of the sixth edition were not truly put into

practice until 1950 by Dr.Charles PAHUD

of France and then by the famous

homeopath Dr.Pierre Schmidt of Geneva in

1954. Dr. SCHMIDT published a small

booklet, Hidden Treasures of the Sixth

Edition of the Organon, and stated: “The

main points which I wish to raise here are

either entirely new and somewhat

revolutionary when compared with

accepted notions divulged and applied in

the five earlier editions of the Organon, or

points already stated but re-drafted and re-

examined. They are, as a rule, barely

known or not known at all by

homeopaths.” The Choudhury family

began using LMs in India in 1957, and to

this day most of the world’s LM

practitioners are in India. LMs were not

introduced to America until recently,

because Homeopathy in this country is

dominated by the legacy of Kent, who

unfortunately never knew of LMs because

he died five years before the sixth edition

was published.

How LMs are Made

To fully understand

the differences between centesimals and

LMs, it is helpful to compare how they are

made. Most centesimals are made by

diluting one part of the remedy mother

tincture in 99 parts of alcohol (such as

Everclear or vodka) and succussing it 100

times to make a 1C; repeat for each

successive potency.

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

Remedies which begin

as solids (such as most minerals) go through

the process of trituration which

HAHNEMANN developed. (Liquids like

snake venoms are dropped onto lactose and

triturated. A milli liter of liquid is equal to

a gram of solid in this case, so one ml of

liquid remedy would be poured over 99

grams of lactose and then triturated.) The

goal is to grind one part of the remedy

substance with 99 parts of lactose in a

mortar and pestle, but HAHNEMANN

found it unwieldy to grind the whole batch

at once, so he would divide the 99 parts of

lactose into three batches. He would grind

and scrape the remedy with the first batch

for 20 minutes, finishing with the last batch

for a total of 60 minutes grinding and

scraping. When HAHNEMANN first

developed this method he declared it

equivalent to diluting one in 99 and

succussing 100 times, i.e. he said it was an

alternative way to make 1C. By the time a

solid remedy substance has been triturated

up to 3c, it is soluble and can then be

diluted and succussed like a liquid

remedy….

LM potencies begin

the same way as centesimals, except that

they are made by trituration up to 3c no

matter what the original substance. Plants

are crushed with lactose instead of being

made into a tincture. Remedies which

begin as a liquid (like Sepia ink, snake

venoms, and Petroleum ) are dropped onto

lactose pellets in a one to 99 ratio.

Apparently as HAHNEMANN worked with

triturated remedies he found that this

process released the dynamic or energetic

properties of the remedy better than

dilution and succussion.

To understand the

vast difference between LMs and

centesimals it helps to understand

HAHNEMANN’s line of reasoning and why

he began experimenting with the LMs. His

students and homeopathic colleagues

around him were experimenting with very

high potencies (up to 16M) and skipping

many steps between potencies administered

to patients, thus jumping thousands of

succussions between doses. The result was

what HAHNEMANN called the violent

energy of the higher doses. HAHNEMANN

was looking for a way to increase the

dilution without so much violent succussion,

and a way to progress more gently from one

potency to the next in the course of

treatment.

HAHNEMANN, one

of the master pharmacists of his era, came

up with a simple and ingenious solution for

increasing the dilution, thus making the

remedies ever safer (especially considering

that some were made from poisons) while

holding back on the succussions, thus

keeping the energy at a gentler level.

Instead of succussing 100 times for each one

in 100 dilution, the LMs are only succussed

100 times for each one in 50,000 dilution.

Administered in water

(a development of the fifth edition, as we

have seen), the LMs became a truly

revolutionary tool—within a healing system

which was revolutionary in itself—for

healing at a deep level while controlling

aggravation. Putting the remedies in water

accomplished several things at once:

• It enhanced the effectiveness of delivery,

since

the teaspoon of water could touch many

more nerve endings than a tiny pellet.

• It allowed a single dose to be split into

many

administraions; a single pellet of potency

would be “spread out” into an entire bottle.

• Succussing the bottle allowed minute

upward

adjustments of the

potency (much finer tuning

than the 100 succussions between

centesimal

potencies) in keeping with

HAHNEMANN’s

sixth edition dictum never to give the

same

potency twice.

• It thus allowed for highly refined

adjustments

to respond to aggravations and to the

individual temperament.

Putting LMs in water

allows for many ways to adjust both the

potency and the dose, thus allowing these as

well as the remedy itself to be

individualized to the patient. The

practitioner can adjust the size of the

remedy bottle (usually four or eight

ounces), while the patient can adjust—on a

daily basis if necessary—the number of

succussions, the number of cups it is

dissolved in, and the quantity taken (one

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

teaspoon, one half or one quarter teaspoon,

etc.). The patient can take the remedy once

a day (chronic) or several times a day

(acute) and can “plus” the remedy when the

bottle is nearly finished. (All these

adjustments are described in detail below.)

The simple fact that the remedies are gentle

enough to be taken daily allows much more

freedom for adjustments.

In sum, to make LMs,

start with a 3c made by trituration:

Remedy in Plant Form

1c Triturate the whole plant

Liquid Form

Start with the liquid…

Drop onto lactose with one in 100 parts of

the liquid, e.g. one ml. to 99 g lactose, then

triturate.

Mineral/Solid Form

Start with the mineral in powder form.

Triturate one part in 99 parts of lactose.

2c

Triturate one part of 1c in 99 parts of

lactose.

3c

Triturate one part of 2c in 99 parts of

lactose.

LM 1 Take

one grain (0.062 grams) of 3c and add 500

drops of a mixture composed of one part

alcohol and four parts distilled water

(i.e.100 drops alcohol and 400 drops water).

Take one drop (note that you have not

succussed this mixture) and put it in two ml

of alcohol. Succuss 100 times. Now you

have the LM 1 stock bottle. Pour one drop

from your LM1 stock bottle onto 500

poppyseed pellets (#10 pellets). These are

your LM 1 Pellets, which you will use to

make your patient’s remedy bottle.

LM 2 Take

one pellet of LM 1 and dissolve in one drop

of water. Add 99 drops of alcohol. Succuss

100 times. Now you have the LM 2 stock

bottle. Pour one drop from your LM 2

stock bottle onto 500 #10 pellets. These are

your LM 2 pellets.

LM3 Take

one pellet of LM 2 and dissolve one drop of

water. Add 99 drops of alcohol. Succuss

100 times. Now you have the LM 3 stock

bottle. Pour one drop from your LM 3

stock bottle onto 500 #10 pellets. These are

your LM 3 pellets.

The tedious part of this process is

making LM 1. Practitioners usually

purchase an LM 1 kit and make the LM 2,

LM 3 etc. by hand as patients need them.

Making the higher LMs only takes a few

minutes to make enough to last for years. If

your 500 pellets run out you just use a drop

from the appropriate LM stock bottle to

impregnate another 500 pellets.

Read Aphorisms 269 to 271 in the sixth

edition to follow HAHNEMANN’s advice in

his own words. As to the precise method of

trituration, I refer the reader to Chronic

Diseases, Vol. I, pp. 147-148.

Details of Making LM 2 from LM 1

You will need to order ½-dram bottles

(regular cap, not dropper bottles), one-

dram dropper bottles, blank poppyseed

pellets (#10 pellets available from

homeopathic pharmacy suppliers by the

pound or quarter pound) and empty bullet

boxes to hold the LMs you make. Scientific

precision tweezers with a fine point are also

helpful to handle the tiny pellets.

First take one pellet of LM 1 and put it

in a one dram dropper bottle. This will be

your LM 2 stock bottle. Add one drop of

distilled water to moisten it. Keep a special

dropper labeled just for water and a

different one for alcohol; be sure not to

measure either with the dropper belonging

to the stock bottle. After it has dissolved,

add 99 drops of alcohol (Everclear or

unflavored vodka). Succuss the stock bottle

100 times.

Now fill a ½-dram bottle 1/3 full with

poppyseed blank pellets. When full, it holds

1500 pellets. When 1/3 full it will be close

enough to 500 pellets.

Put 1 drop from your LM 2 stock bottle

in the bottle with the pellets. Immediately

cap it and start rolling it around to coat all

the pellets. This is your LM2.

Be sure to label all your bottles; I use ¼

inch round labels for the caps and 3/8 x 5/8

inch labels for the sides, taping them so they

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

don’t peel off when inserted into the bullet

box.

Making the Remedy Solution Bottle

To make a remedy solution for the

patient, take a new 4 oz, bottle like a cough

syrup bottle (an “Rx bottle” ordered from a

pharmacy supplier). Put in one LM

poppyseed pellet of the remedy (you can

shake the closed bottle and listen for the

rattle of the pellet if in any doubt whether

the tiny pellet is in there). Fill the bottle

with distilled or purified water (no tap

water except in emergency) up to the line

halfway up the neck of the bottle (space has

to be left for the succussions). The size of

the bottle is adjusted for hypersensitive

patients to eight ounces or occasionally 16

ounces. As a preservative, add 15 drops

(one dropper-full from a one-dram bottle)

of Everclear or vodka to a 4 oz. bottle. If

you use an eight ounce bottle for

hypersensitive, you should more than

double the alcohol; perhaps using as much

as one ounce of alcohol, because the bottle

will last more than twice as long.

(Hypersensitives often take ½ or ¼ teaspoon

instead of a teaspoon, and towards the end

of the first bottle, they may be taking the

remedy only as needed.) The alcohol should

be vodka or Everclear, not methyl or

rubbing alcohol. I use vodka because it is

the only kind of alcohol that can be

tolerated by patients suffering from yeast

overgrowth and fermentation (based on my

extensive experience in treating this

population).

Some patients in recovery from

alcoholism may object to even a few drops

of alcohol as preservative, even if you

explain that the amount is so small that it

will not have a noticeable effect. (They may

object because they have taken a vow not to

take even a drop of alcohol, or because the

odor of alcohol when they open the bottle

can be a trigger for them.) For these

patients you can use glycerin instead,

doubling the amount because it is not as

effective a preservative as alcohol.

A four ounce bottle will be finished in

about three weeks if the patient is taking a

daily dose of one teaspoon. If the bottle

needs to be stored for a longer period

because the patient is taking the remedy

prn, more alcohol is needed as a

preservative. Be sure to label the bottle

with your name and the patient’s name, the

date, the name of the remedy, the potency

(LM 1, LM 2, etc.) and the number of

succussions to start with.

Standard Succussions (for the Non-Sensitive

Patient)

HAHNEMANN introduced a new

concept with the LMs: the patient succusses

the remedy each time he takes it and thus

can control his reaction to it. Demonstrate

succussions to your patient with a demo

bottle (not the actual remedy bottle) and

ask for a return demonstration. Strike the

bottle firmly against the palm of the

opposite hand from a distance of about two

feet. A leatherbound book can be used

instead of the palm. Emphasize to your

patient the importance of using a firm,

resilient surface. A tabletop, for example, is

not an acceptable substitute.

Also emphasize to your patient that the

remedy bottle must be succussed before

each dose. Why? After the first dose

(assuming that the remedy is working), the

patient will be less ill. The second dose must

consequently be adapted to the less morbid

condition. As the patient needs less and less

of the remedy, you are speeding up the

process of healing by giving the remedy

more penetration power through the

succussions. Consequently, HAHNEMANN

recommends giving the same remedy, but

more highly dynamized. He cautioned

against repeating the same LM potency

even once (in chronic cases), this being

detrimental and even possibly leading to

incurability (the same meaning without

succussions in between). “Before

proceeding, it is important to observe, that

our vital principle cannot well bear that the

same unchanged dose of medicine be given

even twice in succession, much frequently to

a patient.” (I have never seen this happen,

however; I have had patients make the

mistake of not succussing, and the remedy

still worked.)

The practitioner tells the patient how

many times to succuss the bottle at first,

based on the patient’s sensitivity. The

average, normosensitive adult starts with

eight succussions. The hypersensitive, as

well as infants, the elderly and patients with

severe tissue pathology, succuss it two to

five times. The hyposensitive (i.e. a

Calcarea constitution) succusses it 10 to 12

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

times. After the initial dose the patient can

adjust the number of succussions according

to his reaction, as described below.

After the patient has succussed the

bottle, he takes one teaspoon from the bottle

and stirs it into a cup of four ounces of

distilled or filtered water. Then he stirs

vigorously with a plastic spoon and takes

one teaspoon from this cup (the dosage cup)

as his dose. (Infants receive ½ tsp. from the

dosage cup.) The patient throws the rest of

the four ounces away. (Be sure to tell them

never to drink the whole cup. I encourage

patients to give the “remedy water” to their

plants and have heard remarkable stories of

supposedly dead plants returning to life and

even to bloom.) To avoid mismeasurement,

give your patient a small plastic cup with

teaspoons marked on the side (the standard

med cup used in hospitals, available

inexpensively from pharmacy suppliers).

Emphasize to your patient the importance

of designating a different cup to mix each

remedy. To increase compliance, you can

give the patient a clear nine ounce plastic

cup from the supermarket, with the four-

ounce line marked and the remedy name

noted in indelible marker. (Once patients

start using many remedies, e.g. for acutes, it

will avoid confusion if they keep a separate

cup for each remedy and label the cup.)

The patient can keep on using the same cup

for the same remedy…

Dosage and Administration of LMs for a Non-

Sensitive Patient

The patient succusses the remedy and

takes a teaspoon from the dosage cup every

day if necessary. Typically the non-

sensitive patients will take it daily in the

beginning of their treatment. Sensitive

patients may only need it once a week or

even once a month, and non-sensitive

patients taper off to a similar schedule over

the course of several months of treatment.

The patient is taught to stop taking the

remedy at the slightest hint of an

aggravation, which usually nips the

aggravation in the bud. The patient waits

for the aggravation to disappear, the

subsequent improvement, and then another

downturn before starting the remedy again.

This usually happens in a couple of days.

When resuming the remedy, the patient

permanently reduces the number of

succussions (usually by two, e.g. from eight

to six) to avoid another aggravation. When

the number of succussions has been reduced

to two, the patient starts reducing the

amount of liquid instead, since the remedy

always has to be succussed. (In practice I

never go to one succussion because I have

not found any noticeable difference between

two and one.) The curative action of the

correct remedy should be so rapid that you

will rarely need to go higher than LM 10

before a new remedy, if any, is called for.

In my experience chronic cases are usually

resolved by LM 5 or 6, and often by LM 2

or 3. HAHNEMANN’s own LM pharmacy

contained many remedies from LM 1 to LM

10 and only a few up to LM 30, such as

Sulphur and Mercuris solubilis (for the

treatment of Syphilis, so rampant in his

time).

Adjustments for the Hypersensitive Patient

The first way to adjust for

hypersensitives is to reduce the amount of

liquid at each step to ½ teaspoon and have

them dilute it in two different four ounce

cups of water: they take ½ teaspoon from

the remedy bottle, stir it into a four ounce

cup, take ½ from that cup and stir it into a

second four ounce cup, then take ½

teaspoon from the second cup as their dose

(called “making a second cup”). Extremely

sensitive people can reduce the amount to ¼

or 1/8 teaspoon at each step and dilute it into

three, four or five different cups. The

frequency can also be reduced. Sometimes

one dose every seven or 14 days is enough to

avoid aggravations. You may wonder how

you decide among these different methods.

Fortunately hypersensitives are so sensitive

to the remedy that they can easily tell you,

based on a little experimenting, what works

for them. It may also be a matter of the

patient’s convenience and preference: some

may find they can save time by taking the

remedy every other day, while others may

be too sensitive to the slight start-and-stop

effect of this method and need to take it

daily at half the previous dose. One patient

may find it difficult to measure 1/16 of a

teaspoon in two cups and may prefer 1/8 of a

teaspoon in three cups, while another may

find it too tedious to make three cups. With

LM potencies the treatment is patient-

centered: we explain how to adjust and then

empower patients to take the adjustment

process into their own hands.

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

If the patient is still aggravating on the

liquid LMs no matter how much you adjust

it downwards (which happens rarely, and

only in the case of extreme hypersensitives),

go to the olfaction or friction (skin)

method….

Advantages of LM Potencies vs. the

Centesimal Scale

These are the advantages I have found

for LMs in my own extensive experience

with both types of prescribing. They apply

to all patients, but especially to

hypersensitives who suffer too much from

the aggravations caused by high centesimal

potencies. I have had other practitioners

tell me that LM potencies aggravate, or that

they do not notice a difference between

LMs and centesimals, but invariably I have

found tht these practitioners are

administering LMs by a method different

from HAHNEMANN’s method outlined in

this book, which I have found to work

extremely well.

• LMs are quicker and deeper in action with

less

aggravations. Aggravations are minimized

and can be regulated more easily (see

Aphorisms 245 and 246). Normally, in skin

diseases and serious chronic cases, the

homeopathic aggravation of the centesimal

scale can give rise to immense suffering of

the patients. As Kent himself expressed: “I

should rather be in a room with a dozen

people slashing with razors than in the

hands of an ignorant prescriber of high

potencies. They are means of tremendous

harm, as well as of tremendous good.” It is

evident that while high potencies are

consistent with the first and third ideals of

cure, i.e. rapid penetration and permanent

restoration, they frequently violate the

second ideal, a gentle impression.

• There is no leap or jump in this method.

The

patient starts with LM 1 and goes up to LM 2,

then LM 3 and so forth after finishing each

bottle. By succussing the remedy bottle each

day, the patient gradually raises the potency so

that it is closer to the next remedy bottle,

making a very smooth progression of potencies.

It is in the nature of chronic diseases that they

do not aggravate suddenly, but progress

gradually and slowly. So the potency of the

medicine should not be increased suddenly.

The cure also comes slowly and gradually. It is

the nature of the real cure, the homeopathic

cure. Kentian prescribers administer remedies

with large gaps, from 200c to 1M, to 10M, etc.,

hence strong aggravations are possible. The

issue of similar aggravations is a serious one, as

the suffering caused by long aggravations leads

many patients to abandon Homeopathy and

return to the suppressive methods of allopathic

medicine.

• If there is any aggravation with LM

potencies,

it will disappear within two days at the most

when the remedy is stopped, usually much

faster—several hours to half a day (although in

extremely sensitive people the aggravation

occasionally lasts longer).

• While many LM prescribers might consider

centesimals more appropriate for acute

situations because their nature is somewhat

similar (quick onset, early aggravations, and

strong primary action of the remedy), LMs can

also be used in unusual acute situations where

high potency centesimals have not

helped. Make LM 1 in a four ounce bottle and

take one tablespoon at least twice a

day and as often as every hour from

the same cup, stirring vigorously before each

dose. I have used this in an acute situation

(a tennis elbow) when I knew I had the

simillimum (Bellis perennis) and the condition

was responding only very slowly—even to high

potencies in water and to Dr.Pierre Schmidt’s

favorite method (30c-200c-1M each one dose

with four hours in between). There was a

dramatic response due to the great penetration

power of LMs.

• Deep acting remedies like Lycopodium

and

Calcarea carb can be used daily and repeated

for months.

• Longstanding chronic diseases can be

cured

more quickly using his scale, at least in my

experience. For instance longstanding illnesses

like Asthma can be cured in a matter of months

rather than years. This is also the case

for numerous other serious chronic illnesses.

The repetition of the dose with Kentian

potencies is not possible if there are remnants

of disease, so the patient suffers longer. (This

method requires waiting until the practitioner

is sure she can repeat, which means waiting

until the patient is suffering again.) So

it requires longer periods of time to

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

effect the cure. The LM method

hastens the process of cure by frequent

repetition.

• It can be seen within two to four days

whether

or not the remedy has been selected correctly.

After a single dose patients typically report a

sense of well-being and improvement on a deep

level, such as having more energy or being able

to sleep better, whether or not their chief

complaint has improved. With 6c we often

have to wait several weeks or months (three

weeks at least) before we can notice any

changes . With 200c and higher potencies we

may see a change quickly-but often at the cost

of an unwarranted similar aggravation. Any

improvement with centesimals may come so

much later that the patient often does not

attribute it to the remedy. The homeopath

ends up taking the blame for the aggravation

while receiving no credit for the improvement.

• Because of the quick and clear action of

LMs,

disruption of the case by the wrong remedy is

quickly noted and also wears off much more

quickly than a disruption created by high

potency centesimal doses.

• In mental illness, where even a low

centesimal

potency can aggravate, LMs can cure

smoothly.

• In cases of longtime suppression (and it is

hard

to imagine any chronic disease in our present

time that has not been suppressed), this potency

works very effectively. LMs can revive

suppressed symptoms better than centesimal

potencies, in my experience.

• LMs are excellent in palliating

incurable

diseases (where there is great pathological

damage) without the danger of aggravation.

• In other apparently hopeless cases

of

advanced pathology (according to allopathic

prognosis), LM potencies may not only palliate

better than any other potency, it may even cure

them. Where Kentian prescribers have to be

extremely restrained in treating advanced

pathology (because an aggravation could be

fatal), LM potencies can be used more

aggressively and often “cure the incurable”

because of their gentleness. This is especially

true in what HAHNEMANN called one-sided

diseases….

• Practitioners who give a single dose every

few

weeks or months may be concerned about their

remedies being cancelled by coffee, camphor,

mint, dental interventions, etc. This is not the

case with LMs, which are rarely cancelled by

any of the above; and if they are, it does not

matter because the patient repeats the remedy

the next day.

• Practitioners of the “wait and watch”

method

may find it necessary to forbid their patients to

use nutritional supplements or receive other

treatments such as acupuncture, chiropractic

or massage for fear that these will muddy the

picture and make it difficult to tell whether the

remedy is working. With LM potencies, it is

clear from the first day or two whether the

remedy is working, so that patients can then be

encouraged to do everything they can to

support their vital energy.

• It is not necessary for the patient

to

discontinue prescription medication. LM

potencies are more effective than centesimals,

again in my experience, in working through the

patient’s Prozac, Albuterol, insulin or any

other medication which patients are reluctant

to give up, and which in fact would be

dangerous for them to give up before the

remedy has had time to act. The patient

understands this method more easily because of

its resemblance to the allopathic method of

daily dosing. (Although not always taken daily,

LMs are administered more frequently than

centesimals usually are.)

• Patients are taught to observe their

own

symptoms and adjust their own dosage, which

gives them a much greater sense of

participating in the healing process and leads to

greater patient satisfaction.

• A homeopath can easily make LM 2,

LM 3

and so forth from LM 1, so that he only needs

to buy an LM 1 and then he has a complete

pharmacy at his disposal.

Looking at all these advantages, I feel

that

HAHNEMANN has given us his greatest

gift in the LM potencies. It is unfortunate

that by a historical accident only perhaps

10% of the homeopaths in the world (and

fewer in the US) have been trained in using

this potency. The new O’REILLY

translation of the 6

th

edition has stimulated

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

renewed interest in LM potencies, but there

has been a dearth of adequate instruction

available for practitioners sincerely

interested in learning how to use them. In

addition, many who would otherwise want

to try LMs have been deterred by

misinformation passed around at

conferences: that LMs are too difficult and

too unwieldy to use, or that patient

compliance is poor. In my own experience,

I have found that the majority of patients

can understand and correctly follow the

directions for LMs; not only that, they

enjoy the sense of actively participating in

their own healing. I always tell them that

they are the pilot and I am only the co-pilot

in their healing journey. The sense of

empowerment they receive from observing

their own reactions daily and making their

own adjustments is healing in itself.

As for difficulty of use, LMs require a

modicum of additional study in the

beginning, but they more than make up for

it in the ease of practice which they provide.

I have worked with both centesimals and

LMs, and I found a remarkable difference

when I converted my practice to using LMs

almost exclusively: the pace of cure was so

speeded up that I felt my entire practice

had been put in a VCR on “fast forward”,

and the patients’ reactions were so

highlighted and clarified that it was like

switching from black-and-white to color

TV. I no longer needed to spend time

puzzling over the patients’ reactions and

how to proceed because LMs made the

picture dramatically clearer.

I hope that this book can serve as a

guide for students and experienced

practitioners like so that HAHNEMANN’s

last and most remarkable achievement

receives the wide publicity and extensive

use it deserves. Yes, the practitioner will

receive more phone calls from patients than

when treating with high potencies. LMs

change the clinical picture so fast that often

the patient needs to consult with the

practitioner again within the first week.

But as healers we must not deny our

patients the benefits of LMs because of a

minor inconvenience to ourselves. The

gratitude of your patients and your sense of

fulfillment in your practice will more than

make up for it.

Practical Advice for LM Prescribing

Adjust for hypersensitives: Ascertain the

sensitivity of the patient by asking them

whether they have previously aggravated

on homeopathic remedies; whether they

are sensitive to environmental chemicals,

fumes, or weather changes; whether they

have difficulty coming out of anesthesia;

whether they typically reduce their dosage

of allopathic medicine to ½ or ¼ the

recommended amount; and/or whether they

tend to have allergic reactions to vitamins

and herbs. If you suspect the patient is

hypersensitive, it is better to be

conservative and give her an eight ounce

bottle with two succussions. The worst that

can happen is that the cure takes a little

longer than it otherwise would. For

example, you tell the patient to do two

succussions and it turns out she needs four.

If you err in the other direction, and tell a

patient to use four succussions when they

really need two, the resulting aggravation

will slow down the process of cure much

more.

Remember that an LM is much more

powerful than 30c (which is why I have

often seen that a hypersensitive could

tolerate 30c but not an LM 1, two

succussions). So if the vitality and

sensitivity is such that one would be

concerned about giving a 30c, then do not

give LMs in a normal dose. Use eight or

sixteen ounce bottles with two succussions,

dilute in several cups if needed, give one

dose as a test dose and repeat only if

necessary.

Giving an initial test dose: When starting a

new remedy, give a test dose by asking the

patient to take one dose and then skip the

following day so that he has a full 48 hours

to observe the effect. Make sure that the

patient does not interfere with this first

dose (by avoiding coffee and not starting

any other new modality or a new diet at this

time) and see how the reaction compares to

the [following] three scenarios… Assuming

that you have chosen the right remedy, the

first possibility is a strong positive reaction

such that the patient feels an extra amount

of nervous energy (taking off like a rocket).

Much as the patient might like this, stop the

remedy for several days and reduce the

amount of succussions because it means

that the dosage is too strong and will lead to

an aggravation. Normally the number of

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

succussion is reduced by two (e.g. from

eight to six) if there is an aggravation. But

in this case you can consider reducing much

more, e.g. from eight to four or even two,

depending on how intense the reaction is.

A second scenario is a similar

aggravation: stop the remedy until the

aggravation is over and adjust the

succussions and/or the amount given.

(Consider adjusting the succussions down

to two if the reaction is intense, as in the

first scenario.) The third scenario is the

ideal one, the “Driving Miss Daisy”

response: a gentle beneficial reaction (a

sense of well-being, sleeping longer and

deeper, etc.). There may or may not be any

improvement in the Chief Complaint at this

point. A fourth possibility … is a striking

improvement in the patient’s chief

complaint. In this case, HAHNEMANN

said do not repeat until the improvement

stops, which can take several days or even

weeks. (A final scenario is not a reflection

on the potency but on the choice of a

remedy: a dissimilar aggravation indicates

that the remedy is the wrong remedy and

the case must be re-analyzed.)

Our general rule is that if an

aggravation occurs we adjust down; if the

dose is not strong enough, we adjust up.

We suspect the dose is not strong enough if

the patient fails to react to the well-chosen

remedy in a week or so, which is rarely the

case if no other obstructions are present …

There are several ways of adjusting, by

decreasing or increasing the following:

• The number of succussions

• The amount of water in the solution bottle,

by using an eight ounce or 16 ounce bottle.

• The dilution (number of teaspoons taken

from the bottle and put into the four ounce

cup of water)

• The quantity of the dose from the cup itself

(½, ¼ or 1/8 teaspoon; two teaspoons or one

tablespoon, etc.)

• The number of cups used to dilute the

remedy, the days of intake (skipping days

or everyday).

Normally I adjust the number of

succussions

first, down to the minimum of two before

applying the other measures.

Reduce succussions between LM potencies:

When the patient goes from LM 1 to LM 2

she reduces the number of succussions by

two, e.g. from eight to six, then when going

from LM 2 to LM 3 from six to four. When

the number of succussions has been reduced

to two, you cannot go any lower so the

patient starts taking ½ teaspoon from the

bottle and from the cup (written ½ - ½).

Ending with 200c or 1M: Depending on the

compliance of the patient, after LM 2 or

LM 3 I sometimes give the same remedy (if

still indicated) in a 200c or 1M potency.

This has certain advantages. First, some

patients get tired of taking a dose prn,

which becomes especially confusing when

the remedy is needed less and less often.

There is a real danger that they will

overdose themselves because they do not

pay attention. At the same time, as we

progress with our LM potency, with each

dose slightly stronger than the previous one,

the natural disease grows smaller while the

artificial disease created by the remedy

grows larger. Therefore, there is growing

danger of accessory symptoms of the

remedy, unhomeopathic to the case, if the

dose is repeated too soon (see the discussion

of accessory symptoms in Chapter 12). A

1M has less penetration power than LM 3

(which has built in all the succussions of

LM 1 and 2). This “lesser” potency

therefore might correspond more closely to

the diminished natural disease, keeping

accessory symptoms to a minimum. Of

course, when you have an intelligent and

diligent patient, you certainly never need to

use another potency but LM. A very

sporadic LM dose prn when symptoms

resurface speeds up the healing process.

But the above method can be applied if the

patient is too busy and does not pay

attention to his progress (which happens

more often than one would think), or the

patient becomes confused as to when to

repeat the LM potency …

Plussing the bottle: For sensitive patients, in

order to dull the possibly aggravating step

from LM 1 to LM 2, I would tell them that

when the LM1 bottle has only one teaspoon

remaining, to fill it with purified water half-

way (2 oz. for a 4 oz. bottle, 4 oz. for an 8

oz. bottle), and then continue with the same

number of succussions (this is the plussing

method). Since the last teaspoon of LM 1

contains all the added succussions, it is the

strongest teaspoon of LM 1 and is therefore

the ideal one to be diluted. This way, when

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

the patient finishes this plussed bottle and

takes the first teaspoon of LM 2 (if still

needed), any aggravation will be minimal or

non-existent. This is only necessary when

going from LM 1 to LM 2 to LM 3 etc/, and

only for sensitive patients.

Plussing is also a good way to test

whether a patient still needs the remedy. I

might do this when I think the patient is at

the end of the remedy. If the patient is

about to finish LM 4 and I am not sure if

she will need LM 5, I might have her plus

the bottle. If her symptoms return slightly,

she needs the added stimulus of LM 5. If

not, the plussed LM 4 might coast her

gently to a complete cure. Another

situation in which I might do this is a

practical one: if the patient is about to run

out and cannot get a refill in time, I tell her

to plus the bottle. If she continues to

progress, then I know I can definitely

reduce the succussions and may be the

frequency or dosage for the next LM bottle.

If there is no progress she definitely needs

the next LM and possibly at the same

number of succussions. I usually don’t do

this deliberately, but if the situation comes

up, the information is useful to me.

Nosodes: Nosodes are sometime found in

LM potencies, but as a rule, I would advise

using nosodes in a 200c potency, as the old

masters did. 200c is more appropriate for

their deep working and slow-acting nature.

(I start with a 200c and then if I need to

repeat it I have the options of repeating

200c or going directly to a 1M.)

When not to use LMs: Exceptions for the

use of LM potencies are few, but they exist.

LM potencies are not indicated in the

treatment of the three great miasms as long

as their external manifestations are present:

recently erupted itch (scabies), or syphilitic

chancre, or figwarts. These situations

require large doses of the remedy from the

beginning with higher and higher potencies

daily or even more often. This procedure

has no danger of causing medicinal

aggravation since the practitioner can

observe the progress of treatment day by

day until the disappearance of these local

symptoms signal a perfect cure. (As

modern practitioners we are not normally

confronted with these situations. By the

time patients come to us, the condition has

usually been suppressed and we see it in the

chronic miasmatic state. But it was a very

comon occurrence in HAHNEMANN’s

time. American homeopaths may see it if

they volunteer to work in Third World

countries, because suppressive treatments

are not so widely available there.) LMs

may also be contraindicated depending on

the patient’s temperament or forgetfulness

….

In ascending order: Some Indian

practitioners start with LM 6, for example,

giving it for three days, stopping for a

month, then giving three doses of LM 12,

waiting another month, giving three doses

of LM 18, and so on. This method may

work in the hands of a very skilled and

experienced practitioner, but I would not

recommend it to a beginner and I have not

found it necessary in my practice. I always

start with LM 1 and proceed to LM 2, LM 3

etc. without skipping potencies. The only

exception was that HAHNEMANN advised

sometimes starting with LM 3 in very

hyposensitive individuals. But practitioners

should follow the basic rules until they are

thoroughly familiar with the phenomenal

power of LMs before they start

experimenting with different methods of

administration.

Other Indian homeopaths give the

remedy in descending potencies, Dr.

Choudhury introduced this method in

India, giving sensitive patients first a few

doses of LM 1 and then, when the patient

regained his vitality, raising the potency to

LM 3 or 4 and after that gradually

descending the scale again. We can

understand the reasoning. After

application of the simillimum the disease

state becomes weaker, the patient feels

improved on all planes, yet by going to LM

2 the remedy becomes stronger. So he

preferred the descending method, going

down from LM 4 to LM 3, etc. But we can

adjust for this by reducing the succussions,

giving the remedy less frequently and in

smaller amounts. Also, as a practical

matter, it seems difficult to judge how far to

jump with a particular patient once the

initial doses of LM 1 are given, whether to

LM 3 or LM 6, etc. Like the ascending

potencies, this method may give very good

results in the hands of an experienced

practitioner but is not recommended for the

beginner. HAHNEMANN did use

descending potencies at one point in the

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

beginning, but later, he used ascending

potencies throughout his cases, which

Choudhury attributes to his senility and the

heavy burden of more important

assignments. But we know from historic

accounts that HAHNEMANN remained

mentally sharp and able to do his best work

up to the time of his death. In my own

practice, I always use the ascending scale

HAHNEMANN recommended, with

excellent results.

Overreaction by hypersensitives: A few

hypersensitives can be so sensitive that they

seem to react to any seemingly well-

indicated remedy with many new

symptoms. The accessory symptoms can

even overshadow the patient’s clinical

picture, giving the practitioner the false

impression that the remedy is wrong. After

several false starts, the practitioner realizes

that the problem is not his choice of remedy

but the patient’s extraordinary

hypersensitivity. (If they were truly

accessory signs, the remedy wouldn’t have

to be changed, only the potency.) I would

not use LMs in this case because they will

react to even the smallest dose due to their

deep penetration power. I would first try

6c dry, one pellet per day, adjusting up if

necessary by putting it in water and giving

one, two or three teaspoons a day, or

adjusting down if necessary by going to the

olfactive or skin method.

Administer in water: The famous Indian

homeopath Patel tried giving LM potencies

dry on the tongue, claiming they worked

that way too. But he admitted that the

medicines in liquid worked better. One

should never use the LM potencies dry, only

in water as HAHNEMANN prescribed.

Always start with LM1: In a footnote to

Aphorism 246, HAHNEMANN states: “Use

begins with the lowest degrees [i.e. LM1].”

He did not say, “Start with LM 6 or LM

10.” “Imitate me, but imitate me well” is

HAHNEMANN’s motto.

When we finish a layer, for instance

with an LM 3, and new symptoms requiring

a new remedy show up, what should be the

potency of this second prescription? For

instance we finish a layer of Sepia at the

end of a bottle of Sepia LM 3. Now the

totality of symptoms of Natrum muriaticum

appears, representing an earlier layer in the

patient’s timeline. We have to start again

with LM 1 of Natrum muriaticum. This is a

new layer, the patient has no Natrum

muriaticum in her system, so it is logical

that we start over again. However, if

returning to the same remedy after a lapse

of time (the patient seemed to be cured but

symptoms recur later), resume where you

left off that remedy. If she is halfway

through a bottle of LM 3, she must start at

the same place. If the remedy has spoiled

(flecks are floating in it), she will have to

take a new bottle of LM 3 and pour half of

it out, also succussing it approximately the

same number of times as the accumulated

succussions in the previous bottle.

End at LM 30: HAHNEMANN made LMs

up to LM 30, because as he stated,

“everything has to come to an end.” In fact

when his medicine chest was discovered, it

had all the remedies proven at that time in

potencies to LM 10 with only Sulphur and

Mercurius solubilis up to LM 30. He had

about 1700 LM potency remedies in this

chest versus about 500 C scale remedies

(which indicates his preference at the end of

his life)! Most chronic cases are cured by

the time we reach LM 10. (Occasionally a

hyposensitive with a disease layer of many

years’ duration will need more.) An

exception occurs when palliating incurable

diseases. I used Arsenicum in a Cancer

patient whose oncologist gave her two

months to live. She lived another three

years and reached LM 16, enjoying good

health, energy and moods to the very end.

Some practitioners like Patel in India have

reached LM 50 (especially in Nux vomica

and Sulphur) but Patel started his cases

with LM 10 and jumped potencies from

there.

Administer correctly: Many modern

homeopaths think that LM potencies are a

type of low potency remedy that can be

repeated daily “because they don’t

aggravate.” Nothing is further from the

truth. We already know that LMs are not

repeated automatically, day after day. And

it is mainly the incorrect use of the LM

potencies (starting with LM 5 instead of

LM 1, giving the pellet dry, giving a dose

directly from the bottle, etc.) that gives the

mistaken impression that “LMs also

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

aggravate,” as I have heard some Kentian

prescribers say. As we have seen in

previous sections of this chapter, a very

small aggravation is possible and easily

corrected through the various means we

have of adjustment of the dose. But that is

not what these homeopaths refer to. Some

of them even claim, “I used the LM potency

and my case aggravated. Then when I used

the centisimal scale, I had no aggravation

and my patient was cured.” If this were

true, why would HAHNEMANN in the 6

th

edition declare LMs his greatest

achievement and encourage his readers to

discard his previous discovery, the

centesimals? I believe that many of the

problems reported with LM potencies stem

from an unfortunate lack of training and

textbooks available for LMs. For example,

I have heard of homeopaths giving the LM

pellet dry on the tongue, or starting with

LM 6, or giving a teaspoon directly from

the remedy bottle, or jumping from one LM

to the next after only a few days. Almost

every time improper application was the

sole reason for aggravations from LMs.

Do not automatically give the remedy

daily: It bears repeating that an LM

potency is not repeated indiscriminately

day after day just because, as many believe,

“it is such a gentle potency.” In Aphorism

246 HAHNEMANN said: “Every noticeably

progressing and conspicuously increasing

improvement … excludes any repetition of

the medicine.” Cases with such

“conspicuously increasing improvement”

are of course the most wonderful reactions

we can have, and if the patient is sensitive

enough I have seen a layer resolved with a

single dose of LM 1.

Alas, as HAHNEMANN said himself in

the same paragraph, these cases are rather

rare, and he continues in a footnote to the

same paragraph, “The same well-chosen

medicine can now be given daily, even for

months when necessary.” We need to pay

great attention to each word

HAHNEMANN said, particularly to the

words when necessary. We need to educate

our patients as to the different outcome

scenarios so they know how to adjust on a

daily basis and when to stop taking the

remedy. In addition to the patient

instruction handout…. I give them …a

basic rule of thumb: “When in doubt, stop

the remedy and call me.”

Administering in eyedroppers: Most

homeopaths who tell me that they use LMs

seem to administer them in eyedroppers

rather than four or eight ounce bottles.

This is not the method HAHNEMANN

recommended, and I am not sure where it

started. It is definitely more convenient for

the patient, and I am open to the possibility,

although I have never tried it this way

myself. I do have several concerns about

giving LMs in this way. It makes sense to

me that the wave forms of the succussions

(and thereby the power of the energetic

imprint of the remedy picture) would be

altered if almost the entire volume of the

bottle is penetrated by the dropper. Most

practitioners who use LMs in eyedroppers

tell me that they aggravate or that they are

no better than centesimals, which tells me

that eyedroppers may not be as effective a

method as the remedy bottles. David

Little’s research with hundreds of patients

in India over the past 12 years indicates

that the size of the remedy bottle has a

significant impact on the effectiveness of the

remedy…

I would like to hear from practitioners

who get results from LMs in eyedroppers

comparable to my results with remedy

bottles, since eyedroppers would certainly

be more conveniently to the patient. …I

believe we owe it to our patients to try

different methods until we find the one that

will be the most rapid and gentle for them.

As HAHNEMANN said, aude sapere (“dare

to know”).

7.

ALO

E:

A Study in Materia Medica

André SAINE ND. (SIM, Vol.XIV,

4/2001)

Aloe socotrina grows naturally on the

shores of the Island of Socotra, located in

the Indian Ocean, south of the Arabian

Peninsula. It was known in ancient times as

a holy medicament against melancholy.

Alexander the Great sent colonists to the

Island of Socotra just to cultivate the plant.

It was such a rare and precious plant that it

was given as a present from sultans to

kings. The part used as a medicine is the

resin that freely flows out of its leaf when

cut. It is recognized not only by its color,

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

but also by its sweet smell and very bitter

taste.

Hering told the story of how he

obtained a “stolen” piece of Aloe for his

proving: “I went to a druggist in

Philadelphia by the name of Morris to buy

some Aloes. He showed me two kinds. I

told him that both of them were

adulterations. He sent his boy out to all the

drug stores in town for more samples. An

immense heap of Aloes was collected, all of

them bogus. The druggist was chagrined.

He sent to New York for more samples. I

came to examine this large assortment but

did not find a single genuine specimen

among them. At last I noticed that the

druggist held back a small package,

carefully wrapped in paper, which he did

not seem willing to show me. I asked to see

it. He handed it over, smiled as I said:

‘This is genuine Aloes. Where did you get

it?’ He confessed that he had stolen it from

a collection in the Academy of Pharmacy, of

which he was a trustee. The sample had

been brought into the country by an

expedition that had sailed around the world

and had received the specimen from the

Sultan of Muscat, who grew the plant from

which the substance is derived. When you

break a piece of Aloes the fracture must

show a fiery red, almost purplish, golden

tint, almost transparent. The adulterated

specimens were boiled in certain oils to such

a degree that they made the paper in which

they came, greasy.”

Aloe was first proven by German

homeopaths in the early 1820s and 1830s;

one of them was conducted under the

guidance of HAHNEMANN. Hering and

other American physicians completed its

proving in the 1840s and ‘50s. Hering first

published the materia medica of Aloe in

1857 in the Amerikanische

Arzneiprufungen (American Provings)

which was translated by T.F. ALLEN and

published in the American Homeopathic

Review in 1863, and reprinted in Reference

Works.

There is an interesting anecdote from

Edmund CARLETON recalling his first

meeting with HERING, who prescribed him

Aloe: “I remember, as if it were but

yesterday, the first time we met. It was in

his office as physician and patient. He

stood and looked at me calmly, while I

related my symptoms,. Then, silently

turning to his desk, he prepared three

powders and handed them to me, with

directions. I left him in wonder, for my

case had troubled the physician who had

sent me, and I had expected a long search.

“The remedy produced a violent

aggravation, and I recollect that wonder

temporarily gave place to a state of mind

akin to resentment. Recovery followed, and

so did my promised report to the doctor.

The recital of the success of his prescription

caused his face to smile all over, which

ended with a hearty, genial laugh, and he

said, ‘That was A-lo-es; it was low; it was

the 500

th

.’ Then seating himself and

motioning me to a chair, he went on to

relate how he had suffered similarly when

proving the drug, and made me promise to

write out and give to him a history of the

case, which I afterwards did, and informed

me that the medicine had been potentized

for him by Dr.Fincke, from a choice bit of

crude material furnished by himself.”

1

Diarrhea

The main known effect of Aloe is on

the intestines and rectum, and

characterized by profuse, watery, gushing

diarrhea. Diarrhea will often be the chief

presenting complaint of the patient, and its

characteristic symptoms will lead the

conscientious prescriber to study Aloe.

Now, let’s first describe the

characteristic symptoms of the diarrhea of

Aloe. Typically, it is a profuse, yellow

brownish, watery diarrhea containing

lumps; it can be lumps with mucus, or

lumps of mucus jelly. It can look like frog

spawn, or it can be mixed with blood, and

typically associated with great rumbling,

gurgling, and passing a large quantity of

loud, sputtering gas.

The diarrhea can be felt coming

minutes, or even hours before hand. There

is often a great rumbling. At times, patients

can feel the bolus travelling in the guts and

then eventually filling the rectum. The

rectum seems full of liquid, which feels as if

it would fall out. That is when they develop

their most peculiar symptom, which

consists of insecurity of the rectum; they

don’t feel that they will be able to contain

the diarrhea.

In old books, we can find the

expression, ‘Want of confidence in

sphincter ani.” P.P. Wells wrote about this

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

symptom that “it is oftener than otherwise

described, by those who suffer it, as a

feeling of ‘uncertainty’—meaning that they

are not sure they shall not be attacked by

diarrhea any minute—and that they feel

just as though they would be.”

2

They

cannot pass gas or urinate without stool

escaping. The stool can also be passed

unnoticed.

At times they can also have a great urge

for stool, but only flatus is emitted. As

Dunham well said, Aloe “strikes the patient

equally between wind and water.” The

flatus tends to be hot, offensive, and

accompanied by heat and burning of the

rectum. At first they will have to hurry to

the toilet, especially immediately on eating

or drinking, but eventually they will lose

control. The stool will pass when walking

or standing, especially after eating.

Involuntary stool can go unnoticed, or there

can be an involuntary stool at night in bed

in a constipated person; even in children

you will find a large solid stool. A hard

stool can drop out without causing the least

sensation.

Other characteristics are that before

the stool there is a great amount of

distention, gurgling and heat in the

abdomen. The heat is both subjective and

objective, and feels like the pelvis is filled

with hot water. It can also be accompanied

by pain before and during stool. The pain

is a pinching, cutting, twisting, and gripping

type of pain, forcing the patient to sit bent,

which relieves. It is worse from jarring,

when sitting in a chair, or lying in bed, and

is relieved by passing the stool.

During the stool the patient feels a

violent tenesmus, and there is much

flatulency which is offensive smelling, and

burning with heat of the rectum and anus

especially if there is a hemorrhoid. The

abdomen is relieved, but the patient feels an

extreme weakness, prostration, and

faintness with clamminess or even profuse

perspiration.

Let’s look at its most characteristic

modalities of the diarrhea, which could help

to confirm Aloe:

• The diarrhea is worse:

• As soon as he eats or drinks anything (he

must hurry to the bathroom)

• Rising from lying.

• Standing

• Motion

• Walking

• Morning: driving out of bed in the early

morning, 5-10 AM

• Evening

• Becoming overheated

• Hot weather

• Damp weather: both hot humid and cold

damp (the patient is also mentally worse in

cloudy weather)

• Acidic foods, fruits and milk

• After chagrin (anger)

• From suppressed skin eruptions

• From Chemotherapy

As the diarrhea becomes more chronic,

the

patient will develop hemorrhoids which

protrude like a bundle of grapes after the

stool. These hemorrhoids will create a

constant bearing-down in the rectum. They

tend to bleed and feel sore,

characteristically better with cold water,

and especially sore upon wiping after stool.

There is a tendency for the rectum to

constantly secrete mucus which escapes

from the anus. There may be a peculiar

sensation in the pelvis, a feeling as if a plug

was wedged between the symphysis pubis

and coccyx, which becomes worse with

urging for stool. This sensation could be

related to an affection of the prostate gland.

Mind and head

Let’s go over some of the other

symptoms of Aloe. Its mental picture is

most important. In the acute state, the

patient tends to be very sick, and most

remarkably, it is not pleasant to be in his

presence. Like Chamomilla, he is hard to

please, becomes angry at nothing, and

throws things when contradicted. He feels

“disgust with everything, dissatisfied and

angry with himself, capricious, discouraged

about his success. He is impatient and

irritable. He curses, quarrels with everyone

who contradicts him. He has aversion to

company, cannot endure the visits of

people. They are repugnant to him to the

point of repelling everyone.” You will find

this remedy under “hatred, repels

everyone.” Like one of the above –

mentioned patients who turned his head

away when his girlfriend picked up his

hand, or when his mother wanted to kiss

him. [See part I of this article for details on

Dr. Saine’s Aloe cases, Simillimum,

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

Summer 2001.] Fear of men,

anthropophobia.

Another very characteristic mental

symptom of Aloe is its great laziness:

“Disinclination to move. Disinclination to

go into the open air, though there is relief

from it. Indolence; at noon. Disinclination

to mental labor. Speedy fatigue from

mental labor. Incapacity for labor, with

peevish restlessness, disinclination to

mental labor.” He sits still, silent. A

characteristic of this laziness is the possible

alternation with great activity, as in one of

the above patients. In the proving it is

found under “Exhaustion alternating with

activity.”

Or it could be the opposite, such as

excitement, or the tendency to overwork.

These are found in the proving under

“Inclination to labor. Much inclination for

continued labor. Especially inclined to

mechanical labor. At an early hour, quick,

complete awakening, with inclination for

mental labor, good appetite. In the

forenoon, he is much excited, works hastily

and yet well. In the afternoon he works

with a will, without a midday nap. Excited

at night. Great restlessness and

excitement. Inner restlessness and

excitement. Excitement of mind and body.”

The Aloe patient tends to get exhausted

easily. He tires quickly. The mental

symptoms are clearly worse during cloudy

weather.

Another characteristic mental symptom

is the aversion to change and tendency for

fixation and obsession, as seen in three of

the above cases.

There is a monomania, which can last for

some time and be replaced by another one.

Cycles of fixations.

In terms of sensitivity, he is very

sensitive to jar, especially with colic, as seen

in T.P.'s case. There is also a special

sensitivity to noise or music. He can hate

music and noise, which may set him off in a

tremor, or he can feel it travelling through

his body like a shock wave (trembling from

musical sound and noise) as seen in T.P.’s

case. There can be a great liking for music,

as in S.P.’s case. M.D. was startled by

noise.

Another important characteristic

symptom of Aloe is the heavy, confused

dullness felt in the forehead, associated with

difficulty in thinking. It is worth reciting

Dunham’s experience with Aloe. He

reported that:

“Among the remedies of which

provings have been published within the

last five years, none has seemed to me more

deserving of attention than Aloes.

“Among the symptoms of the head I am

inclined to regard as characteristic of Aloes

those which describe a heavy, confused

dullness in the front part of the head

extending to the root of the nose, with

inability to think; a pain in the forehead

which compels the patient to close the eyes,

or, if he wishes to look at anything, to

constrict the eyes, making the aperture of

the lids very small. It must be admitted,

however, that symptoms so similar to these

are found under other remedies, that these

symptoms alone could not be regarded as a

sure indication for Aloes.

“The following case will show how I

have prescribed Aloes, and will suggest

some reflections upon the mode of selecting

remedies in practice.

“During the winter season a gentleman,

about 70 years of age, applied for relief

from a dull, heavy frontal headache, which

incapacitated him from mental labor. He

could give me no more definite or

characteristic description of his ailment. It

was felt as soon as he waked, and lasted all

day. From such a description as the above,

it would be impossible to prescribe with any

certainty of selecting the right remedy. I set

myself therefore to investigate the

patient's’previous history, in the hope of

getting some help from the anamnesis, to

which HAHNEMANN and

BOENNINGHAUSEN attach so much

improtance. I learned that this headache

was no new affliction. It had for years

annoyed this gentleman, rather more

during the winter season, whereas during

the summer he was comparatively free from

it. No peculiarity of diet or regimen could

explain this fact.

“On the other hand, I learned that

during the summer season my patient was

very frequently attacked with diarrhea, the

disease coming on suddenly, waking him at

2 AM with a pinching flatulent colic, and so

urgent a call to evacuate the bowels that he

would be compelled to seek the water-closet

instantly, experiencing meanwhile the

greatest difficulty in retaining the feces.

From this time till 10 AM he would have

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

four or five stools, pappy, copious, light

yellow, great difficulty in retaining the feces

for even a moment after the desire for stool

was first experienced. Desire for stool

provoked by eating, so that he was

compelled to leave the breakfast table.

Involuntary stool when straining to pass

water. When comparatively free from

headache, he was inclined to diarrhea, and

vice versa.

“I have long been persuaded that a

most important condition of success in the

treatment of chronic diseases consists in the

practitioner taking such a view of the case

as shall combine the various ailments of

which a chronic patient may complain at

different periods of time and in different

organs, even though these periods and

organs be remote from each other and

apparently disconnected. In no other way,

it has sometimes seemed to me, could the

characteristic indications of the remedy for

such a case be found.

“Acting upon this persuasion in the

case in question, I regarded the headaches

which predominated in winter and the

diarrheas which predominated in summer

as, in some sort, complementary series of

symptoms, and as making up, both

together, the ‘totality of symptoms’ for

which I was to seek, in the Materia Medica,

the simillimum.

“The symptoms of the headache—

indeed of the entire winter affection—

presented nothing that was characteristic of

anyone remedy to the exclusion of all

others. Carbo vegetabilis, Sabadilla,

Sulphur, Aloes, Nux vomica, and several

others might be regarded as about equally

well indicated.

“When, however, to the head symptoms

of the winter, I came to add the diarrhea

symptoms of the summer, regarding the

sum total as one disease, it was then

impossible to avoid perceiving that the

diarrhea symptoms were strikingly

characteristic of Aloes, and could not

indicate any other remedy. This furnished

the clue to the prescription. On studying

the head symptoms of Aloes, it was seen

that they corresponded to the head

symptoms of my patient quite as well as the

symptoms of any other drug. Aloes 200 was

given and it afforded a relief, which my

patient had sought in vain from other

remedies taken on the strength of the head

symptoms alone. The headache returned a

few times afterward with very much

diminished severity, but yielded at once to

Aloes. Lately my patient has been entirely

free from it, nor did the diarrhoea return as

it used formerly to do whenever the

headache ceased to prevail.”

3

About the heavy confused dullness, P.P.

WELLS wrote: “This drug has been found

effectual repeatedly in removing a peculiar

heavy, dull, pressing pain in the forehead,

of no great severity, but which indisposes

to, or even incapacitates for all exertion,

especially for intellectual labor. This state

of the head has appeared in the person of

the writer, every year for the last 10 or 12,

on the blossoming of the Ailanthus. He

found no remedy for it, till he received the

proving of Aloes, in Hering’s Amerikanische

Arzneiprufungen..”

4

Other characteristic symptoms are dry

mouth and dry, red lips, usually without

thirst; the desire for fruits, especially apples

or apple juice; juice, or juicy foods;

refreshing foods; beer; farinaceous foods;

milk; stimulants; bitter; and salt.

Aloe will be indicated in uterine

haemorrhage with a feeling of great

heaviness in the pelvis, similar to the plug

sensation we referred to among the rectal

symptoms above. The uterus always feels

too heavy, and engorged, as if a

haemorrhage would take place at any time.

This feeling of heaviness of the pelvis can

also be an indication for Aloe in a

constipated subject. The same state occurs

with the sphincter of the bladder as with the

sphincter ani; on rising, he is obliged to run

quickly to urinate, and can hardly retain

the urine.

Some important generalities are: the

sensation of heat, worse from warmth,

worse in warm wet weather, better from

cool or cold weather, better cold application

(head and anus), better open air; ailments

from suppression and effects of drugs (it is

interesting to note that WELLS mentioned

that Aloe is indicated in “hospital

diarrhoea”); worse in the morning and

better in the evening, especially the energy

and moods. It is interesting to read the

abstract of the mental symptoms written by

HERING in 1857 and realize how reliable

the original provers of Aloe were: “Anguish

and ebullition of the blood, vertigo,

startings up, restlessness, fear,

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

misanthropic, ill-humor, morose in cloudy

weather, peevish toward himself, worse

with pains, with suppression of the stool—

better in the open air. Disinclined to labor,

lassitude alternating with activity; good-

natured, self-contented; prattling and

laughing children.”

Diffferntial Materia Medica

In acute cases of diarrhea, the remedy

that will most often need to be

differentiated from Aloe is Podophyllum,

and often it will be very difficult to

differentiate between these two remedies. It

is therefore necessary to study carefully

their similarities and differences.

Both have heat in the abdomen with

full, bloated feeling, distention, and the

soreness of the abdomen, which are all

relieved after stool. Both have a pressing-

out feeling. Podophyllum feels that the

uterus will come out while urinating, and

that during a stool, all the internal organs

will come out. Both can have involuntary

stool in sleep or when passing flatus. Both

have aggravation from motion, summer

heat and after eating or drinking. Both can

have profuse, watery, yellowish, gushing

diarrhea. Podophyllum has gush “as from a

fire hydrant.” Both can have prostration

after stool, though this is often more

pronounced with Podophyllum, where the

patient may feel a profound prostration.

The Podophyllum child can have a deathly

look, very pale, as if he is going to die. Both

can develop haemorrhoids with the

diarrhea. Both can have offensive diarrhea.

With Podophyllum it may smell like carrion.

Both can have a morning aggravation,

worse 5 AM, and both can be driven out of

bed. Both can have alternation of

complaints, like diarrhea alternating with

headaches. Aloe has alternation of lassitude

with great activity.

What are the main differences?

Aloe

Prominent with Aloe is the insecurity of

the sphincter of the rectum. The bolus

moves with great rumbling, and when it

reaches the rectum a weakness is felt.

There is a feeling of not being able to hold

the stool. The haste to go is therefore more

prominent with Aloe because of this

weakness. Aloe will also have a greater

tendency to lose control and have

involuntary stools, which is worse after

soon eating or while walking. Aloe

commonly has involuntary stool while

urinating, like Muriatic acid. The

involuntary stools of Aloe can even happen

with hard, formed stools, and may pass

unnoticed.

Another good differentiating symptom

is the amount of flatus during diarrhea,

which is definitely more pronounced in

Aloe, where it is characterized by a loud

sputtering. Loud gurgling as of water

running out of a bottle, prior to passing

stool or large amounts of gas, is more

characteristic of Aloe. The Aloe patient

will characteristically pass hot flatus.

Jellylike stool is more characteristic of Aloe,

while Podophyllum’s is generally watery. It

is more characteristic of Aloe for the

diarrhea to be worse standing and/or

walking. Aloe will tend to be hungry after

every stool, like Veratrum album, while

Podophyllum tends to have no appetite with

the diarrhea.

Above all, the Aloe patient is a more

unpleasant patient when acutely sick.

Podophyllum is more depressed; he thinks

he is going to die.

Podophyllum

The most characteristic symptom of the

Podophyllum diarrhea is how profuse it is.

You wonder where so much can come from.

The profuse gushing stool of Podophyllum

tends to be more changeable in terms of

color. It can be yellow, green, white, or

black. It is also changeable in terms of the

consistency. It can be watery, slimy,

gelatinous, lienteric, bloody, pasty, or

naturally formed. The very offensive stool,

with an odor like carrion, belongs to

Podophyllum. Podophyllum can have empty

retching with the diarrhea. The diarrhea of

Podophyllym is worse during dentition,

which is not found in Aloe. In this condition

there is a desire to press the gums or teeth

together. The sleep of Podophyllum tends to

be more restless. He sleeps with his eyes

half-open, whining, moaning and rolling the

head from side to side. However, both

grind their teeth in sleep. The painless stool

is more characteristic of Podophyllum. The

hot flatus is not characteristic of

Podophyllum, which instead passes hot

eructations.

Croton tiglium

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

Another remedy often needing to

differentiated from Aloe and Podophyllum

in cases of acute diarrhea is Croton tiglium,

which shares with them many characteristic

symptoms, such as the loud gurgling before

the diarrhea followed by a profuse, yellow,

watery stool which is aggravated by

drinking, eating and motion. The most

characteristic aspect of the stool of Croton

tiglium is the explosiveness. It comes out

like a sudden explosion, a shot, all at once in

one violent gush, like water from a hydrant.

The aggravation on drinking (nursing in an

infant) and eating is more intense in Croton

tiglium and more characteristic of it. The

gurgling before the stool can sound like a

loud swashing of water. The diarrhea tends

to be more painful in Croton tiglium, more

griping pain and tenesmus. Other

characteristic symptoms of Croton tiglium

are the great pallor and weakness

associated with faintness, vertigo, nausea,

vomiting, dimness of vision, perspiration

and coldness. Podophyllum can have

vomiting preceding its diarrhea. The time

aggravation is not very prominent in Croton

tiglium. Aloe has most prominently the

urgency with insecurity of the rectum,

Podophyllum has the great quantity of stool,

and Croton tiglium has the very explosive

stool. Only Aloe, among these three

remedies, will pass stool without noticing it.

Sulphur

The third remedy, which often must be

differentiated from Aloe, is Sulphur, but

this time it is on the chronic level. The two

share hundreds of similar symptoms. Both

are hot remedies, but Aloe is more

intolerant of the heat. For instance, the

diarrhea of Aloe is aggravated in the heat of

the summer, which is not characteristic of

Sulphur. However, the great heat of the

feet, and the desire to uncover them,

especially at night, is more characteristic of

Sulphur. Both are driven out of bed in the

morning at 5 AM, but this symptom is more

striking for Sulphur, less so for Aloe. Both

will desire apples, beer, farinaceous foods,

and salt, but Sulphur will also tend to desire

spices and sweets more prominently. The

11 AM aggravation is more characteristic of

Sulphur. The aversion to change and the

cycles of fixations are characteristic of Aloe.

The great indolence and lassitude,

alternating with activity, is also more

characteristic of Aloe. Sulphur often tends

to be hungry during the day, and especially

at 11 AM, while Aloe tends to be most

hungry after stool, as illustrated by the

following case.

“Mary H., 23 years old, applied for

treatment because she had a movement of

the bowels after every meal. The trouble

had existed for about six weeks. The stools

were nearly normal in consistency and

looked well-digested. Always after eating

and drinking, she must go to stool in a

hurry. She had no bowel movements,

except immediately after eating and

drinking. She suffered from an empty

feeling after stool, and soon became

hungry; but if food were eaten, she would

be compelled in a few minutes to go to the

closet.

“Her tongue was a little narrow and

covered with a light gray coat. Menses

were regular and lasted five days, with

backache and pain in the uterine region the

first day.

“She had lost considerable flesh and

was getting uneasy, as the difficulty seemed

persistent.

“Two symptoms especially called my

attention to Aloe; one was stool after eating

and drinking, and the other was the desire

to go to stool in a hurry. Desire for stool

after each meal is especially found under

Arsenicum album,China, Lycopodium,

Podophyllum and Trombidium.

“Under Aloe in the Guiding Symptoms,

I found the following: ‘Hungry during the

diarrhea; hungry after the morning stool’;

‘As soon as he eats anything, he must go to

stool’; “Has to hurry to the closet

immediately after eating and drinking.”

Although hunger occurred in this case after

every stool instead of after the morning

stool only, I gave her on January 22, 1908,

Aloe 1M, dry on the tongue, every night for

a week.

“February 5, Reported that she was

much better in every way. She did not feel

so empty after stool and the hunger was

nearly gone. As the case seemed at a

standstill, the same medicine in the same

potency was again prescribed, and in a

short time all the symptoms disappeared,

and she has not had any trouble since.”

6

Retention or unconscious passage of stool

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

In Hering’s American Provings, Aloe

contains over 1,640 symptoms. The

conscientious prescriber will profit from

revieweing these when the consideration of

Aloe comes up in a case, as many

characteristic symptoms not present in the

above cases will be found there (see

Reference Works under American

Homeopathic Review). Aloe calls to be

rediscovered, but also to be uncovered by

continued clinical use. Many of the above

cases have confirmed HERING’s,

WESSELHOEFT’s and JEKYLL’s

observations, who have said, respectively,

that “Aloes has many symptoms like

Sulphur and is equally important in chronic

diseases …,” Aloe will “clear away a

number of other psoric symptoms not yet

contained in its pathogenesis,” and “Aloes

has cured many symptoms that are not

recorded in any Materia Medica that I have

seen.” Many other characteristic aspects of

Aloe have been discovered clinically, like

the retention of the stool, as in the following

case of Butler.

“In January 1885, Mrs. G., a brunette

26 years of age, of plump figure, firm

muscular fiber and nervo-bilious

temperament, consulted me for constipation

of many years standing. She received

Sulphur without benefit.

“February 1, I gave her Bryonia, also

without benefit. Dissatisfied with not

having been helped she discontinued

treatment, saying that she never had

received more than temporary relief from

my medicine and was disgusted with drugs

and with doctors.

“In October, however, she came to me

again, as the constipated condition was

worse than ever and ‘something must be

done.’ At this time she presented the

following condition.

“Her general health was excellent.

Careful enquiry failed to find any aches,

pains, or abnormalities, except those about

to be recorded. Her bowels moved once in

four or five days, usually without cathartics

or enemata; if, however, there was no

disposition for stool after this length of

time she would take licorice powder, but

this was seldom resorted to. For two or

three days preceding the movement of the

bowels she had a feeling of heaviness

through the entire pelvic region ‘as if the

lower part of the abdomen were made of

lead’ which sensation was relieved by an

evacuation of the bowels just in proportion

to its completeness. The stool itself was

natural in color, large, hard and dry. On

account of its size it was voided only by

great exertion and even the most persistent

straining was not always effectual until

after repeated attempts. There was no

actual pain with the stool, but after it she

had a sense of great soreness about the

anus, well up within the rectum and

especially, in the perineum; so severe was it

that the ordinary means of cleansing were

too painful and she was obliged to use a soft

sponge and water for this purpose. This

soreness continued for several hours after

an evacuation.

“The heaviness in the pelvic region and

the great soreness after stool called my

attention to Aloe and although this drug

produces looseness of the bowels as its most

usual effect, and in the few cases of

retarded action of the bowels recorded

under it in ALLEN’s Cyclopedia, the

character of the fecal accumulation is not

given, it more nearly covered the totality of

the symptoms than any remedy that I knew.

I gave it in a Fincke potency (the 45M graft)

a dose in water, each night until the bowel

moved—then to report for further advice.

“On the second morning (i.e., after the

second dose) she reported that the bowels

had moved and more freely and naturally

than for months; that meantime the

heaviness in the abdomen, and the soreness

after stool were very much better although

not well.

“The medicine was now discontinued

and she was directed to report again when

her constipation returned. Up to this time,

now more than six months, she has required

no more medicine for this condition, her

bowels continuing to move naturally and

regularly.”

7

In the proving, we find that the

“secondary effect” of Aloe is stool retention.

This retention of stool in children for fear of

pain is not that uncommon, and had been

confirmed by Nash some years earlier.

Here is his most interesting case:

“Master P. aged three years, light hair,

complexion and eyes, had been troubled

with constipation on since birth. At times

he was worse than at others, and it was

often almost impossible to get an evacuation

even with repeated injections of water. The

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

feces were in lumps, very large and light

colored; there was so much pain attending

efforts at school that he screamed and was

covered with sweat, and the mother was

often obliged to pick away the hard lumps.

He seemed afraid, and avoided letting his

parents know, of a desire for stool, as long

as possible. After treating him during

several of these attacks with Bryonia,

Sulphur, Nux vomica, Veratrum album,

Calcarea carbonica, and Sepia, with

indifferent success, I found that he

oftentimes passed large, hard lumps of fecal

matter involuntary and apparently

unconsciously. Aloes 200

th

cured and there

has been no return of the trouble for two

years.”

8

This symptom had also been reported

by GUERNSEY in the following case: “A

little girl was first taken with a bad,

nervous, shattering cough; then fever; pain

in her stomach; loss of appetite;

constipation; could not sit up, or hold up

her head even, so completely had she lost

the muscular power of her neck and spine.

She had a great variety of symptoms, but it

was quite impossible to name her disease.

Most of her symptoms seemed to belong to

a great variety of medicines; only one

seemed peculiar, and to belong especially to

Aloes. The symptom in her case that

characterized it from all other symptoms

was an involuntary, unnoticed hard stool.

The little girl knew nothing of it. Now, it

was found on careful comparison, that

Aloes had all her symptoms, and the golden

rule is, give the smallest dose that will cure.

my choice was Aloes 50M, one single dose

only. In three days she made rapid

recovery.”

9

That would also apply to the symptom

observed in many individuals by

C.CARLETON SMITH who reported

during one of the Lippe Society meetings

that during “the epidemic of cholera that

occurred in Chicago while he was

practicing there. Patients would come into

his office holding the hands upon the

abdomen and fearing they would have an

attack of diarrhea immediately. They could

not trust their bowels. Aloes would relieve

all such cases, and they escaped the cholera

afterward.”

10

Or, in the following case of

Appendicitis:

“April 24, 1903, I was called to see a

little schoolgirl, aged about 12 years. She

complained of pain in the right side, in a

central spot. She had slight fever, some

thirst, and was restless and nervous. I

could not get much in the way of symptoms

from the child, but as she lived with her

aunt and did as she pleased, I came to the

conclusion that her trouble resulted from

getting her feet wet on her way from school

the day before, though I could get no

positive proof going to confirm my

suspicions. However, I prescribed Rhus

toxicondendron 200.

“Called the 25

th

and found a slight

improvement, when I told the aunt what my

suspicions were in regard to the case. The

child’s father was sent for, and, like many

anxious fathers, felt that he must do all that

could be done under the mistaken notion

that good would result from doing

everything that can be done, whether it has

any particular reference to the good of the

patient or not, and as the child had not

eaten anything for 48 hours he gave her a

pint of strong beef broth, with some bread

in it. Of course, he soon heard from it, and

did also.

“I found her with a temperature of

103°, trying to vomit, bowels bloated and so

tender that she could not bear the slightest

touch. Her pulse was 130, weak and

threadlike, and the pain in the abdomen

caused the child to scream whenever she

was touched or moved in the bed. She was

called to the chamber as often as every half-

hour to pass a clear, thick jellylike

substance, which was preceded by pain and

relieved by the discharge. No pain during

nor after the discharge. She got Aloes 200.

I repeated the dose three times during the

next 10 days; always after I noticed the

symptoms did not improve during the

preceding 24 hours.”

11

Review of the characteristic symptoms of Aloe

to be added or upgraded in the repertory

As many characteristic symptoms of

Aloe were clinically cured, but often not

found or fully developed in its proving,

WESSELHOET legitimately asked the

question, “Are we authorized to add to the

pathogenesis of Aloe those symptoms which

were cured in this case? …I think we are

fully authorized to do so and in this way

enrich still further this splendid proving.”

We must be careful not to add just any

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

symptom to the Materia Medica of a

remedy because it has disappeared under

treatment. However, symptoms which have

clearly and repeatedly disappeared

following the administration of a remedy

should be included.

An asterisk (*) following a symptom in

the list below indicates that it needs to be

added to or upgraded in the repertory.

Symptoms listed in italics or bold type

should be upgraded accordingly. The letter

“p” after a symptom means that the

symptom is found in the proving, the letter

“v” means that it has been verified

clinically, and the letter “c” means that the

symptom was cured under Aloe, but not

found in the proving. The letters “p + v”

means the symptoms was proved and

verified clinically. When there are no

letters, it means that the origin of the

symptom, whether from a proving or

clinical, is not known.

Mind

• Absorbed (p + v)*

• Reserved (p + v)*

• Obstinate (p + v)*

• A certain anxiety after one scruple (p + v)*

• Fastidious (p +v)*

• Obsessions and cycles of fixations (c)

• Needs routine, or aversion to change (c)*

• Anguish in the abdomen (p + v)

• Great anxiety, timorousness, restlessness,

dread of death, great anguish so that she

cannot stay anywhere (p + v)

• Anticipation, anxiety about the future (v)*

• Fear of heights and going downhill (c)*

• When sick the patient is not pleasant to be

with. He is hard to please. He has disgust

with everything. Dissatisfied and angry with

himself. (p + v)

• Irritable, he cannot endure the visit of many

people, they are repugnant to him (p + v)*

• Unfriendly and unfeeling (c)*

• Hates people; repels everyone (p + v)

• Aversion to being spoken to (c)*

• Ill humor, peevishness and anthropophobia,

with cuttings in the abdomen (p)

• Weeps easily;* weeps with consolation;*

dissatisfied and angry with himself;

revengeful (p)

• Impatient and in a hurry (p + v)*

• Indisposed to go outdoors, but the pain in

the abdomen is thereby relieved (p)

• Irritable, quarrelsome with everyone who

contradicts him; it seems he would rather

be torn to pieces than give up his will (p)

• Throws things when contradicted (c)*

• The weather is cloudy, cold, rainy (in

December), and his humor morose,

thoughtful, discontented (p + v)

• Ill humor; peevish about himself, so that he

insults* and blasphemes; worse afternoon;

peevish towards himself without reason.

(p)

• Little inclination for labor, discouraged,

apprehensive about his success (p + v)

• Indolence; if he sits, he deliberates about

standing up; can be associated with great

fatigue, confusion, desultory thinking,

which can all alternate with activity (p + v)

• Mental condition improves by exercise in

the open air (p + v)*

• Much inclination to continued labor (p)

• Especially inclined to mechanical labor (p)

• In the forenoon, he is much excited, works

hastily and yet well (p + v)

• Excited at night* with warmth and redness

of the face (p + v)

• Lassitude alternating with great mental activity

(p + v)*

• After a meal, no sleepiness, but a forbidding

and unconcerned humor; about half past

three he is better and is much inclined to

joke, continually mocking the remarks of

others; in the evening he is inclined to work

(p + v)*

• Immediately after a meal, a sluggish sleepy

mood; he sat down by himself without

speaking, without any desire for mental or

physical exertion; for one till after four in

the evening, already an opposite condition,

meditating, wrapped up in himself, as after

a sickness, or a fit of anger, which still

gnaws internally, which one cannot express;

nothing can engage his attention; he is

averse to and disgusted with everyone; he is

not at all angered about an accident which

otherwise probably would have angered

him (p + v)

• Sits still, silent (p + v)*

• Very discouraged and unhappy mood, since

the forenoon, with confused head and lack

of inclination to labor; better in the evening

(p)

• Contented, happy humor in the evening * as

well as all the following day (p)

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

• Contented with his station in life; it

involuntarily occurs to him that he is really

much better off than many other people (p)

• Towards evening, uncommonly aroused by

spirited joyful news (p)

• Merry, self-contented, fraternized with the

whole world (p + c)*

• Sympathetic (c)

• Too affectionate (c)

• At evening, in a happy mood, he feels

completely happy and contented (p)

• Great serenity and good humor; in a

patient (p)

• The child is very much enlivened and

vivacious, it plays and prattles uncommonly

with much mischievousness and laughter;

from sucking Aloes (p)

• Lack of self-confidence (c)*

• Doubtful (c)*

• Will not use a public washroom (c)*

• Sensitive to admonition (c)*

• Aversion to consolation (p + v)*

• Sensitive to noise (p + v)*

• Startling easily, at noise;* easily frightened

at slight noise (p + v)

• Painlessness (c)*

• Lack of irritability (c)*

• Never cries (c)*

• Never laughs (c)*

• Slow learning to talk (c)*

• Low, whispering voice (c)*

• Aversion to being touched, being massaged

(p + v)*

• Grinds his teeth with anger (c)*

Head

• Heaviness in the forehead with confusion

and aversion to mental labor (p)

• Headaches worse in the summer and from

light; compelled to make the eyes small (v)*

• Rubs his forehead (c)*

• Heat of face with excitement, headaches (v)

• Headaches better cold and passing flatus*

• Headaches worse rising*

• Congestion of the head in lunatics (p)*

• Hair falling in lumps, leaves bare patches

(c)**

• Noise in ear when moving the jaw (p)*

• Cracking of the jaw (p + v)

Ears

• Deafness, left then right side (p)*

• Ear pain, left then the right side (p)

• Earwax increased (c)*

Nose

• The nose is very red, without redness of the

face, in cold open air (p)*

• Epistaxis on the right side,* in the morning

in bed shortly after waking (p)

• Sneezing and with watery fluent coryza (p)*

• Husky voice during coryza (p)*

Mouth

• Black comedone on edge of the upper lip

(p)*

• Red and dry lips (p+v)*

• Dry mouth without without thirst (p+v)*

• Dry mouth with thirst (p)*

• Salivation with hunger (p)*

• Cold sensation of the left side of the tongue

(p)*

• Stitches under the tongue (p)*

• Pappy taste (p)*

• Grinding teeth when angry (c)*

• Grinding teeth in sleep (c)*

Throat

• Sore throat after stool (c)*

• Constriction of the throat (p)*

• Raw throat worse in the cold open air (p)*

• Sore throat worse at night; yawning; on

opening the mouth; in the evening; on

waking at night or in the morning; better

on swallowing food (p)*

Appetite and thirst

• Thirstlessness during diarrhea (c)*

• Thirsty during meals (v)*

• Desire for fruits, especially apples and apple

juice, and juicy food, refreshing foods, beer,

salt, stimulants, farinaceous foods, bread,

meat, milk, bitter and cold sour drinks (p +

v)*

• Aversion to fruits and meat

• Worse from alcohol, beer, fruits, milk, and

vinegar

• Better from beer, cold drinks and tea

• Increased appetite (p)*

• Hunger with diarrhea, hunger after morning

stool or any stool (v)*

Stomach and abdomen

• Nausea and vomiting better sitting still (p)*

• Appendicitis with acute pain in the right

lower quadrant worse from movement and

touch (c)*

• Stitches in the umbilical region on sneezing

(p)*

• Enlarged abdomen especially in children

(c)*

• Pain in the abdomen better lying bent and

pressure (p)*

Rectum and stool

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

• Profuse, watery, yellow-brown diarrhea,

containing lumps with mucus; it can be

lumps of jelly mucus like jellyfish; it can

look like frog spawn, green or white; it can

be mixed with blood (v)

• Heaviness, pressure downwards; feeling as

if a plug were wedged in between the

symphysis pubis and the os coccygeus (p)

• Very active bowels before stools: noisy (as if

fluid was swashing), hot, distended, painful

(cutting, gripping), sensitive; they can feel

the diarrhea coming minutes or even hours

before; at times they can feel the bolus

travelling in the guts and then eventually

filling the rectum; the rectum seems full of

fluid as if it would fall out (that is when they

have the above feeling of a plug) (v)

• Stool comes out with force; with lots of gas,

loud sputtering; forceful, can come out like a

cork; the evacuation takes place without

any exertion on the part of the patient; it

seems, as it were, to fall out of the rectum

(v)

• Lack of confidence in the sphincter ani;

involuntary stools when passing flatus, when

urinating, when standing, when rising;* fear

to urinate lest stool should escape (p + v)

• Holds the hands on the abdomen and fears

he would have an attack of diarrhea (c)*

• Diarrhea worse from anxiety, excitement

(c)*

• Continual urging for stool (p)*

• Stool comes out unnoticed, “the stool falls

out” (p + v)*

• Albuminous white or clear frothy mucus in

globs like jelyfish (v)*

• Painful or painless

• Worse being overheated, hot weather, must

hurry to the closet immediately while or right

after eating or drinking, after breakfast, 2

AM to 9-10 AM, worse around 5 AM,

rushing out of bed, worse moving around,

rising from lying, standing, excitement,

anticipation, fruits, milk (v)*

• Diarrhea from suppressed skin eruptions (c)*

• Passage of much flatus after each meal;

offensive, hot and burning; with relief (p)

• The rectum constantly secretes mucus,

which escapes from anus, even with

attempts at defecation

• Great weakness and faintness after stools

(v)*

• Cold clammy to profuse perspiration after

stool (c)*

• Hemorrhoids, protrude like a bunch of

grapes, better cold water, worse on wiping

after stool.

• Anal pain better from beer (p)*

Urinary and genitalia

• Urine is saffron, offensive with sediments

• Urine frothy (c)*

• Similar frequency and urgency of the desire

to pass urine, with a certain uncertainty in

the tenure of that excretion (p + v)

• Enuresis (c)

• Involuntary urination in old men with

enlarged prostate (v)

• Affection of the prostate gland

• Cannot hold the urine when the urging

comes (c)

• On rising he was obliged to run quickly to

urinate (p + v)*

• At stool, urination; when urinating, desire for

stool

• Increased sexual desire after eating, after

stool, in the evening (p)*

• High sexual desire, especially in children

(c)*

• Free discharge of prostatic fluid after stool

(c)*

• Quick ejaculation, emission during siesta*

• Testicles cold; right feels cool at night;

penis small; scrotum relaxed (p)

• Epididymis sensitive to touch and while

walking (p)*

• Offensive perspiration of genitals.

• Fullness and heaviness in the region of the

uterus; pressing down in the rectum during

menses; uterine hemorrhage with great

heaviness; the uterus always feels too heavy

and engorged, as if the hemorrhage would

take place at any time; this heaviness can

be seen in a constipated person; menses

early and profuse; pains worse when

standing (p)

Respiratory

• Shortness of breath in cold air or when

walking against the wind (c)*

Back

• Dorsal pain as from prolonged stooping

(p)*

• Low back pain worse lying on the back,

better after rising (p)*

• Stiffness in the sacral area after sitting,

worse rising (p)*

• Pain in the coccyx as if he had fallen on it

(p)*

Extremities

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

• Pain in extremities as if sprained (p)

• Pain in the right upper arm worse motion

(p)*

• Pain in left thumb, as if sprained (p)*

• Chilblains (c)*

• Desquamation of palms of hands (c)*

• Numbness of the extremities while lying

after eating

Sleep

• Lays on the abdomen, especially children

(v)*

• Lies on the abdomen with hands between

the thighs (c)*

• Lies on back with knees bent and hands

above or under the head (c)*

• Sleeps with the head covered (c)*

• Cold hands and feet in bed n(p)

• Enuresis (c)

• Moans in sleep (v)

• Perspiration profuse in sleep; head and

neck (c)*

• Dreams: animals of all sorts; danger,

monsters; cannot cry out; of being crazy

and being watched; having a stool; waves

and water* (p)

Generalities

• Chills extending down the back (p)*

• Worse spicy foods (p)*

• All the symptoms are better with exercise

in the open air (p)*

• Poor stamina and low resistance to effort;

indolence

• Worse mental and physical exertion (p + v)

• Polarity: overly sensitive/insensitive to pain,

cries easily/never cries,

sympathetic/unfeeling, friendly/unfriendly,

hatred/affectionate, sluggish/vivacious,

great thirst during a

meal/thirstlessness during diarrhea, desire

for meat/great aversion to meat (v)

• Alternating states: Indolence/great activity;

alternating moods; low back pains

alternating with headaches; cold hands

alternating with cold feet; constipation

alternating with diarrhea (p + c)

• Warmblooded but chilly during acute state

(v)*

• Worse warmth (v)*

• Aversion to the sun (c)*

• Weakness from the heat of the summer (v)

• Worse hot damp weather, worse being in the

sun* (v)

• Worse cloudy weather (moods: sad and

morose) (v)*

• Better in the evening: energy, inclination to

work, moods, chilliness, increased sexual

desire (v)*

• Better cold (headaches, hemorrhoids,

general) (v)

• All symptoms better exercise in the open

air (p)*

• Worse jarring when sitting in a chair or

lying in bed (v)*

• Aversion to bathing (c)*

• Aversion to having his hair being cut (c)*

• Better kneeling (c)*

• Sensitive to music: he hates musical sound

and noise; it sets him all in a tremor, or he

feels it travelling his body like a shock

wave; trembling from music or noise (v)*

• Development arrested (c)*

• Ailments from suppression or the effects of

drugs (“hospital diarrhea”) (c)

Key or Guiding Symptoms of Aloe

When one encounters a case of a

warmblooded person who becomes chillier

during acute states (like Pulsatilla), and is

aggravated by heat and better by coolness,

worse in the morning and better in the

evening, better in open air, sensitive to

cloudy weather and especially, but not

necessarily, with a history of diarrhea, Aloe

should be considered. If there are other

bonus symptoms such as cycles of obsession,

indolence alternating with great activity, or

involuntary stools, then the choice becomes

easier.

The following key symptoms in a case

should alert the prescriber to consider Aloe:

• Great impatience and hurriedness

• Indolence, which can alternate with activity

• Low stamina

• Hates people; repels every one

• Aversion to change; tendency for fixation and

obsession

• Startles easily

• Worse cloudy weather

• Worse hot weather

• Worse heat, better cold

• Better open air, better exercise in the open air

• Worse in the morning, better in the evening:

energy, moods, indolence, control of

sphincter ani; tired in the morning and the

rest of the day, but the fatigue vanishes in

the evening; a crowd of thoughts busy him,

cannot get to sleep for a long time.

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

• Better passing stool or flatus: abdominal or

rectal pain, heaviness, palpitation, and

headaches

• Chronic or recurrent diarrhea

• Involuntary stools; stool unnoticed

• Ailments from suppressed skin eruptions,

headaches, and diarrhea and ailments from

drugs.

Conclusion

I hope this presentation will help my

colleagues to better grasp the broad

indications for Aloe, stimulate a more detailed

study of its Materia Medica, and encourage

them to report their cured cases to further

complete the picture of Aloe, thereby

continuing the great work begun by

HAHNEMANN.

References

1. KNERR C. Constantine HERING: Life of

Hering. Philadelphia: The Magi Press;

1940, 9

2. CARLETON E. In A Memorial of

Constantine Hering. Philadelphia, N.p.n.d.,

185-186

3. WELLS P. “Aloes,” American

homeopathic Review 1866; 6: 268-270

4. DUNHAM C. : “Remarks on Aloes,”

Medical Investigator 1868; 5: 143-144.

5. WELLS P. “Aloes,” American

homeopathic Review 1866; 6: 268-270

6. ROBERTS T. “Experience with Aloe,”

Proceedings of the International

HAHNEMANNian Association 1909: 252-

253

7. BUTLER C. “An Aloe Constipation”

Medical Advance 1887; 19: 389-391

8. NASH E. “Aloes—

Constipation,”Homeopathic Physician

1881; 1:153

9. GUERNSEY H. In Clinical Therapeutics,

Volume 2. T.S.HOYNE. Chicago: Duncan

Brothers, Printers. 1880: 363

10. SMITH C. Discussion, “Proceedings of the

Lippe Society,”Homeopathic Physician

1890; 10:117.

11. DENVER I. “Two cases of appendicitis,”

Medical Advance 1903; 41: 611-612

The following discussion is from

Dr.Saine’s answers to the editor’s questions

regarding the case of S.P.from Part I of his

article on Aloe.

Based on the other cases presented, I can

see in this case why you were led to think of

Aloe. However, there are some characteristic

symptoms in the case, not necessarily

characteristic of Aloe, that did not feature in

your evaluation. I am curious as what you felt

about these symptoms, and what other

remedies you may have considered?

Aloe was the remedy indicated from the

beginning, and it continued to be indicated

right to the end of casetaking. As I

remember, no other remedies were ever

seriously considered.

Childish ; sucking the thumb at 22, too lazy to

balance checkbook, wants instant

gratification?

Childishness is an addition to the

repertory by Del Mas, who was a relatively

reliable author. In any case the symptom of

childishness and sucking of the thumb are

typically clinical symptoms rather than

symptoms found in a proving. As for the

laziness, I mentiond that it is a major

characteristic of Aloe. In the Materia

Medica we find “Disinclination to move.

Disinclination to go into the open air,

though there is relief from it. Indolence; at

noon. Disinclination to mental labor.

Speedy fatigue from mental labor.

Incapacity for labor, with peevish

restlessness, disinclination to mental labor.”

Contradictory states; impatient yet patient,

hurried yet lethargic, lazy yet fastidious?

Contradictory and alternating states is

a grand characteristic of Aloe. We can read

many examples in the proving.

Fear of the dark until 18 years old; fear of

contagion (many examples)?

The fear of germs is not found in the

proving, however, we find “A certain

anxiety; after one scruple.” The fear of the

dark is also not found under Aloe but a

similar nocturnal fear is found: “After a

nocturnal emission of semen, fright at the

rattling of the windows by the wind.” In

any case neither of these symptoms

contradict the choice of Aloe.

Fear of undertaking new things: “I don’t want

to go home from college because I don’t want

to deal with new things”; “At 10 I didn’t want

to move”; “I am scared of new things”?

The aversion to change, or the need for

routine, is an important clinical symptom

which I believe is being reported for the

first time in this paper. It was a key

symptom for recognizing Aloe in S.P.’s case.

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

Concomitant: hay fever with asthma?

Hay fever and Asthma are common

symptoms, found in most remedies.

Perspiration; head and neck during sleep?

These are clinical symptoms which I am

reporting in this paper.

Constipated except for diarrhea from milk?

It is not a known symptom of Aloe, but

it is also not a very characteristic symptom.

Regarding the reaction: her whole state

changed at age 10 when they moved to another

house, which she has never gotten over. Her

mental state and severe allergies began at that

time, and have persisted to the time of the

casetaking. After Aloe was given in ascending

potencies, the mental emotional state was

much improved, but the allergy symptoms

didn’t resolve over the treatment period.

The allergies got worse the first two

days after the first two doses of Aloe, and

got dramatically better, 50 and 70% better,

respectively. Within two months (August

1998) the allergies were better by 75%, and

in December 1998, she said that her

allergies were another 25% better. She

reported that the allergies were minimal

until August 3, 1999, when she went to the

country and had a big exposure to pollen.

She took two doses of Aloe CM (prescribed

by her father) and her allergies got much

worse and stayed worse from the remedy,

until a dose of Sulphur 200 in September

and Mercurius in December brought them

down to a minimal level by January, 2000.

I last spoke to her in March, 2000, when

she wanted to reschedule her appointment.

As for her Asthma, it never returned after

the first dose of Aloe. I hope this answers

your questions. One of the essential

aspects of this paper is that when Aloe is

found indicated in a case the prescriber

should not be too concerned if not all the

symptoms are covered by Aloe as long as

the most characteristic symptoms are most

similar to it. I wrote that “Aloe calls to be

rediscovered but also uncovered by

continued clinical use. Many of the above

cases have confirmed HERING’s,

WESSELHOEFT’s and JEKYLL’s

observations, who have said, respectively,

that ‘Aloes has many symptoms like

Sulphur and is equally important in chronic

diseases,’ Aloe will ‘clear away a number of

other psoric symptoms not yet contained in

its pathogenesis,’ and ‘Aloes has cured

many symptoms that are not recorded in

any Materia Medica that I have seen.’”

Many important symptoms characteristic of

Aloe have been discovered clinically, like

the retention of the stool as reported by

BUTLER and NASH.

Some of the cases presented in this

paper after good examples of paragraph

164 of the Organon. Specifically, in the case

of Aloe, many reliable prescribers have

found that after prescribing Aloe because it

covered the diarrhea symptoms and some

other characteristic symptoms well, it

cleared the rest of the case, even though

Aloe did not cover all the other

characteristic symptoms.

--------------------------------------------------------

------

PART III

(While Part II features articles from other journals, Part III contains the editor’s and others’ contributions

exclusively to the Qrly.Hom.Digest)

BOOK SHELF:

1. The Story of a Soul Vol. I – 1954-55 by

HUTA Publishers – Havyãvahana Trust,

Pondicherry 2. 1999 – Rs.100/-.

This is almost an autobiography of the author

who came as a very young girl to Mother’s ashram

at Pondicherry and the present volume deals with

her experiences, stay and her sadhana from 1954 to

1955. Eventually many volumes will come out

covering the period – 1957 to 1973 as mentioned by

the author.

The book reveals Mother’s conversations,

many of her comments, letters and messages

sent to Huta and day to-day experiences of a

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

person who came at a very young age to be with

Mother and Shri Aurobindo as deeply felt by her

inner call.

Huta has been frank about her situation,

saying she had her weaknesses, defects,

difficulties and struggles, revolts against the

truth, and dreadful attacks of the hostile forces;

and how Mother’s grace and love saved her

miraculously inspite of severe ordeals,

tremendous falls and even catastrophes.

Essentially it shows how Mother shapes and

develops consciousness not only of Huta but of

any individual whom Mother has accepted.

Huta comes from a

very influential and rich family, from a place

called Miwani in Kenya. From her childhood

she felt that she was a stranger in a dark world

and had been searching and aspiring to realise

and live the Supreme, Truth and Love. She kept

this feeling to herself and told nobody of her

final decision to leave her family life and

dedicate herself completely towards the

fulfillment of her innermost call. She had two

initiations in a very natural manners. The first

was in 1948 and the second one from a brahmin

priest who lived close to her house in India. She

met Mother only at the end of 1954 and before

she came to India she already visited Europe,

particularly Rome and also seen the Pyramids.

She had a brief

communication through letters with the English

man known as Shri Krishna Prem (Ronald

Nixon) who was an initiated disciple of Mother

Yashoda – a great yogi in his own right.

Huta came to India

in Sept. 1954. Prior to her

coming her own mother had a very significant

dream vision, which foretold Huta’s future as

being near The Mother in the ashram. By

this time Huta was forced into a marriage without

her liking in Dec.1953. Being compelled to do so

as she writes, “According to our narrow Indian

custom.” She had no feeling or enthusiasm for

marriage which had no meaning for her.

Circumstances

arranged themselves through Mother’s grace and it

was on 1

st

Nov. 1954 that Huta along with her

family had Mother’s darshan.

The rest of the book then describes how she

refused to go back to her family and how slowly

and very gradually Mother caused in her a change

from an imperfect raw instrument of a girl to a

very mature realized sadhak of today.

Huta was given a room to stay in Golkonde

and it was many years later that Mother shifted her

from that building and put her in a separate house.

Initially she

was not to do much work for the

Mother and there was even a

suggession that at first Mother

wanted to make her work in

Mother’s kitchen. Had she done

so Huta adds - on page 81 “This

book with innumerable paintings

of Savitri that were guided by

Mother and also immense

volumes of tape-recording of

Mother’s recitations of selected

passages from whole of Savitri,

that corresponded with the

paintings, also the paintings of

Shri Aurobindo’s poems, and

other visionary paintings, the

book called “White Roses”, the

slides on Meditation from Savitri

and other video cassettes would

never have seen the light of the

day.

Throughout the

book there are Mother’s letters

written in her handwriting along

with that the same letters have

been printed in italics alongside

for those who find Mother’s

handwriting difficult to read. At

other places stanzas from Savitri

have also been given.

As the author

rightly remarks on page 99

“Gradually I was becoming more

conscious and beginning to scan

my imperfections and their

causes; but it is not easy to

convert the physical nature.”

Everytime

Mother would write to Huta

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

encouraging her in various ways

and also allowing her to come and

see her whenever it was possible.

The book is

excellently printed, easy to read.

The front cover carries a painting

by the author signifying deep

longing for the divine and the back

cover carries in Mother’s

handwriting blessings to Huta.

Very reasonably priced this book

will convey some idea of the

Mother’s everlasting Grace and

compassion not only to Huta but

to her innumerable devotees all

over the world.

DR.D.E.MISTRY

2. SOME COLLECTED WORKS OF

DR. T. P. PASCHERO COMPILED BY

DR.K.S. SRINIVASAN FOR CENTRE OF

EXCELLENCE IN HOMEOPATHY,

CHENNAI – 600 080.

Dr.K.S. Srinivasan has done an excellent

service to all homeopaths by

collecting in a single small volume

the writings of Dr. PASCHERO

for the benefit of the

homeopathic fraternity.

Some of

Dr.Paschero’s articles have

already been published in a book

form by Dr. Eugenio

CANDEGABE. This particular

compilation however contains 7

articles which are not in the

CANDEGABE collection.

Dr.Thomas P.PASCHERO of Argentina lived

for nearly 80 years and passed away on 8

th

September 1986. He was a Classical homeopath

following KENT and high potency prescriber and

had a thorough knowledge of Sigmund FREUD’s

psycho-analysis. In addition he was very close to

Indian philosophy and to Swami Vivekanand.

Dr.Srinivasan

paying a tribute to

Dr.PASCHERO’s memory has

said that PASCHERO considered,

“the clinical meaning of Psora as

an idiosyncratic state or

predisposition which acts as a

receptive ground and

fundamental cause of all

sicknesses. The miasms are not

diseases proper but rather

dyscrasias or diathetic states

which conditioned illnesses or

syndromes. They are the

dynamic basis of the illnesses,

morbid alterations of the whole

organism, which could have an

effect on the very structure of the

individual affecting his genotype.

HAHNEMANN called them

hereditary – and can therefore be

considered as constitutional

illnesses as the collective

morphological, physiological and

physical qualities which

characterise a human being”.

Furthermore Dr.Srinivasan in

elaborating PASCHERO’s ideas

has stated that the mental

symptoms are the characteristic

symptoms par excellence of

psycho-physical personality

chiefly because the somatic

pathology represents the

structural consequence of the

psychic dynamism, conditioned

by the particular hereditary,

miasmatic diathesis.

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

Dr.Srinivasan further states –

that mental symptoms, evident as

it may be, cannot be by itself

determine a prescription but the

mental symptoms must be

completed with its particularities

and concomitants. He further

adds-that Psora comes into being

when the child who is egoistic and

isolated and self-satisfied is

unable to integrate and

communicate with the real and

fullness of life. This creates

anxiety and internal restlessness

and many other forms of mental

symptoms through the psoric

arisings, through this arising the

individual becomes aware of its

true identity. Thus a patient’s

bio-patho-graphical history is

mainly essentially the expression

of the process of humanisation or

personalization and secondarily a

record of his diseases, accidents

and moral disturbances of his life.

PASCHERO insists – writes

Dr.Srinivasan – and (many senior

homeopaths – will agree to this) –

after many years of practice to

know how to see a patient is the

most difficult thing. Finally,

Dr.PASCHERO throughout the

articles given in this book has

emphasized, that a patient is not

considered ‘cured’ if the

complaints which he had which

brought him to the physician are

removed but, this removal not

resulting in the patient obtaining

a positive outlook towards life,

and be free from the blocking of

his negative symptoms, hence

unable to live his life in the world

with a positive outlook knowing

his true identity.

This book contains 13 lectures of Dr.

PASCHERO and each lecture is a jewel in itself.

It is difficult to say which of these lectures I would

choose as the best in this lot. What Dr.

PASCHERO has done in each of his lectures is to

give first certain of his ideas and a fair amount of

theoretical aspects and then he gives case records

showing his analysis, of the patient. PASCHERO

is a high potency prescriber and the simillimum

that he has given in all his cases is so exact that

there have been no failures. Sometimes he begins

with a nosode straightaway as with the case on

page-8 of a 4 year old girl with acute rheumatism

in knees and ankles who was given Tuberculinum

200 not only on her disease physio pathognomic

state but also on her behaviourial pattern of the

acute state when she came to him. This along with

a rare PQRS symptom which he says, one sees in

tuberculinic cases i.e. “she would not stand

anything white or the light reflected from a white

surface, so that her mother had all the mirrors

covered” and some generals like worse in damp

weather, headaches with weeping and emaciation

led him to give Koch’s Tuberculinum 200 one

dose. He further adds – that though he gave this

dose there was no definite psychological

symptoms or signs that would define this patient.

Nosodes alone do not cure Psora except when they

are given on detailed symptomatic indications. We

need the mineral antipsoric in such cases that

correspond to the essence of patients dynamism.

After the nosode there can appear after sometime a

constitutional picture that can give us the

simillimum. The patient improved dramatically in

all aspects and only one dose was needed for 10

months. After that she came back because she

began to show a marked change in character. She

became very restless, excited, frightened during a

storm, starting at each noise with fear of thieves

and darkness and afraid to be let alone, a marked

desire to be comforted, indulged, loved, and a

marked sympathy for every person and animal

especially when sick – all these showed her

marked sympathetic picture which led to the clear

cut image of Phosphorus which was given in 200c

one dose only. In this case Phosphorus was the

simillimum which remained latent behind the

picture of Tuberculinum which as a good nosode

brought out the typical symptoms of the real

QUARTERLY HOMOEPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

constitutional remedy. This case is given in the

lecture entitled Infantile Psychology in

Homeopathy.

His second lecture is titled “The Practice of

Homeopathy” also full of case reports and his

third lecture is titled “Tuberculinum” with many

case reports.

A very brief lecture is called “Essential

Features” and here some very useful tips are given

in just one page of some of the remedies. For

example, he says do not prescribe Calcarea to

someone who has no fear or apprehension of

anything, Kali carbonicum to an individual who is

not afraid of loneliness, Lycopodium to a patient

having absolute self-confidence, Lachesis, to an

antisocial, noncommunicative woman who doesn’t

talk much or is not jealous etc. etc. 22 such tips

are given in this small article.

Other lectures

that are given are “Homeopathic

diagnosis” – “Psora the

fundamental Pathology,” “Mental

symptoms”, “The Patient’s

Personality,” “Similitude and

Epilepsy”, “Homeopathy is only

one”, “Knowledge of real Human

nature, The Foundation of

Homeopathy,” “Homeopathy is

a Constitutional Medicine” and

the last lecture called “Vitalism

and the Law of Cure.”

I’m quoting a

significant statement given on

page 102, on the last lecture on

Vitalism – which is as follows –

“when allopathic medicine

considers disease to have a mere

physio-chemical substratum, this

inevitably leads to the

degeneration of the human being

by the careless suppression of the

different ways in which disease

seeks outward release. What

materialist medicine calls disease

is no more than the pathological

residue of a morbid dynamism

whose first expressions were

suppressed with local treatments,

failing to understand that what

had to be cured was that very

dynamic disposition. The basic

problem in allopathic medicine is

that of suppression – i.e., blocking

the fulfillment of the Law of

Cure. The beauty of

Homeopathy as an art and

science is that it can rectify the

Vital Force, so that it can cure the

dynamic origin of the morbid

process. Above all only

homeopathic remedies can do

this, provided they are prescribed

according to the similarity

between a curative reaction

experientally proved in a healthy

individual, and the natural

reaction of a diseased individual,

both being vital process of

expressions of the same Law of

Cure. The physician, no matter

what therapeutics he employs

must be aware that every

symptom is a part of patient’s life

situation. Each symptom has a

meaning to be unlocked, only

after a complete understanding

has been gained of the

pathological expressions and

behaviour of a unique and untold

human life.”

The source of these articles are from 13

journals, both Indian and abroad as far apart as

Nov. 1967 to 2001.

Dr.K.S.

Srinivasan has done a unique

service in bringing out all these

QUARTERLY HOMOEOPATHIC DIGEST Year 2002, Vol.XIX

lectures covering 104 pages of

Dr.PASCHERO’s works. The

book is not on open sale and those

interested should write to Dr.

Srinivasan for a copy.

Dr.D.E.MISTRY.

3. 1. Samuel

HAHNEMANN – Krankenjournal – D6

(1806-1807), Kritische Gesamtedition

2. Kommentarband, zur Transkription

von Johanna BUSSMANN. hrsg. von Robert

JÜTTE, Inst. Für Geschichte der Medizin der

Robert Bosch Stiftung, Stuttgart, Karl F. Haug

Verlag, Heidelberg. 2002. DM 198.

This is the 7

th

volume in the series of

transcription of Samuel HAHNEMANN’s Case

Registers in the care of the Institute for History

of Medicine of the Robert Bosch Foundation,

Stuttgart. The transcription is accompanied by a

volume of detailed ‘Commentary’ which would

enable an analytical and critical study of the Case

Register pertaining to the years 1806-1807.

During this period HAHNEMANN was in Torgau.

HAHNEMANN was already 51 years age and had

nine children.

While during

earlier years he was making his

living mostly by writings

(including translations), from his

Torgau period he concentrated